FIELD MUSEUM OF NAT
ULLETl
•«
'^ #■
iP V ;/ I.
*"w
^(%
t.- -J^^k vS
Field Museum
of Natural History
Bulletin
CONTENTS
January, 1985
Volume 56, Number 1
Published by
Field Museum of Natural History
Founded 1893
President: Willard L. Boyd
Director: Lorin 1. Nevling, Jr.
Editor: David M. Walsten
Production Liaison: Pamela Stearns
Staff Photographer: Ron Testa
January Events at Field Museum
Living Together 5
by John E. Terrell, curator of Oceanic archaeology
and ethnolo^
Board of Trustees
James J. O'Connor
chairman
Mrs. T. Stanton Armour
George R. Baker
Robert O. Bass
Gordon Bent
Mrs. Philip D. Block III
Willard L. Boyd
Frank W. Considine
Stanton R. Cook
William R. Dickinson, Jr.
Thomas E. Donnelley 11
Thomas J. Eyerman
Marshall Field
Richard M. Jones
Hugo J. Melvoin
Leo F. MuUin
Charles F. Murphy, Jr.
Earl L. Neal
Lorin 1. Nevling, Jr.
Robert A. Pritzker
James H. Ransom
John S. Runnells
Patrick G. Ryan
William L. Searle
Edward Byron Smith
Robert H. Strotz
Mrs. Theodore D. Tieken
E. Leland Webber
Blaine J. Yarrington
Life Trustees
Harry O. Bercher
Joseph N. Field
Clifford C. Gregg
William V. Kahler
William H. Mitchell
John W. Sullivan
J. Howard Wood
Mushroom Mania: Is It for You?
byMartynJ. Dibben
12
Fieldiana: Titles Published in 1983 and 1984
25
Index to Volume 55 (1984)
26
Field Museum Tours
27
COVER
The scene shown in this month's cover photo by Steven Ashe,
assistant curator of Insects, might well be duplicated in the
forest preserves of the Chicago area. Ashe's subject, however,
was a mule deer in Canada'sjasper National Park.
Field Museum of Natural Histonf Bulletin {USPS 898-940) is published monthly, except combined
July/.'\ugust issue, by Field Museum of Natural History, Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive,
Chicago, II. 60605. Subscriptions: S6.00 annually, S3. 00 for schools. Museum membership
includes Bulletin subscription. Opinions expressed by authors are their own and do not neces-
s.irity reflect the policy of Field Museum. Unsolicited manuscripts are welcome. Museum
phone: (312) 922-9410. Notification of address change should include address label and t)e sent to
M''mbcrship Department. Postmaster: Please send form 3579 to Field Museum of Natural His-
t..r,'. Rn.seN'eil Road at Lake Shore Drive, Chicago, 11. 60605. ISSN:OOI5-0703. Second class
p;: '-t.'er p.i;d at Chicago. 11.
r<^KM^w^''^\
■» - '/^.♦a"»\'^
T
Events
A Winter Day
Film Series
Films are screened on Saturdays. They are free with
Museum admission and tickets are not required.
January 12, Nanook of the North — 64 min.
Lecture Hall I This is Robert Flaherty's first
2:00 pm film, made in 1922. Through
masterful attention to detail in
photography and editing,
Nanook, his wife, and children
emerge as recognizable individ-
uals. Scenes of traditional Eskimo
culture are juxtaposed with scenes
of an encroaching Western
culture.
January 19, Eskimo Artist Kenojuak — 19 min.
Hall 18 We see Eskimo life through the
2:30 pm eyes of Kenojuak, an Eskimo
wife and mother who makes
drawings and prints. "Many are
the thoughts that rush over
me," she says, "like the wings of
birds out of darkness." Kenojuak
transforms these thoughts into
beautiful images which tell us
much about the Eskimo's close
relationship with nature.
The Owl Who Married a Goose —
8 min.
In the solitude of the arctic, a
goose captures an owl's fancy.
This brief animated film recounts
the poignant adventures of this
unlikely pair Based on an Eskimo
legend, the story is told using
Eskimo voices to accompany
beautiful, shadowlike images.
January 19, Eskimo Children — 10 min.
Hall 18 Depicts the search for food during
the short summer of the Canadian
Eskimos. This search is aided by
beautifully decorated tools made
from bear and seal bones.
January 26, Eskimo Summer: People of the Seal
Lecture Hall I — 52 min.
2:00 pm In 1963-1965, an ethnographic
film record was made of a Netsi-
lik family following the tradi-
tional migratory route used for
centuries by their ancestors. Since
that time the Netsilik have aban-
doned their traditional way of life
and moved into a permanent gov-
ernment village.
Eskimo Expeditions
Saturday January i2&26, 3:00-4:00 pm
Stanley Field Hall
Arctic sunlight reflecting off snow is so strong that
Eskimos have to be careful of snow blindness. They
wear special snow goggles with tiny eye openings to
cut down on the light entering the eyes. Make a pair
of snow goggles for your own snow-bound
expedition.
These features are free with museum admission and
no tickets are required.
"Polar Potluck" — a participatory play
Saturday, January 19, 1:00 pm
Hall 18
Your family is cordially invited to a farewell party for
Karl and Katy Caribou, who are getting ready to mi-
grate south. Pandora Polar Bear, Samantha Seal, and
Walter Walrus are planning a big party to send them
on their way. Participate in this play about arctic
animals and bid the Caribou Bon Voyage!
This feature is free with museum admission and no
tickets are required. continued=o
CONTINUED from p 3
Events
Family Feature
Aztec Calendar Stone
Sunday, January 13, 1:00-3:00pm
January is the time for New Year's resolutions and
new calendars. The Aztecs of Mexico used a round
calendar, carved from a single stone; it measured 12
feet across and weighed 57,000 pounds. The calendar
was covered with symbols chiseled out of stone that
named each day of the month. Find out how to read
this ancient calendar. Make an Aztec-style calendar
using symbols of your own design.
Family features are free with museum admission and
no tickets are required.
January Weekend Programs
Each Saturday and Sunday you are invited to explore the world of natural history at Field Museum. Free
tours, demonstrations, and films related to ongoing exhibits at the Museum are designed for families and
adults. Listed below are only a few of the numerous activities each weekend. Check the Weekend Passport upon
arrival for the complete schedule and program locations. The programs are partially supported by a grant
from the Illinois Arts Council.
January
5 2:00 pm. Malvina Hoffman: Portraits in Bronze 19
(Slide lecture). Find out about the life and
works of Malvina Hoffman, concentrating
on the Portraits of Mankind collection
commissioned by Field Museum. 20
6 1 :00 pm. Welcome to the Field (Tour). Enjoy a
sampling of our most significant exhibits as
you explore the scope of Field Museum.
12 11:30 am. /iMcienfE^y/jf (Tour). Explore the 26
traditions of ancient Egypt from everyday life
to myths and mummies.
13 12:30 pm. Fireballs and Shooting Stars: Keys to the
Universe (Tour) . Discover the origlris, types,
sizes and importance of meteorites.
1:00 pm. Museum Safari (Tour). Seek out big
game from Africa and mummies from ancient 27
Egypt as you travel through Field Museum
exhibits.
1:30 pm. The Brontosaurus Story (Tour). Look at
some of the newest discoveries about the
"thunder lizards" and other large dinosaurs.
2:00 pm. Traditional China (Tour). Examine the
imagery and craftsmanship represented by
Chinese masterworks in our permanent
collection.
1 :30 pm. Red Land/ Black Land (Tour). Focus on
the geography of the Nile Valley and its effect
on the Egyptians who lived and ruled during
4,000 years of change in religion and cultures.
12:30 pm. Treasures from the Totem Forest (Tour).
A walk through Museum exhibits introduces
the Indians of southeast Alaska and British
Columbia, and their totem poles and masks.
2:30 pm. Chinese Ceramic Traditions. A tour of
masterworks in the permanent collection
explores 6,000 years of Chinese ceramic art.
12:30 pm. Museum Safari (Tour). Seek out big
game from Africa and mummies from ancient
Egypt as you travel through Field Museum
exhibits.
These public programs are free with museum
admission and tickets are not required.
warn
View of Pitcairn Island, from engraving published in 1667
Historical Pictures Service. Chicago
Living Together
How rapidly did human numbers increase on Pacific Islands
during prehistoric times? How did these people cope with the
problems of living together as their numbers increased?
by JOHN E. TERRELL
Curator of Oceanic Archaeology and Ethnology
How can we account for the remar\able diversity of the
Pacific Islanders in biology, language, and custom?
Europeans and Americans for more than two hundred
years have generally found it easy to loo\ at the modem
world of the Pacific and see there a number of races of
humankind allegedly differing in physical appearance,
temperament, achievements, and possibly even in in'
telligence. Conventional names for these supposed
races are by now deeply ingrained in V/estem thought:
Polynesians, Micronesians, Melanesians, Australians,
Southeast Asians, and other labels for geographically
more restricted groupings of people.
In Prehistory and Human Diversity in the Pacif-
ic Islands, forthcoming from Cambridge University
Press, ]ohn Terrell argues that simple divisions of
humanity such as these do not fit the facts, as we actw
ally Mjiow them, of how people in the Pacific vary in
biological heritage, traditions, and linguistic convene
tions. However obvious racial, ethnic, or geographic
divisions in the Pacific may seem to us today, dis'
"Living Together" is adapted from ttie book Prehistory and
Human Diversity in tine Pacific Islands, by John E. Terrell, and
appears here courtesy of Cambridge University Press, which
will publish the book in 1985.
tinctions among people such as these add up to little
more than a crude, static snapshot of human diversity:
a picture that gives us little sense of time and a mislead^
ing sense of how variation among the Pacific Islanders
came to be.
How should a better picture of human diversity in
the Pacific be put together? Prehistory and Human
Diversity in the Pacific Islands is an invitation to a
way ofthin\ing about the past and the causal pathways
leading to the present that builds on the modem defini'
tion of science as a continuous dialogue with J^ature
(including the world of human artifice) joining human
imagination with logical and empirical methods of
evaluation.
The following is an excerpt (somewhat con'
densed) from the eighth chapter of Terrell's new boo}{.
In this chapter, called "Living Together," he discusses
the questions of how fast human numbers could have
grown on the Pacific Islands in prehistoric times, and
how people came to handle the problems of living
together as population increased. He turns to the story
of a famous mutiny on the high seas and the recorded
history ofPitcaim Island in modem times to document
the upper limits of how swiftly human populations can
grow. — Ed.
T
J^ he:
he story of the mutiny against Captain Wil-
liam Bligh on board the Bounty in April 1789 has
been told many times. Bligh had distinguished him-
self a decade earlier as sailing master on H.M.S.
Resolution during James Cook's third and last voyage
to the Pacific. But fable and history alike say Bligh
was a stem disciplinarian, strong-willed and prone to
sudden bursts of anger, who was a master of foul,
stinging rebuke. He finally paid for his quick temper
by being cast adrift, along with eighteen other offi-
cers and crew, in the Bounty's launch. Thereafter, he
once more proved what an uncommonly fine seaman
he was, for he navigated the small boat 5,822 kilome-
ters from Tonga, where the mutiny had taken place,
to Timor In all, twelve of the nineteen men reached
England alive.
The mutineers were twenty-five in number By
the end of September 1789 they had divided into two
separate parties. Sixteen sought refuge at Tahiti,
where the islanders welcomed them warmly. Two
years after the mutiny, H.M.S. Pandora arrived in the
Society Islands to capture and return the mutineers
to England to stand trial for their conduct against
their commander By then there were fourteen.
The second party, nine mutineers together with
twelve Polynesian women, six men, and an infant
girl, went off to Pitcaim, an uninhabited volcanic is-
land roughly 6 square kilometers in area which had
been discovered by the explorer Carteret in 1767.
There they hid from the world until their colony, by
then thirty-five in number, was found by Captain
Mayhew Folger of Boston in 1808.
6 We will never know precisely what happened
on Pitcaim between the founding of the colony in
1790 and Folger's arrival. Murder and rebellion had
evidently so troubled the community that by 1808
only one mutineer survived, and all six Polynesian
men w^ere dead. It would be an understatement to say
living together on Pitcaim had been more difficult
than life on board the Bounty.
The mutiny on the Bounty and the early years of
settlement on Pitcaim are both celebrated examples
of the difficulties of living together, of adapting not to
impersonal forces in the environment such as drought
or typhoons, but to the needs, demands, and even the
physical presence of others. Since we are looking first
of all at how fast or how slowly human numbers can
grow, it is instructive to observe how much, or more
accurately how little, the murderous early years on
Pitcaim endangered the Bounty's small colony
there.
Some of the conflicts dealt with on Pitcaim in
the years immediately following the establishment of
the mutineer colony \vere, of course, more or less
unique to that time and place. By the end of 1793,
treachery had cut down the number of adult males in
the community from fifteen to only four The reasons
behind this early bloodshed apparently involved the
shortage of women, highhanded treatment of the
Polynesian men by the mutineers, lust for revenge,
and possibly poor leadership as well. According to a
naval captain who visited the island in 1814, the ring-
leader of the mutiny and nominal head of the little
colony, Fletcher Christian, committed so many acts
of Avanton oppression after landing, he "very soon in-
curred the hatred and detestation of his companions
M^.V. am '
in crime, over \vhoin he practised the same overbear-
ing conduct of which he accused his commander
Bligh."
Regardless of Christian's conduct as leader, the
other reasons mentioned for the rapid decline in the
number of adult males can hardly be generalized to fit
other occasions of island colonization in the Pacific.
Of broader interest, therefore, is how the survivors
after 1793 handled growing human numbers follo\V'
ing their self-induced and decidedly bloody ecological
crunch — their sudden loss of so many men of repro-
ductive age — at the very beginning of settlement.
In spite of this loss, the colony survived and
slowly increased in size. Between 1793 and 1800
there were seventeen births and only one infant
death. However, between 1801 and about 1805 —
when Thursday October Christian, the first male
child bom on the island, married Teraura, one of the
Tahitian women who had arrived with the mutineers
— the only adult male still living was the mutineer
known to history both as Alexander Smith and as
John Adams (the name Smith preferred). It is worth
looking closer at his story, for it shows how custom
and human values may influence the biological suc-
cess of human groups.
Thursday October Christian, son of mutiny leader Fletcher Christian
and the first male born on Pitcairn Island.
s
Nk
if'- ,
t\
7
1
Bounty mutineer Alexander Smith, alias John Adams, sought to have
Pitcairn Islanders transported to Tasmania or Australia, fearing that
the island was in danger of overpopulation.
According to some biologists today, human
beings — and animals in general — seek to maximize
their reproductive success. That is, people are pur-
portedly driven by some sort of inner urge or instinct
to produce as many children as they can. The case of
Alexander Smith, alias John Adams, belies the
generality of such thinking. Finding himself the pat-
riarch of Pitcairn after the last other mutineer had
died, apparently of asthma, around 1800, he turned to
religion rather than to all the remaining Polynesian
women. He and his wife Teio produced his last child,
a boy, in 1804. That child was the only birth on Pit-
cairn between 1801 and the latter half of that decade:
when Thursday October Christian and his bride
(who was twice his age) began to add to the popula-
tion following their marriage.
When Captain Folger discovered the Pitcairn
colonists in 1808, their number comprised the two
males we have just spoken of, their wives, seven
other adult women who were not then bearing chil-
dren, and a total of twenty-four children (thirteen
males and eleven females, ranging in age from a few
weeks to eighteen years). From 1810 onward, mar-
riages among the young adults increased and the
number of people on the island grew enormously at
the swift rate of about 3.7 percent each year: a rate
so high, numbers on Pitcairn were doubling every
twenty years.
Fear of overpopulation on Pitcairn troubled
John Adams from an early date. In December 1825 he
asked Captain F. W. Beechey of the warship H.M.S.
Blossom for assistance in the possible transportation
hhstorical Pictures Setvice, Chicago
The church on Pitcairn Island. From a mid-nineteenth-century engraving.
of the islanders to Australia or Tasmania. Where and
when to take them were discussed by the British
Admiralty and the Colonial Office. The islanders,
however, were later found to be unwilling to aban'
don Pitcairn. Thereafter, the British government was
uncertain how best to proceed, partly from its reluc-
tance to break up so happy, hospitable, and pious a
community in the heathen Pacific.
John Adams's fear of overpopulation did not go
unchallenged. An estimate by Captain William Wal-
degrave of H. M.S. Seringapatam, which called at Pit-
cairn in March 1830, set the island's size as large
enough to maintain 1,000 souls. Back in England, this
generous estimate was greeted with skepticism. Sir
John Barrow, second secretary to the Admiralty,
agreed that the island's population was increasing
rapidly. He accepted there was a limit to the number
of people it could support, just as Malthus had
warned in his Essay on the Principle of Population,
first published in 1798. In fact, Barrow suspected the
island's insufficiency to support large numbers might
explain why its ancient population had sought asy-
lum elsewhere. Even so, he concluded the Pitcairn
Islanders would be safe from any want of food for half
a century at least.
These early calculations of Pitcaim's capacity to
carry its growing human numbers neglected to allow
for ecological crunches now and then: in particular,
for shortages of water. Severe drought and crop fail-
ure in 1830 finally moved public opinion on the island
more in favor of emigration. In 1831 the entire colony
was taken on board the Government Bark Lucy Ann
and removed to Tahiti. There they remained scarcely
five months before they went back to Pitcairn. Sick-
ness had so ravaged them while they were away, their
numbers were reduced by sixteen deaths through this
brief misadventure.
The dangers of overpopulation, water shortage,
and crop failure once again became all too apparent
by the 1850s. There was another severe drought in
1853. Rosalind Amelia Young, a native of Pitcairn,
related in 1894 that the people had been obliged back
then to eat whatever they could find, unripe pump-
kins forming their principal diet. Not long afterwards
sickness plagued them, as it had on numerous earlier
occasions. During the follow^ing twelve months,
Young tells us, "life gradually assumed its ordinary,
monotonous round; but every day was bringing near-
er the day when everything -was to be changed."
That change was the emigration of the islanders
once again, not to Tahiti this time, but to Norfolk
Island. On 2 May 1856 the entire population of 193
people was removed on the vessel Morayshire. On the
9th of May, there was a birth at sea, a male child,
while they were in transit. Young records that the
islanders found Norfolk on their arrival to be a land
flowing with milk and honey: there were large num-
bers of strong, healthy cattle and the honey of wild
bees was free for the taking from hollow trees. But
not all took to their new home. Two families, 16 peo-
ple in all, went back to Pitcaim in 1858. There they
were joined by 26 more in 1863.
The number of people living on Pitcaim grew
once again, reaching a high in 1937 of 23 3. During the
present century, numbers have fluctuated signifi-
cantly because of individual and family emigration —
particularly after World War II. Although the total
population in 1961 was 126, there were only 19 men
under sixty. There were 74 people in 1976. And only
44 in 1982.
The story of increasing human numbers on Pit-
caim and the threat there of overpopulation illus-
trates one problem of living together that must have
confronted prehistoric settlers on all but perhaps the
largest islands in the Pacific. What happened on Pit-
caim, in fact, may tell us about the most extreme rates
of population growth that people any\vhere have
ever had to deal with for very long. In the years be-
tween 1810 and the disastrous migration to Tahiti —
when the proportion of young adults was high — the
average annual rate of increase was 3.9 percent. In
comparison, growth rates for the Pacific as a whole
since 1800 are thought to have gone from a low of
0.9 percent between 1800 and 1850 to a high of 2.7
percent during the decade 1950-60. The present
estimated rate of growth in the Pacific is about
2.0 percent.
This one example dra-wn from the early history
of modern colonization in the Pacific has helped us
establish the upper limits to how fast human numbers
could have grown in prehistoric times. Of course the
one case of Pitcaim Island does not prove, or even
Maria Christian. Ellen Quintal, and Sara McCoy — descendants of
Bounty mutineers and residents of Pitcaim Island. From an 1888
engraving.
necessarily suggest, that ancient island colonies grew
at such astonishingly high rates of increase. Given
present knowledge, we can only guess what were the
usual prehistoric rates of growth, and any estimates
we make must try to take into account differing risks
and possibilities from one island or archipelago to
another. But knowing what the upper limits of
growth are likely to have been should give us a clearer
sense — as research on the prehistory of the Pacific
continues — of how soon and how pressing the prob-
lems of population growth might have affected island
life in former times.
In writing about the prehistory of the islanders
we will also need to take into account that there is a
limit, as well, to the number of w^ays in which anyone
can respond to growing human numbers (if all we are
talking about is controlling the natural rate of in-
crease). So it is possible to say at least a little about
how islanders might have tried to cope with the
threat of overpopulation. Emigration is one possible
mechanism of population control, a mechanism that
stands out prominently in the nineteenth-century
history of Pitcaim Island. Other mechanisms that
least by present mores. Alternatively, John Adams's
"failure" to wed all the adult women he was left with
on Pitcaim after 1800 may be seen, at least superfi'
cially, as a case of falling short of maximum repro'
ductive effort.
250 n
CO 200-
cc
LU
m
ID 150-
Q.
o
100-
50-
POPULATION ON PITCAIRN ISLAND 1790-1976
RETURN FROM
NORFOLK ISLAND
—I 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 r— T 1 1 I I
1790 1800 1810 1820 1830 1840 1850 1860 1870 1880 1890 1900 1910 1920 1930 1940 1950 1960 1970
TIME
10
could have been used to keep numbers down include
birth control, marrying late, infanticide, suicide,
and warfare.
What about the reverse of overpopulation?
What could people in the Pacific have done to avoid
the "death," or extinction, of island colonies? In
general it is more difficult for people to maximize
births and minimize deaths. The human species is not
one that produces a large number of offspring at every
birth, and the period of time between human births is
usually a year, or two, or even more. Thus, it is diffi-
cult for our species to counterbalance high death
rates with equally high birth rates. Yet here, too, Pit-
caim illustrates one move that people could have
made to increase the number of offspring being pro-
duced: they could have loosened social constraints on
marriage, or at least on sexual intercourse. The mar-
riage on Pitcaim around 1805 between a boy of four-
teen or fifteen and a woman twice his age would be
an example of a loosening of social constraints, at
Talk of "maximum reproductive effort" implies,
however, that people may try, consciously or uncon-
sciously, to produce as many babies as they can. We
will never be able to know for certain how often peo-
ple in the Pacific acted as if that was one of their goals
in life, biologically speaking. So the best we may
someday be able to achieve in telling the story of the
islanders will be to determine where and under what
circumstances it would have made a real difference to
what happened in prehistory if people had, in fact,
acted to maximize their colony's rate of population
growth.
While we have not looked at all possible facets
of how fast human numbers could have grown since
settlers had founded a new colony on some uninhab-
ited island, let us assume that biological success as
witnessed by growing human numbers was achieved
there. How might people have come to handle the
problems of living together as population mounted
higher and higher?
Continued on p. 19
IF ... . Charity Begins at Home, .
THE ULTIMATE GIFT
Here is
* It helps you while it helps the Museum . . .
* It gives you a lifetime income . . . .
* It gives you an immediate income tax deduction ....
^ It gives you an estate tax deduction ....
^ It unlocks capital gains, yet. . . .
^ It relieves you of any capital gains tax . . . .
* It perpetuates your name and your giving . . . .
* It gives you great self-satisfaction . . . .
^ It helps to ensure the future of Field Museum.
THE ULTIMATE GIFT FIELD MUSEUM
POOLED INCOME FUND
IRS approved, the Pooled Income Fund
is a trust in which the gifts of several
donors are comingled. Your gift of
$10,000 minimum mil credit you with
"Units" in the Pooled Income Fund.
Based on the number of "Units" your
gift represents (and you can add in in-
crements of $1,000 multiple), you are
given a monthly income for life. You can
even name a second beneficiary to follow
you.
After your life, or upon the death of the
last beneficiary, the money represented by
your "Units" is transferred to the Field
Museum General Endowment Fund
. . . where your gift perpetuates your
giving and honors your name. Income
from the Endoivment helps support each
annual Operating Budget. Thus, your
gift becomes ". . .as perpetual as nat-
ural history itself. . . "
CUP AND MAIL TODAY!
TO: Planned Giving Office Field Museum of Natural History
East Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60605
Gentlemen:
Please send, without obligation, your free brochure on the Field Museum
Pooled Income Fund.
Also send information on other forms of giving other than cash.
NAME (PUase Print)
ADDRESS
CITY
I can be reached at: Bus. : (_
STATE
ZIP
J_
Home: ( }_
TELEPHONE
Best time to call: (Day)
(Hour)
ANNOUNCING...
12-inch replica of
Field Museum's
Big Beaver Totem Pole
with lesend.
$10.00
($9.00 for Members)
Now you can own the beauty and grace of
Norman Tait's work of art and help support
the Field Museum and its activities.
An ideal gift!
For telephone orders, call (312) 922-94D,
ext. 236.
For mail orders, send check or money order to
Museum Store, Field Museum of Natural
FHistory, Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive,
Chicago, II 60605.
Please indude appropriate sales tax and $2.00
for shipping. Visa, MasterCard, and American
Express cards accepted.
U
Mushroom Mania:
Is It for You?
by Martyn J. Dibben
Photos by the author
A
. decade or two ago the promotional line "myco'
legists have more fungi " was a rallying call for the
professional student. Today, the phrase is more broad'
ly applicable as informed amateurs from all walks of
life, interested in the edible qualities of wild mush'
rooms, have discovered that the fungus among us is
not necessarily so evil after all. The Great Lakes
region is blessed with an excess of 2,000 fleshy fungi
that might be called mUshroom, but of these, maybe
only 50 to 100 (some 2.5 to 5.0 percent) are potential-
ly edible. When one considers frequency of occurrence,
quantity of production, and reliable identification in
the field, the average mycophagist (mushroom eater) re-
quires familiarity with only some half-dozen or fewer
species unless he becomes an ardent lover of fungi.
The United States is a melting pot of ethnic origins,
yet today's generations are woefully ignorant of past
practices in the use of wild mushrooms. While EurO'
The Oyster Mushroom, Pleurotus ostreatus, a choice, shelflike edible
found on trunks or stumps of many deciduous trees. Two to eight
inches broad, it may be found year-round.
pean countries maintain the tradition of selling some
30 different species in their local food markets, Amer-
ica has gloried in the mass production of just the
white form of Agancus bisporus — a hybrid cousin of
the Field Mushroom, or Champion. Cultivation of
this fungus began near Paris in the seventeenth cen'
tury and today France's capital has hundreds of miles
of mushroom beds in suburban caves, tunnels, and
sheds. But more pounds are consumed each year in
the United States than in any European nation, and
what was once a cottage industry is today a major
commercial enterprise. The largest mushroom opera'
tion in the world is the Butler County Mushroom
Farm, 30 miles northeast of Pittsburgh. It, and the
famed Kennett Square area of Chester County, Penn'
sylvania, account for half the USA's production.
Pickers wearing miners' hats \vith lamps gather each
month's harvest for transport by refrigerated van
to canning and produce centers as far away as
Milwaukee.
Eating mushrooms was a common practice in Re
man times, and dignitaries designated such fare cihus
diorum, or "food of the gods." Yet, Emperor Claudius
Caesar's favorite, Amanita caesaria, is a close relative
of some of our most deadly fungi. Although slaves
were employed to distinguish between different
kinds, Claudius was finally dispatched by a plate of
mushrooms supplementarily poisoned by his v/ife,
Agrippina, with son Nero's help. Because of similar
histories and a plethora of folklore, a goodly portion
of today's Americans remain reluctant to eat edible
fungi (including the commercial products), although
personally they may not be allergic to mushrooms.
And where this mycophobia is as strong as the fear of
snakes or spiders in others, the concerned individuals
resort to needlessly destroying each season's crop of
short'lived fruit bodies.
Mushroom lore actually matches a given nation's
fear of or fervor for fungi. Mycophobia is as prevalent
today among the Greek, Iberian, and Scandinavian
cultures as it was among America's earliest colonists,
whose unbridled terror of fungi overshadowed the
native Indians' use of wild plants. The British, in par-
"Mushroom Mania: Is It for You?" is reprinted from Lore, with
minor emendations, courtesy the Milwaukee Public Museum.
Martyn Dibben is a surviving mycophagist and head of the Mil'
wau}{ee Public Museum's Section of Botany. He is a past president
of both the Botanical Club ofWisconsin and the Wiicomin Myco'
logical Society. A lichenologist by profession, he wor}{s on the Mid'
west flora, the lichens of Central America, and selected taxafrom
the tropics and southern hemisphere continents.
ticular, considered nearly all mushrooms poisonous
and derisively called them "toadstools," a misleading
term that is best dropped in favor of "edible" versus
"nonedible" species. Love of fungi is more typical of
Far Eastern and Southeast Asian races and those
mycophiles of Europe, the French, Italians, Poles,
and Russians. These groups are no'w exerting their
influence on the American market; but this is not to
say that others are unaware of the virtue of truffles,
the elegance of the King Bolete, or the call of spring
morels.
Sparked primarily by a renewed interest in natural
foods, increasing numbers of "shroom hunters" are
taking to the fields and forests. Stalking the wild
mushroom has for some become a thriving American
sport — mycology is mushrooming. It constitutes the
perfect rainyday activity, with all the thrills of the
chase, an open season, far better chance for success
than any fishing trip, and more exercise than watch'
ing one's favorite athletic event. However, even
though armed with a diversity of current field guides
and brimming with excitement from a recent ex-
tension course, the modem enthusiast may still be
courting disaster, for the dangers of mushrooming
are atypical in that they follow you back home after
the sport. Identification is the }{ey, but like all things
biological, fungi are subject to variation and the
vagaries of look-alikes. There are no shortcuts to
determining edible versus poisonous species, and con-
4
■B: fl^*IV .
_^M^ ^^^^Hk.. ..JOiS 'JBit^B^V
^■SSi^^^lM^SdHBawKE^. fU
"■--■^i-..
. . j%, ^S-'^.^s.-^-''^--Wl
-%
The Wolf's Milk, or Toothpaste, Slime Mold, Lycogala epidendrum,
widely distributed throughout the world, commonly occurring on
large, wet logs. No slime molds are considered edible, but most are
beautiful.
fidence comes only with knowledge built up over the
years. A mycophagist must know his mushrooms (as a
sportsman his prey) or seek the help of an expert or
well-informed comrade.
In the USA, professional mycologists traditionally
join the Mycological Society of America, which pro-
motes scientific meetings and publishes the technical
journal Mycologia. But many now also belong to a
growing amateur group, NAMA — North American
For the Novice Mushrooni'Seeker: A Cautionary Note
The native peoples of northeastern Afortfi America did not
ma]{e extensive use of mushrooms in their diet, but many
cultures of Europe have centuries'old traditions of mush'
room use. There appears to be an underlying environmental
reason for this difference: the poisonous mushrooms ofCen'
tral Europe are fewer in number and easier to identify than
those of eastern J^orth America. (A curious footnote to this
phenomenon is the fact that the European form of one species
is edible while the J^orth American form of the same species
is poisonous!) Unfortunately, many Europeans who have
settled in our area have been unaware of the fact that
mushroom identification here is much more difficult.
7<[ot unexpectedly, many mushroom'poisoning victims have
been immigrants from those countries or members of their
families.
Mycologists at Field Museum are regularly asl{ed by
local hospitals to identify the stomach contents of patients
believed to have eaten poisonous fungi (the toxin, hence
the treatment, differs for different species). ^ic\ action
by physicians and new methods of treatment have greatly
reduced mortalities due to mushroom poisoning — but the
hazard remains a serious one. It is especially unfortunate
that some deadly mushrooms may be very attractive to the
palate: an additional problem is that the victim may not
realize for several hours (after the toxin has passed from the
gastrointestinal tract into the blood stream and vital organs)
that he or she is acutely ill.
A final argument against pic\ing wild mushrooms — or
any other wild plants for that matter — is an ecological one.
Our native forests have been radically contracted by agri-
cultural development, industrial encroachment, road build'
ing, and man's continual demand for more living space. If
even a small percentage ofChicagoland's seven million resi-
dents regularly collect wild mushrooms and plants in the few
remaining areas of natural vegetation, we will see a serious
decline and the likely extinction of those edible species in our
area. V/itness the scarcity of the edible morel, or sponge
mushroom — now far less common in our area than fifty years
ago. — Ed.
13
The delicious Yellow Morel, Morchella esculenta, 3 to 5 inches tall, is
the prize midseason find of the Great Lakes area's several sponge
mushrooms.
Mycological Association, which promotes both
mycophagy and the scholarly pursuit of macrofungi
and their medical implications. Affiliated with
NAMA are some 30'plus regional groups, including
the Illinois Mycological Society, which meets at Field
Museum on the first Monday of each month. NAMA
and its affiliates publish a series of monthly, bimonth-
ly, or quarterly newsletters, which release informa-
tion on popular mushroom activities across the na-
tion. An irregular journal, Mdlvainea, contains more
The False t\/lorel, Gyromitra esculenta, shown in face and sectioned
views, is found only beneath conifers. Best avoided, it has a variable
toxicity level for man.
lengthy papers, keys, and critical reports on toxicity
matters. It commemorates Charles Mcllvaine, the
father of published accounts on the edibility of North
American mushrooms. If you wish to learn more
about fungi and are interested in nonedibles as well as
gastronomic delights, then the recommendation is to
join such a local group.
To the Greek philosophers, mushrooms were cre-
ated by lightning bolts and rain. Not so bad a guess
considering today we know that macrofungus fruit-
ing is effected by a triggered intake of water. Rapid
absorption follows, engorging a preformed and fre-
quently substrate-buried miniature version of the ma-
ture fruit, transforming it overnight into the fleshy
and recognizable carp characteristic for each species.
In the Middle Ages such phenomena led toadstools to
be relegated to the realm of the occult, and many folk-
tales rose with regard to human diseases created by
eating or touching them. Fairy rings were supposedly
places where elves danced, toads met, deer rutted, or
the devil set his chum at night. And many of these
ideas became classic when incorporated into the writ-
ings of Chaucer, Shakespeare, and their contemporar-
ies, as seen more recently, \vhen Alice in Wonderland
could grow or shrink according to which Amanita
she nibbled on.
Today we know that mushrooms are nothing more
than the exposed spore-producing bodies of a sub-
terranean or host-buried series of elongate fungal cells
(hyphae) that mesh together to form an elaborate
filamentous mycelium. This absorbs nutrient from
within the substrate through which it spreads. From
a central point of spore inoculation, the fiangal tissue
moves out in all directions until restricted by barriers
or increased biological competition. When con-
ditions are physiologically correct a ring of fruit bod-
ies is created near the outer border With time the
ring relationship becomes indiscernible unless the
habitat is open grassland. In such areas as Kansas's
flatlands, Colorado's alpine meadows, or England's
Salisbury Plain around the ruins of Stonehenge, ma-
ture fairy rings 400 to 650 years old remain, having
originated before Columbus's landing in America.
Picking species of Agaricus, Clitocybe, and Maras'
mius (the true Fairy Ring Mushroom) is not detri-
mental to the mycelium so long as overripe and im-
mature specimens are left intact. But overpicking
with consequent or deliberate habitat damage is of
serious concern. In Europe, seasonal quotas have had
to be imposed on certain marketable species for fear of
eradication, while in North America the biggest
problems relate to trespass in search of "magic mush-
rooms" for mind alteration. Hallucinogenic mush-
rooms have long had religious significance in both
Eurasia (the Fly Agaric — Amanita muscaria) and
Mesoamerica (the psilocybin mushrooms — Paw
aeolus, Psilocyhe, or Stropharia). But today's North
American officiants are not shamans, and the experi-
ence sought is personal "recreation," thanks to Blue
Legs and Liberty Bells. Though the pharmaceutical
industry's interest in these fungal groups is valid as a
search for tranquilizers, many amateurs who seek re-
lief by means of spotted agarics or ground-dwelling
"little brown mushrooms" do not realize the dangers
of confusing their targets with similar but deadly
Amanita or Galerina mushrooms.
Although mycologists are botanists, fungi are not
plants but nongreen spore-producing organisms and
members of their own biological kingdom. Their lack
of chlorophyll to absorb sunlight and manufacture
their own food via photosynthesis means they must
invade already formed organic matter to obtain
nourishment. Those that attack dead material are
called saprophytes and play a major world role as
decomposers. Those that attack living material, caus-
ing disease and eventually killing it are called para^
sites. While some fungi release enzymes that can be
deadly, others play an essential role in baking, brew-
ing, the manufacture of organic acids, the production
of medical drugs, and in the dairy industry. Fungi are
thus the third planet's most valued converters,
enrichers, and synthesizers. Yet, many mushroom
mycelia form a symbiotic relationship with roots of
their living host. This intimate interaction is known
as a mycorrhizal (fungus-root) association, and
through it a cyclic transfer of host organic products
and fungal minerals occurs. Perhaps sixty percent of
macrofungi occur this way and are limited not by sub-
strate specificity but by the occurrence of a specific
tree or forest type. And the mycorrhizal role may reach
out to a third partner linking that and the tree, as, for
example, with the chlorophyll-lacking Indian Pipes.
Understanding the ecology and distribution of
mushrooms is a complex matter, for not all species
fruit regularly or in the same place. Seasonality may
mean yearly or twice yearly for one species, periodi-
The hard, pore-surfaced Artist's Conk, Ganoderma applanatum,
grows up to 20 inches wide. Tliis specimen is providing a feast for tiny
thrips insects: but the tough, tannin-loaded mushroom is not edible
for humans.
cally for another, and many years between fruitings
for a third. Those woody conks found on tree trunks
are perennial, but most fleshy fruit bodies last only a
^veek or two, and mushroom and mycologist may not
meet. Obviously those fiingi less frequently encoun-
tered are the ones we know least about, but we do
know that most carps are phenomenal producers of
spores. A perennial conk like the Artist's Palette
(Ganoderma applanatum) or a large specimen of the
Giant Calvatia Puffball may produce yearly more
than five trillion spores. Most eaten gilled or pored
mushrooms produce many million to several billion
spores. We must be thankful that most spores fail to
germinate successfully, otherwise we would be over-
endowed with fungi rather than the organic debris
they so fortunately degenerate.
Often highly resistant to drying and freezing, the
various-shaped spores of fungi are nearly weightless
and easily sw^ept into the atmosphere by air currents.
Trapping records detect them floating five or more
miles high, and they can travel for hundreds or thou-
sands of miles before settling or being deposited by
rain. Not all spores ride the wind, however, those of
subterranean fungi (truffles and false truffles) and the
stinkhorns requiring animal intervention for dis-
persal; via ingestion and subsequent broadcast in
droppings or by the adherence of gelatinous spore
masses to body parts, respectively. Other fungi ex-
hibit unique spore release methods, from the light-
triggered firing of spores in the dung fungus, Pilobolus,
15
16
The Sickener, Russula emetica, is a delight to the eye but will cause
vomiting if eaten.
through the ballistic firing of spore balls by the Can-
non Fungus, Sphaerobolus stellatus, to the rain-
splashed dispersal of peridioles ("eggs") from within
the cups of Bird's Nest Fungi.
Spring is morel season — a special time for mush-
room hunters. Yet, more secrecy surrounds the hunt-
ing and finding of these fungi than exists for the best
fishing holes. Honeycomb, or sponge, mushrooms are
a gourmet's delight, and in the Midwest, Boyne City,
Michigan currently claims the title of "morel capital
of the world," holding an annual National Mushroom
Festival each May. The weekend affair may result in
visitors collecting more than 20,000 specimens that
nationally can fetch up to $8 per pound. The Michi-
gan AAA reported that over a half-million people
hunted the state during May of last year. But Chica-
goans are as likely to join Wisconsinites in the Spring
Green area and travel west to morel fairs at Muscoda
and Richland Center
Fungal diversity reaches its peak in the fall season,
and this is when most mushroom societies are likely
to hold their fairs and forays. Each year NAMA runs
a national foray in a different North American loca-
tion; 1984's September meeting was outside Toronto.
This was the first time since the 1967 inception of the
national society that a meeting has been held in
Canada. Mushroom fairs have traditionally been run
by the older societies of America's east and west
coasts. But recently Colorado has become a popular
site and developed a complementary series of amateur
and professional summer mushroom conferences
associated with the nation's central Rocky Mountain
Poison Center. Wisconsin initiated in 1984 its first
Fall Mushroom Fair, based on a liaison between the
Milwaukee Public Museum and the Wisconsin
Mycological Society.
For the sake of simplicity, the fungal kingdom may
be considered to have four major divisions — only the
last two of which form edible mushrooms. One, the
Myxomycetes, or Slime Molds, whose life cycle
includes a stage with animal-like movement of cells;
these multiply, aggregate together, and travel as a
cellular ooze across substrates engulfing bacteria
prior to forming each species' identifiable fruit bod-
ies. Two, the Phycomycetes, or Thread Fungi, whose
invading mycelia go unnoticed until decay or disease
set in and fruiting occurs; included here are the bread
molds, water molds, dow^ny mildews, and white rusts
that in part were responsible for Ireland's potato crop
failure of the 1840s and its subsequent wave of New
World emigrants. Three, the Ascomycetes, or Sac
Fungi, which produce their spores within a case
(ascus) from which they are forcibly ejected at matur-
ity; these embrace the powdery mildews (earth's
most notorious crop ravagers), the commercially
important blue and green molds, yeasts, truffles, and
morels, as well as the highly successful alga-fungus
symbioses known as lichens. Four, the Basidi-
omycetes, or Club Fungi, that form their spores
terminally on short stalks developed from a swollen
basidium from which they drop; the agriculturally
important rusts and smuts occur here, along with the
majority of fleshy fungi whose form can vary from
umbrella-shaped to shelflike, cup-shaped to clublike,
and ball-shaped to matlike, with spores produced
internally or externally on teeth, on flat surfaces with
or without convolutions, or lining gills or tubes.
Mushrooms lack the energy content of most food
plants, but they are often higher in protein, produc-
ing all of the amino acids essential to human growth.
They are of course low in calories, a good source of
mineral and trace elements (especially iron, copper,
and phosphorus), and relatively rich in vitamins C
and D and those of the B-complex. Although devoid
of vitamin A and low in those essential amino acids
found in meat, mushrooms are especially rich in those
amino acids lacking in most staple cereal foods. The
Glasshouse Crops Institute of England has estimated
that whereas fish farming yields about nine times the
dry protein per acre of beef farming, mushroom farm-
ing can yield around 100 times as much, or approx-
imately 7,000 pounds per acre annually. When one
additionally considers the low cost of mycelium sub-
strate, mushroom farming has much going for it.
On a global scale, the White Button Mushroom is
still the most commonly cultivated fungus, its
laboratorygrown mycelium (spawn) being sown on a
mixture of farm litter, hay, and crushed com cobs. But
Asians are as familiar with the Rice Straw, or Paddy,
Mushroom (Volvariella volvacea) of China and the
Black Forest, or Shiitake, Mushroom (Lentinus
edodes) of Japan, the latter farmed outdoors on hard-
wood logs. Both of these are now grown as a cottage
industry in the United States as well as strains of the
Oyster Mushroom (Pleurotus ostreatus and relatives),
which causes spore allergies among some Europeans,
the Velvet Stem, or Enokotake (Flammulina velutipes),
that in the wild will fruit even under snow; and
the Wine Cup {Stropharia rugosoannulata).
Other species that warrant attempted domestica-
tion or half-culture include the Pine, or Matsutake,
Mushroom (Tricholoma matsutake); selected chan-
terelles including the GiroUe (Cantherellus spp.); the
Milk Mushroom (Lactarius deliciosus); selected spe-
cies of False Morels (Gyromitra spp.) — although this
one is questionable; the Blewit (Clitocybe nuda); the
porous mushroom {Boletus edulis), variously known
as Borowiki, Cep, Porcini, or Steinpilz; species of
Craterellus like the Horn of Plenty and Black Trum-
pet; the jelly fungus Cloud Ears {Auricularia spp.);
the Giant Puffball; the Choice Hedgehog, or Sweet
Tooth (Dentinum repandum); the French truffle and
alternatives, and the various morels.
Many of these are already available on supermar-
ket shelves as canned or dried wild collections, but
only the truffles and morels currently show promise
of commercial success. Cultivated seedlings of appro-
priate hardwoods impregnated with Tuber melano'
sporum are available in Texas and California, but
whether such farming of the Perigord truffle (already
successful in France after seven years) in the United
States will outshine the Oregon White is not yet
known. Developed for marketing, American truffles
are more likely to compete with the Italian product
and not drastically affect the gourmet price of the
French (often more than $350 per pound fresh or $20
dollars an ounce canned). Progress is being eagerly
watched by world authority James Trappe and the
North American Truffling Society. More difficult is
the elusive cultivation of the morel, which until 1981
had defied successful repetitive laboratory fruiting.
Ronald Ower's pioneering work in San Francisco has
now been repeated by scientists at Michigan State
University, and the two have contracted to develop
The Slippery Jack, Suillus luteus, is one of the many, mostly edible
boletes. Found under spruce and pine stands, it grows 2 to 6 inches
tall. The cap slime must be removed before eating.
their still secret process to the point of commercial
success. The world is waiting!
One element of folklore that is for real is "foxfire,"
the colloquial name of the natural bioluminescence
exhibited by an assemblage of gilled fijngi that invade
wood. Most common among mushroom species from
the tropics, the responsible photogen "luciferin" pro-
duces light ranging in color from blue to green to yel-
low. Rarely formed in freed spores, it can cause the
ground beneath fruit bodies to glow at night. But
more often it is the mushroom itself or its aggregated
hyphal strands that luminesce. In North America
two prevalent examples are (1) the rhizomorphs of
The Hen of the Woods, Grifolia frondosa, is a choice, late fall edible
weighing up to 20 pounds. Often found near oaks or other deciduous
trees in mixed woods.
J^ y)J^^y
44,-' ' '^ ^
^ ^^ '^^1
17
The poisonous Pigskin Puffball, Scleroderma citrlnum, grows 2 to 4
inches across. Readily identified, on sectioning, by the purple color
of its mature spore mass.
the virulent hardwood parasite Armillariella mellea
that permeate downed trunks (its fruit body is the
edible Honey Cap, or Banana, Mushroom responsible
for aborting fructifications of the agaric Entoloma
abortivum), and (2) the gills of the pumpkin-colored
poisonous mushroom Omphalotus olearins, which is
frequently mistaken for a chanterelle. (Known appro-
priately as Old Stomachache, or Jack O'Lantem, its
tissues have the distinction of turning green on cook-
ing — a character not seen for any edible mushroom.)
Space does not permit a discourse on the structural
variances of the more common fleshy fungi, which
are best learned in the laboratory or in the field
accompanying others who are knowledgeable. But
comments on how best to avoid being poisoned are
pertinent, since there is no fool-proof way for a novice
to separate edible from nonedible species:
Collecting Tips
• Know the deadly poisonous mushrooms of your
area (Amanitas, Galerinas, certain false morels) and
those likely to induce severe illness (some Clitocybes,
most Inocybes and Entolomas, selected Inky Caps,
also known as Coprinus, certain members of the
genera Hebeloma, Lactarius, Russula, and Tricholo^
ma) or hallucinogenic effects (Gymnopilus, Van-
aeolus, Fsilocybe, or Stropharia spp.).
• Discard belief in folklore. Poisonous mushrooms
do not darken onions, potatoes, or silver placed in the
cooking pot. Parboiling, drying, or salting removes
poisons from only some mushrooms — not all. Poi-
sonous mushrooms do not grow only on Avood; they
also occur on dung and on the the ground. You cannot
be poisoned by touching a dangerous mushroom.
18 • Do not eat any mushroom whose stalk arises
from a fleshy cup buried in the ground or which has a
bulbous base. Also avoid any white-capped species
with white gills and any "little brown mushrooms"
from the woods. This will eliminate many hard-to-
identify species, including the deadly Amanita and
Galerina mushrooms.
• When collecting pored boletes avoid those with
red pores or that stain blue on bruising, and remove
the pored surface prior to cooking. When collecting
milk mushrooms (Lactarius spp.) do not expect the
color of the exuded gill latex to determine edibility.
When collecting corals (C/avaria-like relatives or
Ramaria spp.) do not eat those that stain on bruising
or taste bitter in the field.
• Do not use wild mushrooms in the button stage
nor eat any puffball unless it is pure white inside and
of marshmallow consistency. Half-section the puff-
ball to ensure that (1) each is not a stinkhom or but-
ton with outline of cap and stalk, (2) nothing is dis-
colored yellow inside and therefore too old, and (3)
the inside is neither hard and white nor purple
(Scleroderma spp.).
• Pick your own mushrooms and keep only the
ones in excellent shape that you can identify. Sepa-
rate each species within paper or wax bags that can
breathe (plastic hastens spoilage). Do not accept oth-
ers' gatherings at face value nor give wild mushrooms
to the novice — you may be liable. Discard insect-
riddled or decayed specimens (they may contain
waste products or have bacterial invasions) and those
gathered from roadside borders (exhaust and herbi-
cide poisoning is possible); discard all unidentified
material unless being taken to an expert.
• Do not keep mushrooms in a refrigerator for
more than 24 hours without preparing them for pres-
ervation. Eat only a small amount of any species being
tried for the first time (you may be allergic), and keep
reserve material on hand for possible Poison Control
Center identification. Do not drink alcohol with any
meal made from noncommercial mushrooms (espe-
cially Inky Cap, or Coprinus, spp.).
• If you are going to become an ardent mycopha-
gist, appreciate that Latin names, a unique parts ter-
minology, and colored spore prints are all part of the
game; learn them and how to use them. Buy as many
mushroom guides as you can, for no one manual is
up-to-date and covers it all. (See list of mushroom
books available at the Field Museum Store, page 25.)
If possible, join a local mushroom society or seek help
from a museum or university expert in finding foray
companions. You may indeed find some very worth-
while friends. FM
LIVING TOGETHER con'tfromp. 10
Three Ways of Living Together
Before his death on 5 March 1829, John Adams wop
ried about more than overpopulation on Pitcaim. He
worried, too, about the education of the young and
about who would someday lead -what was then, in
economy. But what if avoidance is not practical?
Logically, at least, there are two alternatives left.
When avoidance will not work, then coexistence
calls for cooperation or conflict.
If living together is done by working together,
the cooperation achieved may be mutually coordi'
nated or unintentional. If living together must, how
Mid-nineteenth-century residents of Pitcaim, from contemporary
engravings.
effect, his one large family. What can we say about
the ways in which people there and elsewhere in the
Pacific have come to organize their numbers and
hand down to younger generations their traditions,
learning, and practical discoveries?
Ecologists recognize that living things in general
can live together in several different ways. Perhaps
the easiest method of coexistence is simply to avoid
potential enemies and rivals by living in a different
place, or by coming out at a different time of day or
night or season than they do, or by having a different
way of making a living, a different role in Nature's
ever, bring on conflict, the contest in the natural
world may take the form of an open struggle for exis-
tence — eating or being eaten, for instance. Or con-
flict may be more subtle in character; not eat or be
eaten, but domination, selfish exploitation, and clev-
er extortion. One example from the natural world
would be host-parasite interactions. Such a "parasit-
ic" relationship between people has cropped up
repeatedly over the course of history. Consider mod-
ern urban racketeers, the Sicilian Mafia, and —
according to some scholars — even Bronze Age chief-
tains in ancient Europe. Living together under such
19
unsavory circumstances certainly entails conflicts of
interest, if not the human equivalent of eat or be
eaten.
These several \vays of coexistence — avoidance,
cooperation, and conflict — are not mutually exclu'
sive. In fact, avoidance and conflict are both standard
methods of living together Perhaps only cooperation
is the more unusual means of getting along with oth-
ers in the natural world.
What about in the world of human affairs? Has
coexistence among people in the Pacific more often
than not been a matter of avoidance, conflict, or
peaceful cooperation? In recent years there has been
much discussion and argument about how effectively
people in different parts of the Pacific have created
ways of managing social and political conflict, and —
more fundamentally — how strongly committed some
island societies may have become to living together
by conflict and competition rather than by the give-
and-take of cooperation.
In particular, it has been accepted anthropologi-
cal wisdom for the last twenty years or so that domi-
nation, extortion, and selfish exploitation of the
many by the few are conventional ways by which
people holding positions of authority and respect in
Melanesia traditionally dealt with their underlings.
If you open a book dealing with the anthropology of
the Pacific Islanders, chances are good that you -will
come across one version or another of the following
standard portrait of the "typical Melanesian leader"
First, unlike their peers of similar or higher rank in
Polynesia who are said to inherit their authority,
Melanesian leaders are reported to be only "big-men"
rather than "chiefs" or "kings" — a label taken from
the Melanesian expression bi}{pela man, which means
"adult, headman of a village, man of influence and
authority, etc." Big-men in Melanesia are said to be
merely people who achieve or rise to power by com-
peting fiercely with other neighboring big-men, or
aspiring big-men.
Second, the conventional portrait of the typical
Melanesian leader also tells us that the competition
for power on which his meager authority rests is
played out with food and lavish gifts, and not with
real weapons of war (not, at least, since peace came to
Melanesia as a consequence of foreign domination by
Europeans). In short, so the stereotype goes, leaders
in Melanesia are merely persons who elevate
themselves above the masses by giving their rivals
great feasts — presentations so expensive and over-
whelming that all contenders are shamed into
20 subordination.
This picture of Melanesian political life as a kind
of competitive social climbing has been widely
accepted in the scholarly world as true. It has also
been blamed for contributing to popular notions
about Melanesians as culturally and socially inferior
to Polynesians. Epeli Hau'ofa, who is both an anthro-
pologist and a Pacific Islander, has warned us in par-
ticular about how damaging this stereotype can be
when people see themselves thus categorized, dis-
torted, and misrepresented. "Somehow or other," he
says, "we have projected onto Melanesian leaders the
caricature of the quintessential Western capitalist:
grasping, manipulating, calculating, and without a
stitch of morality." How did this distortion, if it is a
distortion, come about?
It can be difficult to trace the origins of a
stereotype and the caricature of the Melanesian big-
man as a thoughtless competitor is no exception. As
Hau'ofa comments, however, the anthropological
literature on the Pacific — going back for hundreds of
years — has often romanticized Polynesians and deni-
grated Melanesians. And lest we think the claim he
makes that Melanesian leaders have been ridiculed as
quintessential Western capitalists is a gross exaggera-
tion, here is what one anthropologist, Marshall
Sahlins, wrote in 1963 in an article titled "Poor Man,
Rich Man, Big Man, Chief: Political Types in
Melanesia and Polynesia," a scholarly paper cited and
reprinted numerous times since then:
The Melanesian big-man seems so thoroughly
bourgeois, so reminiscent of the free enterprising rug-
ged individual of our own heritage. He combines
with an ostensible interest in the general welfare a
more profound measure of self-interested cunning
and economic calculation. His gaze ... is fixed un-
swervingly to the main chance. His every public ac-
tion is designed to make a competitive and invidious
comparison with others, to show a standing above
the masses that is [the] product of his own personal
manufacture.
If what these words tell us is true, then living
together in Melanesia, at any rate in the political are-
na, must be truly competitive and often vicious.
Hau'ofa describes Sahlins 's celebrated paper on
political types in Melanesia and Polynesia as a "clev-
er, thoughtless and insulting piece of writing," an
invidious comparison between — to use Sahlins 's ow^n
words — the "developed" politics of Polynesia and the
"underdeveloped" ways of Melanesia. These are
strong words. But are they just?
This last question is worth asking here for two
reasons. Looking more closely at how Sahlins has de-
scribed big-man politics in Melanesia will help us see
more clearly some of the ways people in the Pacific
have come to handle the problems of living together
And, as Hau'ofa has remarked, the issue of Melane-
sian big'men vs. Polynesian chiefs has biased not only
ho'w foreigners view Pacific Islanders but also how
islanders see themselves. If these stereotypes are
wrong or just too inaccurate to be useful, then we
must look for other ways to describe and model island
patterns of diversity in social and political life.
There is no denying that the picture of leader-
ship in Melanesia sketched by Marshall Sahlins in
"Poor Man, Rich Man, Big Man,Chief ' and in other
scholarly papers is a surprisingly simple portrait of
human affairs. A big'man, Sahlins tells us, is someone
who has had ambition enough to build a personal fac-
tion or in-group of loyal followers — initially drawn
mostly from his own household and close kinsmen —
whose productive energies and resources he can
dominate and mobilize to finance public feasts. Why?
Because, as previously mentioned, anyone striving to
be called hi}{pela man must hold giveaways to shame
competitors and thereby elevate one's social standing
ever higher and higher. And elevate, too, the standing
of one's followers through their close association
with an outstanding individual.
When reduced to essentials, such a portrait of
politics in Melanesia rests on at least four main
assumptions about how people have come to live
together in the southwestern Pacific:
1. Some people in the geographic region of the Paci-
fie labeled Melanesia are unusually ambitious, driven
to make themselves stand out from the crowd, to raise
themselves above the common herd.
2. Any ambitious person who is able to gather a per-
sonal following can launch himself on the road to
becoming a big-man.
3 . People cooperate with an aspiring big-man by con-
tributing their help and resources largely because
they are attracted to ambitious personalities by the
promise of reflected glory (and they are attracted also
by the cunning and manipulative skills allegedly pos-
sessed by such ambitious people).
4. Lastly, Melanesia is evidently the kind of place
where fame and at least a meager degree of political
power can be generated by giving people bigger feasts
than anyone else can give one in return; provided,
Sahlins adds, the aspiring big-man keeps his gaze
fixed unswervingly at the big chance: "towards
amassing goods, most often pigs, shell monies
and vegetable foods, and distributing them in ways
which build a name for cavalier generosity, if not for
compassion."
Working from assumptions such as these,
Sahlins concludes in "Poor Man, Rich Man, Big
Man, Chief" that political accomplishments in
Melanesia have suffered habitually from several
"fundamental defects," or flaws, in their scale, struc-
ture, and performance. And as a consequence, most
Melanesian societies have been held back at
"rudimentary levels" of evolutionary achievement
"in the progress of primitive culture."
What are these failings or flaws in how Melane-
sians have come to conduct themselves in the polit-
ical arena? The defects that Sahlins appears to have
in mind are said to arise mostly because of the quality
or character of the ties believed to link a big-man and
his followers together into an organized political
force. To be specific, personal loyalities between a
big-man and his adherents — who help finance his
career as a social climber — have to be carefully con-
structed and periodically reinforced. And why is
that? Because rank and authority in Melanesia — as
we have already noted — are supposedly not inherited
by right of birth the way they are in Polynesia. And
so, "merely to create a faction takes time and effort,
and to hold it, still more effort. The potential rupture
of personal links in the factional chain is at the heart
of two broad evolutionary shortcomings of western
Melanesian political orders."
These two shortcomings, Sahlins tells us, are
first of all the comparative instability of Melanesian
leadership positions, and second, the restrictions that
this inherent instability puts on how successfully a
big-man can force his followers to increase their eco-
nomic productivity — a limitation which thereby
holds back the development of wider and wider
systems of political integration. "Evoking internal
contradictions, the Melanesian big-man system thus
defeats its own development. It sets a limit on
the intensification of political authority, on the
intensification of household production by socio-
political means, and on the diversion of domestic out-
put to the support of wider organization."
The historian Bronwen Douglas has pointed out
several ■weaknesses in the approach that Sahlins and
others have taken in their efforts to produce theo-
retical analyses of traditional systems of leadership in
the Pacific. She finds, for instance, that the portraits
drawn commonly rely on two stereotypes: "one
Polynesian and based on hereditary rank (ascribed
status) in a context of social hierarchy; the other
Melanesian and based on achieved status in a context
of egalitarianism and competition." These stereo-
types, she says, have usually been created by studying 21
only a few island societies in each geographic region
and generalizing from those individual cases as if they
were somehow typical of all "Polynesians" and all
"Melanesians."
Moreover, once such stereotypes have been
erected, scholars and laymen alike have tended to
force all Pacific societies into one category or the
other and to underplay or simply ignore evidence say
ing the fit cannot be made. In addition, and perhaps
most telling of all, because such stereotypes do not
convey a clear sense of hov/ social conventions and
actual practice are related to each other in particular
settings, the resulting portraits of "typical Polynesian
society" and "typical Melanesian society" are invari-
ably static and lifeless.
Objections such as these raised by Bronwen
Douglas can be leveled against any attempt at model
building. The appropriate response to such criticism
is not to condemn the efforts they are directed
against; instead, the really useful thing to do is see if
other kinds of models can be built as alternatives.
It is especially useful to see how alternatives
to Sahlins's characterization of the Melanesian big'
man might be put together, for the alternative we
will focus on here shows how the strategies that
people use to get along with each other can look
quite different, depending upon which side of
things an observer happens to be looking from.
With regard to big-man politics in Melanesia, to be
specific, the costs and benefits of public feasting
and aspiring to high social rank may seem quite dif-
ferent, depending upon whether you are a big-man
or a big-man's follower.
Noblesse Oblige
Bronwen Douglas has observed that Sahlins's picture
of big-man politics in Melanesia relies heavily — too
heavily, she suggests — on Douglas Oliver's descrip-
tion of kinship and leadership among the Siwai (or
Siuai) of southern Bougainville. How well does the
characterization built by Sahlins fit the Siwai? Is it
possible to model Siwai politics in a way that places
less weight on conflict, competition, and human
ambition as the organizing forces behind social and
political cooperation in Melanesia?
Reading the remarkably detailed account of
Siwai life and politics given in Douglas Oliver's
classic study A Solomon Island Society (1955) can
leave one with the feeling that some individuals in
22 southern Bougainville strive to become big-men
(called mumi in Siwai) because of overwhelming per-
sonal ambition. But Oliver does not say ambition
alone is enough. Reaching the top also apparently
takes skill, industriousness, and something the Siwai
speak of as nommai mirahu, which Oliver translates
as "goodness." All of these attributes, Oliver reports,
are needed for a man to be successful in becoming a
renowned big-man. That leaders in Siwai must be
skillfijl and hard-working, judging from what Sahlins
has said, makes sense. But where does "goodness" fit
in? That trait of personality hardly sounds in keeping
with the self-interested cunning and economic cal-
culation that are allegedly typical features of a big-
man's character.
According to Oliver, the Siwai believe high-
ranking leaders possess the personal quality of good-
ness to a very marked degree, just as such outstanding
individuals are also thought to have the other attri-
butes mentioned in unusually fijll measure. A Siwai
leader's goodness is held to manifest itself in several
ways. As a "generous man," a mumi gives frequently
and does not weigh too exactly what he gets back in
return. He is "cooperative" in the sense that he really
likes to work with others. He is "genial." Specifically,
he does not easily get angry and he is usually friendly
and responsive. Further, a mumi is "decent" and
"trustworthy," especially in how he handles property
transactions. A good mumi does not take what is not
rightfully his own. He gives in full measure.
Douglas Oliver says that all of these dimensions
of "goodness" are interrelated. "A person cannot be
deficient in one of these aspects without being de-
ficient in all of them." And their opposites — "sel-
fishness," "uncooperativeness," "immorality," and
"uncongeniality" — are heartily disliked.
One possible response to this talk of "goodness"
might be to say that the Siwai were only telling Oli-
ver how they wished their leaders would be, rather
than how they truly were. It seems certain, however,
that leaders in Siwai often lived up to the expecta-
tions of those around them. "One has only to listen to
the enthusiasm and reverence with which an adher-
ent discusses his leader to realize that the latter con-
stitutes for his neighbors an element of certainty and
security which no other role of authority or set of
beliefs has adequately provided."
This last remark, in particular, suggests that
however much we pay attention to ambition as a per-
sonality trait explaining why some men — but not
others — seek power and authority in Siwai, we must
include the attribute of "goodness" as well when talk-
ing about Siwai political life (and when talking about
political life elsewhere in Melanesia, too). Even
Sahlins, who has written that a big'inan's interest in
public welfare is merely "ostensible," has also made
the observation that a big-man's dealings help prO'
mote society's interests: "In tribes normally seg-
mented into small independent groups, he at least
temporarily widens the sphere of economics, politics,
and ceremony."
If goodness as well as ambition must be included
when modeling Melanesian ways of living together,
then several other thoughts should be kept in mind,
too. Maybe people who elect to become a would-be
leader's loyal supporters are not simply attracted to
him by his outstanding personality and by the prom-
ise that they will eventually bask in his reflected
glory. Or, alternatively, because they are obligated to
him by his economic favors (as Sahlins has also infer-
red). Or, alternatively again, because he happens to
be one of their kinsmen and hence tradition tells them
they must come to his aid. Maybe, in fact, what Oli-
ver calls the feelings of certainty and security provid-
ed by a big-man are not merely comforting but real
and substantial.
Reading through what Oliver has written about
the Siwai reveals unmistakably that mumi are most
decidedly leaders in more than name only. For
instance, mumi formerly were the people who orga-
nized war parties and conducted raids. Now that
times are peaceful, they are still the ones to mobilize
friends, relatives, and neighbors for public projects.
Similarly, leaders in Siwai serve as arbitrators, judges,
sometimes prosecutors, and in general as the people
on whom other people can lean during crises, either
domestic or civil. Siwai leaders are also the people
who are in the best position to exercise considerable
influence on affairs beyond their ow^n neighborhoods.
"It is not unusual, for example," \vrites Oliver, "for a
high-ranking leader to be requested to arbitrate dis-
putes between leaders of neighboring settlements."
Oliver also reports that leaders in Siwai help cre-
ate and strengthen social relationships between
neighboring communities, the evidence of which can
be seen in political alliances, rivalries, commercial re-
lationships, and of course attendance at feasts. "Not
only are separate neighborhoods bound closer
together in this manner, but social relationships be-
come extended even to neighborhoods in other lan-
guage areas." And, as Sahlins notes as ■well, Siwai
leaders also function as important instruments of so-
cial control. Oliver says that commendation by a
mumi is for many Siwai males the sweetest of all re-
wards; ridicule by a great leader may ultimately result
in an offender's suicide in the face of such public
humiliation.
If ambition, goodness, and public service are
therefore all involved in big-man politics in Siwai
(and, by inference, elsewhere in Melanesia, too),
then what kind of give-and-take goes on among ambi-
tion, goodness, and public service? This seems a ques-
tion worth asking, for certainly public service in
Siwai, as elsewhere in the world, must at times de-
mand putting the common good above personal gain.
Perhaps more to the point, what in fact goes into the
making of a big-man in Siwai? For instance, Oliver
tells us that not all Siwai neighborhoods happen to be
lucky enough to have mumi residing in them. Does
that not seem peculiar if mumi actually are as helpful,
perhaps vital, to the smooth working of Siwai society
as it would appear? Do some places lack leaders
because people with the requisite amounts of ambi-
tion, skill, goodness, and industriousness merely hap-
pen to be in scarce supply there? And consequently
the presence or absence of a leader of renown in one
neighborhood or another is just a matter of luck: some
places happen to be blessed with at least one resident
able to meet the stiff requirements of high rank but
other places, sadly, are not so fortunate?
Answers to these several questions about what
goes into the making of a big-man in Siwai may lie in
Oliver's remark, mentioned earlier, that Siwai men
imagine themselves to be participants in a way of liv-
ing together that draws all of Siwai (and sometimes
more distant neighborhoods) into a social system
comprising several "ranks" or "layers." Could it be
that people gain positions of higher or lower rank in
this hierarchic social world for reasons reaching
beyond the fact that they are — to differing degrees —
more or less ambitious, more or less skillful, more or
less industrious, and more or less good by Siwai stan-
dards of goodness? If so, what else might be involved?
In the Right Place at the Right Time
The anthropologist Jay Callen has noted that schol-
ars often answer the question "What goes into the
making of a big-man?" in a single-minded fashion.
The usual reply given is, as \ve have seen, that some
men achieve the status of big-man because of certain
personal qualities they possess in full measure (ambi-
tion, magnetism, charisma, cavalier generosity, and
the like) and because they successfully cajole a small ^^
core of followers into giving them aid and needed eco'
nomic resources. But, and this is the important point
if what Oliver tells us is actually correct, big'men are
also participants in a larger social scene, reportedly
having a hierarchic structure, that reaches far and
wide
Big'men and aspiring big'men are part of a polit'
ical world that reaches beyond their immediate vil'
lages, even beyond their local neighborhoods. They
participate, in other words, in a political system that
displays a spatial as well as a social structure. "It is
this spatial patterning of political phenomena," notes
Callen, "which suggests that, in Siwai, leaders were
as much a function of the central places they inha'
bited as vice versa. In a certain sense, potential polit'
ical centers may be said to have 'created' the big'men
to occupy them."
We have been considering here two funda'
mental questions. How fast could human numbers
have grown in the Pacific? How well did people learn
to handle the problems of living together as popuk'
tion increased?
We have seen that limits of room and nourish'
ment may affect human populations just as they can
influence the biological success of other species. Pit'
cairn Island gave us a chance to examine in historical
detail what might have been the upper limits of long-
term population growth among the islanders. We
saw that the rate of growth on Pitcaim between 1790
and 1856 became so rapid that population there was
actually doubling every twenty years. Pitcaim does
not prove that island populations in the past gre-w at
such an extraordinary rate. But knowing what the
upper limits of growth might possibly have been
should help us make clearer sense — as research on the
prehistory of the Pacific Islanders continues — of how
soon and perhaps how pressing the problems of grow
ing human numbers might have affected island life
from one island or archipelago to another in pre
historic times.
We have also seen that living together, in sim-
plest terms, can be accomplished in three ways. We
can avoid each other; we can compete with each
other; we can cooperate v/ith each other These three
ways of coexistence are not mutually exclusive. In
fact, as the Siwai of southern Bougainville have illus-
trated for us, both competition and cooperation, for
instance, are likely to be involved in how people come
to align themselves around different leaders and di-
vide up into separate groups as their numbers grow.
Where individuals in Siwai have the opportunity to
raise themselves above their neighbors is evidently
not simply a matter of personality, motivation, and a
driving will to compete. If what both Oliver and Cal-
len have told us is correct, then also involved are all
the reasons, real or imagined, why people in Siwai
want or feel they must place themselves under the
leadership of outstanding personalities.
One of the particular lessons we have learned in
this discussion is that it is far too elementary to por-
tray big-man politics in Melanesia as personal social-
climbing. We must also ask why on earth anyone
would put up with having a big'man around. And as
Callen's work suggests, the answer to this very hu'
man question is likely to be far more complicated than
saying simply that follo^vers become foUoAvers only to
bask in the reflected glory of their leaders and thereby
raise themselves, however indirectly, above their
more distant neighbors.FII
Further Reading
Callen, J. S. 1976. Settlement patterns in prewar Siwai: An
application of Central Place Theory to a horticultural society.
Solomon Island Studies in Human Biogeography, no. 5. Chi-
cago: Department of Anthropology, Field Museum of Natural
History.
Christian, G. 1982. Fragile paradise: The discovery of Fletcher
Christian Bounty mutineer Boston: Little, Brown and Com-
pany
Douglas, B. 1979. Rank, power, authority: a reassessment of
traditional leadership in South Pacific societies. Journal of
Pacific History 14:2-27.
Hau'ofa, E. 1975. Anthropology and Pacific Islanders. Oceania
45:283-89.
Hough, R. 1973. Captain Bligh & Mr. Christian: The men and
24 the mutiny New York: E. P. Dutton 6? Co.
Nicolson, R. B. 1965. The Pitcairners. Sydney: Angus and
Robertson.
Oliver, D. L. 1955. A Solomon Island society: Kinship and leader'
ship among the Siuai of Bougainville. Cambridge, Mass.: Har-
vard University Press.
Sahlins, M. D. 1968a. Poor man, rich man, big man, chief: polit-
ical types in Melanesia and Polynesia. In Peoples and cultures
of the Pacific, ed. A. R Vayda, 157-76. Garden City, New York:
Natural History Press.
1968b. Tribesmen. Englewood Cliffs, New
Jersey: Prentice-Hall, Inc.
Shapiro, H. L. 1936. The heritage of the Bounty: The story of Pit'
cairn through six generations. New York: Simon and Shuster.
Silverman, D. 1967- Pitcaim Island. Cleveland and New York:
World Publishing Company.
Fieldiana: Titles Issued in 1983 and 1984
Fieldiana is a continuing series of scien-
tific papers and monographs in the dis-
cipHnes of anthropology, botany, geology,
and zoology; the series is intended pri-
marily for exchange-distribution to mu-
seums, libraries, and universities, but all
titles are also available for public purchase.
The following titles, published in
1983 and 1984, may be ordered from the
Division of Publications. Members are
entitled to a 10 percent discount. Publica-
tion number should accompany order. A
catalog of all available Fieldiana titles is
available on request. (Please specify
discipline: anthropology, botany, geology,
or zoology.)
Fieldiana: Anthropology
1342. "The Simms Collection of Plains Cree
Material Culture from Southeastern Saskatch-
ewan," by James W. VanStone. New Series No.
6;57pp.,33illus. $8.50.
1358. "Material Culture of the Davis Inlet and
Barren Ground Naskapi: The William Duncan
Strong Collection," by James W. VanStone.
New Series No. 7; 136 pp., 107 illus. $15.75.
Fieldiana: Botany
1349. "Ferns and Fern Allies of Guatemala.
Part III. Marsileaceae, Salviniaceae, and the
Fern Allies (Including a Comprehensive Index
to Parts I, II, and III)," by Robert G. Stolze with
Benjamin 011gaard and R. James Hickey. New
Series No. 12; 91 pp., 10 illus. $9.75.
1350. "Flora Costaricensis. Family #54
Podostemaceae, Family # 55 Proteaceae,
Family #56 Olacaceae, Family #57 Opi-
liaceae. Family #58 Loranthaceae, Family
#59 Aristolochiaceae, Family #60a Hydno-
raceae. Family #60b Rafflesiaceae, Family
#61 Balanophoraceae, Family #62 Polygo-
naceae. Family #63 Chenopodiaceae, Family
#64 Amaranthaceae, Family #65 Nyctagi-
naceae. Family #66 Phytolaccaceae, Family
#67 Aizoaceae, Family #68 Portulacaceae,
Family #69 Basellaceae, Family #70
Caryophyllaceae." Edited by William Burger.
By William Burger, Job Kuijt, Kerry Barringer,
Luis D. Gomez, and Richard Baker. New
Series No. 13; 255 pp., 42 illus. $25.50.
1351. "Austral Hepaticae XVIII. Studies
Toward a Revision oiTelaranea Subg. Neolepi-
dozia (Lepidoziaceae)," by John J. Engel and
Rudolf M. Schuster. New Series No. 14; 7 pp.,
3 illus. $2.00.
1356. "Useful Plants of the Siona and Secoya
Indians of Eastern Ecuador," by William T
Vickers and Timothy Plowman. New Series
No. 15; 63 pp., 24 illus., 1 table. $9.00.
1357. "A Systematic Study of Flourensia
(Asteraceae, Heliantheae)," by Michael O.
Dillon. New Series No. 16; 66 pp., 41 illus., 2
tables. $9.25.
Fieldiana: Geology
1341. "Ectoprocta (Bryozoa) from the Permian
Kaibab Formation, Grand Canyon National
Park, Arizona," by Frank K. McKinney. New
Series No. 13; 17 pp., 5 illus., 3 tables. $3.00.
1354. "The Mammalian Fauna of Madura
Cave, Western Australia. Part VI: Macropodi-
dae: Potoroinae," by Ernest L. Lundelius, Jr.,
and William D. Tumbull. New Series No. 14;
63 pp., 15 illus., 21 tables. $8.25
Fieldiana: Zoology
1340. " Spatial and Trophic Interactions in Wet
and Dry Seasons Between Gambusia luma and
Gambusia sexradiata (Pisces: Poeciliidae) in
Belize, Central America," by David W.
Greenfield, Chester F. Rakocinski, and Teresa
A. Greenfield. New Series No. 14; 16 pp., 8
illus., 3 tables. $2.50.
1343. "The Effectiveness of Methods of Shajje
Analysis," by Cliff A. Lemen. New Series
No. 15; 17 pp., 5 illus., 6 tables. $3.00.
1344. "The Distribution, Size, and Reproduc-
tion of the Pedunculate Barnacle, Ociolasmis
mtilleri (Coker, 1902), on the Blue Crab, Cal-
linecles sapidus (Rathbun, 1896)," by William
B. Jeffries and Harold K. Voris. New Series
No. 16; 10 pp., 5 illus., 2 tables. $2.25.
1345. "Taxonomy and Evolution of the Sinica
Group of Macaques: 4. Species Account of
Macaca thibetana," by Jack Fooden. New
Series No. 17; 20 pp., 5 illus., 3 tables. $3.50.
1346. "Morphological and Ecological Varia-
tion in the Flying Lizards (Genus Draco)," by
Robert F. Inger. New Series No. 18; 35 pp., 3
illus., 17 tables. $5.25.
1347. "Variation in Bomean Frogs of the Amo-
lops jerboa Species Group, with Description
of Two New Species," by Robert F. Inger and
Paul A. Gritis. New Series No. 19; 13 pp., 2
illus., 5 tables. $2.75.
1348. "On the Phyletic Weight of Mensural
Cranial Characters in Chipmunks and Their
Allies (Rodentia; Sciuridae)," by Bruce D.
Patterson. New Series No. 20; 24 pp., 4 illus.,
7 tables. $3.50.
1352. "Annotated Checklist of Bird and Mam-
mal Species of Cocha Cashu Biological Sta-
tion, Manu National Park, Peru," by John W.
Terborgh, John W. Fitzpatrick, and Louise
Emmons. New Series No. 21; 29 pp., 2 illus.,
3 tables. $3.75.
1353. "A New Species of Vinciguerria (Sal-
moniformes: Photichthyidae) from the Red
Sea and Gulf of Aqaba, with Comments on the
Depauperacy of the Red Sea Mesopelagic Fish
Fauna," by Robert Karl Johnson and Ross M.
Feltes. New Series No. 22; 35 pp., 12 illus.,
7 tables. $4.50.
1355. "Systematics of Mice of the Subgenus
Akodon (Rodentia: Cricetidae) in Southern
South America, with the Description of a New
Species," by Bruce D. Patterson, Milton H.
Gallardo, and Kathy E. Freas. New Series No.
23; 16 pp., 6 illus., 1 table. $4.00.
The Field Museum Store offers the following books on Mushrooms
The Audubon Society Field Guide to North American Mushrooms, by
Gary H. Lincoff; 926 pp. , 750 color plates. Knopf. $12.50.*
Edible Mushrooms, by Clyde M. Christensen; 118 pp., 14 color plates.
University of Minnesota Press. $6.95.*
A Field Guide to Mushrooms and Their Relatives, by Booth Courtenay
and Harold H. Burdsall, Jr. ; 144 pp. , more than 4(X) color plates. Van
Nostrand Reinhold. Hard cover: $18.95*; paperback $11.50;*
Fungi: Delight of Curiosity, by Harold J. Brodie; 131 pp. University of
Toronto Press. $10.00*
The Mushroom Hunter's Field Guide, by Alexander H. Smith and Nan-
cy Smith Weber; 316 pp. , about 30 color plates. University of Michigan
Press. $14.95.*
VNR Color Dictionary of Mushrooms, edited by Colin Dickenson and
John Lucas; 160 pp. , more than 350 color plates. Van Nostrand
Reinhold. $12.95.*
* Field Museum Members entitled to a 10% discount
Index to Field Museum of Natural History Bulletin, Volume 55 (1984)
Articles
Adult Education Program, by R. Pickering:
March 24
Adult Education Update, by R. Pickering:
Nov. 7
African and Afro-American Art: Call and Re-
sponse, by R. Powell: May 5
Artist Floyd E. Job, Honored By Friends, Was
Donor of His Own Painting, "Progress of
Mind" (Field Briefs): April 26
Black Folk Art in America: 1930-1980, by
R. Powell: April 11
Books, Business, and Buckskin, by E.
Webber: J/A 5
British Award for Peter Crane (Field Briefs):
March 5
Ceramics of the Song Dynasty, by Y. Mino:
January 16
Clark Fossil Collection Cataloged By Volun-
teers (Field Briefs): April 26
Cranes, by G. Archibald: March 20
Dancing for the Dead, by D. Walsten:
March 6
Eskimo Art and Culture: Feb. 5
Field Museum's Planned Giving Program, by
C. Buzard: Oct. 24
Fort Ancient: Citadel Or Coliseum?, by P.
Essenpreis and M. Moseley: June 5
Fossil Plant Collections at the Field Museum,
by M. Bryant and P. Crane: April 5
Images of Yap, by R. Pickering: Feb. 20
In Pursuit of Amphibians and Reptiles in East
Malaysia, by R. Inger: June 11
Market Art from Northeastern Asia, by J.
VanStone: April 19
My Life, My Music, by Ravi Shankar: Nov. 20
New Look for the Pacific Research Lab, A:
Oct. 6
New Women's Board Officers (Field Briefs):
Sept. 11
1992 Fair: Catalyst for Chicago's Future,
The, by W. Boyd: Jan. 5
On the Trait of the Finest Metallurgy of the
Ancient New World, by D. Lathrap,
J. Isaacson, andC. McEwan: Nov. 10
Peter Crane Honored (Field Briefs): Sept. 11
Pigeon Whistles, By B. Laufer: Oct. 22
Pill Millipedes from the Coal Age, by J.
Hannibal: Sept. 12
President Boyd Honored (Field Briefs):
March 5
Ray A. Kroc (Field Briefs): March 5
Right Gift at the Right Time, The: Jack C.
Staehle Makes a Difference, by G. Pare:
Nov. 24
Sampson's Pearly Mussel (Our Environment):
Jan. 26
Sealskin Bags of Unusual Construction from
the Bering Strait Region, by J. VanStone:
Feb. 23
Search for Paleontology's Most Elusive En-
tity: The Conodont Animal, The, by D.
Briggs:J/All
Shadow Theatre in the Land of the Dragon, by
J. Humphrey: Jan. 8
Social and Unsocial Behavior in Dinosaurs,
byJ.Ostrom:Oct. 10
STici: A Training Program for Teachers, by C.
Blackmon, M. Sedzielarz, and Helen Voris:
June 14
Study of Children' s Attitudes Toward Animals,
Jan. 26
Terrell Promoted to Curator (Field Briefs):
March 5
Tree, the King, and the Cosmos, The, by A.
Kolata: March 10
Volunteers Honored, June 18
What Museums Are Good For, by R. Wein-
gartner: Sept. 17
William Duncan Strong and the Rawson-
MacMillan Expedition of 1927 -1928, by
J. VanStone: Sept. 5
Wiliam G. Swartchild, Jr. , in Memoriam:
June 13
Why Are There So Many Kinds of Plants and
Animals? by W. Burger, Jan. 20
Authors
Archibald, George: Cranes, March 20
Boyd, Willard L.: The 1992 Fair: Catalyst for
Chicago's Future, iaxi. 5
Bryant, Martha S.: Fossil Plant Collections at
the Field Museum, April 5
Burger, William: Why Are There So Many
Kinds of Plants and Animals?, Jan. 20
Blackmon, Carolyn: STici: A Training Pro-
gram for Teachers, June 14
Briggs, Derek E.G.: The Search for Paleon-
tology's Most Elusive Entity: The Conodont
Animal, J/A 11
Buzard, Clifford: Field Museum's Planned
Giving Program, Oct. 24
Crane, Peter R. : Fossil Plant Collections at
the Field Museum, April 5
Essenpreis, Patricia S.: Fort Ancient: Citadel
Or Coliseum?, June 5
Hannibal, Joe: Pill Millipedes from the Coal
Age, Sept. 12
Humphrey, Jo: Shadow Theatre in the Land of
the Dragon Jan. 8
Inger, Robert F.: In Pursuit of Amphibians and
Reptiles in East Malaysia. June 11
Isaacson , John S.: On the Trail of the Finest
Metallurgy of the New World, Nov. 10
Kolata, Alan: The Tree, the King, and the
Cosmos, March 10
Lathrap, Donald W.: On the Trail of the Finest
Metallurgy of the New World, Nov. 10
Laufer, Berthold: Pigeon Whistles, Oct. 22
Mason, Keith: Environmental Field Trips,
April 22
McEwan, Colin: On the Trail of the Finest
Metallurgy of the New World, Nov. 10
Mino, Yutaka: Ceramics of the Song Dynasty,
Jan. 16
Moseley, Michael E.; Fort Ancient: Citadel
Or Coliseum? June 5
Ostrom, John H.: Social and Unsocial
Behavior in Dinosaurs, Ocl. 10
Par6, Glenn: The Right Gift at the Right Time:
Jack C. Staehle Makes a Difference,
Nov. 24
Pickering, Robert B.: Images of Yap, Feb. 20
: Adult Education Program,
March 24
: Adult Education Update,
Nov. 7
Powell, Richard: Black Folk Art in America
1930-1980, April 11
: African and Afro-American
Art: Call and Response, May 5
Sedzielarz, Maija: STici: A Training Program
for Teachers, June 14
Shankar, Ravi: My Life, My Music, Nov. 20
VanStone, James W.: Sealskin Bags of Un-
usual Construction from the Bering Strait
Region, Feb. 23
: Market Art from Northeastern
Asia, Ap. 19
: William Duncan Strong and
the Rawson-MacMillan Expedition of 1927-
1928, Sept. 5
Voris, Helen: STici: A Training Program for
Teachers, June 14
Walsten, David M.: Dancing for the Dead,
March 6
Webber, E. Leiand: Books, Business, and
Buckskin . J/A 5
Weingartner, Rudolph H.: What Museums Are
Good For, Sept. 17
26
Tours For Members
Sailing the Lesser Antilles
Aboard the Tall Ship
Sea Cloud
February 7-16, 1985
Our itinerary offers a superb sampling
of the Caribbean's best — Antigua, St.
Barts, Saba, Martinique, and lies des
Saints. With the professional leadership
of Dr Robert K.Johnson, a Field
Museum marine biologist, you will see
and experience a great deal more than
the conventional sightseer Dr Johnson
is a topnotch tour lecturer, and your
trip will be greatly enhanced by
stimulating lectures and field trips.
Price range (contingent on cabin se-
lection): $3,455-55,755. per person
(includes round-trip air fare from
Chicago, hotel accommodations in
St. John's, Antigua, and full board
while on the Sea Cloud).
The largest private ship ever built,
the steel-hulled Sea Cloud is 316 feet in
length and has four Diesel engines with
total power of 6,000 B.H.P. The ship
accommodates 75 guests in air-
conditioned staterooms, each with two
beds. The cuisine is in the best tradition
of the great yachts of the past. Expert
European chefs provide exquisitely
prepared meals accompanied by vin-
tage wines. A crew of 40 German offic-
ers and men, plus 20 cadets sail the Sea
Cloud. There is ample deck space for
sunning and enjoying the spectacle of
the sails. Life aboard is informal and re-
laxed, and cruise participants may join
in the operation of the sails.
Archaeological Tour of Egypt
Including 5-day Nile Cruise
February 15-March 4, 1985
An unforgettable in-depth visit to the
Land of the Pharoahs, including a 5-
day Nile cruise aboard the luxurious
Hilton Steamer. An Egyptologist will
accompany the tour throughout,
including the Nile cruise, and person-
ally conduct all lectures and sightsee-
ing. Tour highlights will include the
pyramids and Sphinx of Giza, little-
visited monuments of Middle Egypt,
King Tut's tomb, the holiday resort of
Aswan, and a visit to Abu Simbel.
Colonial South
April 13-20, 1985
Now you can be among the first
passengers to visit the legendary Colo-
nial South in the comfort of a relaxing,
yacht-like cruise ship, with a friendly
American staff to serve you. Our ports
of call will be Savannah and St. Simon
Island, Georgia; Beaufort, Charleston,
and Hilton Head Island, South Caro-
lina; with disembarkation at Savannah.
Dr Lorin I. Nevling, director of
Field Museum and a distinguished
botanist, will accompany the tour,
sharing his professional expertise on
the flora of the exquisite gardens we'll
visit. Our tour is planned to coincide
with the spring explosion of color in
daffodils, tulips, dogwoods, and
azaleas — a welcome treat after Chi-
cago's long winter Local historians
will provide us with talks on historic
buildings of the region and on Civil
War history. The Nantucket Clipper will
cruise through the peaceful waters of
the intra-coastal waterways, allowing
you to spend each evening in town
enjoying the port experience to its full-
est, and affording even greater variety
in this delightful cruise experience.
For fiirther informalioii or to he placed on our
mailing list, call or write Dorothy Roder, Tours
Manafier, Field Museum , Roosei'elt Rd. at Lake
Shore Dr.. Chicago, IL 60605. Phone:
322-8862.
Additional Tour Highlights
for 1985
Galapagos Islands. China and Tibet. Alaska and Pribilof Islands.
Field Museum of Natural History
Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive
Chicago, II 60605
"'^'«r?vr«««jirw^ -^^
0017195-00
Miss Marita Maxey
7411 North Greenvieu
Chicagoi IL 60626
FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN
February 1985
"Echoes of Africa"
Performance by the Darlene Blackburn Dance Troupe
Saturday, February 16, 3:00pm
Field Museum
of Natural History
Bulletin
Published by
Field Museum of Natural History
Founded 1893
President: Willard L. Boyd
Director: Lorin I. Nevling, Jr.
Editor: David M. Walsten
Production Liaison: F^mela Steams
Staff Photographer: Ron Testa
Board of Trustees
James J. O'Connor
chairman
Mrs. T. Stanton Armour
George R. Baker
Robert O. Bass
Gordon Bent
Mrs. Philip D. Block IH
WUlard L. Boyd
Frank W. Considine
Stanton R. Cook
William R. Dickinson, Jr.
Thomas E. Donnelley II
Thomas J. Eyerman
Marshall Field
Richard M. Jones
Hugo J. Melvoin
Leo F. Mullin
Charles F. Murphy, Jr.
Earl L. Neal
Lorin 1. Nevling, Jr
Robert A. Pritzker
James H. Ransom
John S. Runnells
Patrick G. Ryan
William L. Siearle
Edward Byron Smith
Robert H. Strotz
Mrs. Theodore D. Tieken
E. Leland Webber
Blaine J. Yarrington
Life Trustees
Harry O. Bercher
Joseph N. Field
Clifford C. Gregg
WUUam V. Kahler
WUUam H. MitcheU
John W. Sullivan
J. Howard Wood
CONTENTS
February 1985
Volume 56, Number 2
February Events at Field Museum
Field Briefs
Field Museum Tburs for Members
The Japanese Woodblock Print
by David M. Walsten
5
6
7
A Respirator, Or Smoke Strainer: An
Unusual Eskimo Artifact 23
by James W. VatiStone, curator of North American
archaeology and ethnolo^
Founders' Council Honors Stephen Jay Gould 26
by Charles Buzek, assistant to the president
COVER
Woodblock print by Japanese artist Shunsho Katsukawa fl2%" X
9'/z"). The print Ls the subject of a single volume, published in Thkyo
in 1907, showing each oftlje 127 individual additions of color as
well as the composite effect at each of the 1Z7 steps. This number of
color additions (many of which required separate blocks) is un-
usual, but as many as several hundred are known to have been
used in creating a single print.
The idea of using woodblock printing to produce low-cost,
single-sheet illustrations is usually attributed to Japanese artist
Hashikawa Moronobu (1625-1694), who is also regarded as founder
of the ukiyo-e school of the woodblock print. Multicolor printing, by
means of multiple wood blcxks, was first made practical by Suzuki
Harunobu (1725-1770).
The huge volume containing Katsukawa's work (2P/4" X H'/z"
X 5'/4") was acquired by Berthold Laufer, then associate curator of
Asiatic ethnolo^, during the Mrs. T. B. Blackstone Expedition to the
Far East in 1908-1910. The book is now in the Mary W. Runnells
Rare Book Room of the Field Museum Library. For more on the
Japanese woodblock print see pages 7-22. N109571.
Field Museum of Natural History Bulletin (USPS 898-940) is published monthly, except combined
July/ August issue, by Field Museum of Natural History, Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive,
Chicago, II. 60605. Sut>scriptions: $6.00 annually, $3.00 for schools. Museum membership
includes Bulletin subscription. Opiiuons expressed by authors are their own and do not neces-
sarily reflect the policy of Field Museum. Unsolicited manuscripts are welcome. Museum
phone: (312) 922-9410. Notification of address change should include address label and be sent to
Meml>ership Department. Postmaster: Please send form 3579 to Field Museum of Natural His-
tory, Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive, Chicago, II. 60605. ISSN:001S-0703. Second class
postage paid at Chicago, II.
Events
Echoes of Africa
Darlene Blackburn Dance Troupe
Saturday, Feb. 16, 3:00pm
James Simpson Theatre, West Entrance
From Africa to the West Indies, from the West Indies
to America, the Darlene Blackburn Dance Troupe
traces the history of African dance movement.
Traditional African dances continue to have a pro-
found impact on dance of other cultures. In Echoes of
Africa, the special relationship of African dance to
jazz and American social dance is explored.
Selections performed include: Maiden Dance, a tradi-
tional piece from Cross River State; Nigeria Hamba,
meaning "to shake the Earth," from the Congo; The
Chase, a calypso piece from the West Indies; Raw
Soul, a selection of American social dances; Ja^^ /5,
American jazz technique as taught by Katheryn
Dunham; Afrikan, a synthesis of African, West
Indies, and American Dance.
Darlene Blackburn has specialized in African dance as
dancer, teacher, choreographer, and producer. Created
in 1967, the Darlene Blackburn Dance Troupe has
performed to enthusiastic audiences in Ghana, Niger-
ia, and throughout the Midwest. Ms. Blackburn and
her troupe are dedicated to the presentation of Afri-
can cultural history as a humanistic, creative, and
vital influence on the lives of all Americans.
Tickets: $5.00 (Members: S3. 00).
Fee are nonrefundable.
Please use coupon on page 4 to order tickets.
Public Programs Information: (312)322-8854
Chinese Shadow Puppet
Theatre
"Ah Wing Fu and the Golden Dragon"
Sunday, February 24, 2:30pm
Lecture Hall I, First Floor, West Entrance
Shadow Puppet Theatre has been popular in China
since the 10th century. Enjoy this ancient art form
and attend the premiere performance o( Ah Wing Fu
and the Golden Dragon. The delightful Chinese folk
tale tells the story of a man who finds out that the
carefree life may not be the best.
This performance is followed by a repeat of a Field
Museum favorite. The Story of Plum Blossom, which re-
lates the adventures of a brave young girl and her dog.
This program is free with museum admission and no
tickets are required.
Darlene Blackburn
"Dancer of our time "
Family Feature
Birds in the Backyard
Sunday, Feb. 10, 1:00-3:00pm
Bird Hall, Second Floor
Birds that survive the winter in Chicago are truly
winged wonders. It can be hard to find food in the
snow and frozen ground, but you can help. Using
pine cones and peanut butter, make a special bird
feeder that no winter resident can resist. A field guide
helps you identify all of the different kinds of birds
that come to visit you for a tasty winter snack.
Family features are free with museum admission and
no tickets are required. continueo?
CONTINUED from p. 3
Events
February Weekend Programs
Each Saturday and Sunday you are invited to explore the world of natural history at Field Museum. Free tours,
demonstrations, and films related to ongoing exhibits at the Museum are designed for families and adults. Listed
are only a few of the numerous activities available each weekend. Check the Weekend Passport upon arrival for the
complete schedule and program locations. The programs are partially supported by a grant from the Illinois
Arts Council.
These programs are free with museum admission and no tickets are required.
February
2 11:30 am Ancient Egypt (tour). Explore the
traditions of ancient Egypt from everyday life
to myths and mummies.
3 12:30 pm Museum Safari (tour). Trek through
the four comers of the Museum to see the
seven continents. See an Egyptian tomb, big
game from Africa, and seals from the Arctic.
9 1:30 pm Ancient Egyptians (tour). Focus on the
lives of the pharaohs and the Egyptian people,
from daily life to death and mummification.
10 1:00 pm Welcome to the Field (tour). Enjoy a
sampling of our significant exhibits as you
explore the scope of Field Museum.
16 2:00 pm Traditional China (tour). Examine the
imagery and craftsmanship represented by
Chinese masterworks in our permanent
collection.
17 2:00 pm Treasures From the Totem Forest (tour).
A walk through Museum exhibits introduces
the Indians of southeastern Alaska and British
Columbia.
23 12:30 pm Continents Adriji (Lecture/
Demonstration). Why have fossils of similar
dinosaur species been found on continents
separated by vast oceans? The concept of
"moving" continents is illustrated with
enormous puzzle pieces.
24 12:30 pm Museum Safari (tour). Trek through
the four corners of the Museum to see the
seven continents. See an Egyptian tomb, big
game from Africa, and seals from the Arctic.
1:30 pm Red Land/Black LMnd (tour). Focus on
the geography of the Nile Valley and its effect
on the Egyptians who lived and ruled during
4,000 years of change in religion and cultures.
Hlnter Fun 1985
Children's Workshops
Ages 4-11
Drive away the winter doldrums! Treat your children
or grandchildren to weekend workshops at Field
Museum during February. Register now! Young
people ages 4 to 11 can participate in classes that range
from "Volcanoes!" and "The Bear Brigade" to
"Dinosaur Debate" and "Pawnee Pow Wow."
Anthropologists, zoologists, botanists, geologists,
and artists bring their talent and expertise to create
new, informative, and creative experiences. See the
Winter Fun brochure for a complete schedule. If you
have not received one, call 322-8854, Monday
through Friday, 9:00am-4:00pm for your free copy.
Registration
Please complete coupon tor your program
selection and any other special events. Com-
plete all requested information on the applica-
tion and include section number where appro-
priate. If your request is received less than one
week before program, tickets will be held in
your name at West Entrance box office until
one-half hour before event Please make
checks payable to Field l\^useum Tickets will
be mailed on receipt of check. Refunds will be
made only if program is sold out
Program Title
Member
Ticl<ets
# Requested
Nonmember
Tickets
# Requested
Total
Tickets
# Requested
Please check appropriate box: N^ember: D Nonmember: D
American ExpressWisa/MaslerCard number:
Amount
Enclosed
Signature
Expiration date
Name
Street
For Office Use:
:ity
state
Zip
"> ;:r;phone Daytime Evening
Have you enclosed your self-addressed stamped envelope?
Date Received
Date Returned
Return complete ticket application with a self-addressed
stamped envelope to:
Public Programs: Department of Education
Field Museum of Natural History
Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive
Chicago, IL 60605-2497
FIELD BRIEFS
StaffNotes
Harold L. Voris, curator of Amphibians and
Reptiles, has been appointed chairman of the
Department of Zoology, succeeding Robert
K. Johnson, curator of Fishes. Other recent
appointments include Stephen Ashe, assis'
tant curator of Insects, who has been named
head of the Division of Insects, succeeding
John Kethley; and Hymen Marx, curator of
Amphibians and Reptiles, who has been
named head of the Division of Amphibians
and Reptiles. He succeeds Dr Voris in that
post.
Scott Lidgard, who obtained his Ph.D.
at Johns Hopkins University, has joined the
Department of Geology as assistant curator of
fossil invertebrates.
1,500 Guests at Christmas Gala
More than 1,500 children, parents and grand-
parents attended the "Family Christmas Tea"
in Stanley Field Hall on December 13. Spon-
sored by the Women's Board of Field
Museum, the traditional gathering continues
to be a very popular holiday activity among
Chicagoans.
Last December, partygoers enjoyed tea
party fare amid beautiful decorations; lis-
tened to holiday music by the Stu Hirsh
Orchestra; and were entertained by the
Westminster Bellringers of the Village Pres-
byterian Church of Northbrook, Music and
Dance from On Stage Chicago School for the
Performing Arts, the Junior League "Mad
Hatters," and Bozo the Clown and Cooky the
Clown. Ronald McDonald, costumed story-
book characters from the Chicago Public
Library, the Field Museum dinosaur and, of
course, Santa Claus were on hamd to greet the
many young visitors.
The Women's Board Christmas Tea
Committee, co-chaired by Mrs. Stanton R.
Cook and Mrs. Robert Lane Cruikshank, is
extremely grateful to many individuals, orga-
nizations, and corporations whose talents,
time, contributions, and services made the
occasion so special:
Anonymous Angels
Arthur Andersen &? Co.
The Bureau of Art, Chicago Board of Educa-
tion, and all the creative Chicago Public
School children who designed ornaments
for our children's Christmas tree
The Chicago National League Ball Club, Inc.
Chicago Park District
Chicago Public Library
The Chicago White Sox
Ferree Florsheim Catering Ltd.
Field Museum Staff
Helene Curtis Industries, Inc.
Illinois Tool Works
The Kitchens of Sara Lee
Marshall Field's
McAdams Florist of Lake Forest
McDonald's — Ernie Cochanis
Mrs. Arthur C. Nielsen
My n Pizzeria
Salemo-Megowen Biscuit Company
Santa Claus
Sweetheart Products Group
WGN Continental Broadcasting Company
Warehouse Club, Inc. Niles, Illinois
The Women's Board cookie bakers and all
our generous Women's Board Members
All the hostesses and young volunteers.
Cameroon Art Exhibit
Opens March 9
About 120 art objects from Cameroon, on the
coast of west-central Africa, will be on view
in the special exhibit area, third floor (for-
merly designated second floor), from March 9
through June 16. The Members' preview is set
for Friday, March 8.
Sponsored by S.I.T.E.S. (Smithsonian
Institution Traveling Exhibition Service),
"The Art of Cameroon" consists of pieces
selected from U.S., European, and Cameroon
collections. Included are prehistoric terra-
cotta sculptures, objects in different media of
ritual and secular use, and a large number of
masks, figural sculptures, and other object
types.
Concurrent with the object exhibition
will be a photographic exhibition (also from
S.I.T.E.S.) which will relate topically and
visually to the objects while constituting an
exhibition component in its own right.
The exhibit catalog. The Art of Came-
roon, published by S.I.T.E.S., is now available
at the Museum Store. ($15.00, 10% discount
for Members). The 8 'A x 12 paperbound
catalog was written by Tamara Northern,
curator of ethnographic art. Hood Museum
of Art, Dartmouth College, and is richly
embellished with color photography.
Kennicott Club Meets
The February meeting of the Kennicott Club,
a natural history society named for Chicago's
first naturalist, Robert Kennicott, will be
held at Lincoln Park Conservatory on Friday,
February 22, at 7:30pm.
Following dinner at R.J. Grunt's Restau-
rant (6:00pm), the group will rejoin nearby at
the conservatory (7:30pm), where Leonard
Gayten, the conservatory's floriculture fore-
man, will provide a tour The azalea and
camellia show will then be running.
The following month's meeting will be
held on Monday, March 4, at Field Museum.
The speaker at that time, following dinner at
the Berghoff Restaurant, will be Dr Stephen
Ashe, assistant curator and head, Division of
Insects. His topic will be "Relationships and
Evolution of Mushroom Feeding among
Staphylinid Beetles."
Any persons with an interest in natural
history are invited to attend the Kennicott
Club meetings. For further information,
please call or write John Clay Bruner, Kenni-
cott Club vice president (Department of
Geology), at Field Museum, 922-9410.
NOW AVAILABLE AT THE FIELD MUSEUM STORE:
"Chicago Area Birds"
by Steven MIodinow
and sponsored by the Chicago Audubon Society
Published by Chicago Review Press
220 pages, $9.95
(10% discount for Members)
Just off the press! This comprehensive
study provides an account of the rela-
tive abundance and seasonal and seo-
graphic distribution of the 413 bird
species that have been reported at
least once in the Chicago area (19
counties in four states). Included are
maps of dozens of the primary birding
areas. No birdwatcher, casual or dedi-
cated, should be without this handy,
attractive guide.
Tours For Members
Ecuador and
The Galapagos Islands
May 27 -June 11
The Galapagos Islands affect our imagination
like no other place on earth. To set foot on
these remote islands is to return to a primeval
land isolated and protected for millions of
years. A distance of 600 miles off the coast of
Ecuador are these lost specks of volcanic land
on which nature evolved a separate microcosm
of animals and plants.
Our tour will begin with a visit in the host
country of Ecuador, which offers an opportu-
nity to enjoy the charm of Old World ambi-
ence, along with the color and distinction of
the centuries-old Indian market villages of
Lactacunga and Ambato.
To enhance your learning experience on
this tour. Dr. Glen E. Woolfenden, research
associate at Field Museum, and professor of
zoology at University of South Florida, will be
our leader and will accompany the group from
Miami and return.
This is our exciting itinerary:
May 27: Fly from Chicago O'Hare airport to
Quito via Miami.
May 28: Tour the city of Quito, visit the
fabulous Archeological Museum, view the
church of San Augustin and Museum of
Colonial Art.
May 29: Visit the art galleries of the painters
Guayasamin and Viteri; tour the Olga Fish
Folklore Gallery. In the afternoon visit the
Equatorial Monument. Also, visit the Indi-
an villages of Pomasqui and San Antonio
and the crater of Pululahua.
May 30: Full-day excursion over the Andes'
western ridge, down into the coastal jung-
les with their banana, cocoa, and coffee
plantations and see the village of the Col-
orado Indians, colorful in dress and
custom.
May 31: Full day of birding in the area of
Papallacta. Ecuador is home to more than
1,400 species of birds.
Junel: Morning departure by bus to the
Latacunga-Ambato Valley stopping at
Latacunga Indian market and the Cotopaxi
volcano, where we will visit a small
museum at the base of the volcano, and on
to Ambato with its huge market.
June 2: Leave the frosty Andean heights,
travel across a fertile plain and past high-
land villages, via Riobamba and Devil's
Nose pass to Guayaquil, Ecuador's chief
port, where we'll stay overnight.
June 3: A morning flight to Baltra, where we
will board the MV Santa Cruz. Comfort is
indeed the keynote for our life aboard ship
in both clothes and atmosphere, with
casual attire recommended. Tonight and
each evening during the cruise we have a
slide presentation and a lecture outlining
the next day's highlights.
June 4: The first island we see is Bartolome,
site of Pinnacle Rock, the most widely rec-
ognized landmark in the Galapagos. Later
we cruise in Darwin Bay. Tower island is
considered one of the most complete bird
islands, with virtually millions of sea and
land birds resident to its shores.
June 5: Cruising Isabela and Femandina Is-
lands, entering Tagus Cover in the mor-
ning.
June 6: Cruising Baltra and North Seymour
Islands. After a brief stopover at Baltra, we
cruise to North Seymour and will be trans-
ported to the rocky shore via small craft.
Our first encounter, as we walk on the is-
land, is with dense colonies of blue-footed
boobies.
June 7: Cruising Hood and Floreana Islands.
We follow the marked trails on Hood Is-
land to search for its own species of mock-
ingbird and its most spectacular part-time
resident, the waved albatross. Along the
way, we catch glimpses of masked boobies
and several species of finch. We land at
Punta Cormorant on Floreana Island and on
an inland lagoon we'll see where multi-
tudes of flamingos nest. Floreana's vegeta-
tion is particularly interesting.
June 8: Cruising Santa Cruz and Plaza Is-
lands. Upon arrival at the village of Puerto
Ayora on Santa Cruz we walk directly to
the Darwin Research Station for a briefing.
This afternoon, we call at tiny Plaza
Island, where sea lions swim out to
welcome us.
June 9: We land early in the morning on a
beach of black lava sand on James Island,
then hike to a tranquil crater lake where fla-
mingos feed. Next we can swim with (or
just observe) the fur seals in one of the
f)ools cut into the cliffs by surf erosion.
After lunch we cruise past unusual cinder
cones and lava formations along the coast
en route to Buccaneer Cove, the former
refuge of pirate ships.
June 10: This morning we cruise to Baltra,
disembarking in time to board our flight to
Guayaquil. En route to the Oro Verde
Hotel we will tour Guayaquil, seeing the
Avenida Olmedo, city watchtower, govern-
ment buildings, and the municipal
museum. In the evening we'll enjoy a gala
farewell dinner.
June 11: Return to Chicago via Miami. Early
evening arrival at O'Hare.
Price per f)erson (double occupancy):
$3,545 for main deck cabins. Upgrade to up-
per deck: $150; upgrade to boat deck: $310.
An extension to Peru is optional. The tour
price includes land and cruise costs and round-
trip economy air fare. The tour is limited to 25
people, and early reservations are recom-
mended. A $500 deposit per person should be
sent to Field Museum Tours.
Alaska and
The Pribilof Islands
June 5-19
June 5: Fly from Chicago's O'Hare to Sitka.
Welcome dinner.
June 6: City tour of Sitka. Marine wildlife
motor raft trip with dinner on board cruise
vessel.
June 7: Late morning flight to Juneau. Men-
denhall River raft trip with lunch on board.
Evening outdoor salmon bake.
June 8: Morning flight to Glacier Bay. Gla-
cier Bay cruise aboard the MV Glacier Bay
Explorer Overnight on board ship.
June 9: After completing Galcier Bay cruise,
afternoon flight to Fairbanks via Juneau.
June 10: Ride the Alaska Railroad to Denali
National Park. Afternoon at leisure;
salmon bake dinner and overnight at
McKinley Chalets.
June II: Full day tour to Kantisna. Return to
McKinley Chalets for dinner and over-
night.
June 12: Morning at leisure. Afternoon
motorcoach trip to Anchorage.
June 13: Morning at leisure. Afternoon tour
to Potter's Marsh Bird Refuge.
June 14: Morning at leisure. Afternoon Float
Trip on Eagle River with dinner on board.
June 15: Flight to St. George Island.
June 16-17: Two full days exploring St.
George Island.
June 18: Return flight to Anchorage. Farewell
dinner.
June 19: After breakfast transfer to airport for
return flight to Chicago.
Our leader will be Dr. John W. Fitzpat-
rick, associate curator and head of the Divi-
sion of Birds at the Field Museum, where he
also serves as curator-in-charge of Scientific
Services and chairman of the Science Advi-
sory Council. He is an experienced tour lectur-
er, most recently leading Field Museum tours
to Ecuador and the Galapagos Islands, and to
the Lesser Antilles.
Tour price: $4,625.00, based on double
occupancy (includes round trip coach class air
fare). We hope you can join us for this excep-
tional tour. A deposit of $500.00 per person
will confirm your reservation.
Additional Tours for 1985
Colonial South Yacht Cruise
April 13-20
Grand Canyon Rafting l^ip
May 24-June 2
China and Tibet
August 10-September 1
For further information or to be placed on our
mailing list, call or write Dorothy Roder, Tours
Manager, Field Museum, Roosevelt Rd. at
Lake Shore Dr. Chicago. IL 60605. Phone:
322-8862.
The Japanese Woodblock Print
An Art Form Unique in Its
Subtlety, Grace and Power
by David M. Walsten
M^ong before Toyotas and Datsuns were sending
Detroit auto makers back to their drawing boards,
a different kind of Japanese import, the woodblock
print, was making historic inroads into the Western
art world. In the latter ISOOs, artists as individual in
their vision and technique as Toulouse-Lautrec,
Whistler, and Beardsley acknowledged their
indebtedness to Japanese printmakers for ne'wways
of looking at and interpreting the world about them.
The assertiveness of their compositions, sharply
defined forms, pleasing decorative patterns, and sub-
"An Eagle on a Cliff near a Kin Tree "
(c. 1716). 22" X 11 'A", by Torii Kiyo-
masu (fl. 1690S-C. 1720). possibly a
brother of Torii Kiyonobu. founder of
tfie Torii school of ukiyo-e. Kiyomasu
is known chiefly for his depictions
of women and actors: he frequently
used landscape settings and also
painted birds of prey All his work was
done in black and white, with color
sometimes added, as here, by hand.
Clarence Buckingham Collection. ©
The Art Institute of Chicago. All rights
reserved.
tie coloration found appreciative viewers among
Western critics and art collectors as well. The
The author wishes to gratefully acknowledge the advice and counsel
of}eanine Coupe Ryding and Osamu Veda in the preparation of
this material. Mrs. Ryding is lecturer in the Studio Arts Center of
Barat College, La}{e Forest, II, and is an instructor in Field
Museum's Courses for Adults program. Mr Ueda is peeper of the
Clarence Buckingham Collection of Japanese Prints, Art Institute
of Chicago. Mr. Ueda also kindly provided the translation for the
text in the center panel of "The Port of London, England, " by
Toshitora, appearing on page 20. The author, however, assumes full
responsibility for the accuracy of this article and for judgements
rendered.
"A Courtesan Walking" (c. 1715),
21 Vb" X IV/2", byOkamura Masa-
nobu (1686-1764). Masanobu is
credited witti a number of inno-
vations in woodblock print tech-
nology, notably development of
the two-color process and the pil-
lar print orhashira-e, which was
made lorjg and narrow so that it
could fit on a house pillar He was
among those responsible for the
introduction of perspective and
one of the earliest to use metallic
dust. The print shown here was
hand-colored. Clarence Bucking-
ham Collection. © The Art Insti-
tute of Chicago. All rights
reserved.
"The Sugoroku
Players " (c.
1750). 11%" X
S'/s". by Tori i
Kiyohiro (fl.
1750S-1760). a
member of the
Torii school. Par-
ticularly scarce,
his prints were
most often of
women: he also
did theatrical
subjects. Nearly
all were benizuri-
— prints done
mainly in pink,
often together
with green. The
Clarence Buck-
ingham Collec-
tion. © The Art
Institute of Chi-
cago. All rights
reserved.
"Catching Fireflies" (c.
1767), 8" X WW. by
Suzul<i l-tarunobu (1725-
1770), one oftlie most
original as well as most
prolific of the ukiyo-e
artists, l-larunobu's
chief contribution was
/A7enishiki-e, or poly-
chrome print, made
from multiple wood
blocks. Though others
had used the technique
before him, he de-
veloped it into a pro-
cess that was both
practical and effective,
using as many as ten
blocks for separate
colors. The Clar-
ence Buckingham
Collection. © The Art
Institute of Chicago. All
rights reserved.
10
.<^ <d)
"Herons and Boat in
Snow"(c. 1766), 10%"
X aVe". by Suzuki
Harunobu. was done
shortly after he began
using multiple colors.
Though not striking for
its use of color note
embossing (in the birds
and snow), a technique
introduced 30 years
earlier by Yoshida
Gyosen. The Clarence
Buckingham Collec-
tion. © The Art Institute
of Chicago. All rights
reserved.
U
12
mounting enthusiasm culminated in an 1890 exhibi-
tion in Paris in which more than 1,000 privately
owned prints were displayed.
Although this art form had been popular in
Japan since the 1600s, the rest of the world knew
little of it until trade relations between Japan
and Western nations were first formalized in
1854. Then, precisely because it was a print —
a replication — the woodblock print came to be the
principal medium through which Westerners
C"Geisha and Attendant in the Night Rain" (c. 1798), 15'/a" x lOVs'.by
Kitagawa Utamaro (1753-1806). Especially noted for his erotic views
ot beautiful women, sensitive use of color, and design sense, Utama-
ro's work was featured long after his death in an exhibition in Paris in
1889. Edmond de Goncourt came away from the exhibition so in-
spired by Utamaro 's genius that he wrote a biography of the artist: as
a result. Utamaro gained a posthumous reputation in the West that
was unmatched by any of his fellow Japanese: Mary Cassatt and
Edouard Manet were among his most enthusiastic admirers. Within
his own lifetime, however Utamaro's work was widely appreciated in
Japan and had been exported by the Chinese and also by the Dutch,
privileged at that early time to have a trading post at Nagasaki. Note
the poor register in this print, which increases toward the left side.
This effect was caused by swelling of the wood block which had
gradually absorbed moisture with each successive impression. Gift
of Gaylord Donnelley © The Art Institute of Chicago. All rights
reserved.
"Fuji with Lightning" (c. 1831), 9%" x 14%", by Katsushika Hokusai
(1760-1849). Among Western art critics and art lovers, Hokusai prob-
ably stands in higher esteem than any other Japanese artist. This
scene is one of 46 comprising the landscape series "The Thirty-Six
Views of Fuji, " the actual number of views notwithstanding. The series
includes those prints generally regarded as Hokusai's finest Kate
S Buckingham Collection. © The Art Institute of Chicago. All rights
reserved.
were able to visualize the appearance and life-
style of these mysterious Asians. Thousands of
copies of a single work of art, transferred by
the engraver's knife to blocks of wood, then
printed on inexpensive sheets of paper, could be
sold (for a few sen) and disseminated in a
very short period of time.
While the effect of these prints on the
European art community -was a significant one,
Japanese artists, at the same time, came under
influence from the West. They introduced harsh
aniline dyes, replacing in some measure the
vegetable dyes with which they had achieved
such marvelous, subtle effects. They also made
pitiable attempts to make use of European
themes and stylistic devices, forsaking their own.
Meanwhile, an increasing demand for prints at
13
14
■•Climbing Mount Fuji" (c. 1831-33). 9¥e" x 14 "/w." by Katsushilo
Hokusai. from the series "The Thirty-Six Views of Fuji." Following this
initial series. Hokusai continued to do landscapes with Fuji as a motif.
More often than not. the mountain's distinctive profile was merely pe-
ripheral — even remote — to his central theme. The Clarence Bucking-
ham Collection. © The Art Institute of Chicago. All rights reserved.
home and abroad resulted in the mass production of
inferior work; the golden age of the Japanese print
had passed.
This golden age was, in fact, a two-hundred-
year span known formally as the period oiu\iyo'e —
rather felicitously translated as "pictures from the
floating world" — woodblock prints produced from
about 1680 to about 1880. Although the translation
variously suggests romance, indolence, poetry (the
suffix e meaning simply "picture"), its Buddhist
derivation is somewhat somber, referring to the
ephemeral nature of the material world as opposed
to the spiritual realities of Buddhism. In time, the
term was applied to the heady pleasures of the
Yoshiwara — Tokyo's red light district — and its par-
ticipants: notably prostitutes and kabuki actors; the
former, who enjoyed an elevated status that was
never accorded their Western counterparts, set
standards for physical beauty, elegance, and chic.
And these were to be the subjects oiukyyo'c; land'
scapes and travel scenes also came into vogue, as
did natural history subjects: flowers, birds, fish,
lugubrious insects — all rendered with a grace
and subtlety that is unmatched in the art of any
other culture.
The common denominator of the seemingly
eclectic ukjyo-e was the availability of these experi'
ences, sights, and objects in the daily life of the aver-
age Japanese. lJ\iyO'e was, in a word, art for the
common man.
The fifteen prints reproduced here are primari-
ly of the u\iyo'e period; The journalistic triptychs
on pages 19 and 20, though executed in the 1860s,
prefigure its end, while Saito Kiyoshi's "Nostalgia,
Boston" (1956) belongs to another era altogether.
These several works, done by ten artists, provide
views of developmental stages in this unique art
form over a 250-year period.
Xorii Kiyomasu, whose principal work was done
between the late 1690s and the early 1720s, did all of
his work in black and white, a type of print known
as sumizuri'C, though color \vas sometimes added
later by hand. This supplementary color was most
often a shade of vermilion (which was highly
variable, ranging from orange to dark red); prints
done with this color additive are known as taire, or
"vermilion prints."
As a painter, Kiyomasu did posters for theatres,
and as an engraver he did prints of actors, women,
landscapes, and birds of prey. His work is often con-
fused with that of his contemporary Torii Kiyonobu
(1664-1729), founder of the Torii school. Especially
noted for his careful draftmanship and exquisite
design, Kiyomasu's most distinguished single
work is thought to be a study of the actor Kanto
Koroku, no-w in the collection of the Art Institute
of Chicago.
Ki
Jtao Masanobu (1761-1816), the most outstand-
ing member of the Kitao school, enjoyed a highly
successful career as an artist, abandoning it ho'wever
at the early age of 24 to become a writer As a novel-
ist, under the name Santo Kyoden, he achieved even
greater distinction.
Masanobu's most distinguished prints are ele-
gant studies of Yoshiwara courtesans, and some of
his work so closely resembles that of his mentor,
Kitao Shigemasa, that the two are virtually
indistinguishable from one another Seven diptychs
(two-panel prints) done for the book Celebrated
Women of the Tea Houses and Their Handwritings is
perhaps his best known work. Since his career as an
artist was so brief, Masanobu's prints are quite
scarce.
J.orii Kiyohiro, whose life dates are not known
with certainty, was most active from about 1737 to
1768. Like most members of the Torii school, he
tended to specialize in theatre posters and programs
"Fishing Boats at Chostii in Soshu" (c. 1833). by Katsushil^a Hol<usai.
This work appeared during the rvost fruitful decade ofHokusai's long,
productive career KateS. Buckingham Collection. © The Art Institute
of Chicago. All rights reserved
15
and in portraits of kabuki actors. He was the last
artist of distinction to do prints in two colors, rose
and green — prints kno^vn as henizurue — before the
introduction of the polychrome technique in 1765.
His work is today relatively scarce. The Torii school
has survived to the present and there is still a mem-
ber active today — Torii IX.
lijuzuki Harunobu (17257-1770), one of the stellar
figures in the history of the Japanese print, is also
credited with introduction of the polychrome wood
engraving. The first of these so'called "brocade piC'
tures," or nishiki-e, were produced about 1765, just a
fev/ years before his death. Although earlier artists
had used the multi-block process to provide a range
of color, Harunobu, whose print-making \vas funded
by wealthy patrons, had the resources to perfect this
technique and bring it to fruition; it was Haruno-
"Snow on the Sumida River" (c. 1834). by Katsushika Hokusai. is one
of Hokusai's countless evocations of ttie rural scene — brooding,
peaceful, yet ctiargedv\/itfi a certain tension. Gift of Gaylord Donnelley.
© The Art Institute of Chicago. All rights reserved.
bu's work which revolutionized print-making and
stimulated others to follow.
Harunobu used as many as ten wood blocks for
the polychrome effect; but in the decades to follow,
as techniques were further refined and a greater
range of pigments became available, the number of
blocks was greatly increased. The print by Shunsho
Katsukawa, appearing on the cover of this issue, was
done (1907) with 127 separate additions of color;
some woodblock prints have been done with as
many as several hundred.
The quality of Harunobu's work during his en-
tire productive period is remarkable for its uniform-
ity, with only a slight falling-off in his last years. He
is especially noted for his charming portrayals of
average, middle-class girls, and customarily depicted
them in groups of two or three as they went about
their daily routine.
K
k-itagaw^a Utamaro (1753-1806) was the most
accomplished of all Japanese artists in the depiction
of lovely women. Though some Utamaro prints
reached Europe by way of the Dutch trading post at
16
Nagasaki in the 1790s, he did not acquire a follow
ing in the West until almost a century later; Mary
Cassatt and Edouard Manet were among those who
expressed enthusiasm for his ^vork.
Early in his career, Utamaro specialized in
prints of kabuki actors — work w^hich gave little hint
of the heights he was someday to achieve in his pro-
trayals of \vomen of the Yoshiwara. The courtesans
are shown in their various moods and daily activi'
ties, including explicitly erotic scenes with custom-
ers. In technical quality alone, the best of Utamaro's
first editions are perhaps unmatched anywhere in
the history of the wood engraving.
K.
Latsushika Hokusai (1760-1849). Seventy years
ago Arthur Davison Ficke, the British authority on
Japanese prints, wrote "Until rather recently Hoku-
sai was, for European spectators, as isolated and
commanding a figure in . . .Japanese art as Fuji is in
the Japanese landscape." Fiske's observation is close
to an accurate assessment of Hokusai's reputation
today, and it may be that in the discipline of the
landscape this extraordinary artist stands alone.
"Ayu Fish" (late 1830s), M%" x 10" by Utagawa Hiroshige (1797-
1858). This is a later edition of a print originally published c. 1832.
During the period 1811 to 1830, Hiroshige followed his elders in
choosing the theatre, women, and samurai for subject matter: then,
breaking from tradition, he began doing landscapes, studies of birds,
flowers, and fish, during his so-called landscape period (1830 to
about 1834) — the time of his best work. Restricted gift of f^rs. Kenneth
Bro. © The Art Institute of Chicago. All rights reserved.
Hokusai was apprenticed to an engraver when
he was still a small child and at 18 he became em-
ployed in the studio of the well know^n print
designer Katsukawa Shunsho, continuing to learn
the craft and hone his skills for a number of years.
The style of his early prints followed the tradition of
his teachers; but a highly personal style, marked
with vivacity and humor, emerges in the first of fif-
teen volumes of his collected sketches. Manga, pub-
lished in 1814.
Hokusai's justly famed "Thirty-Six View^s of
Fuji," showing the mountain in all its seasonal
moods and guises and from imaginative vantage
points, were executed between 1823 and 1830. One
of these, "The Great Wave off Kanagawa," had a
17
"Camellia Flowers
and Sparrows in Fall-
ing Snow" (c. 1837).
by Utagawa
Hiroshige. This is a la-
ter edition of the print
originally published C-
1832. Toulouse-
Lautrec. Gauguin.
Van Gogh, Cezanne,
and Whistler were
among those Western
artists particularly in-
debted to Hiroshige
for a fresh vision of
nature. The Clarence
Buckingham Collec-
tion. © The Art Insti-
tute of Chicago. All
rights reserved.
18
particularly strong influence on members of the art
nouveau group in Europe in the latter 1890s.
Though chiefly known for his landscapes,
Hokusai excelled in the human figure and in birds
and flowers as well. He also did a phantasmagorical
series depicting tales of the supernatural, figured
with grinning skulls and skeletons, and another
series devoted to the celebrated poets of China and
Japan. More than 30,000 original designs have been
attributed to Hokusai.
The modem creations of Christo and Olden-
burg seem a little less daring when we consider that
more than a century ago, the brash and colorful
Hokusai executed pictures 120 feet high, using a
broom for a brush — according to legend. Perhaps
anticipating the recent spoof in which a painting by
an ape was formally exhibited as a human work of
abstract art, Hokusai allegedly coaxed a rooster,
whose claws had been daubed with red paint, across
a blue sheet of paper "Maple Leaves on the Tatta
River" is the title he is said to have given the roost-
er's creation.
At 75 he wrote, "Up to the age of 50 1 made a
great number of drawings; but I am dissatisfied w^ith
anything that I created prior to my seventieth year
At the age of 73 I, for the first time, began to grasp
the true forms and nature of birds, fishes, and
plants. It follows that at the age of 80 1 shall have
made great progress," signing himself "The Old Man
Mad with Painting." At 89 Hokusai's dying words
"A Picture of Prosperity in America " (1861), by Utagawa IHirostiige II
(1826-1869). son-in-law of Utagawa Hiroshige. Ttiis rattier sketchily
rendered, cartoonlike triptycfi is of greater interest hiistorically than as
a work of art. and it is apparent from the fanciful mountain peaks and
palm trees embellishing the background that the artist had never set
foot in America. The print was probably copied, in part, from a copper
engraving of Fredencksborg Castle. Denmark. Gift of Mrs. £ C.
Chadbourne. © The Art Institute of Chicago. All rights reserved.
were "If the gods had given me only ten years more
— only five years more — I could have become a
really great painter."
u,
.tagawa Hiroshige (1797-1858), regarded in
some quarters as Hokusai's rival in the landscape, is
best known for his "Fifty-Three Stations on the
Tokaido," published in 1833 or 1834. His early work
was in the traditional vein, reflecting the influence
of Chinese painters and a Japanese school of realism;
and his subjects during this period were commonly
actors, courtesans, and samurai. But around 1828,
stimulated by the work of Hokusai, 37 years his
senior, Hiroshige turned from the human figure to .
the landscape. While formal design and human
activity are of importance in Hokusai's work,
Hiroshige was more concerned with seasonal effects
upon the countryside.
Sights along the Tokaido (the 300-mile high-
way linking Tokyo with Kyoto) had long been a pop-
ular theme for artists, including Hiroshige's teacher
Hiroshige's series was published to immediate
19
^^i
tit
20
acclaim, and for a time his renown as a landscape
artist eclipsed even that of Hokusai. Fev/, if any,
■woodblock prints have enjoyed such long press runs
(as many as 10,000) or so many editions as those of
the Tokaido series; the result has been that the qual'
ity of prints is often greatly compromised. In 1842 a
twelvcyear government ban on actor and courtesan
prints went into effect, resulting in an increased de-
mand for landscapes; Hiroshige, too, helped satisfy
this market by increasing his own production.
Among his total oeuvre of some 5,000 designs,
Hiroshige also did a series of 119 views of famous
sites in Tokyo, his final work. Van Gogh, in 1888,
w^as so impressed with Hiroshige's genius that he
painted fairly literal reproductions in oil of two
prints from this series: "Plum Garden at Kameido"
and "Sudden Shower at Ohashi," even signing them
in Japanese.
Hiroshige's life was cut short at age 61 by
cholera, during an epidemic.
"London with Bridge and Fleet" (1862), by Utagawa Yoshitora (fl.
1836- 1880s). a pupil of Utagawa Kuniyoshi. Like l-liroshige II 's "A Pic-
ture of Prosperity in America " (p. 19), this triptych print is chiefly of
interest for its vision of a Western metropolis through Japanese eyes.
Though the color has been applied with somewhat less than rigorous
care and there are inadequacies of register, Yoshitora is
clearly more faithful to details of dress than Hiroshige II. The horses'
bridles and ships ' rigging are done with particular fidelity Note, how-
ever, the Japanese-style bridge lanterns and that in the alcove to the
right. The caption on the center panel reads: "London is on the
Thames River and has a great number of large houses and buildings.
People are rich on the whole. There is a long bridge on the river, which
is about 180 feet long and about 40 feet wide. In the evening, three
lamps are lit on the bridge to light the way There is a fortress by the
bank to defend the city against the enemy In the city, there are sever-
al market places opened for traders from all over the world. The pop-
ulation is about 1.050.000 and the number of university students is
more than several thousand. The women are affectionate and the
men intelligent, with a high ambition to succeed in business. They
have built more than 28.000 large ships for trading and there are
about 185.000 workers on the ships. It is said that their naval ships
number over 800 and are equipped with 40 to 120 cannon. " Gift of
Mrs. E. C. Chadbourne. © The Art Institute of Chicago. Alt rights
reserved.
21
u,
Ltagawa Hiroshige II (1826'1869), also known as
Ichiusai Shigenobu, was Hiroshige's adopted son as
well as his son'in'law. It is believed that he assisted
ijaito Kiyoshi (b. 1907), who is still living, has
gained an international reputation, his work being
particularly prized by American collectors. Kiyoshi
"Nostalgia. Boston" (1956). by Saito Kiyoshi (b. 1907). Gift of Mr. and tVlrs. Albert
L Arenberg. © Tfie Art Institute of Cfiicago. All rights reserved.
in some of Hiroshige's last work or completed it
after the senior's death. He was the first of
Hiroshige's many followers, but his work is gener-
ally considered flat, uninspired and, at best, work'
manlike imitations of the master
u.
Ltagawa Yoshitora (fl. 1836'1880s), a minor artist
whose real name was Nagashima Tatsugoro, was a
pupil of the great Kuniyoshi (1797-1861). His work
22 coincides with the end of the ukjyo'e period.
began as an oil painter, achieving some distinction in
this medium; while still young, however, he turned
to the woodblock print, which seems to have offered
better opportunities for his artistic expression. Typi-
cal subjects of his mature years (the 1956 print of
Boston, Massachusetts notwithstanding) have
been Buddhist temples and statuary, rock gar-
dens, and shoji screens. By Kiyoshi's o\vn account,
the most important influences in his work have
been European — Gauguin, Redon, Munch, and
Mondrian. The chain of influence had come full
circle.FH
The Respirator
Or Smoke Strainer
— ^An Unusual
Eskimo Artifact
63; James W. VanStone
Curator,
North American Archaeology and Ethnology
J\.n important diversion for Eskimo men in the
villages of southwestern Alaska today is the steam
bath, and in many villages a small bathhouse stands
beside each dwelling. The custom of bathing in
extreme heat is not new to the Eskimos of this area,
but the use of a small bathhouse is quite recent.
Before discussing certain items of material culture
associated with bathing, it is necessary to consider
the steam bath in historical perspective:
In prehistoric times, and until as recently as
1950 in a few Eskimo villages, the men took baths in
the qasiq, or ceremonial house. These square, semi'
subterranean structures were similar in construction
to family dwellings, but much larger, sometimes as
much as 25 feet (7-6 m) on a side, and had a single
raised bench around the walls. The cribbed roof was
open at the top and there was a large central fire pit
and short entryway.
Although the qasiq was found throughout
much of Alaska, it was along the Yukon River and in
adjacent areas of south-western Alaska that the lives
of Eskimo men were more intensively focused on
ceremonial houses (see map). From the age of 10
onwards, males lived primarily in the qasiq; older
boys learned craft skills there and listened to the
myths and traditions recounted with enthusiasm by
the oldest men. Ceremonies, particularly those in'
tended to increase the supply of game animals as
well as purely social events, were held in the qasiq,
and male visitors from other communities were
housed there, ^siq residents were usually brought
meals by their mothers or wives; unmarried males al-
ways slept there and married men usually did (see
the Bulletin, November 1982, pp. 12-15).
Often the men and boys would take a "fire
bath" in the qasiq. Dry wood was stacked in the
large central fire pit and ignited. The smoke escaped
through the skylight and after the wood had burned
down to a layer of glowing coals, a cover was placed
on the skylight. The men and older boys sat naked
on benches along the avails, while younger boys sat
on the floor or near the entrance, where there were
cool drafts from outside. Until the smoke cleared
from the room, the bathers coughed sporadically;
they then sat back and enjoyed the heat, chatting
occasionally about family matters and daily activi'
ties. Afterward they bathed in urine kept in a large
Avooden tub in one corner of the qasiq. The urine,
combined with body oils, served the same purpose
as soap. Sometimes the bathers, on leaving the
qasiq, poured water over their bodies or rolled in a
snow bank.
After 1830, with the arrival of Russian traders
and missionaries in southwestern Alaska, the idea of
the steam bath was introduced. The Russian-style
bathhouse was usually a small, lowroofed, tightly
fitted log structure covered with sod. Inside were
wall benches and a fireplace covered with a grill on
which stones were placed. The smoke from the wood
fire passed from the building through an opening
in the roof After the stones had heated and the fire
had died down, the ashes w^ere removed from the
fire pit. Then the roof opening was covered and
w^ater was splashed on the hot rocks to produce
St. Michael'
BERING SEA
ALASKA
24
/. From: Nelson, E. W., The Eskimo About Bering Strait. Smithsonian Institution
Press. 1983 (fig. 96. p. 288).
waves of steam. Later stoves were made from old oil
drums, with a chimney pipe fitted to the drum. The
oil'drum stove served to eliminate the irritating
smoke, some of v/hich had al\vays remained in the
bathhouse; as the result of this innovation, the pop-
ularity of the steam bath greatly increased. It is this
type of bathhouse and bathing arrangements that
are found in the Eskimo villages of southwestern
Alaska today.
An interesting artifact associated with the
traditional fire bath but also occasionally used later
in the steam bath is a respirator, or smoke strainer,
which the bather held in his mouth in order to pro-
tect his lungs not only from smoke lingering in the
room, but from the intense heat generated in the fire
pit. These respirators, which covered the mouth,
chin, and a portion of the cheeks, were usually make
of fine shavings of willow or spruce wood that were
shaped to form an oval pad.
Edward William Nelson, a collector of ethno-
graphic material in Alaska for the Smithsonian
Institution in the early 1880s, obtained an extremely
well-made respirator in the village of Shaktoolik on
Norton Sound; it is now in the National Museum of
Natural History in Washington. This respirator (fig.
1) is slightly larger than 4x5 inches (10 X 13 cm)
and constructed of a very fine wood shavings. The
smooth, oval outline has been achieved by means of
a ropelike band of shavings tightly v/ound w^ith a
cord of the same material. Inside this oval ring is a
soft mass of shavings held in place by a netting of
loosely twisted cord. The respirator is convex on the
outside and concave on the inner surface; the shav-
ings are packed loosely on the inner side and held in
position by a horizontal wooden rod which the
wearer grips in his mouth.
There are two interesting early illustrations
^vhich sho^v men wejiring respirators made of wood
shavings or of grass. The earlier is a drawing made in
October, 1866, by William Healy Dall, a pioneer
student of Alaskan natural history, at the village of
Klikitarik on Norton Sound east of St. Michael.
This drawing (fig. 2) from Dall's notebooks shows a
man seated cross-legged and wearing a respirator
very similar to the one described and illustrated by
Nelson. He also wears a cap, which ^vas the only
other item of apparel worn inside the bathhouse; the
hair, if not covered or dampened, could become very
hot and uncomfortable. Such a cap was usually
made of the skin of some waterfowl, usually a loon.
The bird's skin was cut open along the breast and
removed complete, except for the neck, wings, and
2 Courtesy Smithsonian Archives (SI neg. no. 80- 1377).
]
3. Courtesy Dept. of Anthropology. Denver Museum of Natural History (DM
neg. no. 82-003).
legs. The skin was then dried and softened so as to
become pUable and the two ends were fastened
together in such a way that it could be worn on the
head.
The man is show^n in this drawing dressed in a
parka of animal or bird skins which, of course, he
would not be wearing in the bathhouse. Obviously
Dall asked someone to pose outside so that he could
make a drawing sho-wing the cap and respirator.
The second illustration (fig. 3) is a photograph
taken at the village of Ikogmiut on the low^er Yukon
River. The photographer and date are unknown, but
presumably the picture was taken sometime during
the last decade or two of the nineteenth century
since a log cabin and a canvas tent may be seen in
the background. A man is shown seated on the
ground, cooling off after taking a steam bath. He is
wearing a respirator that covers a large part of his
face. In front of him is a basin, not of urine, but of
water, with which bathers washed themselves in
more recent times.
Today, respirators of wood shavings or of grass
are seldom used except by very old men, and the
head is usually covered with a towel. FH
YOU CAN LEAVE
EVERYTHING
TO YOUR SPOUSE,
TAX-FREE, BUT
SHOULD YOU?
Under new estate tax laws, you can leave all your property to your
spouse with no estate tax liability. But, that's true only at the death
of the first spouse. What about taxes at the death of the surviving
spouse?
To reduce these taxes, the first spouse might want to leave a
portion of his or her estate in trust to a final beneficiar/, such as
Field Museum, one of the world's great museums.
What's more, the income of that trust can go to the surviving
spouse for life. Your spouse still gets the benefit of your total
estate. Then, at death, the principal of that trust passes tax-free ,
outside his or her estate, to the Museum, perpetuating your
family name.
For more information about planning and v\/riting an effective
will, send for the free booklet, using the coupon below.
-CUP AND MAIL TOiyy •
TO: Clifford Buzard
Planned Givins Officer
Field Museum of Natural Histor/
Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive
Chicaso, Illinois 60605
dl Please send me my free copy of "How To Make a Will That Worte.'
NAME
(Please print)
ADDRESS.
CIT/
.STATE.
PHONE:
BUS:( )
Res: ( )
.ZIP-
BEST TIME TO QM.I: (Day of week): .
.(Hour):.
25
Stephen Jay Gould Honored
s,
26
tanley Field hall provided an awesome setting
Avhen the Founders' Council gathered there on
November 1 to honor the distinguished scientist
Stephen Jay Gould. Dr. Gould, professor of geology
at Harvard University, curator of vertebrate
paleontology at the Museum of Comparative
Zoology, and a MacArthur Fellow, became the first
recipient of the council's Award of Merit; the new
award consists of a $1,000 prize and a plaque bearing
a commemorative inscription and the Founders'
Council emblem, designed by Skidmore Owings £s?
Merrill. Dr Gould, who may be best known to
Museum members for his recent book. The Mis-
measure of Man, and for his monthly column in
T^atural History, adds the award to an impressive
array of honors for his contributions to science and
for his advancement of scientific literacy, a goal he
furthers so eloquently in his frequent essays.
The evening began with a reception for Dr
Gould beneath the glittering chandelier of the
Founders' Room. Participants and honored guest
then adjourned to the Great Hall, where a festive
atmosphere had been artfully created by Dinner
Co'chair Mrs. Byron C. Karzas.
Founders' Council Chairman Thomas J.
Eyerman and Dinner Co'chair William L. Searle
welcomed the assemblage and set the evening's
agenda. Chairman Eyerman reported that the coun'
cil had grown to some 250 members and that in a
year's time it had contributed almost $1 million to
the Museum. He gave special thanks to the council's
membership chairman, Harry I. Skilton, and paid
tribute to Mrs. Donald C. Geaves and Mrs. John C.
Meeker; Mesdames Greaves and Meeker had
developed an innovative series of seminar/luncheons
with curatorial staff, an activity which has given
council members deeper insight into scientific work
being done at Field Museum.
Eyerman also announced plans for the council
to initiate a special program called "Field Museum:
At Founders Council Dinner
Above: The evening 's guest of honor,
Stephen Jay Gould, right, with Field
Museum Director Lorin I. Nevling,
Jr In other photos, Founders' Coun-
cil members. Field Museum staff, and
friends are shown during the eve-
ning's activities. N83795
Ambassador to the World." This is designed as an
outreach program to garner pubUc attention and to
promote understanding of the unique functions of
Field Museum as well as its international scope.
Dr. Willard L. Boyd, President of Field
Museum, then addressed the group, articulating the
purpose and meaning of the new award. In doing so,
he observed the statuary ("Nature," "Research,"
"Record", and "The Dissemination of Knowledge")
occupying the four corners of the hall and called
attention to the considerable museum history that
has transpired under the vigilant gaze of these heroic
figures. The statues symbolize the mission that both
the Museum and the award recipient endeavor to
promote. After a brief revie^v of the accomplish-
ments of the evening's guest of honor, Chairman
Eyerman presented the award to Dr. Gould.
In a recent essay Dr Gould noted that it was
his purpose to inform and never to bore his
audience. As a teacher and essayist, he has succeeded
Photos by Ron Testa
in this endeavor with uncommon distinction, and
no^v as a speaker he further demonstrated that the
art of communicating difficult ideas effectively and
with wit is a special gift indeed.
Dr. Gould chose as his evening's topic the
current controversy over the causes of dinosaur
extinction. Reviewing the various theories, he
clarified the role of the element iridium in the most
widely accepted theory, set his own position neatly
within the framework of the controversy, and
explained why. His capsulization of this complex
issue gave further proof of Dr Gould's mettle. A
"Death Star" (the media name for a theoretical com-
panion sun to our o^vn which might explain the
extinction cycles) and geologic anomalies may never
be household topics, but under Dr. Gould's
entertaining tuition, they became accessible to all.
Field Museum is deeply grateful to Dr Gould
for his participation and to the Founders' Council
for their tireless efforts on the Museum's behalf
— Charles Buze^
Assistant to the President
27
Field Museum of Natural History
Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive
Chicago, II 60605
SF
.■'*'^
0017195-00
Miss Marita Maxey
7411 North Ore en view
Chicagoi IL 60626
1S..1
■j^ 51
■^
>^"
-i
Fl£LD MUSEUM
i H
w/m
221
f f *'
.<fMarch 1985
^^
Pt^.
"Xii^":-
Vu-:
%'
:^>.^<^k
.ft' '»i<^
## ^i
^A \
i ^
Members' Preview March 8
Tamara Northern Lectures on
A \
AMEROON SECRET SOCIETIES March 21
Donald Johanson Lectures on
LUCY AND OUR AFRICAN ANCESTORS March 23
Field Museum
of Natural History
Bulletin
Published by
Field Museum of Natural History
Founded 1893
President: Willard L. Boyd
Director: Lorin I. Nevling, Jr.
Editor: David M. Walsten
Production Liaison: I^mela Stearns
Staff Photographer: Ron Testa
CONTENTS
March 1985
Volume 5G, Number 3
March Events at Field Museum
Our Environment
The Silver Lining of a Very Dark Cloud
by Michael O. Dillon
Assistant Curator of Vascular Plants
Board of Trustees
James J. O'Connor
chairman
Mrs. T. Stanton Armour
George R. Baker
Robert O. Bass
Gordon Bent
Mrs. Philip D. Block III
Willard L. Boyd
Frank W. Considine
Stanton R. Cook
William R. Dickinson, Jr.
Thomas E. Donnelley II
Thomas J. Eyerman
Marshall Field
Richard M. Jones
Hugo J. Melvoin
Leo F. MuUin
Charles F. Murphy, Jr.
Earl L. Neal
Lorin I. Nevling, Jr.
Robert A. Pritzker
James H. Ransom
John S. Runnells
Patrick G. Ryan
William L. Searle
Edward Byron Smith
Robert H. Strotz
Mrs. Theodore D. Tieken
E. Leland Webber
Blaine J. Yarrington
Life Trustees
Harry O. Bercher
Joseph N. Field
Clifford C. Gregg
William V. Kahler
William H.Mitchell
John W. Sullivan
J. Howard Wood
The Art of Cameroon
by Tamara Northern
Exhibit Opens March 9 (Members' Preview March 8)
A Prayer of Ancient Egypt
by Charles Buzek
Assistant to the President
Field Museum Tdufs for Members
11
23
27
COVER
Zofoa lUfon ofBabungo, a kingdom in the grasslands of north-
western Cameroon. Afon is the sacred representative of the found-
ing dynasty of a kingdom in the Cameroon. He is the chief priestly
leader as well as the cultural guardian and principal actor in cere-
monies, rituals, and secular affairs of the kingdom. Zofoa II is
shown here surrounded by some of his royal regalia. Art objects of
the Cameroon, including pieces such as these, will be on view in the
exhibit "The Art of Cameroon ,"at Field Museum March 9 throu^
June 16. See pages 11-ZZ. Photo by Tamara Northern, curator of the
exhibit, courtesy sites. Copyri^t ® 1984 Smithsonian Institution.
BACK COVER
Nineteenth-century prestige cap from the Cameroon, 27cm hi^.
This type of cap, made of cotton and adorned with glass beads, is
typical of those worn by kings, princes, and royal retainers of the
Bamum,a kingdom in the eastern grasslands of northwestern
Cameroon. From the Museum fiir Volkerkunde, West Berlin. This
cap and about 120 other pieces will be on view in the "The Art of
Cameroon." Photo by Dietrich Graf.
Field Museum of Natural History Butletiti (USPS 898-940) is published monthly, except combined
July/August issue, by Field Museum of Natural History, Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive,
Chicago, II. 60605. Subscriptions: $6.00 annually, $3.00 for schools. Museum memtwrship
includes Bulletin subscription. Opinions expressed by authors are their own and do not neces-
sarily reflect the policy of Field Museum. Unsolicited manuscripts are welcome. Museum
phone: (312) 922-9410. Notification of address change should include address label and be sent to
Membership Department. Postmaster: Please send form 3579 to Field Museum of Natural His-
tory, Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive, Chicago, II. 60605. ISSN:0015-0703. Second class
postage paid at Chicago, II.
T
Events
Film as Document
Cameroon Secret Societies
Tamara Northern, Curator of Ethnographic Art,
Dartmouth College, and Curator,
the Art of Cameroon
Thursday, March 21, 7:30 pm, James Simpson Theatre
The activities of the men's secret societies of the south-
western and coastal forest groups of the Cameroon are
sparsely documented. A large part of the documenta-
tion that exists was compiled by missionaries and,
often, does not provide a culturally relative view. These
groups formed a central institution serving ritual needs
of the people, preserving forest art traditions, and
instructing young males in social and moral behavior
Membership in the men's secret societies was open to all
men. In effect, however, fee requirements limited access
to all but a few. Their meeting grounds and proceedings
were not accessible to nonmembers or to women.
Tamara Northern, curator of ethnographic art,
Dartmouth CoUege, provides narration and personal
commentary for a selection of five rare documentary
films detailing the secret and unknown activities of
these men's groups. The films form a central core
to the field work of German ethnographer Dr. J.
Koloss, and include private scenes of annual festivals,
sacrifice, ritual purification, and a performance of the
night masks.
Tickets: $5.00 (Members: $3.00). Fees are nonrejundable.
Please use attached coupon to order tickets.
Public Programs « (312) 322-8854.
^-t
•i.>,s*i-^'4iJ3r'^^^
Palaeoanthropologist Donald Johanson
lectures March 23
m
Lucy and Our African Ancestors:
4 Million Years of Controversy
Donald Johanson
Saturday, March 23, 2:00 pm, James Simpson Theatre
Bitter battles have frequently erupted in the search for
our human ancestors. Beginning with the discovery of
the Taung baby by Dn Raymond Dart in 1924 to the
recent finds in East Africa, the field has been dominated
by extraordinary differences of interpretation which
have sometimes divided scholars so deeply that produc-
tive discourse has become impossible. Dr. Johanson
examines recent criticism of Lucy, a tiny lady three feet
tall, who weighed 60 pounds and lived some 3.5 mil-
lion years ago, and of other fossils which he has
assigned to Australopithecus afarensis. He traces the
discovery of our African ancestry, now dating back
4 million years.
One of the world's leading paleoanthropologists,
Donald Johanson was bom in Chicago and received his
M. A. and Ph.D. from the University of Chicago. In
1973, when Johanson was codirecting the International
Afar Research Expedition, he discovered a perfectly
preserved knee joint at the Hadar site in Ethiopia; this
historic discovery represented the oldest anatomical
evidence for human bipedal stature and locomotion
— the hallmark of humankind. The following year,
also at Hadar, he found Lucy; the year after that, the
"First Family. " From 1974 to 1981 he was curator of
physical anthropology and director of scientific research
at the Cleveland Museum of Natural History. In 1981 he
became director of the Institute of Human Origins in
Berkeley, California, where he is currently based.
Tickets: $7.00 (Members: $5.00), Fees are nonrejundable.
Please use coupon to order tickets.
This program isjunded in part by the Ray A . Kroc Environmental
Foundation. Public Programs Information: (312) 322-8854
Edi^ard E. Ayer Film Series
Thursdays in March and April, 1:30 pm
James Simpson Theatre
March 7: Great Railtvay Journeys of the World: Deccan
March 14: Baobab: Portrait of a Tree
March 21 : Great Railway Journeys of the World:
Three Miles High
March 28: Audubon
CONTINUED from p, 3
Events
March Weekend Programs
Each Saturday and Sunday you are invited to explore the world of natural history at Field Museum. Free
tours, demonstrations, and films related to ongoing exhibits at the Museum are designed for families and
adults. Listed below are only a few of the numerous activities each weekend. Check the Weekend Passport upon
arrival for the complete schedule and program locations. The programs are partially supported by a grant
from the Illinois Arts Council. These public programs are free with museum admission, tickets not required.
March
2 11:30 am. Ancient Egypt (tour). Explore the
traditions of ancient Egypt from everyday
life to myths and mummies.
1:30 pm. Tibet Today (slide lecture). See
Lhasa and other towns now open to the
public.
9 1:30 pm. Tibetan Borderland (slide lecture) .
Explore Bhutan, "Land of the Thunder
Dragon," and important sites of Buddhism
in Nepal.
10 12:30 pm. Museum Safari (tour). Seek out
big game from Africa and mummies from
ancient Egypt as you travel through Field
Museum exhibits.
16 12:30 pm. China's Wondrous Animals (slide
lecture). Look at real and imagined beasts in
Chinese art, lore, and social life.
17 12:30 pm. Museum Safari (tour). Seek out
big game from Africa and mummies from
ancient Egypt as you travel through Field
Museum exhibits.
23 1:30 pm. Treasures from the Totem Forest
(tour). A walk through Museum exhibits
introduces the Indians of southeast Alaska
and British Columbia and their totem poles
and masks.
24 1:00 pm. Welcome to the Field (tour). Enjoy z
sampling of our most significant exhibits as
you explore the scope of Field Museum.
2:30 pm. Life in Ancient Egypt (tour). Focus
on the objects and practices which illustrate
ancient life in the Nile Valley.
30 1:30 pm. Traditional China (touv) . Eximine
the imagery and craftsmanship represented
by Chinese masterworks in our permanent
collection.
31 1:00 pm. Spring Wildflowers (slide lecture).
View wildflowers you can see in the woods,
meadows, and prairies of the Chicago area.
Family Feature
Masks of the Cameroons
March 23 and 24, 1:00 pm- 3:00 pm
Ancient China Hall, Third Floor
People throughout the world use masks for holidays
and festivals. The African people of the Cameroons use
masks in reUgious and political dances and ceremonies.
Some masks are made to be worn by a tribal king only.
Cameroon masks are made to symbolize special things
to the members of the tribe. White chalk around the
eyes, ears and mouth identify the wearer as a carrier of
bad news. If a mask is carved with a certain type of hat,
it may mean the wearer is an official. Certain tribes are
represented by different types of animal masks. Find
out how these beautiful masks are made and make a
symbolic mask of your own. Bring your mask back
to Field Museum on Sunday, May 19 to wear in our
Festival of Masks.
Family Features are free with museum admission and
no tickets are required.
Registration
Please complete coupon for your program
selection and any other special events. Com-
plete all requested information on tfie applica-
tion and include section number wfiere appro-
priate. If your request is received less than one
week before program, tickets vKill be held in
your name at West Entrance box office until
one-half hour before event. Please make
checks payable to Field Museum. Tickets will
be mailed on receipt of check Refunds will be
made only if program is sold out.
Program Title
Member
Ticl^ets
#Requested
Nonmember
Tickets
# Requested
Total
Tickets
# Requested
Please check appropriate box: Member: D Nonmember: D
American Express/Visa/MasterCard number:
Amount
Enclosed
Signature
Expiration date
Name
Street
For Office Use:
City
State
Zip
4 Telephone Daytime Evening
Have you enclosed your self-addressed stamped envelope?
Date Received
Date Returned
Return complete ticket application with a self-addressed
stamped envelope to:
Public Programs: Department of Education
Field Museum of Natural History
Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive
Chicago, IL 60605-2497
OUR ENVIRONMENT
Endangered Species List Modified
Fortysix more native and foreign animals and plants, rang-
ing from China's giant panda to the diminutive bumblebee
bat, thought to be the world's smallest bat, were added to
the U.S. List of Endangered and Threatened Species dur-
ing 1984. Among United States species, the Wyoming
toad, the woodstork, and the woodland caribou are all
now protected by the Endangered Species Act.
With these additions, the number of endangered and
threatened species on the list now stands at 828, of which
331 species are found in the United States and 497 are
found solely in other countries. The grand total includes
297 mammals, 220 birds, 99 reptiles, 85 plants, 62 fishes,
24 clams, 16 amphibians, 12 insects, nine snails, and four
crustaceans.
In addition to the new listings, 54 other species were
proposed in 1984 for listing as endangered or threatened.
Among these are the wide-ranging interior least tern and
piping plover, plants as exotic-sounding as the Last Chance
townsendia and the large-flowered fiddleneck, and the
Perdido Key beach mouse, believed to be the nation's most
critically endangered small mammal.
There was good news for several species that appear
headed toward eventual recovery. The arctic peregrine
falcon and the Utah prairie dog were moved from "en-
dangered" to "threatened" listings — reflecting an improve-
ment in their status. The tiny snail darter — a southern
Appalachian member of the perch family that sparked the
most celebrated court test of the Endangered Species Act —
was likewise reclassified to "threatened," thanks in part to
the discovery of small numbers of the fish in additional
locations.
Other species on their way to a more secure future
include the southeastern population of the brown pelican,
whose removal from the endangered list has been pro-
posed, and the Florida population of the American alliga-
tor, whose numbers have increased sufficiently that
limited harvests of the reptile may be permitted, similar to
those already held in Texas and Louisiana.
The Endangered Species Act entered its second dec-
ade in 1984. It is considered the world's foremost law pro-
tecting species faced with extinction. Among its major
features are penalties for harming endangered animals,
obligations placed on federal agencies and projects under
federal license or sponsorship to protect endangered spe-
cies, and the listing of threatened and endangered species
eligible for protection under the act.
"The addition of any new species to the endangered
species list is no cause for celebration," says Robert Jant-
zen, director of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. "But
such listings enable us to extend legal protections to these
species and focus national and international attention on
their plight. Our goal is eventual removal of all species
from the list as recovery efforts for each of them are suc-
cessfully concluded."
Listing is only the first step toward bringing a species
back from the brink of extinction. Using the goals estab-
lished by recovery plans for formally designated en-
dangered species, biologists, conservation organizations,
and state and federal natural resource managers attempt to
improve a species' status through research, habitat protec-
tion, increased law enforcement, improved land manage-
ment practices, captive breeding, relocations, and
establishment of experimental populations. There are now
164 approved recovery plans for endangered and
threatened species — an increase of 54 plans over 1983.
"Endangered" means that a species is in danger of
extinction throughout all or a significant portion of its
range. "Threatened" means that a species is likely to be-
come endangered.
NOW AVAILABLE AT THE FIELD MUSEUM STORE:
"Chicago Area Birds"
by Steven Mlodmow
and sponsored by the Chicago Audubon Society
Published by Chicago Review Press
220 pages, $9.95
(10% discount for Members)
Just off the press! This comprehensive
study provides an account of the rela-
tive abundance and seasonal and geo-
graphic distribution of the 413 bird
species that have been reported at
least once in the Chicago area (19
counties in four states). Included are
maps of dozens of the primary birding
areas. No birdwatcher, casual or dedi-
cated, should be without this handy,
attractive guide.
The Silver Lining
Of a Very Dark Cloud
Botanical Studies in Coastal Peru
During the 1982-83 El Nino Event
by Michael O. Dillon
Assistant Curator, Vascular Plants
Department of Botany
Photos by the author
. he 1982-83 El Nino-Southern Oscillation, by all
standards, must rank among the most devastating
acts of Nature to be recorded during this century. The
term El Niiio ("little Christ Child") was coined long
ago by Peruvian fishermen who annually witnessed
the warming of the coastal waters just after Christ-
mas. However, the 1982-83 reversal of the normally
cold-running current off the western coast of South
America created climatic conditions that were felt
around the world (see September 1983 Bulletin).
The southern coast of California had record
rains, the mild 1983 winter throughout the northern
states caused severe spring flooding, and on the other
side of the world drought plagued Africa, Indonesia,
and Australia. In similar fashion, as torrential rains
fell on western South America, the high-elevation
southern Andean Sierra of Peru and Bolivia contin-
ued a seven-year drought.
The worldwide combined loss of human life
from floods, polluted water supplies, and drought has
Fig.l.
Schematic
representation
of El Nino cur-
rent in the
Pacific Ocean.
been estimated at more than 10,000. Property damage
has been estimated in excess of $10 billion, but
rebuilding continues today in Ecuador and Peru,
with ultimate costs unknown. However, along with
all the adverse effects came a rare opportunity for the
modern scientific community to study this age-old
phenomenon.
The last recorded El Nifio of major proportions
was in 1925, when scientists had neither the tools nor
the mobility to study the phenomenon on a global
scale. Minor El Niiio events were recorded in 1957,
1965, and 1972, but historical records indicate that El
Nihos have been occurring at least since- 1541. The
reasons for El Nino events continued to elude scien'
tists; ho-wever, this time scientists w^ere poised to
study the phenomenon as never before.
By mid'1982, scientists monitoring climatic condi'
tions predicted the coming event, but not its magnitude.
As the normally strong westerly winds slackened,
satellites equipped with infrared sensors and ships at
sea began recording rising water temperatures off the
west coasts of North and South America. The cur'
Fig. 2. (above) Camp site in the barren desert east of Camand, Are-
quipa in southern Peru. Fig. 3. (below) Distribution of lamas forma-
tions within the coastal desert of Peru.
#-
< CEBITO C»MP*NA
\» «CEnnO CASEZON
\ « CEnnO CMius
\ f CERflOCMirUTWI
ca.»aV%
momoomVA
7
^(f-
F»R*MONQ»\ *
SUPE V
■J' Ti- A
■z. rS>
■7 "S* /
/
MIL
CH*nc*t\\ fmamato
-z- %}
122-
ANCON S^
'O OUILMANA
__ CANETE
ATOCONOO ^
O ""«°]
V- \
142-
o
16°-
o
o
SAN NICOLASS ^
LOMA?S,_ V
TAUCA^VJV
ATICO^\-*. ^
CAMANA^-*^. ^
MOLLENOO^^^
18?-
? " T
ILO
V SAMA
1^ GRANDE
T»C«A^
1^
^^ 7^= }r
rent along the equator, normally east to west, was
reversing itself and forcing warm water up and down
the coast from Alaska to Chile, thus displacing the
cold-running currents that normally flow from both
poles (fig. 1).
These oceanographic changes stimulated unpre'
cedented rainfall. Hardest hit was coastal Ecuador
and Peru where record rains fell, causing massive
flooding that destroyed roads, agricultural irrigation
systems, and disrupted drinkable water supplies.
Many towns and villages were left isolated for up to
two months, as bridges on primary and secondary
roads were wiped out and swollen rivers could not be
forded. Peru's offshore anchovy and sardine fishing
industry was devastated as the cold, nutrient-rich
waters were displaced by warm, nutrient-poor wa-
ters. Central Pacific seabird populations experienced
dramatic reductions in population levels because of
the lack offish and squid, their primary food source.
Some seabird colonies, notably those of the Christ-
mas Islands, completely disappeared, abandoning
F\g.4. A few trees persist in the lush hillsides of the lomas of Mejia,
Arequipa.
Fig. 5. The lomas of Atiquipa display a rich variety of annual herbs
very near the Pacific Ocean (background).
nest and young. Numbers of salmon returning to the
rivers of Alaska and Canada were at unusually low
levels. But, in the midst of this colossal disaster came
an opportunity to study the effect of El Niiio on the
unique South American coastal vegetational forma-
tions known as "lomas."
Lomas Formations
The western coast of Peru and northern Chile is the
■world's driest desert, where virtually no precipita-
tion occurs below elevations of 1,500 meters. This se-
vere aridity is due to a climatic regime dominated by a
constant temperature inversion which is generated,
in part, by the cold, north-flowing Peruvian (Hum-
boldt) Current. At some localities, however, wet sea-
fog drifts landward, settling on low coastal hills.
Where this fine precipitation (garua) is heavy
enough and lasts long enough, a remarkable seasonal
flora develops: the lomas. These communities occur
not as a continuous band along the western coast but
rather as an "island archipelago" within the desert,
separated by large expanses of unvegetated arid land
(fig. 2). They contain high numbers of endemic
genera and species, i.e., those occurring in only one
ecological or geographical locality. Present data sug'
gest that no less than 20 percent of the species found
within the lomas formations are narrow endemics;
higher figures are expected in certain localities.
Within coastal Peru, significant desert rains
occur only in association with rare, but recurrent. El
Nirio perturbations of normal marine and meteoro'
logical currents of the Tropical Pacific Basin. In 1983,
the events previously outlined stimulated a uniquely
rich bloom w^ithin these communities, and species
numbers and density were at high levels.
National Geographic Society and Field Museum
(Jack C. Staehle) funding* was used to support
*See J<iovember 1984 Bulletin:
Time," pp. 24-26.
"The Right Gift at the Right
approximately eight months of field work during this
rare meteorological period. The objectives of this
study were: (1) to sample and catalog the flora of the
Peruvian lomas throughout their range while species
diversity and quantity were at peak levels; (2) to
initiate investigations of the chemistry of selected
endemic species as an aid in establishing phylogenetic
relationships between lomas species and their extra'
lomas relatives; (3) to establish and support a collect'
ing program within the lomas by Peruvian students;
and (4) to use the compiled data to construct hypoth'
eses concerning the probable age, climatic dynamics,
and floristic origins of these unique formations.
The geographic distribution of plant species
within lomas formations gives an indication of their
origins and past events. Traditional views hold that
true islands have derived their floras through inde'
pendent dispersal events and thus tend to be in dis'
harmony. They have a mixture of species different
from those found in neighboring mainland communi'
Fig. 6. Nolana adansoni is a member of the family Nolanaceae. a group of plants found exclusively in lomas formations of coastal Peru and Chile.
ties. This also appears to be true for lomas "islands,"
where the flora appears to be derived from several
sources and to be introduced during different periods.
The composition of the present'day flora un'
doubtedly reflects the past climatic and geologic
events that have shaped the lomas archipelago.
The dynamics of lomas endemism and of how
plants came to colonize the fog-island archipelago is
potentially related to rare episodes of El Nino rainfall;
such episodes possibly provided "bridging con-
ditions" by means of precipitation levels sufficient for
populations to expand their normally restricted dis'
tributions. Areas that had been lifeless desert for
decades supported lush plant growth during the
unusual 1982-83 El Nino. These sporadic episodes of
unusual precipitation are responsible for dramatic in-
creases in total numbers of reproducing individuals
and, in turn, for high seed productivity; this activity
allo'ws replenishment of seed banks, a necessity for
plants within unpredictable environments.
Preliminary Results
No comprehensive data is available on species com-
position and distribution within lomas communities
of Peru. Several investigators have compiled species
lists for individual lomas or regions; however, the
nomenclature is often outdated and/or inconsistent,
and species concepts vary widely. Therefore, initial
efforts have focused on the collection of lomas plants
throughout Peru during this period of exceptional
moisture availability. Two collecting trips were made
by the author during 1983, in January-February and
in October-December. Collections and ecological
observations were made throughout the Peruvian
lomas from the department of La Libertad (8° S lati-
tude) to the department of Tacna (18° S latitude).
Unusually high levels of species diversity and popula-
tion numbers w^ere present, and about 600 collections
of flowering plants and ferns were made in sets with 6
to 10 duplicates each. Species composition varied
greatly but consisted as a rule of annual and perennial
herbs, including tuber-bearing, bulbous, and
rhizomatous elements. There were a few shrubs, and
isolated relictual* stands of tree species persisted at a
few localities.
*r.e., relatively few survivors remaining from a once-thriving
10 community.
The majority of lomas plants are rare or poorly
represented in North American herbaria (systemati-
cally arranged plant collections). In many instances,
the specimens made during this period marked the
first or second collection for Field Museum's herbar-
ium. Duplicates are now being distributed to special-
ists for identification and additional duplicates are
being distributed to Peruvian institutions and to the
major herbaria of the world.
At present, little is known about the fauna of
lomas formations. Collections of insects and arach-
nids (spiders) were made at each lomas location.
Special attention was given to the collection and
observation of pollinators. Identifications of these are
still in progress.
Future Objectives
Continued sampling of the lomas communities is nec-
essary in order to develop as complete a data base as
possible. This data base will be used to construct a
comprehensive inventory of the lomas formations.
However, recent field studies in October-December
1984 indicate that the effects of the 1982-83 El Niiio
were quite ephemeral. The lushness of 1983 has once
again been replaced by stark desert. In fact, in many
lomas the contrast was dramatic (fig. 3). Areas that
usually have some vegetation every year were devoid
of plant life, and in others the species diversity was at
extremely low levels.
Additional collecting expeditions are planned
by the author for the future and an in-depth survey of
existing herbarium specimens in various South
American and North American herbaria will con-
tinue. In future field seasons carbon 14 dating of the
lomas will be initiated by running C 14 assays on
humus deposits created by the lomas plant communi-
ties through time. This data will allow additional
confirmation of the dynamic structure of the lomas
and the evolutionary development of their floras.
Ultimately, the results of this project will be
made available to the Peruvian government in the
hope that they will help to identify areas in need of
preservation and conservation. At present, only one
lomas formation has been set aside as a national re-
serve: Lomas de Lachay, approximately two hours
drive north of Lima. In the future, additional lomas
formations should be set aside as reserves to ensure
the survival of their unique plant and animal life, fm
Prestige cap, 19th or early 20th century; knitted and crocheted cotton, 20 cm high. This especially elaborate cap was ceremoniously worn by the
tons and title holders. Collection of Bryce Holcombe. Photo by Malcolm Varon.
The Art of Cameroon
by Tamara Northern
JLT is the aim of this exhibition to acquaint a
large and diverse public with the significance and
splendor of the art of Cameroon. From the very
inception of this project, the issue of what constitutes
the art of Cameroon, a contemporary African nation-
state, had to be addressed. An astonishing number of
major African art traditions must be considered in
any presentation of the arts from within the bounda-
ries of the present United Republic of Cameroon.
Ethics, politics, and exhibition philosophy have all
had to be weighed.
Nearly all contemporary African nations en-
compass within their boundaries — which are the
legacy of former European colonial policies — multi-
ple and diverse ethnic groups with an attendant
This article by Tamara J^orthem is from the introduction (with
minor adaptations) to her boo\, The Art of Cameroon, © 1984
Smithsonian Institution, and is reproduced here (as are the illus'
trations) courtesy of the author and of sites.
The exhibit. The Art of Cameroon, was organized and cir-
culated by sites and made possible by a grant from Mobil
Corporation.
U
Cameroon'
AFRICA
cultural pluralism. Cameroon is no exception. Cam-
eroon, however, is rivaled by few other African
nations in the range of extremes characterizing its
ecological and cultural zones. Its southern and coastal
regions are dense with tropical rainforest; the coastal
volcano Mount Cameroon registers one of the
world's highest annual rainfalls — more than 1,020
centimeters per year. Toward the northeast extend
the savanna plateau of the Grassfields and the Ada-
mawa Highlands, \vhich are among the highest in-
habited elevations in Africa, . . . while the extreme
north is characterized by semiarid steppes bordering
on the south shore of Laike Chad.
In these widely differing natural environments
developed the many culture patterns of Cameroon.
We are still only at the fringes of an understanding of
Royal flywhisk, early 20th century Wood, cloth foundation with glass beads and cowrie shells, horsetail: figures 20 cm high. Collection of Bryce
Holcombe. Photo by Malcolm Varon.
12
Royal stool with symbiotic
leopard-elephant caryatid,
19th century Wood with
overlay of tin, 43. 5 cm
high. Collection of Museum
fur Volkerkunde, West Ber-
lin. Photo by Dietrich Graf
Cameroon's prehistory, but we may assume that
small-scale human populations of stone-age culture
inhabited this area for several millennia. In the ex'
treme north at Lake Chad there is archaeological evi'
dence of developed traditions in terra cotta sculpture
and bronze and copper artifacts from the Sudanic Sao
culture dating to circa AD. 900-1500. Throughout the
course of prehistory and history the populations of
Cameroon developed distinct forms of culture as
much in relation to their natural habitats as in re-
sponse to contact with each other The history of
Cameroon, whose course for the past three hundred
years has only recently begun to emerge from
archaeologic and linguistic evidence supported by
oral traditions, presents a complex mosaic of rela-
tionships among groups of people sometimes related
and sometimes distant in origins. Contact between
them was at times peaceful and integrative, at times
forceful and violent, leaving the conquered and the
victors to evolve a modus vivendi for cohabitation.
As Cameroon's culture areas were constituted at the
time of intensive European contact — the last two
decades of the nineteenth century, which saw the
beginning of both colonization and w^ritten history —
they exhibited distinct features.
The northern part of Cameroon, including the
Adamawa Highlands, is inhabited by indigenous
groups of sedentary agricultural people, including the
cluster collectively known as Kirdi, and by nomadic
Fulani cattle herders. . . .
The Fulani, whose origin is in Senegal on Afri-
ca's west coast, entered the region about three hun-
dred years ago. They live dispersed throughout the
northern regions of alt the young nation Cameroon exer-
cises prudent stewardship of its diverse cultural
heritage and proudly supports its continuation in the
frameAvork of a contemporary nation-state.
An Ancient Egyptian Prayer
A Beginner's Exercise
For Those Who Would Learn Hieroglyphics
by Charles Buzek
Assistant to the President
he most recent example of Egyptian hieroglyphic
writing dates from AD. 394. These inscriptions were
found on what was once the island of Philae, which
now lies submerged in Nile waters held by the Aswan
Dam. Leading backward into antiquity from that
date, we have a 3,000'year continuum of hieroglyph
use — a longer tradition of writing than anything we
know from our European cultural antecedents. This
three'millennium record has provided us with the
rare opportunity to know the thoughts and share
the dreams of men and women who lived when most
of the world was still locked in barbarism and
ignorance.
When Jean Francois Champollion solved the
mystery of these strange but beautiful inscriptions
early in the nineteenth century, he opened a whole
realm of research and scholarship that has continued
to increase our understanding of the language and its
grammar. Countless epigraphic (inscription) surveys
have produced a flood of material that histories are
made of Most of these inscriptions have been pray-
ers, magical formulas, and spells, often so arcane that
we can only speculate about their meanings; but it is
unlikely that the ancient Egyptians understood these
writings much better. The power of these symbols,
after all, lay not in their content, but in actually recit-
ing them.
The best known among these prayers is the htp di
nsw.These three words, taken from the prayer's open-
ing, remain almost unchanged from the earliest
dynasties to the latest. For the amateur Egyptologist
stunned by textual difficulties of the written lan-
guage and dismayed by the amount of time needed to
develop a working vocabulary, this prayer, in particu-
lar, can be a most useful tool. Understanding it can
also enable one to translate some of the inscriptions
one may see in Field Museum's Hall of Ancient
Egypt. It is the purpose here to provide an introduc-
tion to this prayer and to the study of monumental
hieroglyphics — the written language of the ancient
Egyptian monuments. Examples of text used here are
all from inscriptions to be found in the hall.
The prayer htp di nsw is easy to recognize when
seen by itself, but may be less so within the context of
other inscriptions. By examining monuments with
such inscriptions, the viewer will come to know
where the prayers are most apt to be found in any
particular relief; with a little experience he will also
be able to spot individual differences in ancient arti-
sans' techniques of incising hieroglyphs.
Beginning at the north end of the case along the
east wall ("Casts of Egyptian Sculptures"), the first
example of the prayer is on a section of the false door
(an original, not a cast) from the tomb of Setjew, de-
scribed as "overseer of the craftsmen." This spelling of
the name, which differs from that given in the case
label copy ("Sethau"), might be a good point at which
to deliver a useful aside: The sounds of ancient Egyp-
tian are a matter of conjecture among scholars, for the
reason that vowels were not expressed in their writ-
ing, just as they are not shown in the w^riting of
present-day Nile dwellers.
Educated guesses about how ancient Egyptian
was spoken have been made on the basis of dialects
which have evolved from the original tongue and also
from the ways in ^vhich early Egyptian words were
later blended into Greek and Latin; but none of these
attempts to reconstruct the sounds of the bygone lan-
guage are entirely satisfactory. According to current
practice, the title of the prayer under discussion here
■would be "hetep di nesw," but no pronunciation of
this could be cited as more accurate than any other. 23
Returning to the relief of Setjew, we see a bas'
relief of him seated at a table. Directly below this
scene is a box containing a number of hieroglyphs*
This text is the earliest version of the prayer in the
Museum's collection, probably coming from the
Third or Fourth Dynasties (30th'28th century B.C.).
Among the hieroglyphs in this box are some common,
easily recognizable representational figures, such as
Left of "king" is the recumbent figure of a dog-
like figure, representing the jackal'headed god Inpu,
also known as Anubis. The remainder of the glyphs in
this inscription are much abbreviated and crudely
cut. The quality of Egyptian inscriptions, it should be
noted, varies not only with the artisan's skill, but
with the amount that the candidate for eternity was
willing to pay for his stone-cutting. Artisans usually
The tomb of Setjew — a portion of the false door, nte
24
birds. The inscription reads in the direction opposite
that in which these figures are facing — from right to
left. The text is arranged, by and large, horizontally,
as are the other versions of the prayer discussed here,
though vertical arrangements are not unusual.
Beginning at the right, the first words in the for-
mula are ^ nsw (or nesw), which means "king," and
htp (hetep), which means "boon" or "gift." A
third -word, hardly recognizable, is a triangular shape
just to the left of htp. This glyph is transliterated di,
meaning "to give." It will be more legible in inscrip-
tions discussed further on.
As in Chinese writing, the pictographic element
in a glyph is often a good clue to its meaning. Thus,
the symbol \- is the sedge, a plant common in Up-
per (southern) Egypt, where it became a symbol for
kingship. In Lower (northern) Egypt, the bee became
the symbol for kingship. The symbol . "-. , "boon" or
"gift," is an offering stone — a flat slab seen from the
side. The triangle-shaped glyph for "give," ^ , dis-
cussed above, probably represents a cone of unguents
or incense. Its representation in later times — an
extended arm, with a cone in the palm — makes the
meaning clearer
*The terms "glyph" and "word" are used interchangeably here with
"hieroglyph."
were not scholars. They reproduced copy prepared by
priests or scribes, but often did not know the meaning
of what they carved. Some reliefs and stelae, with
glyphs crudely cut and jumbled, appear to have been
done in haste; portions of glyphs or entire symbols
might be omitted. Other difficulties could be created
by more artistically inclined stone-cutters, who
would change the word order for aesthetic effect
alone. Though sometimes frustrating for the transla-
tor, these departures from convention can also lend a
charming element to an otherwise sterile text.
Setjew's relief has given us the prayer's first com-
ponent, which we may no\v translate: "A boon
which the king gives to Inpu " (Gods other than Inpu,
especially in later times, might also be invoked.) The
inscription reads ^ ^ .jt> htp di nsw. The trans-
literation (which is in correct order grammatically)
does not follow the order of the hieroglyphs. In writ-
ing, as in life, it was the king's privilege and custom to
precede all others; hence, the inverted arrangement —
a departure from grammatical convention in defer-
ence to his majesty.
Immediately to the right of the Setjew inscrip-
tion in this same exhibit case is the door frame of one
Katepi, apparently one of the engineers who worked
on the Great Pyramid of Khufu during the Fourth
Dynasty (29th century, B.C.). His list of titles includes
"Overseer of the Work," a fairly common title but in
this case making it quite clear that he participated in
some way in constructing one of the Seven Wonders
of the World.
The artisan has placed Katepi's prayer at the top
of this door frame. Reasonably complete and con-
siderably more complex than the example we have
just examined, the Katepi inscription is in raised re-
lief achieved by the laborious process of removing
the mass of material surrounding the glyphs. The
alternative to this technique — sunken relief — was far
simpler to carve, but often less aesthetic. Either
method, in any case, was so costly and time-
consuming that even the wealthy came to recognize
the advantages of painting over stone-cutting.
Again, beginning from the right, the initial ele-
ments of the prayer on Katepi's door frame are easily
visible and the figures handsomely cut — nsw ("king")
at the upper right, di ("to give") to the left of nsu;, and
htp ("boon" or "gift") directly below the first two.
Although inscriptions of the prayer for the next 2,000
years may have individual differences, these three
words w^ill be almost constant.
Here the prayer is again directed to Inpu, and we
find the gracefully rendered representation of this
jackal-headed god immediately left of di. The three
characters below Inpu, llWl 1 m , hnti sh ntr (\henti
seh netjer), may be translated "(who is) in front of
(his) divine booth." The "booth," M , may be the
place where embalming was performed, with which
Inpu had some connection in Egyptian mythol-
ogy. I , ntr, a glyph frequently seen in inscrip-
tions, loosely designates any god. Its position
next to the noun £ indicates that here it is an
adjective modifying ^ and translated accordingly
as "divine." m\ , hnti, a representation of a temple
utensil or ornament, functions in this text as a prep-
ositional element: "in front of" The three-word
phrase hnti sh ntr is specific for the god Inpu and used
only w^hen he was being invoked. In later dynasties
the god Wesir (Osiris) was more commonly invoked.
The second major part of Katepi's prayer con-
cerns one of the principal motives of the htp di nsw —
a request to be buried in the necropolis. The vo-
cabulary for this segment consists of the group
^pT|3 , }{rst, "burial," and 1 , hrt'ntr,
"necropolis."
The next part of Katepi's prayer betrays the very
human reluctance to reap his posthumous benefits
prematurely; a good old age is requested for the en-
gineer: (^ u ^ ^^^* '^fr ^^^ (y"'^ nefer wert), "[he
having reached (implied in the text)] a very good old
^g^" Ui ,i3w, obviously represents a bent old man
leaning on a cane — personifying old age. | , nfr,
meaning "good," "beautiful "- the cross-shaped top
of which has been broken off here — appears with
great frequency in inscriptions. <=. , wrt, means
"great" or "large." For the sake of brevity, artisans
often used 1^ just by itself to convey "having
reached a very good, old age," or similar idea.
The following phrase in Katepi's prayer
expresses the worthiness of the deceased; he is the
"possessor of blessedness," ==r^^^..^ s nb im3h (neb
imac}{h), "before the great god" ^^ll hr ntr '3
(\her netjer aa) — apparently a formula for establish-
ing the candidate's moral and religious qualifications.
In prayers of later times there appear phrases speaking
of never having done anyone harm and of having
clothed the naked.
*T}ie Arabic numeral "3" within the transliteration "i3w" isacon'
ventiona] phonetic device approximating a short "a."
The tomb of Katepi — a portion of the door frame. n6839i
25
The tomb of Iry—a portion of ttie door frame, ueaaae
Having established his worthiness in the eyes of
the diety, Katepi no'w requests various provisions to
sustain him in the afteriife. Consequently he requires
an invocation-offering ^ pr hrw (per \herew), liter-
ally "a going forth of the voice," — , n, "to"; ^^ ,
f, "him." This phrase is probably a magical formula
which, by reciting it, will guarantee the deceased all
his needs. This would be followed by a list of items,
often abbreviated to the basics: "bread," t, and
"beer," s hn}{t (hen\et). A more complete list
would also include "beef," ^ , "fowl," 7 ,
"clothing," Jl , and "alabaster," (plates, cups, etc.),
'^ . These offerings were to be made at "every fes-
tival" f n ^1:7 , hb nb (of) "every day," o ^^ r' nb.
26
Vocabulary for the
"hetep di nesw"
^^
king
^ <=. great, large
cJ^.
boon, offering
<c:r Y^ lord, possessor
k
to give
1 ^^ f> blessedness
^
Anubis
^ before
tl
in front of
"1 1 Great God
s
bootfi
q[^ going out of ttne voice
J,n^
to bury
m festival
1
cemetery
'c:' every
f?.
old age
© day
r-
good, beautify
In many inscriptions, the major festivals are then
listed, notably the Festival of the New Year \J f
and the Festival of the First Day of the Year, J f
Thus we have the basic text of an Old Kingdom
htp di nsw prayer: "A boon which the king gives to
Anubis, in front of his divine booth, that he (the de-
ceased) may be buried in the necropolis, he having
reached a very good, old age, possessor of blessedness
before the great god, that invocation offerings con-
sisting of bread and beer may come forth for him at
every festival of every day." Individual prayers differ,
however, because of local custom, theological affilia-
tion, politics, or simply as the result of the stone-
cutter's carelessness.
To the right of Katepi's door frame in the same
case is another bas-relief inscription, rendered in a
quite different style, involving Iry, (or Irii), inspector
of priests in the Fifth Dynasty (28th cent. B.C.). Addi-
tional complexities of this particular text will be
apparent to those who attempt to decipher it. In the
opening, for example, the verb and object are doubled
— a peculiarity of Fifth Dynasty inscriptions. The
artisan also appears to have made an error midway in
the text and, in order to cover himself, has taken the
liberty of changing the word order.
After the budding translator has negotiated the
Iry text, many more inscriptions and even tomb walls
in Field Museum's Hall of Ancient Egypt await him.
To paraphrase our prayer: The boon that Egyptologic-
al research has given is the ability to reach back
through the centuries and read the aspirations of an
ancient people. We may find them speaking to us on a
subject that remains one of the great mysteries — our
fate after death, m
The author wishes to than\Dr. Janetjohnson, director of the Orieri'
tal Institute, who graciously filled the lacunae in his knowledge of
th is fascinating subject.
Tours For Members
^■f
Sailing the Lesser Antilles
Aboard the Tall Ship
Sea Cloud
February 7-16, 1985
Our itinerary offers a superb sampling
of the Caribbean's best — Antigua, St.
Barts, Saba, Martinique, and lies des
Saints. With the professional leadership
of Dr Robert K. Johnson, a Field
Museum marine biologist, you will see
and experience a great deal more than
the conventional sightseer. Dr. Johnson
is a topnotch tour lecturer, and your
trip will be greatly enhanced by
stimulating lectures and field trips.
Price range (contingent on cabin se-
lection): $3,455-$5,755. per person
(includes round-trip air fare from
Chicago, hotel accommodations in
St. John's, Antigua, and full board
while on the Sea Cloud).
The largest private ship ever built,
the steel-hulled Sea Cloud is 316 feet in
length and has four Diesel engines with
total power of 6,000 B.H.P. The ship
accommodates 75 guests in air-
conditioned staterooms, each with two
beds. The cuisine is in the best tradition
of the great yachts of the past. Expert
European chefs provide exquisitely
prepared meals accompanied by vin-
tage wines. A crew of 40 German offic-
ers and men, plus 20 cadets sail the Sea
Cloud. There is ample deck space for
sunning and enjoying the spectacle of
the sails. Life aboard is informal and re-
laxed, and cruise participants may join
in the operation of the sails.
Archaeological Tour of Egypt
Including 5-day Nile Cruise
February 15-March 4, 1985
An unforgettable in-depth visit to the
Land of the Pharoahs, including a 5-
day Nile cruise aboard the luxurious
Hilton Steamer. An Egyptologist will
accompany the tour throughout,
including the Nile cruise, and person-
ally conduct all lectures and sightsee-
ing. Tour highlights will include the
pyramids and Sphinx of Giza, little-
visited monuments of Middle Egypt,
King Tut's tomb, the holiday resort of
Aswan, and a visit to Abu Simbel.
Colonial South
April 13-20, 1985
Now you can be among the first
passengers to visit the legendary Colo-
nial South in the comfort of a relaxing,
yacht-like cruise ship, with a friendly
American staff to serve you. Our ports
of call will be Savannah and St. Simon
Island, Georgia; Beaufort, Charleston,
and Hilton Head Island, South Caro-
lina; with disembarkation at Savannah.
Dr. Lorin I. Nevling, director of
Field Museum and a distinguished
botanist, will accompany the tour,
sharing his professional expertise on
the flora of the exquisite gardens we'll
visit. Our tour is planned to coincide
with the spring explosion of color in
daffodils, tulips, dogwoods, and
azaleas — a welcome treat after Chi-
cago's long winter. Local historians
will provide us with talks on historic
buildings of the region and on Civil
War history. The Nantucket Clipper will
cruise through the peaceful waters of
the intra-coastal waterways, allowing
you to spend each evening in town
enjoying the port experience to its full-
est, and affording even greater variety
in this delightful cruise experience.
For further information or to be placed on our
mailing list, call or write Dorothy Roder, Tours
Manager, Field Museum, Roosevelt Rd. at Lake
Shore Dr., Chicago, IL 60605. Phone:
322-8862.
27
Additional Tour Highlights
for 1985
Galapagos Islands. China and Tibet. Alaska and Pribilof Islands.
Field Museum of Natural History
Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive
Chicago, II 60605
The Art of Cameroon
Opens March 9
FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN
April 1985
The King's Dance: A Cameroon Celebration
by the Muntu Dance Theatre
April 20
Talking Drums of Africa
April 13. 14
Field Museum
of Natural History
Bulletin
Published by
Field Museum of Natural History
Founded 1893
President: Willard L. Boyd
Director: Lorin I. Nevling, Jr.
Editor: David M. Walsten
Production Liaison: f^mela Stearns
Staff Photographer: Ron Testa
Board of Trustees
James J. O'Connor
chairman
Mrs. T. Stanton Armour
George R. Baker
Robert O. Bass
Gordon Bent
Mrs. Philip D. Block III
Willard L. Boyd
Frank W. Considine
Stanton R. Cook
William R. Dickinson, Jr.
Thomas E. Donnelley II
Thomas J. Eyerman
Marshall Field
Richard M.Jones
Hugo J. Melvoin
Leo F MuUin
Charles F Murphy, Jr.
Earl L. Neal
Lorin I. Nevling, Jr.
Robert A. Pritzker
James H. Ransom
John S. Runnells
Patrick G. Ryan
William L. Searle
Edward Byron Smith
Robert H. Strotz
Mrs. Theodore D. Tieken
E. Leiand Webber
Blaine J. Yarrington
Life Trustees
Harry O. Bercher
Joseph N. Field
Clifford C. Gregg
William V. Kahler
William H. MitcheU
John W. Sullivan
J. Howard Wood
Field Museum of Natural History Bulletin {USPS 898-940) is published monthly, except combined
Julv/August issue, bv Field Museum of Natural History, Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive,
Chicagc>. 11. 60605. Subscriptions: S6.00 annually, S3. 00 tor schools. Museum meml>ership
includes Bulletin subscription. Opinions expressed by authors are their own and do not neces-
sarily reflect the policy of Field Museum. Unsolicited manuscripts are welcome. Museum
phone: (312) 922-9410. Notification of address change should include address laljel and l>e sent to
Membership Department. Postmaster: Please send form 3579 to Field Museum of Natural His-
tory. Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive, Chicago, 11. 60605. 1SSN:0015-0703. Second class
postage paid at Chicago, 11.
CONTENTS
April 1985
Volume 56, Number 4
April Events at Field Museum
Members' Night, May 3
Chilean Serendipity
by Bruce D. Patterson, Associate Curator ofMammals
Hawaiian Quilt-Making at Its Finest
What Is Jade?
by Edward J. Olsen, Curator of MineraloQf
Field Museum Iburs for Members
COVER
Cotton quilt (about 83" square) from Hawaii, made probably befo
1918. On temporary view on the First Floor (formerly designated
the Ground Floor), near the Place for Wonder. Cat. 259778. Photo
(109505), by Diane Alexander-White. For more on this quilt see
page 23.
Kennicott Club Meets
The April meetins of the Kennicott Club, a natural history
society named for Chicaso's first naturalist, Robert Kennicott,
will be held at Field Museum on Monday, April 8, from 7:30
to 9:00 pm. The evenins's suest speaker will be Dr. Kenneth
Wilson, professor of bioiosy, Purdue University Calumet,
whose topic will be "Sex and the Single Orchid."
Any persons with an interest in natural history are in-
vited to attend the Kennicott Club meetings. For further
information, please call or v^ite John Clay Bruner, Kennicott
Club vice president (Department of Geology), at Field
Museum, 922-9410.
Birders: Raise Your Binoculars!
Join Field Museum's weekend birding excursion to Horicon
Marsh, Wisconsin, on April 13 and 14. This famous area for
observing birds is about 50 miles northwest of Milwaukee.
Leader of the tour will be Dr. David Willard, custodian of
Field Museum's bird collection. For additional information
on this exciting event, please call Dorothy Roder, Field
Museum Tours manager, at 322-8862, or write her at Field
Museum, Roosevelt Rd. at Lake Shore Dr, Chicago, II. 60605.
T
Events
The King's Dance:
A CamercMin Celebration
Muntu Dance Theatre
Saturday, April 20, 2:00 pm
Stanley Field Hall
One of Chicago's premiere dance companies, Muntu
Dance Theatre, creates in music, dance, and song, a
dramatization of Hfe in a Cameroon village. The
story unfolds we learn of the plot of the selfish Waba
who intends to marry his beautiful daughter, Shem-
sun, to the fon. Shemsun, however, loves a young
man from the village. The fon, who must set a good
example for his villagers, is put to a test, and what-
ever his decision, it will affect all in the village.
Muntu Dance Theatre, founded in 1972, is a
Muntu Dance Theatre performs Saturday, April 20
King's Dance portrays three days in the life of a fon,
the king of a Cameroon village. This dance drama
opens with the fon in discussion with the newest of
his 36 wives. The routine of a fon's wife proves to be
less than exciting as she can no longer go to market —
the village social center — and must be content to tend
her fields in relative isolation from her family. As the
group full of vitality, humor, music, and powerful
dance movements. It has achieved an unequaled
reputation throughout the Midwest and in Africa for
making a consistent artistic statement of cultural and
historical significance.
This program is free with Museum admission
and tickets are not required. continueiw
CONTINUED from p. 3
Events
April Weekend Programs
Each Saturday and Sunday you are invited to explore the world of natural history at Field Museum. Free
tours, demonstrations, and films related to ongoing exhibits at the Museum are designed for families and
adults. Listed are only a few of the numerous activities available each weekend. Check the Weekend Passport
upon arrival for the complete schedule and program locations. The programs are partially supported by a
grant from the Illinois Arts Council.
April
6 11:30 am. Ancient Egypt (tour). Explore the
traditions of ancient Egypt from everyday
life to myths and mummies.
7 11:30 am. Traditional China (tour) . Examine
the imagery and craftmanship represented
by Chinese masterworks in our permanent
collection.
14 2:00 pm. Malvina Hoffman: Portraits in
Bronze (slide lecture). Find out about the
life and works of Malvina Hoffman, con-
centrating on the Portraits of Mankind
collection commissioned by Field Museum.
20 12:00 noon. Dinosaur Lifestyles {tour). Tour
contrasts old ideas about dinosaurs with
new ones about their appearance, behavior,
and environment.
These public programs are free with museum admis-
sion and no tickets are required.
Talking Drums of Africa
Saturday and Sunday, April 13 and 14
1:00 pm
African Cultures Hall, First Floor
The voices of African instruments sing history as
well as music. The drum is essential in Africa and its
sounds are a language understood by all. Join with
Chicago drummer Sabur-Abdul as he demonstrates
a variety of drums. Help to create the sounds of
Africa as you play the talking drums.
Edward E. Ayer Film Series
Thursdays in April 1985
1:30 pm
James Simpson Theatre
April 4 The Mystery ofAnasazi
April 11 Great Railway Journeys of the World: Changing Times
April 18 Captain James Cook: South Pacific 1768
April 25 Renaissance
Muntu Dance Theatre performs Saturday, April 20
'•^WM
"Exploration '85"
Friday, May 3
5:00-10:00 pm
Aren't you the least bit curious? Don't you wonder? Wouldn't you like to wander through some of those "off-limits"
areas at Field Museum?
We take great pleasure in announcing our annual Members' Night, and invite you, your family and guests to
participate in one of our most popular events.
Once a year we throw open the doors and invite our Members "behind the scenes" at Field Museum to do some
exploring on their own. Of course, our staff of world-renowned scientists, curators, and preparators will be available to
guide you on this exploration and share the wealth of their experience and expertise. There w^ill also be nonstop
entertainment in Stanley Field Hall and an abundance of exciting special exhibits, events, and surprises designed to let
your curiosity challenge our collections. This is our chance to salute Field Musuem and its members, and your chance to
explore Field Museum — claim it, use it, and above all, enjoy it.
If you are coming by car, you may park free in the Museum's North Lot as well as the Soldier Field Lot. Simply show
your membership card or Members' Night invitation. Free charter bus service will be operating between the Loop and
our south door These CTA buses, marked Field Musuem, will originate at the Canal Street entrance of Union Station
(Canal at Jackson), and stop at the Canal Street entrance of Northwestern Station (Canal at Washington); Washington
and State; Washington and Michigan; Adams and Michigan; and Balbo and Michigan.
Buses will run beginning at 4:45 pm and continue at approximately 20'minute intervals until the Museum closes at
10 pm. "Behind the Scenes" activites will stop at 9:00 pm. (Buses will travel to the train stations until the departure of
the last train. Please check your train schedule for exact times.) You may board the free Field Museum CTA bus by
showing your membership card or invitation. Members are invited to bring family and up to four guests at no additional
charge. Arrangements for handicapped individuals can be made by calling (312) 922-9410, ext. 453, beginning April 22.
5
Members' Night
Scenes of
Previous Years
•^f
<
v^;^(kl<
Chilean Serendipity
Records of a Fortuitous Field Season
In Temperate Rain Forests
Primary Valdivian rain forest at 505m. Little light readies tlie ground beneath canopies exceeding 100 feet in height. The ground is densely
covered by ferns and bamboo. Photo by B. D. Patterson.
B
by Bruce D. Patterson
Associate Curator of Mammals
'ENEATH ITS ORDERLY VENEER, science is
serendipitous. It would be interesting to know how
much of our present body of kno\vledge took origin in
chance, seemingly incidental discoveries. The father of
modern genetics, Gregor Mendel, established basic
laws of inheritance from the variations he observed in
pea plants. Modem geneticists shake their heads with
incredulity that, of all the characters that vary in peas,
Mendel chose to look at a few encoded by single genes.
Had he chosen characteristics such as leaf length or
germination responses (properties controlled by many
genes with complex interactions), he would have been
unable to formulate his theory.
Science abounds with stories like this. Darwin's
observation of distinct variants among animal pop'
ulations inhabiting the Galapagos Islands supposedly
triggered the development of his comprehensive theory
of evolution by natural selection. The universal laws of
motion crystallized in the mind of Isaac Newton after
he allegedly observed a falling apple. The point of these
observations is that science as a body of \nowledge is
neat, orderly, logical, and predictive, like a system of
mathematical postulates and theorems. However, sci'
ence as a system of gaining \nowledge is fraught with the
chance, uncertainty, and luck that characterize all hu'
man enterprise.
"Luck" or uncertainty in the scientific process ex'
tends to all levels, firom the discovery of the last bit of
data needed to crystallize new theories (as in the previ'
ous examples) to such mundane matters as the proper
setting for complex scientific instruments. Nowhere in
modem science is this fact more plain than in com'
parisons of basic versus applied science. "Basic" science
is knov/ledge for kno^vledge s sake. Questions posed by
basic science have no known relation to technological
or sociological problems: "Why is grass green?" "Why
is the sky blue?" Answers to such questions are incorpo'
rated into the evepgrowing body of scientific knowl'
edge. "Applied" science, on the other hand, seeks to
answer questions of pressing human concern: "What
are the effects of DDT and industrial pollutants on
birds in urban parks?" "How much com do natural pop'
ulations of rodents consume each year?"
It is noteworthy (and reassuring to basic scien-
tists!) that, although 85 cents of every research dollar
funds applied research, nearly all scientific break'
throughs are critically based on basic research. We
can't accurately say at the time of discovery what use
a bit of basic knowledge might have. However, we
can observe that applied science, which directly
benefits man, is fundamentally dependent on basic
research, and that the converse is not true." Basic
research adds to the scientific tool box the nuts and
bolts that are needed for applied science to work.
While doing basic research might seem an "act of
faith," a long and rich history documents its essential,
fundamental importance.
Volcin Osorno, rising 8, 700 feet above sea level, presents one of tfie
most symmetric volcanic cones known. Photo taken at the Refugio.
Photo byB.D. Patterson.
So, scientific discoveries usually depend on oth'
ers having discovered the right nuts and bolts for a
given job, and having these at hand at the right time.
The usual course of the scientific method is to: 1)
begin with a question to be answered, 2) canvas pub'
lished literature to determine what is known, 3)
develop an approach likely to yield relevant con'
elusions, 4) propose the question and approach to
suitable governmental or private funding agencies,
and 5) hope for a positive response (!) Only then can
one proceed with the execution of the methodology.
But, as previously discussed, serendipity plays a role
in the conduct of science at all levels. Even if one has
all the necessary nuts and bolts at hand and has
secured adequate funding, and it only remains to con'
duct the experiment and collect data, still one never
knows until afterwards what the outcome might be.
What follows is a description of scientific field'
work conducted in Chile last year. As things turned
out, it was a fortunate manifestation of scientific
serendipity.
Like virtually all Field Museum scientific pro'
grams, mine concerns basic research. For the past two
years, Milton Gallardo (of Universidad Austral de
Chile) and I have worked among the countless is'
lands comprising the coastal archipelago of Chile and
Argentina, conducting basic scientific explorations.
Our goals are quite humble (especially in view of the
introductory remarks!), namely to ascertain what
mammal species live on various islands in this
archipelago and to determine the microhabitats they
live in and the foods they eat. Assembling data on the
animals themselves (including their anatomy,
chromosomes, and genes), the habitats they live in
(estimated from about 20 measurements of habitat
structure), and the foods they eat (determined from
stomach contents), we hope to address questions of
more general interest. These include: 1) How regular
are patterns of species distribution in the archipek'
go? If we know how big, how high, or how diverse an
island is, can we predict the number of mammal spe-
cies it supports? (an important question, given that
there are more than 3,000 islands). Do sea'level
changes that occurred during the Ice Age influence
patterns of island occupation? 2) How integrated are
the small mammal communities on these islands? If
other species are present on an island, does this
change "the economy of nature" for a given species? 9
10
Is competition between species evident in food use or
space use? Do species shift their "niches" in response
to co'occurring competitors? If niche shifts occur, do
they involve only ecological attributes or are they
also products of deeper-seated evolutionary changes?
3) How do patterns of geographic variation among
island populations compare with those on the adja-
cent mainland, where clinal (smoothly grading) var-
iation seems the rule?
While simple enough at face value, these ques-
tions may be very difficult to answer. Some have
important implications for biological science as a
whole. For example, to answer question 3 above, one
needs to sample sufficient island populations
throughout an adequate latitudinal range, say 20 is'
lands and 10 degrees of latitude (this is roughly equiv'
alent to 4 years of work). Concomitantly, one needs
samples from adjacent mainland localities; in our
The valley at La Picada, taken from trap line at 1, 135 m. The transect
followed the course of the Rio Blanco, seen here as a Tight patch of
open vegetation. Clouds in the background cover the surface of
Lago (Lake) Llanquihue. The roof of the Refugio is visible at4o 'clock.
Photo by B. K. Lang.
case, much of this work has already been done by
Field Museum's W. H. Osgood (1875-1947), and his
samples are part of the extensive mammal collections
at Field Museum. Once collected, both data sets must
be analyzed to see whether variation in, say, tail
length or the frequency of certain enzymes, follows
smooth latitudinal patterns. Finally, the agreement
between the island and mainland patterns must be
evaluated.
Although this sequence of activities is laborious,
the scientific payoff may be rich. There is much cur-
rent debate over the relative roles of natural selection
versus undirected, random change in the evolution of
life. If we could demonstrate that strictly concordant
patterns of variation exist on the mainland (where
adjacent populations are linked by interbreeding and
gene flow) and on the islands (where gene flow is
absent and each population is fully independent) in
response to common environment settings, the role of
selection would be greatly substantiated.
In 1983, Gallardo, Kathy Freas (of Brookfield
Zoo), and I sampled islands and the adjacent main-
land in southernmost Chile, on the Straits of Magel-
lan (54° S latitude). In 1984, I returned to Chile
where Gallardo, two of his graduate students (Eduar-
do Palmas and Gonzalo Aguilar), and I sampled four
islands at the northern end of the archipelago (ca. 42°
S). At the end of six weeks of field work, the Chilean
team returned to campus in Valdivia to begin labora-
tory analyses. At this point, I set out to secure a main-
land sample for comparison with the northern
islands.
Previous collections by Field Museum personnel
at Volcan Osorno, in the Lake District of Chile,
showed that a rich assemblage of small mammals in-
habit temperate Andean rain forests there. As many
as nine species of marsupials and rodents live in the
same or closely adjacent habitats, which raises
intriguing questions concerning their population
ecologies and mechanisms of coexistence. These have
recently become the subject of basic ecological
research by Peter L. Meserve (Northern Illinois Uni-
versity) and his Chilean associates Roberto Munia
and Luz, Gonzales (also of Universidad Austral).
Since 1979, this team of ecologists has studied the
mammal fauna of Valdivian and North Patagonian
rain forests using live-trapping techniques. During
his 1983-84 sabbatical leave from NIU as a Fulbright
Scholar, Meserve conducted an intensive census sur-
vey of small mammal populations in two rain forest
communities, one of which w^as at La Picada, a valley
on the northern side of Volcan Osorno.
11
Collaborators in the La PIcada study at conclusion of the transect (I. tor): "Conejo" (nickname meaning "Rabbit"), B. K. Lang, and PL. Meserveof
Northern Illinois University. Photo by B. D. Patterson.
12
The mammal species that occur at La Picada
•were of great interest to Gallardo and me. All six of
the species we found on the largest island studied
thus far (Isla Chiloe) are also found there, with three
additional species found only on the mainland. Given
the detailed ecological information Meserve and
associates have gathered for several common species
over the past five years, samples from La Picada
would greatly aid our efforts to understand ecological
relationships among island populations.
On short notice, Meserve invited me to accom-
pany his group to the volcano. While he and assistant
Brian Lang worked their census grids at 450 m and
550 m elevation, I placed lines near the Refugio
(about 820 m above sea level), where Field Museum
curators W. H. Osgood and C. C. Sanborn had col'
lected in 1939-40. During the week we worked on our
respective projects, we were each impressed by the
quantitatively different views we obtained on the
forest's small mammal community: the most abun-
dant small mammal on their grids (a vole-like rodent
A^odon olivaceus) turned up in my lines at lo>ver
frequencies. Conversely, a pouched marsupial named
Dromiciops australis was far more abundant in my
lines than in theirs. By week's end, both Meserve and
I had collected all the data needed to answer the ques-
tions Ave had set out to ansAver: Meserve had his
monthly sample from La Picada and I had sufficient
material from this mainland locality to compare with
the northern islands. HoAvever, a new project, replete
with new questions and requiring new data, had
hatched.
Meserve has followed the waxing and waning of
small mammal populations at La Picada from season
to season and year to year. However, his insight into
the dynamics of these changes was limited to two
nearby points in the valley floor Declining numbers
of rice rats {Oryzomys) on his grids during the sum-
mer, for example, could be due to uncompensated
mortality or instead to their seasonal migration to
higher or lower elevations. In addition, two of the
most common rodents in the valley, A\odon \ongipi\is
and A\odon sanhomi, either converge in color and
size or else interbreed, making it difficult to reliably
identify them in the field. To understand their ecol'
ogy, it is imperative for Meserve to know whether
they represent one species or two.
On the other hand, Gallardo and I have studied
mammal communities from place to place, with an
orientation different from that of the ecologists. Like
them, however, we had never studied how these com-
munities change at refined spatial scales. The situa-
tion at La Picada is excellent for such studies, because
it presents an altitudinal gradient along which to
study the mammal species. Altitude influences a host
of biologically important physical variables, such as
precipitation, temperature, and insolation (amount
of sunlight), which in turn determine the plant com-
munities that live there and the animal communities
that depend on them. Refined studies along altitU'
Forest's edge,
near course of the
Rio Blanco at 505 m.
supported mammals
that also occur at high-
er elevations. Photo
by B. D. Patterson.
13
dinal gradients can tell us much about ecological tol-
erances and evolutionary capabilities of species.
Samples taken at different altitudes usually present
continously grading differences in temperature,
precipitation, exposure to sunlight, soil type and tex'
ture, and so forth, producing varying responses in the
organisms that live there. By understanding how
organisms respond to such an environmental gra-
dient, we can learn how these environmental var-
iables relate to the ecology and evolution of the
species under study. Realizing, in the field, that a
cooperative research program would greatly enhance
each of our respective projects, we designed and
executed the first altitudinal transect for small mam-
mals in the southern Andes.
The basic design of the study revolves around
altitude, because altitude influences so many other
variables. We sought to understand how the small
The transect at La Picada. stiowing elevational contours (in meters).
The road from the village of La Picada to the Refugio is shown by
dotted lines: major water courses are indicated by bold lines. The
location of each trap line is shown by dotted lines, o
mammal species, individually and collectively, re-
spond to gradually altered ecological conditions. We
therefore decided to set trap lines in the valley from
top to bottom at intervals of about 100 m. Each trap
line was set and run by one of us (Meserve, Lang, or
me) for a week.
Forests at the foot of the valley begin at about
400 m elevation, below which cleared farmland pre-
dominates. The forests themselves are nothing short
of spectacular, containing enormous trees that reach
100 to 150 feet in height. In contrast to the coastal
rain forests of Oregon, Washington, and British
Columbia (which reach similar stature under virtu-
ally identical regimens of temperature, sunlight, and
rainfall), the vast majority of Chilean rain forest trees
tire broad-leaved rather than coniferous. Most com-
mon are the southern beeches Q<iothofagus), which
also occur in Australia and (as fossils) in Antarctica.
Elfin forest at the valley's upper end. Trees here rarely exceed 15 feet
in height. Photo (by B K. Lang) taken at 1. 135 m.i)
14
Lago
Llanquihu*
15
In fact, the peculiar distribution of these trees in areas
now widely isolated from one another provided one
of the first biological supports for the theory of plate
tectonics, or "continental drift." At lower elevations
in the valley at La Picada, Jipthofagus reach 100 feet
The author (with
Chicago Tribune
news bag tor carrying
traps) at 820 m. Photo
by B.K.Lang.
altitudinal effects in species diversity, stature, cover,
and density are evident.
The understory of these forests is equally di'
verse, but is dominated by dense bamboo {Chusquea
or "quila") rarely more than 6 to 8 feet tall but dense
16
in height and more than 6 feet in diameter, but in elfin
forests on ridgetops at the valley's upper end, they
rarely exceed 15 feet in height. Numerous other trees
also make up the "Valdivian," "North Patagonian,"
and "Subantarctic" rain forest associations, including
the Avintergreen (Drimys), "elm" {Eucryphia), laurel
(J^aurelia), tineo (Weinmannid), luma (Amomyrtus),
and the "southern pines" (Podocarptis). Pronounced
enough to make foot passage difficult. Enormous
ferns abound, some reaching 15 feet in diameter,
others "tree ferns" (Blechnum) with 5-foot trunks. A
number of forest shrubs produce red, trumpet'shaped
"hummingbird flowers," including wild Fuschia. The
ground here is mostly covered by fallen leaves, dense
mats of Sphagnum and other mosses, and a variety
of liverworts.
We preserved as standard museum specimens all
mammals taken in lines we set at each altitude. How
ever, in contrast to "traditional" museum collecting,
we also assembled a host of ancillary information
taken to answer various ecological and evolutionary
questions. These data included: the exact trap station
where animals were trapped, preserved stomach con'
tents for dietary studies, preserved organ tissues in
liquid nitrogen for studies of genes, reproductive
autopsies for studies of litter sizes and breeding sea-
sons, and (where possible) their chromosomes. In
addition, w^e conducted habitat measurements (20
variables) at every sixth trap, so data on genetics,
anatomy, and life history could be related to ecologi-
cal parameters. At the conclusion of our three weeks'
work there we had collected more than 500 speci-
mens and taken ecological data at more than
210 stations.
These data are highly significant because they
provide an integrated picture of the natural history of
this poorly known group of animals. Analyses are just
beginning and v/ill likely extend over the next several
years. Some preliminary observations on these ani-
mals and their scientific context follow:
Rhyncholestes raphanurus. Discovered and
named by a previous Field Museum expedition, the
"Chilean shrew opossum" was previously knov/n by
only four specimens. This family of American marsu-
pials was widely distributed and diverse during the
early "Age of Mammals" (15-50 million years ago),
but is now represented by only three kinds restricted
to temperate forests in the northern Andes of
Ecuador and Columbia, in Peru, and in southern
Chile. At La Picada we collected 24 of these animals,
determining for the first time their chromosomal com-
plement (now in press in Fieldiana: Zoology), their
reproductive season, and their surprisingly broad eco-
logical distribution (from 425 to 1,135 m elevation).
They appear to be exclusively terrestrial, foraging on
the ground, alongside logs, and in dense cover for
insects and invertebrates.
Dromiciops australis (monito del monte, or "little
Rhyncholestes Osgood, a long-nosed, insect-eating marsupial, was surprisingly abundant in forests at La Picada. Short fur and reduced eyes
and ears are adaptations to foraging on tfie ground and in leaf litter Its peculiar "smile " is formed by a pair of lip flaps wtiose function is unknown.
PtiotobyB. D. Patterson.
17
18
Mouth of small river near camp on Isia Gran Guaiteca. at northern end of the Guaitecas Archipelago, where collecting was done in 1984
B. D. Patterson.
19
monkey of the forest"). This marsupial is also poorly
known, and like the shrew opossum, is limited in
distribution to the south temperate rain forests. Its
evolutionary relationships are unclear, and there are
persistent suggestions that it is more closely related to
Australian forms (including kangaroos and wom-
bats) than to other American opossums. Inter-
estingly, the results of our chromosomal studies have
cago's Brookfield Zoo, the only zoo outside Chile to
have ever exhibited this family of mammals! Studies
of these captives (especially of behavior and its possi-
bly unique form of torpor/hibernation) may shed
additional light on studies now underway at Field
Museum on their anatomy, ecology, and evolutionary
relationships.
The remaining animals we captured are all ro-
Adult female Dromiciops, showing pouch (lined by rusty fur) and four nipples. Our sample of the valley took place after the reproduction sea-
son of this species. Photo by B. D. Patterson.
uncovered a peculiar form of chromosome variation
in Dromiciops known as "sex-chromosome mosa-
icism." One of the 14 chromosomes in males (presum-
ably the Y, or male-determining, chromosome) is lost
in body cells but retained in the germ line that is used
in reproduction. Unknown in other American marsu-
pials, sex-chromosome mosaicism is widespread
among Australian forms, including gliders and bandi-
coots, providing additional support for its being "the
Australian Connection." Five Dromiciops we cap-
20 tured alive at La Picada have been donated to Chi-
dents distantly related to deermice that probably col-
onized South America no earlier than 8 to 10 million
years ago. Since then this group has literally exploded
into a vast number of ecological niches and named
kinds. However, their mostly incipient adaptations
(versus the older and better defined ones found in
North American rodents, for example) have clouded
our understanding of their relationships.
The "mole mouse" {Geoxus valdivianxis) lives in
forest litter, where it feeds chiefly on insects and
other invertebrates. The reduced size of the eyes and
Golfo Corcovado from our campsite on Isia Gunther in the Guaitecas Archipelago. Snow-capped Andes, 85 km distant, loom on the horizon.
Photo by B.D. Patterson.
ears, enlarged fore claws, and the sheen and texture
of its pelage all suggest radical convergence on the
true moles, a northern group of insectivores. How
ever, the skull and teeth (which provide good "tax-
onomic" characters because they are conservative) of
Geoxus are scarcely modified from its less-derived
ancestors. Another rodent restricted to temperate
forests in this region, the Chilean tree mouse {IrC'
nomys tarsalis) apparently lives in the canopies of
gigantic trees on a diet that includes pollen and flow-
ers. Although it has the enlarged eyes, tail, and feet
that are often associated with arboreal life, it lacks
many other specializations (such as a prehensile tail
or toes). A terrestrial leaf-eating rodent {Auliscomys
micropus) was taken in the five upper lines but was
absent in the two lower ones, suggesting that, at this
latitude at least, it is exclusively Andean or montane.
T^vo other taxa, the rice rats {Oryzomys longi'
caudatus) and the vole-like olive akodon (Akpdon
olivaceus) were captured at more or less equal
frequencies throughout our altitudinal transect. This
is very interesting for it may explain the fact that, of
all the species found at La Picada, these two have the
broadest geographic distributions. In this case, broad
ecological tolerances evident at La Picada (both were
found at all elevations) may signify the same ecologi-
cal amplitude that allows these species to live in drier
scrub habitats in northern Chile and in colder, wetter
habitats to the south.
But in many ways, the most interesting situation
we discovered at La Picada was that involving two
other kinds of akodon, namely the long-haired ako-
don (Akodon longipilis) and Sanborn's akodon (AJ(o-
don sanbomi). When geographically isolated from
one another, these two mice are grossly different, lon^
gipilis being a larger, red-backed mouse, sanbomi be-
ing a small, uniformly blackish mouse. However,
where the two come together, as at La Picada, mice of
intermediate appearance are found, leading to the
conclusion that the two interbreed and that these
intermediate-appearing forms are hybrids. At La
Picada, Sanborn's akodon was centered in the coastal
rain forests at lower elevations and the long-haired
akodon was found principally at higher elevations.
The two overlapped at intermediate elevations,
where we captured about 40 presumed hybrids.
21
Sunset at the Refugio. Cloud bank visible at lower elevations accounts for lushness of lower elevation forests. Photo by B. D. Patterson.
22
Interestingly, hybrids were taken in forest ecotones
(that is, areas where two different habitat types grade
into one another). If we can understand the tela-
tionships between these two mice, using their
genetic, ecological, and anatomical relationships to
one another, it may be possible to attain a fuller
understanding of speciation (species formation) in
this diverse group of rodents. These studies are now
underway, both at Field Museum and Universidad
Austral.
The majority of our data is not yet analyzed, but
the preliminary results are now being used in a pro'
posal to the National Science Foundation to fund
two additional altitudinal transects in southern
Chile. Together, the three transects should not only
illuminate the microgeographic distributions of the
species, the foods they eat, and their life-history
parameters, but also indicate the spatial and temporal
stability of the relationships we studied in 1984 at La
Picada. The issue of stability is important to under-
standing the generality of the results we obtained.
The study we conducted at La Picada represents
a carefully designed approach to the evolutionary
ecology of a poorly understood group of mammals. It
should yield a gold mine of information on genetic
relationships, distributional patterns, food habits,
and life histories, and should provide insight into the
process of speciation in the diverse genus A\odon.
Nevertheless, the design was "jury-rigged," with
questions, approaches, and personnel borrowed from
its immediate scientific context (i.e., Meserve's and
my field programs). It therefore underscores the im-
promptu nature of the scientific method and the
serendipitous nature of its conduct. Most scientists
recognize that, when walking through a dark forest,
it's best to keep one's eyes (and options) open. FM
Hawaiian
Quilt-Making
At Its Finest
he superb cotton quilt (cat. 259778) on this
issue's cover exhibits the finest skills of Ha^vaiian
quilt'makers at the turn of this century. This piece
was probably made before 1918.
People in the South Pacific in ancient times
made native cloth (tapa or }{apa) out of the inner bark
of certain kinds of trees. By the end of the nineteenth
century, however, both the art and the craft of mak'
ing bark cloth had died out on many of the Pacific
islands.
During the last century, w^omen on the islands
now included in the modem state of Ha\vaii gave up
making their own fabric out of trees and began using
imported cotton fabrics. They adopted foreign crafts,
too. One of these was quilting, an art introduced by
the w^ives of missionaries.
Stitching that "follows the pattern," exempli'
fied in this piece, is a hallmark of the finest quilts from
our island state. The colors of this piece, purchased
by Field Museum in 1984, are the royal colors of
the former kingdom of Hawaii, and the design is pua
miulana, "miulana flower."
The engraving of the miulana shown here is re'
produced from volume I of Hortus Malaharicus, a 12'
volume work by Hendrik Adriaan van Rheede. The
set, published in Amsterdam and completed in 1693,
was purchased by Field Museum in 1942 and is now
in the Mary W. Runnells Rare Book Room.
Miulana, a native of the forests of the eastern
Himalayas, was named Michelia champaca by Lin'
naeus in 1753. Also called champaca, or sampacca, it
is known throughout the tropics only as a cultivated
tree. The name champaca is derived from Ciampa, an
Information for ttiis article was provided by William E. Grime,
Department of Botany; Johin E. Terrell, Department of Anthiro-
pology: and Benjamin W. Williams, Library
island between Cambodia and South Vietnam, while
Michelia honors Pietro Antonio Micheli, a
Florentine botanist who died in 1737
The Hawaiian name pua miulana melcmele
(literally "flower, mulang tree, yellowyellow — or
very yellow") refers to the Michelia that has orange
or yellow flowers, about two inches in diameter, with
15 to 20 sepals and petals. The flowers are exceeding'
ly fragrant, especially at night. They bloom most of
the year in the tropics and are often mentioned in
East Indian poetry. The Hindus dedicate the plant to
their god Vishnu, while Indian Buddhists esteem the
tree and make images of Buddha and bead chains of
the wood. The flowers are worn as garlands in the
hair, are strung into necklaces, and are used in maiking
perfume. The seeds, bark, and leaves are used in
medicines.FM
23
What Is Jade?
A Question for the Archaeologist
As Well as the Mineralogist
by Edward J. Olsen
Curator of Mineralogy
Wk
hen questions regarding jade are presented to a
mineralogist, a number of problems come up. Prob-
ably the most common question is the one of
authenticity. The truth is, whether a given piece of
jade is truly jade is not a mineralogical question but a
question of archaeological definition. Because the
term jade is not a mineralogical word and does not
have a precise mineralogical definition, the miner-
alogist is willing to accept anything the archaeologist
24
Jade Seminar
May17and18
In this seminar, Jointly sponsored by Field Museum and
the Gemolosical Institute of America, the semolosical
properties of jade will be discussed as well as its
lesend and lore. Factors important in evaluatins jade
and in recognizing jade simulants will also be
covered. The Hall of Chinese Jades will be open for
study during the reception for instructors and partici-
pants, on Friday, May 17, from 6 to 8 pm. The seminar,
on Saturday, May 18, will begin at 9am and end at 5pm.
Cost of the seminar, which includes reception, lunch,
and a comprehensive notebook developed by GIA, is
$95 (no member discount).
Seminar instructors are Betty Parker Simpson, a
silversmith and jewelry design instructor; and Jill W
NX'&lker, a gemologist with the Gemological Institute
of America.
Registration for the seminar may be made by
sending a check or money order (payable to Field
Museum) for the seminar fee to Adult Education Pro-
grams, Field Museum, Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore
Dr., Chicago, II 60605. Additional information may
be obtained by writing the Museum or by phoning
(312) 322-8855.
defines as jade on the basis of whatever archaeolog-
ical standards he chooses to use. Thus, as a Avhimsical
example, if archaeological study were to turn up the
heretofore unrecorded fact that the craftsmen of
China have, for ten centuries, regarded carved green
soap with the same high esteem as carved green rocks,
and the Chinese refer to both with the same word yii,
(jade), then by archaeological definition the green
soap is jade also. To the mineralogist it doesn't matter
what archaeologists accept as jade, but the fact that
they accept a good deal of different mineralogical
material as jade makes it hard for the mineralogist
who is attempting to ferret out fakes.
The materials accepted as jade are not minerals
in the strict sense, but rocks. A rock is an aggregation
of grains of one or more minerals. For tens of centuries
the finest Chinese jade consisted of a type of rock that
is made up almost entirely of grains of the mineral
actinolite. Actinolite characteristically occurs in the
form of needle-shaped grains. When these are
microscopically small and tightly interlocked, then
the actinolite rock is called jade. The mineral actino-
lite varies somewhat in its chemical composition:
when it contains a moderate amount of iron, its color
is medium to dark green; \vhen it is completely free of
iron, it is white. The special mineralogical name for
iron-free actinolite is tremolite; the whole range is
called the tremolite-actinolite series. Thus, this rock
can range in color from dark green to white.
Archaeologists accept this range of colors in these
rocks as jade.
It is rare for an actinolite rock to consist entirely
This article is adapted from "Is It Really Jade Or Not?" by Dr Olsen,
published several years ago in the Bulletin.
ii.
Photo taken in China in
the early years of this
century shows two jade
cutters at the time-
consuming process of
slicing through a large
block of this hard
material.
86441
of grains of only the one mineral. It commonly has
grains of black magnetite, white quartz, white feld-
spar, white calcite, and even small amounts of green
micalike minerals. Some of the finest jade carvings
show black streaks of magnetite in them. The ques'
tion arises, how^ much of w^hat impurities w^ill be
tolerated and still permit a designation as jade? The
answer to this is clearly an arbitrary matter of taste,
esthetics, and tradition.
Since this form of jade is comprised of micro-
scopic interlocking needles of actinolite (or tremo-
lite), what does one do when the needles are so large
they are no longer microscopic? What does one call a
pure actinolite rock in which the green needles are an
eighth of an inch long and clearly visible? If a fine-
grained actinolite rock is jade, why not a coarser-
grained one? Again, it is a matter of tradition and
aesthetics. In both these cases, impurities and grain-
size, the mineralogist can't offer an answer
About two centuries ago a new source of attrac-
tive green rock (also sometimes gray, or even blue)
was discovered close to China in Burma. It was hard
like jade, usually green like jade, and could be worked
into pleasing carvings. Archaeological usage caused it
to enter the ranks as jade. Mineralogically, however,
this material is an entirely different rock, one com-
posed of interlocking microscopic grains of a different
mineral called jadeite. In fact, the mineral got its
name because of the use of the rock as jade. This rock
also possesses problems about acceptable impurities
and size of mineral grains. Thus, two materials are
accepted, by archaeological definition, as jade. In the
jade business these are usually distinguished by mod-
ifying words. The original actinolite rock is referred
to as nephrite jade, and the jadeite rock as jadeite jade.
The buyer of an object advertised as jade does not usu-
ally know which type he is getting. Both are jade; the
value depends mostly on the age of the piece,
craftsmanship, size, and archaeological factors.
In general, the majority of pieces one sees sold are
made from nephrite jade simply because it is a vastly
more abundant rock type than jadeite rock in the
earth's crust.
If only these two kinds of rocks were ever
worked as jade, mineralogical problems would be lim-
ited to those mentioned earlier But native craftsmen
over the centuries have, unfortunately, not always
been discriminating in their choices of materials. A
large variety of other rocks and minerals have also
been utilized: such green rocks as serpentinite, meta-
25
morphosed basaltic lavas (called greenstone), soap'
stone, hard clays; and actual single minerals as green
chalcedony and uvarovite garnet have shown up in
some old collections. In some cases the craftsmen may
have had it in mind to defraud; however, in most in-
stances lack of knowledge or lack of discrimination
led to the use of any workable attractive green rock or
mineral that would take a good polish. In more recent
times dyed glass has been used to simulate jade in an
obvious attempt to defraud. Frequently even the
seller is unaware he is selling glass. A fairly common
practice in costume jewelry is to mix the pieces with
part of the object made of jade (usually nephrite) and
part of it made from glass, soapstone, or serpentine
chosen (or dyed) to provide closely matched color.
Thus, such a piece can be sold as "jade" which lies
just inside the border of the truth.
For a mineralogist to pass on the authenticity of
a particular piece, it comes dow^n to determining if it
consists mainly of actinolite or of jadeite. The first
simple test is to scratch it with a common steel needle.
Neither material can be scratched; however, "look-
alikes" such as serpentine, soapstone, and greenstone
are readily scratched. Unfortunately, chalcedony and
hard lead glass are not scratched. These can be distin-
guished from jades by optical tests. A severe limi-
tation in applying such a test is that it is usually not
possible to obtain a chip of a specimen to work on. A
valuable carving cannot be sampled in a cavalier man-
ner with hammer and chisel. It is usually necessary to
sample from down inside a carved hole or depression,
or on some inconspicuous spot on the bottom of the
object, if it has a bottom surface at all. Frequently,
especially with small objects, the piece is fully
polished on all sides and a sample removed from any-
where v/ill ruin its appearance.
As a general practice the quickest and safest
method is X-ray diffraction. This method is based on
the fact that each kind of mineral has a characteristic
chemical composition and the atoms of the chemical
elements are arranged in regular three-dimensional
symmetrical patterns. X-rays passing through such a
three-dimensional network are diverted into patterns
of rays that reflect the characteristic arrangement of
the atoms in the mineral. Each mineral has, in a sense,
an X-ray "fingerprint" which permits its definite
identification. For large objects, a minute amount can
26 be scratched from an inconspicuous spot and
mounted for X-raying. Small objects often can be fit-
ted directly into the X-ray sample holder and X-rayed
as a whole, unscathed. Thus the real jades and the
"look alikes" can be readily distinguished.
It would appear that the X-ray method solves
many problems. Unfortunately, archaeological
acceptance makes for other difficulties. Long ago
Chinese noblemen frequently had nephrite jade ob-
jects buried with them in their tombs. Soil acids and
moisture acted slowly on these objects to gradually
alter their composition and form different minerals of
them. This alteration may form only over the outside
as a coating, or it may completely work its way
through an object, especially if it is small. When such
pieces were dug up, centuries later, they were found
to be quite pleasing in appearance. They had become
an off-white color and resembled polished bone mate-
rial. These objects became prized and it is logical that
someone should experiment in an attempt to learn
how to speed up this slow alteration process. It was
soon discovered that nephrite jade could be con-
verted to this appearance if it were subjected to in-
tense heating. Today both of these forms of bone jade
are accepted as jade; however, neither one is nephrite
jade any longer. Depending on the process, long-term
burial or short-term heating, two different rocks
made of several entirely different minerals result.
They are, nevertheless, considered to be jades also.
These altered materials complicate matters.
Both consist of mixtures of several minerals in vary-
ing proportions depending on such factors as tem-
perature and time. It is not possible to distinguish
these rocks formed by the alteration of original jade
from the same kind of rocks formed by other processes
out of original material that was not jade at all. Thus,
for these materials archaeological definition generally
confounds mineralogical determination.
The authentication of jade is clearly not as
straightforward as one might imagine. For the major-
ity of cases X-raying provides a simple and relatively
nondestructive method. In a small number of cases
the final decision will depend on what the archae-
ologist is willing to accept. Probably the only other
material that raises even more difficult minerological
questions regarding authenticity is amber. It is
regrettable that once man attaches monetary value to
a mineral or rock, problems are created that go out-
side the realm of the mineral kingdom. FM
Tours For Members
Ecuador and
The Galapagos Islands
May 27 -June 11
The Galapagos Islands affect our imagination
like no other place on earth. To set foot on
these remote islands is to return to a primeval
land isolated and protected for millions of
years. A distance of 600 miles off the coast of
Ecuador are these lost specks of volcanic land
on which nature evolved a separate microcosm
of animals and plants.
Our tour will begin with a visit in the host
country of Ecuador, which offers an opportu-
nity to enjoy the charm of Old World ambi-
ence, along with the color and distinction of
the centuries-old Indian market villages of
Lactacunga and Ambato.
To enhance your learning experience on
this tour. Dr. Glen E. Woolfenden, research
associate at Field Museum, and professor of
zoology at University of South Florida, will be
our leader and will accompany the group from
Miami and return.
This is our exciting itinerary:
May 27: Fly from Chicago O'Hare airport to
Quito via Miami.
May 28: Tour the city of Quito, visit the
fabulous Archeological Museum, view the
church of San Augustin and Museum of
Colonial Art.
May 29: Visit the art galleries of the painters
Guayasamin and Viteri; tour the Olga Fish
Folklore Gallery. In the afternoon visit the
Equatorial Monument. Also, visit the Indi-
an villages of Pomasqui and San Antonio
and the crater of Pululahua.
May 30: Full-day excursion over the Andes'
western ridge, down into the coastal jung-
les with their banana, cocoa, and coffee
plantations and see the village of the Col-
orado Indians, colorful in dress and
custom.
May 31: Full day of birding in the area of
Papallacta. Ecuador is home to more than
1,400 species of birds.
June I: Morning departure by bus to the
Latacunga-Ambato Valley stopping at
Latacunga Indian market and the Cotopaxi
volcano, where we will visit a small
museum at the base of the volcano, and on
to Ambato with its huge market.
June 2: Leave the frosty Andean heights,
travel across a fertile plain and past high-
land villages, via Riobamba and Devil's
Nose pass to Guayaquil, Ecuador's chief
port, where we'll stay overnight.
June 3: A morning flight to Baltra, where we
will board the MV Santa Cruz. Comfort is
indeed the keynote for our life aboard ship
in both clothes and atmosphere, with
casual attire recommended. Tonight and
each evening during the cruise we have a
slide presentation and a lecture outlining
the next day's highlights.
6 June 4: The first island we see is Bartolome,
site of Pinnacle Rock, the most widely rec-
ognized landmark in the Galapagos. Later
we cruise in Darwin Bay. Tower island is
considered one of the most complete bird
islands, with virtually millions of sea and
land birds resident to its shores.
June 5: Cruising Isabela and Femandina Is-
lands, entering Tagus Cover in the mor-
ning.
June 6: Cruising Baltra and North Seymour
Islands. After a brief stopover at Baltra, we
cruise to North Seymour and will be trans-
ported to the rocky shore via small craft.
Our first encounter, as we walk on the is-
land, is with dense colonies of blue-footed
boobies.
June 7: Cruising Hood and Floreana Islands.
We follow the marked trails on Hood Is-
land to search for its own species of mock-
ingbird and its most spectacular part-time
resident, the waved albatross. Along the
way, we catch glimpses of masked boobies
and several species of finch. We land at
Punta Cormorant on Floreana Island and on
an inland lagoon we'll see where multi-
tudes of flamingos nest. Floreana 's vegeta-
tion is particularly interesting.
June 8: Cruising Santa Cruz and Plaza Is-
lands. Upon arrival at the village of Puerto
Ayora on Santa Cruz we walk directly to
the Darwin Research Station for a briefing.
This afternoon, we call at tiny Plaza
Island, where sea lions swim out to
welcome us.
June 9: We land early in the morning on a
beach of black lava sand on James Island,
then hike to a tranquil crater lake where fla-
mingos feed. Next we can swim with (or
just observe) the fur seals in one of the
pools cut into the cliffs by surf erosion.
After lunch we cruise past unusual cinder
cones and lava formations along the coast
en route to Buccaneer Cove, the former
refuge of pirate ships.
June JO: This morning we cruise to Baltra,
disembarking in time to board our flight to
Guayaquil. En route to the Oro Verde
Hotel we will tour Guayaquil, seeing the
AvenidaOlmedo, city watchtower, govern-
ment buildings, and the municipal
museum. In the evening we'll enjoy a gala
farewell dinner.
June II: Return to Chicago via Miami. Early
evening arrival at O'Hare.
Price per person (double occupancy);
$3,545 for main deck cabins. Upgrade to up-
per deck; $150; upgrade to boat deck; $310.
An extension to Peru is optional. The tour
price includes land and cruise costs and round-
trip economy air fare. The tour is limited to 25
people, and early reservations are recom-
mended. A $500 deposit per person should be
sent to Field Museum Tours.
Alaska and
The Pribilof Islands
June 5-19
June 5: Fly from Chicago's O'Hare to Sitka.
Welcome dinner.
June 6: City tour of Sitka. Marine wildlife
motor raft trip with dinner on board cruise
vessel.
June 7: Late morning flight to Juneau. Men-
denhall River raft trip with lunch on board.
Evening outdoor salmon bake.
June 8: Morning flight to Glacier Bay. Gla-
cier Bay cruise aboard the MV Glacier Bay
Explorer. Overnight on board ship.
June 9: After completing Galcier Bay cruise,
afternoon flight to Fairbanks via Juneau.
June 10: Ride the Alaska Railroad to Denali
National Park. Afternoon at leisure;
salmon bake dinner and overnight at
McKinley Chalets.
June 11: Full day tour to Kantisna. Return to
McKinley Chalets for dinner and over-
night.
June 12: Morning at leisure. Afternoon
motorcoach trip to Anchorage.
June 13: Morning at leisure. Afternoon tour
to Potter's Marsh Bird Refuge.
June 14: Morning at leisure. Afternoon Float
Trip on Eagle River with dinner on board.
June 15: Flight to St. George Island.
June 16-17: Two full days exploring St.
George Island.
June 18: Return flight to Anchorage. Farewell
dinner.
June 19: After breakfast transfer to airport for
return flight to Chicago.
Our leader will be Dr. John W. Fitzpat-
rick, associate curator and head of the Divi-
sion of Birds at the Field Museum, where he
also serves as curator-in-charge of Scientific
Services and chairman of the Science Advi-
sory Council. He is an experienced tour lectur-
er, most recently leading Field Museum tours
to Ecuador and the Galapagos Islands, and to
the Lesser Antilles.
Tour price; $4,625.00, based on double
occupancy (includes round trip coach class air
fare). We hope you can join us for this excep-
tional tour. A deposit of $500.00 per person
will confirm your reservation.
ADDITIONAL TOURS FOR 1985
Grand Canyon Rafting Trip
May 24-June 2
China and Tibet
August 10-September 1
Kenya
September 6-23
For further information or to be placed on our mail- 27
ing list, call or write Dorothy Roder. Tours Manag-
er, Field Museum, Roosevelt Rd. at Lake Shore Dr ,
Chicago, IL 60605. Phone: 322-8862.
Mera Museum of Natural History
Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive
Chicaso, II 60605-2499
0017195-00
Miss Marita Maxey
7411 North Greenvieiu
Chicago- IL 60626
I
1^
The Art of Cameroon
March 9-June 16
&«.*#. -.
MUSEUM OF NATUR^M. HISTORY BUL|CET1N
W:^\^"
E^,'• *■
?>*/•:>
J-
VS^
:^-;Vv^^^
■i:o'^;T^>«i
^
A Yican Heritage Dancers andJ)runiL
Saturday, May 18 ;
A Danice toJldbora^on: African Heritage D^^rs & h(rummers,%
Field Museum
of Natural History
Bulletin
Published by
Field Museum of Natural History
Founded 1893
President: Willard L. Boyd
Director: Lorin I. Nevling, Jr.
Editor: David M. Walsten
Production Liaison: I^mela Stearns
Staff Photographer: Ron Testa
CONTENTS
May, 1985
Volume 56, Number 5
May Events at Field Museum
African Art at Field Museum
by Richard J. Powell
Chicago's Parakeets
fay David M. Walsten
11
Field Museum Tours for Members
27
Board of Trustees
James J. O'Connor
chairman
Mrs. T. Stanton Armour
George R. Baker
Robert O. Bass
Gordon Bent
Mrs. Philip D. Block III
Willard L. Boyd
Frank W. Considine
Stanton R. Cook
William R. Dickinson, Jr.
Thomas E. Donnelley II
Thomas J. Eyerman
Marshall Field
Richard M. Jones
Hugo J. Melvoin
Leo F Mullin
Charles F. Murphy, Jr.
Earl L. Neal
Lorin I. Nevling, Jr.
Robert A. Pritzker
James H. Ransom
John S. Runnells
Patrick G. Ryan
William L. Searle
Edward Byron Smith
Robert H. Strotz
Mrs. Theodore D. Tieken
E. Leland Webber
Blaine J. Yarrington
Life Trustees
Harry O. Bercher
Joseph N. Field
Clifford C. Gregg
William V. Kahler
WUliam H. Mitchell
John W. Sullivan
J. Howard Wood
COVER
Monk parakeets (Myiopsitta monachus) clustered about their largs
communal nest in Chicago^s Hyde Park. Now in its fifth season, the
colony of birds normally found in subtropical and temperate South
America has preuailedy despite subzero weather and the nets cf par-
akeet hunters. Photo by D. Walsten. For more on the monk parakeet
see pp. 11-17.
Field Museum of Natural History Bulletin (USPS 898-940) is published monthly, except combined
July/August issue, by Field Museum of Natural History, Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive,
Chicago, 11. 60605. Subscriptions: $6.00 annually, $3.00 for schools. Museum membership
includes Bulletin subscription. Opinions expressed by authors are their own and do not neces-
sarily reflect the policy of Field Museum. Unsolicited manuscripts are welcome. Museum
phone; (312) 922-9410. Notification of address change should include address label and be sent to
Membership Department. Postmaster: Please send form 3579 to Field Museum of Natural His-
tory, Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive, Chicago, II. 60605. ISSN; 0015-0703. Second class
postage paid at Chicago, H.
Events
Festival of Masks
PERFORMANCES
"Masquerade of Cameroon andAbang:
Rites of Passage Suite"
African Heritage Dancers and Drummers
Saturday, May i8, 3:00pm
Stanley Field Hall, Second Floor
African Heritage Dancers and Drummers present an
electrifying performance celebrating the ritual com-
ing of age of a young Cameroon maiden, the cultural
counterpart of the debutante's ball. In the traditional
manner, a young maiden is shut away for a period of
one year. There she is fattened — spiritually, mental-
ly, and physically, in preparation for her future role
as wife, mother, and productive member of her vil-
lage. Our dance begins as the young girl is led out for
the first time and the celebrations begin — a leopard,
an idim ebok bird, and a turtle perform masquerades
for the fon. Next, a group of dancing warriors
appear, followed by the matriarchs. In a grand finale
of explosive dance and music, a group of mirror-
bearing amazon women accompany the maiden as
she parades before her village, no longer a girl.
African Heritage Dancers and Drummers is one
of the first black performing arts companies originat-
ing from the inner city of Washington, D.C. Begun
in 1960 as a black community cultural awareness
project and comprised of local people, it now
includes performers from West Africa, the Carib-
bean, and South America.
m^i
^"
"A Dance Collaboration"
African Heritage Dancers and Drummers
Darlene Blackburn Dance Troupe
Muntu Dance Theatre
Sunday, May 19, 1:00pm
Stanley Field Hall, Second Floor
As a finale to our Festival of Masks, three dance
companies present a spectacular collaboration of
masking, dance, and music. Join us as Washington's
African Heritage Dancers and Drummers, Chicago's
Darlene Blackburn Dance Troupe, and Muntu Dance
Theatre collaborate in a breathtaking dance piece.
Then, each group presents its own dance interpreta-
tion. In "Mask Suite," the African Heritage Dancers
and Drummers present a dogon funerary ceremony
using a Serege mask to conduct prayers to the spirit
world. Muntu Dance Theatre performs a piece from
"The King's Dance" and the Darlene Blackburn
Dancers present dances from West Africa. At the end
of this celebration, the dancers invite the audience to
participate in a dance from Ghana. Beginning in
Stanley Field Hall, the dancers lead us through the
Museum to our special exhibit of masks produced by
children from Chicago area schools. Festival of
Masks activities are free with museum admission.
DEMONSTRATION
"Masquerade and Mask Making"
African Heritage Dancers and Drummers
Saturday, May 18, 12:30-1:30 pm
Stanley Field Hall, Second Floor
The use of masks and costumes in the grassfields and
forest areas of Cameroon is widespread. The making
of these ceremonial objects forms part of the rich art
CONTINUED Irom p. 3
Events
tradition of Cameroon. Using traditional methods,
members of the African Heritage Dancers and
Drummers exhibit costumes and explain the difficult
and complex procedures used to create these beauti-
ful objects. Masks and costumes on display include
leopard, dogon, and stilt walker, each of which will
be used in their dance performance later that day.
Family Feature
MASK MAKING
Saturday and Sunday, May 18 and 19
12:00 noon-2 :00 pm
Stanley Field Hall, Second Floor
Come to Field Museum's Festival of Masks in
celebration of our exhibit, "The Art of Cameroon."
When Africans from Cameroon wear masks in rituals
and celebrations, they are only part of an entire cos-
tume known as a masquerade. The mask itself holds
no special power until it is combined with a symboUc
gown, the rhythm of the drums, and the dance. The
mask puts the finishing touch on creating a personal-
ity or emotion for the dancer. After walking through
the exhibit filled with Cameroon masks, find out
how they are made. Make a mask that reflects your
personality like the ones from Cameroon. Also, on
Sunday, May 19, you can wear your mask and join in
a dance celebration with the African Heritage Danc-
ers and Drummers, the Darlene Blackburn Dance
Troupe, and the Muntu Dance Theatre.
May Weekend Programs
Each Saturday and Sunday you are invited to explore the world of natural history at Field Museum. Free
tours, demonstrations, and films related to ongoing exhibits at the Museum are designed for families and
adults. Listed below are only a few of the numerous activities each weekend. Check the Weekend Passport upon
arrival for the complete schedule and program locations. The programs are partially supported by a grant
from the Illinois Arts Council.
May
11:30 am. Ancient Egypt (tour). Explore the traditions
of ancient Egypt from everyday life to myths and
mummies.
1:30 pm. Tibet Today (slide lecture). See Lhasa and
other towns now open to the public.
2:30 pm. Tibetan Tour (tour). Take a trip through our
Tibetan Hall.
5 12:30 pm. Museum Safari (tour). Seek out big game
from Africa and mummies from ancient Egypt as
you travel through Field Museum exhibits.
12 1:00 pm. Welcome to the Field (tour). Enjoy a sampling
of our most significant exhibits as you explore the
scope of Field Museum.
1:30 pm. A Walk With China's Animals (tour). Meet
Su Lin the panda and other animals found in China,
then meet imaginary and real beasts through Chinese
art masterworks.
19 12:30 pm. Museum Safari (tour). Seek out big game
from Africa and mummies from ancient Egypt as
you travel through Field Museum exhibits.
26 1:00 pm. Welcome to the Field (tour). Enjoy a sampling
of our most significant exhibits as you explore the
scope of Field Museum.
These programs are free with museum admission and
tickets are not required.
African Art
at
The Field
Museum
by Richard J. Powell
L
1. Memorial figure, Kongo, Zaire. Wood, pigment, 60cm. Museum
purchase. Photo by Ron Testa. N109451.
(ike most natural history museums. Field Museum
of Natural History features the ethnology of Native
Americans, Pacific peoples, Asians, and Afilcans. Since
the museum's inception in 1893, approximately
500,000 items of prehistoric, archaeological, and ethno-
logical import have entered the collection. Though Afri-
can artifacts account for only a small part — roughly
1 6,000 specimens — of the entire anthropological hold-
ings at the Field Museum, this number represents sever-
al world-class collections of African material culture, as
well as many individual objects of artistic merit.
With the tastes of African art cormoisseurs in con-
stant flux, and access to information about African tradi-
tions on a steady rise, African art coUertors, scholars,
and enthusiasts are increasingly turning to institutions
like the Field Museum, where relatively unknown, yet
important Afiican objects have long been viewed from a
largely anthropological, rather than aesthetic, perspec-
tive. Serious scholars of Africa, especially those with an
interest in the material culture of Nigeria, Cameroon,
Congo, Zaire, Angola, Kenya, and the Malagasy Re-
public, have usually found researching the Field's
corresponding collection to be a worthwhile endeavor.
What today's art-oriented visitors are discovering is that
the museum offers a wealth of African artistry as well as
anthropology, and that both work together in establish-
ing a total setting for the coUeaion.
The first African acquisition for the Field Museum's
"African Art at the Field Museum" originally appeared in African
Arts, Vol. XVIU. No. 2 (February 1985), copyright © 1985 by the
Regents of the University of California. 5
aJu
h
V^H "'vll
i^L^
2. Fragment of a medicine staff (osum ematon). Benin, Nigeria.
Iron. 67cm. Museum purchase. Cat. 89835. N99373.
ethnological collection came about as a result of
transferring objects from the World's Columbian Exposi-
tion to the newly incorporated Columbian Museum of
Chicago in 1893. Frederick W. Putnam, curator of the
Peabody Museum and professor of anthropology at Har-
vard University, was the primary catalyst in developing
the anthropological exhibits for the World's Columbian
Exposition. Putnam, along with assistants Franz Boas
and George A. Dorsey, enlisted the help of several Amer-
ican and European collectors in assembling materials for
exhibition. One of their European contacts, collector
Carl Hagenbeck of Hamburg, Germany, eventually sold
his ethnographic collection to the newly formed
museum. 'Among the many fine artifacts that the Col-
umbian Museum purchased from Hagenbeck is a Kongo
carving of a seated man (fig. 1). This cross-legged and
tankard-carrying image subscribes to a category of com-
memorative sculptures that remind the living of their
still-influential ancestors. As with other sepulchral fi-
gures by Kong artisans, the white pigment on this depic-
tion of an important man refers to his place in the world
of the dead, rather than to race (Laman 1957: 96, pi. 2).
In a reorganization of the trustees in 1894, the
museum was renamed the Field Columbian Museum,
after Marshall Field, the head of a major retail business
in Chicago and one of its leading citizens. Under the
aegis of the trustees and George A. Dorsey, chief curator
of anthropology from 1896 to 1915, several groups of
objects from the court of Benin entered the collection of
the Field Columbian Museum. Included in the first Be-
nin acquisition is an elegant memorial head of a queen
mother (fig. 3). Distinguishing traits like the four keloids
above each eye, inlaid strips of iron on the forehead, a
single coral cluster on each side of the head, and a
flanged base decorated with a low-relief guilloche de-
sign tentatively date this commemorative head and tusk
stand to the first half of the eighteenth century. The head
was purchased from H. O. Forbes, director of the City of
Liverpool's PubUc Museums and one of the first scholars
3. Memorial head of a queen mother Benin, Nigeria. Cast brass,
42.5cm. Museum purchase. Cat. 8262. Photo by Diane Alexander-
White. N109487.
to make a serious study of Benin art. The 1899 acquisi-
tion date for this Benin masterpiece makes the Field Col-
umbian Museum one of the first American institutions
to obtain art examples from this area following the high-
ly publicized British punitive expedition into the king-
dom of Benin in 1 897.
This purchase was followed by other Benin ac-
quisitions in the years 1902 through 1907. During this
period, London-based dealer W. D. Webster was the
source for several Chicago-destined Benin objects,
among them the upper portion of a diviner's/healer's
iron staff (fig. 2). Chameleons, ibislike birds, and minia-
ture blacksmith's tools are the iconographic elements on
this wrought-iron insignia. As with many of the iron
staffs by the neighboring Yoruba peoples, this partial Be-
nin staff features birds and iron implements in a larger
statement on the complex relationship between
righteous and malevolent forces in the universe
(Thompson 1975: 56-59; Rebora 1983: 30-32).
An oath-taking figure from the Chiloango River
area of lower Zaire (fig. 5) was one of the more impor-
tant purchases from W. D. Webster's sale of 1907. Of the
dozen or so large, so-called Kongo nail fetishes in collec-
tions throughout Europe and the United States, the Field
Museum's nkisi nkondi is one of the most striking and
well preserved. Beyond the figure's near-intact resin
beard and raffia skirt, it is host to a large number of
blades, nails, screws, and machine parts. Since each
piece of metal represents an important matter that was
resolved by hammering staves into its body, arms, and
shoulders, the aggregate record of literally hundreds of
legal and ethical disputes attests to this particular nkisi
nkondi 's powerful role as arbitrator, notary, and law en-
forcer among the Yombe people (Bassani 1977: 38-39;
Thompson 1978: 214-16). These factors, combined with
a tour-de-force conceptualization of this figure, make it
certainly one of the finest examples of a sculpted Kongo
charm in a museum collection today.
Besides Benin and Kongo, other African cultures
were represented in early acquisitions for the museum.
In 1905, the newly renamed Field Museum of Natural
History purchased a collection of approximately 200 ob-
jects from the Togo hinterland. The former owner of
these ethnological specimens was Otto Finsch, director
of the Brunswick City Museum. Finsch had received the
artifacts several years earlier from Captain Thierry, an
administrative officer in the former German colony of
Togo.^ A few of the textiles in this collection, especially
an embroidered apron that was collected among the
Moba people of northwest Togo (fig. 4), reflect the per-
vasive stamp of Hausa design sensibilities on local
you CAN LEAVE
EVERYTHING
TO YOUR SPOUSE,
TAX-FREE, BUT
SHOULD YOU?
Under new estate tax laws, you can leave all
your property to your spouse with no estate
tax liability. But, that's true only at the death
of the first spouse. What about taxes at the
death of the survivins spouse?
To reduce these taxes, the first spouse
misht want to leave a portion of his or her
estate in trust to a final beneficiar/, such as
Field Museum, one of the world's sreat
museums.
What's more, the income of that trust
can 30 to the survivins spouse for life. Your
spouse stiJI gets the benefit of your total
estate. Then, at death, the principal of that
trust passes tax-free, outside his or her
estate, to the Museum, perpetuating your
family name.
For more information about planning
and writing an effective will, send for the
free booklet, using the coupon below.
CUP AND MAIL TODAy
TO: Clifford Buzard
Planned Givins Officer
Field Museum of Natural Histor/
Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive
Chicaso, Illinois 60605
LJ Please send me my free copy of "How To Make a Will That
Works."
NAME
(Please print)
ADDRESS
CIT/
<;tatf
7IP
PHONE:
BUS:(
)
ReS:(
)
BEST TIME TO CALL: (Day of week):
.(Hour):
4. Apron. Moba (?), Togo. Dyed and embroidered cotton, 53cm x
60cm. Museum purchase. Cat. 104865. Photo by Diane Alexander-
White. N109450.
artisans.' This region's position on the East-West trade
route and the resultant cultural congress of various Vol-
taic, Manding, and Sudanic peoples make an exact
identification of this textile problematic, but its V-shaped
opening on the centralized pocket, as well as its general
form, link it to the more traditional genre of Voltaic fash-
ion (Froelich 1963: 133-34).
The African collection added 500-odd artifacts from
the Kenya highlands in 1907. These objeas were the
bounty of a successful expedition into that area by Field
Museum taxidermist Carl E. Akeley. Figuring prom-
inently in this acquisition are some strong examples of
Kikuyu culture, represented here by two dance shields
(fig. 7) for male initiates. As part of the initiate's cere-
monial costume, these shields, or ndome, are worn on
the left arm of the decorated boy and incorporated into a
panoply of movement, sound, and visual expression.
Painted designs in red, black, and white appear on the
outer sides of the shields, with contrasting patterns usu-
ally converging on a central, oval opening. The in-
ner sides are equally graphic, consisting of engraved
chevrons and zigzags that echo the op artlike body
painting on the initiates (Routledge 1910: 154-57, pis.
82-85, 104, 106a, 107-9; Leakey 1977: 335-36,406-10).
Chief Curator George A. Dorsey was succeed-
ed by Berthold Laufer, a University of Leipzig-trained
anthropologist, whose expertise was Asiatic ethnology.
Under Laufer's leadership ( 19 1 5-34), the Department of
Anthropology continued a steady expansion of its Afri-
can holdings through expeditions, purchases, ex-
changes, and gifts. Although the receipt of gifts can often
be an unpredictable transaction for a museum, one early
8 gift- accession to the Field Museum proved to be espe-
cially important to the coUertion. Included in this 1915
gift is an outstanding example of Ibibio dance headgear
(fig. 8). White, yellow, black, and red pigments cover the
small, placid face and wooden "flaps" of this masked
representation of a good ancestor, or mfon ekpo (Messen-
ger 1973: 121-23). For many years listed as originating
in Congo, this eastern Nigerian mask came to the Field
via Jamaica, probably the memento of a tum-of-the-
century British colonial administrator.
The next major African acquisition took place ten
years later, with the purchase of approximately 1 ,800
ceremonial objects, household furnishings, weapons,
tools, architeaural elements, clothing, and other items
from New York dealer Jan Klegkamp. Klegkamp acted
as an intermediary for the Museum Umlauff a distribu-
tion house in Hamburg that supplied many German
ethnographic museums with specimens.* The Field's
purchase consisted predominantly of Cameroon arti-
facts, covering the entire range of art-producing areas.
An enormous helmet crest (fig. 11), depicting a human
face wdth inflated cheeks and balancing six long-tailed
serpents on its head, is one of many western Grassfields
masquerade costumes that came to the museum in
1925.' Acquired along with this helmet crest, but hailing
from the coastal region of Cameroon, is the well-known
Duala canoe model with prow ornament (fig. 9). Like
similar works in other American and German collec-
tions, the juxtaposing of regimented rowers with
undulating water creatures poses some provocative
questions concerning myth, narrative, and history
among the Duala. Unfortunately, the actual use and
symbolism of these fantastic configurations remain, at
best, speculative (Northern 1984: 179).
In addition to the art and material culture of south-
em forests, grassfields, and northern Cameroon peoples,
this 1925 purchase encompassed artifacts from such
peripheral areas as the Cross River region and the south-
em Cameroon/northem Gabon border. A spectacularly
coiffured human head (fig. 16), conceived in the
naturalistic style of Nigerian artists from the lower Cross
River town of Calabar, is one of the many skin-covered
headcrests accessioned that year. This particular crest,
for a society of selected men in the community (Nicklin
1974: 14- 1 5), is decorated with facial tattoos, raised cir-
cles or "targets" on its temple, and unusual down-
curved braids.
Representing an altogether different part of Came-
5. Oath-taking figure (nkisi nkondi). Yombe, Zaire. Wood, clay, fiber,
metal, pigment, cowrie shell, 113cm. tt^useum purchase. Cat 91300.
Photo by Diane Alexander-White. N109327.
10
roon's artistic heritage at the museum is a huge snake
(fig. 12) carved out of a massive log and painted black
and white. Leon Siroto, an authority on the art of west-
em equatorial Africa and a former Field Museum cura-
tor of African Ethnology, identifies this object as part of a
larger initiatory sculpture grouping made by the Eton
people, a subgroup within the Beti-Bulu cultural net-
work of southern Cameroon (Siroto 1977: 40-41).'
Parallels between this snake and one at the Museum fiir
Volkerkunde in Munich again illustrate the Field's close
connection to German collections and collectors.
A Hemba-allied ancestor sculpture (fig. 10) and a
woven Mende hammock (fig. 6) were two gifts that
complemented existing Field Museum specimens dur-
ing the 1920s. The three locks of hair on the beard, the
uncharacteristic, open-eyed expression, and the flat,
wide feet on the male ancestor stylistically place it be-
tween the Songye territory and the area immediately
west of Lake Tanganyika in southeastern Zaire.' John
Quinn, the celebrated American collector of early
twentieth-century modem art, once owned this figure.
It was purchased from his estate auction in 1926 by the
Arts Club of Chicago, which in turn gave it to the Field.
The Mende hammock came into the collection in 1929
as a gift from a Chicagoan who had received the textile
from her collecting father at the tum of the century. The
trademark of these prestigious. Sierra Leonean-made
country cloths is the corresponding and contrasting pat-
tern, manipulated by the weaver via natural and dyed
yams, weft-faced weaves, and supplementary tapestry
techniques (Easmon 1924: 16-24).
The ever-growing African collection in the 1920s
created a place on the museum staff for an African
specialist. This curatorial vacancy was filled by Ralph
Linton and Wilfred D. Hambly. Although Linton was a
curator of Oceanic ethnology from 1926 until 1929, his
interest in the Malaysian- influenced African island of
Madagascar led him to become the first full-time curator
of African Ethnology in 1926, specializing in the physic-
al anthropology and ethnology of Angola and Nigeria.
Both Linton and Hambly headed museum-
sponsored expeditions in their respective parts of the
world, bringing back with them a variety of objects that
illuminate aspects of African society circa 1920. Ham-
bly's 1929 expedition to Angola yielded for the museum
one of the largest American-based collections of ethno-
logical specimens from that country (Hambly 1934:86).
Continued on page 18
6. Hammock (kpokpoi). Mende. Sierra Leone. Natural and dyed
cotton, 70cm x 234cm. Gift of Mrs. William G. Burt Cat. 175957.
Pl^oto by Fleur Hales Testa. N109216.
Chicago's monk parakeets at their communal nest.
Chicago's Parakeets
After Five Years ' Residence
The Colony of South American Birds
Is Still Hanging in There
by David M. Walsten
photos by the author
W.
hile golfing on Chicago's Jackson Park course
in 1981 I heard for the first time of the city's resident
parakeets. On that July afternoon my golfing partner
mentioned having seen green parrots on several occa-
sions swooping over the fairway. I may have been
tempted to enquire if these bizarre sightings occurred as
he was winding up 18 holes under a blistering sun; in
any case, I forgot about his observation until two years
later, when I happened to see the gigantic nest built by
these birds in Hyde Park, about a mile north of the golf
course. The nest was hard to miss, since it looked every
bit like a miniature hay stack that had been flung into the
green ash tree by some capricious tornado. Eight or ten
of the stunningly beautiful birds were clustered about
the communal nest, chattering and muttering con-
tentedly to themselves and disporting their bright green
plumage like fashion queens in the afternoon sun. For
one who had been a nonbeliever until then, it was an
unforgettable experience.
The Hyde Park assemblage of monk parakeets
u
(Myiopsitta monachus), I learned, had first been sighted in
the area in February 1 980, when they were reportedly
trying to establish a nest on an apartment building fire
escape.* Had these birds been of a quiet disposition they
might have remained unmolested, but their strident
chatter earned them an eviction even before settling in.
the birds were imported into the U.S. in 1983; 10,807
was the preliminary figure for 1984. Its occurrence in
Chicago and other North American locations may be ex-
plained by the occasional release of these birds,
accidental and otherwise, from homes where they have
been kept as pets or while in shipment.
Skins of the monk parakeet, Myiopsitta monachus, in the Field Museum collection. These specimens were
obtained in Argentina in the 1920s— long before the bird was seen in the wild in the United States. The
Specimen at top is about 1 1 inches in length. The sexes are outwardly alike.
It was then that they flew a few blocks north to build in
the green ash tree.
Known in the pet trade variously as the quaker,
gray-headed, or gray-breasted parakeet, the species is
native to the subtropical and temperate zones of South
America, where it occurs in Bolivia, Uruguay, Paraguay,
southern Brazil, and in Argentina as far south as 40° S
latitude (the Southern Hemisphere equivalent of Phi-
ladelphia, Denver, and Champagne-Urbana). In the
United States it is favored as a cage bird, despite its noisy
chatter (at least one Chicago pet dealer, however, refuses
to carry the species because of its raucous nature).
According to the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, 9,308 of
*In the early 1970s monk parakeets were reliably reported in the
12 city 's southeast suburbs.
Since first being reported in the wild in the United
States about 18 years ago, the monk parakeet has some-
times given the impression that it would settle into a per-
manent, breeding status, only to disappear after a season
or two. Some observers believe that it can and will fill
that ecological void left by the closely related Carolina
parakeet, now extinct, which occurred solely in the
United States.
(Another competitor for the Carolina's niche may
be the evening grosbeak. Norman L. Brunswig, Stephen
G. Winton, and Paul B. Hamel in a recent issue of Wilson
Bulletin, speculate that the gradually expanding winter
range of the evening grosbeak may be in part attribut-
able to the disappearance of the Carolina parakeet. Only
these two birds, they suggest, have or had the ability to
crack open very hard items such as cones of the bald
cypress and pond cypress, which occur in the Seaboard
states and, in the case of the latter, westward to Texas
and up the Mississippi Valley to Illinois — areas where
the Carolina parakeet was prevalent.)
The monk parakeet is about 1 1 V2 inches long, near-
ly half of this being tail. The back is bright green or gray-
green, the tail green and blue. The upper belly is a soft
yellow, the head and breast grayish. (It is for this grayish
pattern, presumably, that the sobriquet "monk" was ap-
plied.) The wings are mostly blue. The mature bird
weighs about five ounces; coloration and size appear
identical for both sexes.
Among all the known species in the parrot family,
numbering well over 300, the monk parakeet is the only
builder of such a nest: an irregular-shaped stack of twigs
which may be as large as 1 5 to 20 cubic feet in mass and
weigh several hundred pounds. In South America the
birds seem to favor thorny trees (particularly the tala,
Celtis spinosa) for the nest, but they are commonly con-
structed on manmade structures such as telephone or
utility poles, under eaves, or on window ledges. Eight of
the nests have been found in a single tree. Some huge
parakeet nests in Argentina have been used by continu-
ing communities for decades. A dozen pairs may breed
in a single nest, each with its own compartment. The
nest is used all year round and damaged sections are re-
paired at the approach of the breeding season. The
entrances are generally protected by overhanging twig
masses, thought to provide protection against oppo-
sums, which sometimes live in the upper compartments.
Other species that make this unusual type of nest are the
palm chat of Haiti and Santo Domingo, the buffalo
weaver of subsaharan Africa, and the sociable weaver of
southwestern Africa.
The individual nesting compartment is about 18 cm
(about 7 inches) in diameter and the entire tunnel 34 to
40 cm (about 14 to 16 inches) long. From five to nine
glossy white eggs (relatively small for the bird's size) are
customarily laid once or twice a year and hatch in 3 1
days.
In its native countries, the monk parakeet favors
areas of low rainfall in savannah, thorn scrub, palm
groves, open forest, fruit orchards, and crop lands, most
commonly in lowlands, but ranging to altitudes of 3,000
feet in the foothills of the Andes. Here the temperature
may drop to as low as 20° F.
The species feeds on a variety of seeds and fruits,
including apples, cherries, grapes, and citrus. In South
America, where it has been described by a U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Service publication as "one of the worst pests of
agricultural crops," the monk parakeet reportedly des-
troys from 2 to 45 percent of those crops within its range,
notably millet, sorghum, com, sunflower, and a variety
Skin of the extinct Carolina parakeet, Conuropsis carolinensis, in the Field Museum collection, collected in Florida in the 1890s. The species
occurred only in the United States, mainly in the Southeast, though at one time it ranged up the Mississippi Valley and was apparently not
uncommon in the Chicago region. The last known member of the species died in the Cincinnati Zoo in 1914, though there were unconfirmed
reports of wild birds into the 1920s.
^
■^^
^
- V '.^
FP
13
of fruit crops. The incentive of a bounty for the birds has
not succeeded in alleviating the problem.
The bird is gregarious as a rule, and in South Amer-
ica flocks of up to 50 birds have been observed. The bird
flies swiftly, with rapid wing beats, usually not far above
treetop height, screeching loudly as it goes. Its cry is so
typically parrotlike that the sound is immediately
recognizable to anyone who has visited those tropical
areas where parrots are common.* A recent visitor to
Chicago — a native of the tropics — had a heated discus-
sion with his Hyde Park hosts (who were unaware till
then of the local parakeet colony), insisting that he heard
parrots in the trees. Monk parakeets can leam to whistle
and to mimic human words, but not as well as some
other members of the parrot family. They are friendly,
intelligent birds, which accounts for their popularity as
pets. Prices for the bird in Chicago-area pet stores range
from about $25 and up.
Having first appeared in the New York area in 1 967,
the monk parakeet became a not uncommon sight there
within several years and its greater New York population
was then estimated at around 2,500. In the Wilson Bulle-
tin of December 1973, John Bull of the Department of
Ornithology, American Museum of Natural History,
wrote that "Multiple releases by design and by accident
have resulted in a sizeable resident population in south-
eastern New York, and the adjacent portions of Con-
necticut and New Jersey. These releases, that is escaped
birds, came from broken crates at Kennedy Airport,
accidental escapes from pet shops, aviaries, and private
owners, as well as intentional releases by persons tired of
caring for these parrots." Bull also mentions that the bird
has bred in the outdoors in the London and Paris zoos
andintheparks of Amsterdam (52.4° N latitude
— further north than Saskatoon, Saskatchewan!)
At about the same time that the monk was trying to
accommodate itself to the greater New York area, others
of this species were reported to be taking up residence at
various sites along the Atlantic Seaboard and as far west
as around Pittsburgh. David B. Freeland reported at
some length on the Pittsburgh community in the Sep-
tember 1973 Wilson Bulletin, where he noted that "at
least five rather bulky nests had been located — all within
a quarter-mile-square area covering two rather urba-
nized ridges and a partially wooded ravine. Two of the
nests were on utility poles, three in trees, and all were
the apparent work of one pair of parakeets .... On 12
*The main distinction between parrots and parakeets is size; thefor-
14 mer are generally larger.
August 1972 I observed both adults and one well-
fledged bird. Residents of the area later confirmed the
existence of three young of the year .... The birds have
had wide exposure in the [local] media, but nest dis-
turbance has not visibly deterred the birds from begin-
ning what may well become a small colony similar to
those on the Atlantic Seaboard."
Freeland's apparent hope that the parakeets would
thrive in the Pittsburgh area was not to be fulfilled.
According to Carnegie Museum ornithologist Keimeth
Parks, there have been no reports of monk parakeets in
that region for years. Much the same fate befell the New
York city area population of wild monk parakeets. The
Seventy-ninth Audubon Christmas Bird Count of 1978
reported only six for the entire state of New York, all of
these in Brooklyn. (The highest Christmas count in the
country for that year was seven in Fort Lauderdale, Flor-
ida.) According to Thomas Burke, of the Audubon Soci-
ety's Rare Bird Alert team in New York City, none have
been reported there for at least several months.
An accurate count of the current population of the
parakeets in Chicago's Hyde Park is clearly not possible,
and even an approximation would prove difficult since
the birds are in constant aaivity, do not maintain a sing-
le, cohesive flock, and are not approachable; there may
also be additional nests in the area that have escaped
notice. (There are unconfirmed reports of a nest in Lin-
coln Park, on the city's north side; another nest, later
destroyed, was confirmed on the far north side. There
were also unconfirmed reports of flocks in Chicago's
southwestern suburbs as well as in Kenosha, Wisconsin,
about 60 miles to the north.) Flocks of as many as 17
individuals were observed at private feeders in Hyde
Park during the winter of 1984-85 — even following
January's record-breaking low temperatures ( -27° F).
At least two smaller nests in Hyde Park, no larger than
squirrel nests, in addition to the large communal nest
near 53rd Street are known. Birds were active at one of
these — 100 yards north of the larger nest — in the late
autumn of 1 984. The other smaller nest, near the Jack-
son Park lagoon, is believed to be no longer aaive.
How have the birds managed to survive these five
years in Chicago — through the coldest period in the ci-
ty's history? The answer to this may be found in the
largess of various Hyde Park residents who regard the
monk parakeets as a cheerful, welcome addition to the
neighborhood.
Among these Hyde Parkers are Robert and Rita
Picken and David and Sylvia Smith, next-door neigh-
bors who live about a mile from the communal nest,
and who play host to the parakeets twice a day with the
Skins of the thick-billed parrot, Rhyncopsitta pachyrhyncha, in the Field Museum collection (top specimen about 15 inches long). These were
collected in Mexico in 1918. Now rare, and apparently confined to the pine forests of the Sierra Madre, the bird formerly ranged across the Rio
Grande into Arizona and New Mexico, where the last confirmed sighting occurred in 1936. Other than the Carolina parakeet (now extinct), it is the
only member of the parrot family known to have occurred in the United States naturally.
The parrot family (Psittacidae) is well represented in warm-
er parts of the United States by a number of species in addi-
tion to the monk parakeet, though most of these are rare
here and occur only locally if not intermittently. Notable
among these are the budgerigar (Melopsittacus undulatus),
from Australia, found in Florida and southern California;
green parakeet (Aratinga holochlora), from Mexico, found in
Texas and Florida; Hispaniolan parakeet (Aratinga chlorop-
tera), from the West Indies, found near Miami; orange-
fronted parakeet (Aratinga canicularis), from Mexico, found
in New Mexico and from Florida to New York; black-
hooded conure (Nandayas nenday), from South America,
found in southern California; canary-winged parakeet
(Brotogeris versicolurus) , from South America, found in Flor-
ida, southern California, and northeastern states; orange-
chinned parakeet (Brotogeris jugularis), from South and
Middle America, found in Florida; yellow-headed parrot
(Amazona ochocephala), from Mexico, found from Florida to
California; red-crowned parrot (Amazona viridigenalis),
from Mexico, found in southern California, Texas, and Flor-
ida; rose-ringed parakeet (Psittacula krameri), from Asia,
found in Florida, southern California, and northeastern
states; and blossom-headed parakeet (Psittacula roseata),
from Asia, found in northeastern states. The best estab-
lished of the above are the budgerigar, which is also the
most widely domesticated member of the parrot family; the
orange-fronted and the rose-ringed parakeets.
The thick-billed parrot (Rhynchopsitta pachyrhyncha),
now found only in Mexico, is the only member of the
group, other than the extinct Carolina parakeet, to natu-
rally occur in the United States in historic times. This large,
robust bird, measuring up to 1 6 '/a inches in length, was last
reliably reported in the United States (Arizona) in 1936. A
vicious biter, it seldom, if ever, was kept as a pet. The parrot
would occasionally flock in from its main nesting area, the
pine forests of Mexico's Sierra Madre, where it is now rare.
15
Part of the Hyae rdti\ pdraneei coionyin the back yard of Robert and
Rita Picker). During the winter of 1984-85, the feeding flock some-
times numbered as many as 17 — even after the January cold wave,
the severest in the city's history.
amply provisioned feeders in their back yards. Every
morning and afternoon the birds arrive on schedule to
feed on the sunflower seeds and mixed bird seed that
have been set out for them. Now in their fourth season of
providing for the birds, the Smiths and Pickens begin
filling their feeders with the arrival of cold weather.
Within a couple of days the parakeets have somehow
come to know that the feeders have been reactivated.
Although monk parakeets are commonly reported
to be aggressive at feeding stations ("intimidating
all other birds from approaching the food," according to
one Eastern observer), Rita Picken remarks on the socia-
bility of the parakeets that flock to their stations, feeding
companiably there and on the ground with sparrows,
blackbirds, red-winged blackbirds, starlings, pigeons,
and other avian visitors. The birds are easily disturbed,
however, and even the most cautious human movement
will startie them into the branches of nearby trees or
send them whirling off, out of the neighborhood.
The parakeets' behavior, says Rita Picken, also pro-
vides clues to impending weather conditions. Before the
coming of a storm, she reports, the birds arrive at the
feeders earlier than usual and consume more seed.
When balmy weather is in store, their visits are more
casual and occur later in the day.
Until the 1 984 season it was not known for certain
16 if the Hyde Park colony was a breeding community. But
A monk parakeet shares a Hyde Park bird feeder with three house
sparrows. This sociability of the Chicago parakeets disputes claims
by Eastern observers that they "intimidate all other birds from
approaching the food. "
on Memorial Day last year a strong gale dislodged about
a third of the communal nest; shattered eggs with four
parakeet embryos were subsequently discovered on the
ground among the nest debris by ornithologist Doug
Anderson, vice president of the Chicago Chapter of the
National Audubon Society and a close observer of the
colony since its first appearance.
How do the environmentalists look upon this new
immigrant species? In the early 1 970s there was more
than a littie apprehension about the possibility that the
monk parakeet would wreak disaster for farmers of var-
ious fruit and grain crops, that it might dislodge native
species from their respective ecological niches (as the
immigrant starling and house sparrow have done),* or
that it might bring in diseases such as chlamydiosis (for-
merly called parrot fever or psittacosis) or Newcasde's
*In addition to the house sparrow (Passer domesticus) and starling
(Stumus vulgaris), other introductions of foreign birds to con-
tinental U. S. that have been more or less successful include the black
francolin (Francolinus francolinus), blue-gray tanager (Thraupis
virens), cattle egret (Bubulcus ibis), chukar (Aleaoris chukar),
crested mynah (Acridotheres cristatellus), Eurasian skylark
(Alauda arvensis), Eurasian tree sparrow (Passer montanus),
European goldfinch (Carduelis caiduelis) , gray partridge (Perdix
perdix), hill mynah (Gracula religiosa), melodious grassquit
(Tiaris canora), muscovy duck (Cairina moschata), mute swan
(Cygnus olor), red-whiskered bulbul (Pycnonotus jocosus), riw^-
necked pheasant (?\ias\3jaxsco\c):ac\is), ringed turtle dove (Stiti>-
topelia risoria), rock dove or common pigeon (Columba livia),
spot-breasted oriole (Icterus pectoralis), and spotted dove (Strep-
topelia chinensis) . Many of the above are extremely local in range.
Among the most "successful" introductions of foreign species
have occurred in the state of Hawaii, where their success has often
been achieved at the expense of native species. Eight of the 23 mem-
bers of the Hawaiian honeycreeper family (Drepanididae) are now
believed extinct, a phenomenon largely attributed to competition
from introduced species. For discussion of introduced parrots in the
continental U.S. see box, p. 15.
disease. Oscar Owre, a University of Miami ornitholo-
gist, came out strongly in 1973 about the "time bomb"
posed by the presence of the monk and 1 1 other intro-
duced parrot species; he remains apprehensive today.
Owre is not alone in his convictions; other ornithologists
and environmentalists fear that the monk may yet gain a
foothold in this country and ravage crops as it has done
in its native regions.
The American Museum's John Bull, cited above,
seemed less concerned than Professor Owre that year,
having "heard of no protests about depredations from
landowners, gardeners, or fruit growers." He feared,
however, that the story would be different in the South
and Southwest, "where these birds would be sure to
thrive." Since Bull made his observation twelve years
ago, the monk parakeet has yet to demonstrate that it is
capable of "thriving" anywhere in North America,
including the South and Southwest. Doug Anderson is
among those who believe that the bird is filling an eco-
logical niche — at least in the Chicago area. He also
observes that the bird's behavior in other parts of the
country, where it was formerly regarded with some con-
cern, has "moderated" and has demonstrated that it
poses no threat to the environment. William J. Beecher,
director emeritus of the Chicago Academy of Sciences
and a noted ornithologist, says that "now, nobody cares
about the birds; nobody is very worried about them."
Roger Tory Peterson, perhaps the nation's best known
ornithologist and a student of the monk parakeet in its
native, Argentine habitat, observes that the monk para-
keet "probably will not become established here."
What, then, are the chances for the Hyde Park col-
ony? Will the birds build more nests in the community,
breed successfully, and perhaps proliferate to other re-
gions? The poor survival record for colonies elsewhere
does not bode well for the future of the Hyde Park com-
munity. Nor does the fact that the conspicuous nests pro-
vide inviting targets for vandals or that the birds are a
marketable commodity.
In view of these salient disadvantages, the parakeets
could not have been more discriminating in their choice
of a nesting site: Their massive nest is in a tree directly
across the street from the residence of Chicago's Mayor
Harold Washington, who is said to regard the colony
with particular affection; and police cars, by happy cir-
cumstance, are parked around-the-clock within a few
feet of the nest. Before Mayor Washington's incumben-
cy, the nest was sometimes raided, but enough birds
have evaded hunters' nets to keep the colony going.
Should Mr. Washington change either his residence or
his means of livelihood, the colony's future might again
be in jeopardy. FM
A possible key to the continued sun/ival of the Chicago parsKeers is
the police car, always within a few yards of their main nest A clear
deterrent to would-be vandals, the patrol car is parked there for the
protection of Chicago tVlayor Harold Washington, who lives close by.
A second, smaller nest, 100 yards north, may be seen slightly left of
the picture 's center
17
AFRICAN ART con't from p. 10
7. Dance shields (ndome). Kikuyu, Kenya. Wood, pigment, 68cm,
66cm. Collected by Carl E. Akeley for the British East Africa Expedi-
tion. Cat. 104445, 104444. Photo by Diane Alexander-White and Ron
Testa. N109424.
Ovimbundu, Chokwe, Songo, and other Angolan peo-
ples are represented by scores of artifacts, most of them
documented with field notes and photographs. A cere-
monial staff, sporting a standing female figure and her-
ringbone-patterned finial (fig. 14), was collected in the
largely Ngangela town of Cuchi, as indicated in the fi-
gure's characteristic hairstyle and body cicatrization
(Delachaux 1936: 16-17, pi. 1).
Following the 1929 stock-market crash, museum-
sponsored expeditions and large-scale purchasing
stopped. Instead, staff activity focused more on col-
18 lection research and on WPA-supported renovation of
exhibits. Other means of acquiring specimens, such as
museum exchanges, took precedence in the 1930s,
especially in regard to the African collection. In 1933,
the Musee d'Ethnographie in Paris exchanged four
Western Sudanic specimens for several Mexican pieces
owned by the Field. These Sudanic objects came from
the well-known Dakar-Djibouti Mission organized by
Marcel Griaule in 1931. In the mid-1930s, an exchange
also occurred between the Field Museum and the
Musees Royaux d'Art et d'Histoire in Brussels. Seven-
teen objeas from the Belgian Congo enlarged the Afri-
can collection; of special note is a raffia-edged mask (fig.
17) from the Pende people along the Kwilu River. Shar-
8. IVIask (mfon ekpo). Ibibio, Nigeria. Wood, pigment, woven and
raw fiber, width 51cm. Gift of Calvin S. Smith. Cat. 25038. Photo by
Ron Testa. N109452.
19
20
9. Canoe model with prow ornament. Duala, Cameroon. Wood,
paint, length 200cm. Museum purchase. Cat. 175469. Photo by John
Bayalis. N100850.
ing many characteristics of the arts to the east and west,
these small masks with heart-shaped faces belong to a
corpus of initiatory, chieftaincy-related and theatrical
masquerades (Lema Gwete 1982: 53).
Although funds for purchasing were scarce in the
years following the Depression, occasional gifts and ex-
changes continued to account for new acquisitions. A
shift in priorities — from collecting new specimens to
gathering information about the museum's concurrent
holdings — placed a greater emphasis on the Field
Museum as a research institution. After World War II,
visiting research associates like Mexican artist/anthro-
pologist Miguel Covarrubias began to bridge the philo-
sophical gap between anthropological research and art
historical studies within the context of the natural his-
tory museum.' With the incorporation of the curator-
ship of primitive arts in 1957, the museum was taking
concrete steps toward a new way of seeing non-
European art and culture. An example of the ideological
shift was the 1961 exhibition "Primitive Artists look at
Civilization." This exhibition, organized by Phillip H.
Lewis, curator of primitive art and Melanesian ethnol-
ogy, presented a cross- section of African, Oceanic, and
10. Ancestor figure. Hemba (?), Zaire. Wood, pigment, 49cm. Gift of
the Arts Club of Chicago. Cat. 143954. Photo by Diane Alexander-
White. N10923.
11. Helmet crest. Babanki, Cameroon. Wood, pigment, 77cm.
Museum purchase. Cat. 175595. Photo by Diane Alexander-White.
N109453.
12. Figure of a snake. Eton, Cameroon. Wood, pigment, length
212cm. Museum purchase. Cat 175746. Photo by Diane Alexander-
White and Ron Testa. N109420.
21
13. Plaque. Benin, Nigeria. Cast brass. 39.7cm. Gift of Mrs. A.W.F.
Fuller Cat 210354. N99509.
14. Ceremonial staff (detail). Ngangela, Angola, Wood, figure
17.5cm, entire staff 129cm. Collected by Wilfred D. Hambly for ttie
Frederick H. Rawson-Field Museum Ettinological Expedition to West
Africa. Cat 206746. Phioto by Diane Alexander-White and Ron Testa.
N109449.
22
American art objects that either portrayed or were con-
ceptually conscious of "the exotic white man."'
One of the museum's most important acquisitions
during these years was the collection of a noted English
collector of Oceanic, African, and North American arti-
facts. Captain A. W. F. Fuller. Discussions between the
Field and Captain Fuller resulted in his arranging for the
museum to purchase his important Oceanic collection,
numbering over 6,000 specimens. Following this 1958
transaction. Captain Fuller and his wife most generously
gave the Field Museum more than 230 major African
pieces. Of the specimens in this 1963 Fuller gift, 190 are
from the court of Benin, collected by Fuller through art
auctions, dealers, and other private collectors. A kola-
nut box (fig. 15), carved in the form of leopard's head,
was once a part of the tum-of-the-century Benin hold-
ings of dealer W. D. Webster.'" The subtractive rendering
of anatomical features and the clever utilization of wood
grain reveal the hand of an accomplished artist, as well
as the inspiring powers of this feline totem. Animal
imagery in Benin art is also present in several brass
plaques from the Fuller collection. In one plaque (fig.
13), a European is flanked on each side by a pair of
mudfish, a Benin symbol for the supernatural powers of
their ruler, the oba.
Apart from the Benin objects, about forty pieces in
this gift are from other African cultures. One of the finest
objects in this group is an ivory bell/tapper (fig. 18) from
the Yoruba people. This divination component incorpo-
rates the classic elements of its genre: a kneeling woman
holding a round fan in front of her genitals and support-
ing a bittemlike bird on top of her head. Despite some
expected ritual wear on this iro ifa, the lower bell still has
its tiny ivory clapper, thus making it a prime implement
for the divination ceremony."
15. Kola-nut box. Benin, Nigeria. Wood, length 17.8cm. Gift of Mrs.
A.W.F Fuller Cat. 210259. Photo by Diane Alexander-White.
N109465.
Another stunning piece from the Fuller gift is a Luba
ceremonial spear (fig. 19). As with many Luba objects,
this one includes a female figure, resplendent in beads, a
red body wrap, intricate scarifications, and an elaborate
coiffure. The female presence on status objects like this
one alludes to the essential role of women in chieftaincy-
related activities among the Luba.'^
Under the guidance of Leon Siroto, curator of Afri-
can ethnology from 1965 until 1970, the African collec-
tion began to expand its holdings to include objects from
previously under- represented African peoples. Siroto's
stature in African studies and his contaas with scholars
in the field prompted African-based American students
and senior researchers to collect with the Field Museum
in mind. One of the fruits of this kind of arrangement is
an Akan comb (fig. 20) collected by Roy Sieber in south-
eastern Ghana. The framing of the akuaba head with
engraved animals, a sacred heart, celestial bodies, and
abstraa designs most certainly has a proverbial purpose.
That combs like this one are intentionally cryptic and
open to interpretation speaks to their encoded, love-
letter- like use by Akan men and women."
One of the more recent surges of collecting African
objects for the museum revolved around the 1974
exhibition "Contemporary African Arts." Maude Wahl-
man, a consultant in African ethonology from 1971 un-
til 1974, curated this exhibition and was instrumental in
acquiring wood, stone, and calabash carvings; leather-.
16. Head crest. Calabar area/Efik (?), Nigeria. Wood, s/c/n, basl<etry,
69cm. Museum purchase. Cat. 175615. Photo by Diane Alexander-
White and Ron Testa. N109446.
17. Mask. Pende, Zaire. Wood, pigment, fiber, carved mask 16cm.
Exchange with the Musses Royaux d'Art et d'Histoire, Brussels. Cat.
175976. Photo by Diane Alexander-White. N109442.
23
18. Divination bell/tapper (iro ita). Yoruba, Nigeria. Ivory, 43.2cm.
24 Gift of Mrs. A.W.F. Fuller Cat. 210424. Ptioto by Ron Testa. N109448.
19. Ceremonial spear Luba, Zaire. Wood, metal, beads, clotti, cow-
ries. Figure 29.2cm, entire spear 162cm. Gift offers. A.W.F Fuller Cat.
210462. Ptioto by Ron Testa. N109443.
metal-, and beadwork; textiles; pottery; as well as mod-
em graphics and paintings. These examples of modem
Africa indicated that the Field Museum is willing to ex-
amine not only aspects of traditional African life, but
those of its recent periods of independence, indus-
trialization, nationalism, and Pan- Africanism.
In recent years, the Field has again turned to the
task of reexamining the nature of its commitment to the
African collection. Because museum audiences have
changed dramatically in the last twenty years, along
with our perceptions and understanding of Africa, the
need for a more effective presentation and utilization of
African art and artifacts is a constant concern. Collection
reassessment, measuring the degree of learning that
actually takes place in permanent and temporary ex-
hibits, and closer investigations into archival data are
just a few of the many objectives that are on the
museum's African agenda. It is hoped that collection
surveys such as this article will introduce to unfamil-
iar readers this important repository of African Art, as
well as extend an open invitation to experience the
Field Museum of Natural History's African collection
firsthand. FH
20. Comb (duafe) Akan, Ghana. Wood, beads, 32.3cm. Museum
purchase. Cat. 221468. Photo by Ron Testa. N 109285, 109285A
Notes
This article, along with my tenure at the Field Museum of Natural
History, were made possible, in part, by a grant from the Illinois
Humanities Council. I am grateful to the entire staff at the Field
Museum, especially the departments of Anthropology and Education,
for allowing me to explore their vast and wonderful learning institu-
tion. Special thanks go out to the following scholars who lent their
collective expertise in surveying the African collection: Arthur
Bourgeois, Kweku Embil, Marilyn Houlberg, Phillip H. Lewis, Roy
Sieber, Leon Siroto, and Robert Farris Thompson.
1. Accession File 81, Department of Anthropology, Field Museum
of Natural History, contains correspondence between the Field Col-
umbian Museum and Carl Hagenbeck's Zoological Arena and
World's Museum.
2. Accession File 941, Department of Anthropology, Field Museum of
Natural History, includes a letter from Paul Gebauer, recounting events
in and around Togo, circa 1903, as documented by Governor von Putt-
kamerin Govemeur Jahre in Kamerun (Berlin, 1921).
3. An early twentieth-century travel account describes a textile from
Bafilo, Togo, that seems identical to the Field Museum's cloth: "Some
of the native cloth work ... is exceedingly beautiful. I bought a number
of specimens of it, among the best being a handsome toga-like garment
of hand-woven blue stuff, elaborately embroidered, and which I am
now wearing as an opera cloak in London, where it has been greatly
admired. It is woven in narrow strips about two inches wide, and these
are then sewn together by stitches so small, even, and regular, that they
are practically invisible" (Gehrts 1915; 107).
25
4. The Museum Umlauff was apparently the source for German
coUeaor Carl Hagenbeck as well, as stated In a letter from George A.
Dorsey to Museum Direaor F.J.V. Skiff, dated July 22, 1905. Accession
File 967, Department of Anthropology, Field Museum of Natural
History.
5. According to data received from Jan Klegkamp, this ceremonial
helmet crest is from Bamendjo, a Bamileke town near the center of the
Cameroon Grassfields.
A similar mask form, reproduced in Geneva exhibition catalogue
(Cameroun 1980: 56-57,fig. 41), also hails from "Bamendou." Accord-
ing to Claude Savary, these large-cheeked masks, or tu-kah. are hand
held and paraded every five years. But the style of the Field Museum
mask crest, unlike the example reproduced in the Geneva catalogue, is
unmistakable Babanki, as seen in its sensitively rendered eyes, nose,
and mouth and in its overall finish. This crest, which was probably
collected for the Museum Umlauff no later than 1 9 14, is an example of
the cultural exchange that has occurred among different Cameroon
Grassfields peoples.
6. During a recent visit to the museum, Leon Siroto conununicated his
discovery of several other njom sculptural components in various
European and American museums, including another carved figure
in the Field Museum's collection. Mr. Siroto has been enormously kind
In sharing with me his knowledge of Western Equatorial African art
and religion.
7. For a related southeastern Zaire sculpture, see Lorene Heath Pot-
ter's article on the African colleaion of the Buffalo Society of Natural
Sciences (1973: 37, fig. 9).
8. From a conversation with Donald Collier, Field Museum of Natural
History Curator Emeritus of Middle and South American Archaeology
and Ethnology, Chicago, Illinois, June 1984. Collier worked closely
with Covarrubias.
9. The first of many colonial-themed, non-Western exhibitions,
"Primitive Artists . . ." attracted the attention of not only museum visi-
tors but the national press, as evidenced in a 1961 Time magazine re-
view ("The Colonial School," July 7: 50, 53). I thank Phillip H. Lewis,
Curator of Primitive Art and Melanesian Ethnology, Field Museum
of Natural History, for describing the circumstances surrounding
this exhibition.
10. Fuller's acquisition records state that he purchased this Benin box
in 1917 and that it had formerly been part of the estate of Dr. J. G.
Whittendale, late of Lime House, Bishop's Waltham. Benin label file
(Captain A.W.F. Fuller), Department of Anthropology, Field Museum
of Natural History.
1 1 . Comparing the Field Museum iro ifa with other published exam-
ples may shed additional light on their age, symbolism, and place of
origin in Yorubaland. Two early twentieth-century references, a
broken bell/tapper (Frobenius 1923: pi. 175) and a "Sonnette" from
"Benin" (Chauvet 1929: fig. 56) suggest at least a late-nineteenth-
century date and an eastern Yoruba (Owo?) provenance for many of
these divination implements.
12. In a forthcoming work by African art historian Arthur Bourgeois,
these and other Luba objerts will be closely examined from the per-
spective of prestige and leadership insignia.
13. From a conversation with Roy Sieber, Chicago, Illinois, July 21,
1984. A fascinating discussion with Ghanaian artist Kweku Embil,
Chicago, April 1, 1984, elicited the following Akan axiom in regard to
the chicken, sun, and moon imagery on the comb: "The hen knows
daylight, but she leaves the crowing to the rooster."
Bibliography
Antiri, J.A. 1974. "Akan Combs," African Arts 8,1: 32-35.
Bassani, E. 1977 "Kongo Nail Fetishes from the Chiloango River
Area," African Arts 10, 3: 36-40, 88.
Bastin, M.L. 1982. La sculpture Tshokwe. Meudon: Alain et Frangoise
Chaffin.
Cameroun: Arts et cultures ties peuptes de I'ouest. 1980. Geneva: Mus^e
d'Ethnographie.
Chauvet, S. 1929. Musique nigre. Paris: Soci^t^ d'Editions Gtegraphi-
ques, Maritimes et Coloniales.
Collier, D. 1969. "Chicago Comes of Age: The World's Columbian
Exposition and the Birth of Field Museimi," Field Museum of Natural
History Bulletin Vi, 5: 3-7."
26 "The Colonial School," Time, July 7, 1961: 50,53.
Comet, J. 1978. A Survey ofZairian Art: The Branson Collection. Raleigh:
North Carolina Museum of Art.
Dark, RJ.C. 1962. The Art of Benin. Chicago: Chicago Natiural History
Museum.
Dark, P.J.C. 1975. "Benin Bronze Heads: Styles and Chronology" in
African Images: Essays in African Iconography, eds. D. McCall and E.
Bay, pp. 25-103. New York: Afncana Publishing Co.
Delachaux, T. 1936. "Ethnographie de la Region du Cun^ne" Bulletin
de la SociM Neuchateloise de Giographie II 44: 5-108, pis. 1-88.
Easmon, M.C.F. 1924. Sierra Leone Country Cloths. London: Dimstable
& Watford.
Fagg, W., J. Pemberton, and B. Holcombe. 1982. Yoruba Sculpture of
West Africa. New York: Alfred A. Knopf.
Field Museum of Natural History. Unpublished notes and museum
records.
Frobenius, L. 1923. Das Unbekannte Afrika. Munich: C.H. Becksche
Verlagsbuchhandlung Oskar Beck.
Froelich, J. 1963. Les populations du Nord-lbgo. Paris: Presses Universi-
tafres de France.
Gebauer, P. 1979. Art of Cameroon. Portland: Portland Art Museimi in
Association with the Metropolitan Museum of Art.
Gehrts,M. 1915. A Camera Actress in the Wilds of Tbgoland. Philadelphia:
J.B. Lippincott Co.
Hambly, W. 1934. 'The Ovimbundu of Angola," Field Museum of Natu-
ral History Anthropological Series! Publication 329 21,2: 86-362, pis.
9-92.
Heathcote, D. 1973. "Hausa Women's Dress in Light ofTVvo Recent
Finds," Savanna 2,2: 201-17
Heathcote, D. 1974. "Aspeas of Style in Hausa Embroidery," Savanna
3,1: 15-40.
Imperato, P.J. 1972. "Door Locks of the Bamana of Mali," African Arts
5,2:52-56,84.
Jacobson-Widding, A. 1979. Red-White-Black as a Mode of Thought.
Uppsala: Uppsala Studies in Cultural Anthropology.
Laman, K. 1957. The Kongo 2. Uppsala: Studia Ethnographica Up-
saliensia Vin.
Leakey, L.S.B. 1977. The Southern Kikuyu before 1903 1. London:
Academic Press.
Lema Gwete. 1982. "Art populafre du Bandundu," in Sura Dji Visage et
Racines du Zaire, pp. 51-77. Paris: Mus^e des Arts D^oratifs.
Linton, R. 1928. "Cultural Areas of Madagascai;" American Anthropo-
logist 20.y. 363-90.
Messenger, J. 1973. "The Carver in Anang Society" in The Traditional
Artist in African Societies, ed. W d'Azevedo, pp. 101-27. Bloomington:
Indiana University Press.
Neyt, F. 1977. La grande statuaire Hemba du Zaire. Louvain-la-Nueve:
Publications d'Histoire de I'Art et d'Archtologie de I'Universit^
Catholique de Louvain 12.
Nicklin, K. 1974. "Nigerian Skin-Covered Masks," African Arts 7,3:
8-15,67-68,92.
Northern, T. 1984. The Art of Cameroon. Washington, D.C.: Smith-
sonian Institution Traveling Exhibition Service.
Perrois, L. 1979. Arts du Gabon: Les arts plastiques du Bassin de I'Ogooui.
Amouville: Arts d'Afrique Nofre.
Pottet L.H. 1973. 'The African Collection of the Buffalo Society of
Natural Sciences," African Arts 6,2: 34-41.
Rebora, C. 1983. "fron" in The Art of Power/The Power of Art: Studies in
Benin Iconography, eds. P. Ben-Amos and A. Rubin, pp. 27-32. Los
Angeles: Museum of Cultural History, UCLA, Monograph Series 19.
Routledge, W.S. 1910. With a Prehistoric People: The Akikuyu of British
East Africa. London: Edward Arnold.
Sfroto, L. 1977. "Njom: The Magical Bridge of the Beti and Bulu of
Southern Cameroon," African Arts 10,2: 38-51, 90.
Sousberghe, L. de. I960. L'art Pende. Brussels: Acad^mie Royale de
Belgique.
Thompson, R.F. 1975. "Icons of the Mind: Yoruba Herbalism Arts in
Atlantic Perspective," African Arts 8,3: 52-59, 89-80.
Thompson, R.F 1978. The Great Detroit N'Kondi," Bulletin of the De-
troit Institute of Arts 56,4: 206-21.
Uibain-Faubl^, M. 1963. L'art Malgache. Paris: Presses Universitaires
de France.
Wahlman, M. 1974. Contemporary African Arts. Chicago: Field
Museimi of Natural History.
Wittmei; M. and W Amett. 1978. Three Rivers of Nigeria. Atlanta: The
High Museum of Art.
Tours For Members
Ecuador and
The Galapagos Islands
May 27 -June 11
The Galapagos Islands affect our imagination
like no other place on earth. To set foot on
these remote islands is to return to a primeval
land isolated and protected for millions of
years. A distance of 600 miles off the coast of
Ecuador are these lost specks of volcanic land
on which nature evolved a separate microcosm
of animals and plants.
Our tour will begin with a visit in the host
country of Ecuador, which offers an opportu-
nity to enjoy the charm of Old World ambi-
ence, along with the color and distinction of
the centuries-old Indian market villages of
Lactacunga and Ambato.
To enhance your learning experience on
this tour, Dr. Glen E. Woolfenden, research
associate at Field Museum, and professor of
zoology at University of South Florida, will be
our leader and will accompany the group from
Miami and return.
This is our exciting itinerary;
May 27: Fly from Chicago O'Hare airport to
Quito via Miami.
May 28: Tour the city of Quito, visit the
fabulous Archeological Museum, view the
church of San Augustin and Museum of
Colonial Art.
May 29: Visit the art galleries of the painters
Guayasamin and Viteri; tour the Olga Fish
Folklore Gallery. In the afternoon visit the
Equatorial Monument. Also, visit the Indi-
an villages of Pomasqui and San Antonio
and the crater of Puluiahua.
May 30: Full-day excursion over the Andes'
western ridge, down into the coastal jung-
les with their banana, cocoa, and coffee
plantations and see the village of the Col-
orado Indians, colorful in dress and
custom.
May 31: Full day of birding in the area of
Papallacta. Ecuador is home to more than
1,400 species of birds.
June 1: Morning departure by bus to the
Latacunga-Ambato Valley stopping at
Latacunga Indian market and the Cotopaxi
volcano, where we will visit a small
museum at the base of the volcano, and on
to Ambato with its huge market.
June 2: Leave the frosty Andean heights,
travel across a fertile plain and past high-
land villages, via Riobamba and Devil's
Nose pass to Guayaquil, Ecuador's chief
port, where we'll stay overnight.
June 3: A morning flight to Baltra, where we
will board the MV Santa Cruz. Comfort is
indeed the keynote for our life aboard ship
in both clothes and atmosphere, with
casual attire recommended. Tonight and
each evening during the cruise we have a
slide presentation and a lecture outlining
the next day's highlights.
6 June 4: The first island we see is Bartolome,
site of Pinnacle Rock, the most widely rec-
ognized landmark in the Galapagos. Later
we cruise in Darwin Bay. Tower island is
considered one of the most complete bird
islands, with virtually millions of sea and
land birds resident to its shores.
June 5: Cruising Isabela and Femandina Is-
lands, entering Tagus Cover in the mor-
ning.
June 6: Cruising Baltra and North Seymour
Islands. After a brief stopover at Baltra, we
cruise to North Seymour and will be trans-
ported to the rocky shore via small craft.
Our first encounter, as we walk on the is-
land, is with dense colonies of blue-footed
boobies.
June 7: Cruising Hood and Floreana Islands.
We follow the marked trails on Hood Is-
land to search for its own species of mock-
ingbird and its most spectacular part-time
resident, the waved albatross. Along the
way, we catch glimpses of masked boobies
and several species of finch. We land at
Punta Cormorant on Floreana Island and on
an inland lagoon we'll see where multi-
tudes of flamingos nest. Floreana's vegeta-
tion is particularly interesting.
June 8: Cruising Santa Cruz and Plaza Is-
lands. Upon arrival at the village of Puerto
Ayora on Santa Cruz we walk directly to
the Darwin Research Station for a briefing.
This afternoon, we call at tiny Plaza
Island, where sea lions swim out to
welcome us.
June 9: We land early in the morning on a
beach of black lava sand on James Island,
then hike to a tranquil crater lake where fla-
mingos feed. Next we can swim with (or
just observe) the fur seals in one of the
pools cut into the cliffs by surf erosion.
After lunch we cruise past unusual cinder
cones and lava formations along the coast
en route to Buccaneer Cove, the former
refuge of pirate ships.
June 10: This morning we cruise to Baltra,
disembarking in time to board our flight to
Guayaquil. En route to the Oro Verde
Hotel we will tour Guayaquil, seeing the
Avenida Olmedo, city watchtower, govern-
ment buildings, and the municipal
museum. In the evening we'll enjoy a gala
farewell dinner.
June II: Return to Chicago via Miami. Early
evening arrival at O'Hare.
Price per person (double occupancy):
$3,545 for main deck cabins. Upgrade to up-
per deck: $150; upgrade to boat deck: $310.
An extension to Peru is optional. The tour
price includes land and cruise costs and round-
trip economy air fare. The tour is limited to 25
people, and early reservations are recom-
mended. A $500 deposit per person should be
sent to Field Museum Tours.
Alaska and
The Pribilof Islands
June 5-19
June 5: Fly from Chicago's O'Hare to Sitka.
Welcome dinner.
June 6: City tour of Sitka. Marine wildlife
motor raft trip with dinner on board cruise
vessel.
June 7: Late morning flight to Juneau. Men-
denhall River raft trip with lunch on board.
Evening outdoor salmon bake.
June 8: Morning flight to Glacier Bay. Gla-
cier Bay cruise aboard the MV Glacier Bay
Explorer. Overnight on board ship.
June 9: After completing Galcier Bay cruise,
afternoon flight to Fairbanks via Juneau.
June 10: Ride the Alaska Railroad to Denali
National Park. Afternoon at leisure;
salmon bake dinner and overnight at
McKinley Chalets.
June 11: Full day tour to Kantisna. Return to
McKinley Chalets for dinner and over-
night.
June 12: Morning at leisure. Afternoon
motorcoach trip to Anchorage.
June 13: Morning at leisure. Afternoon tour
to Potter's Marsh Bird Refuge.
June 14: Morning at leisure. Afternoon Float
Trip on Eagle River with dinner on board.
June 15: Flight to St. George Island.
June 16-17: Two full days exploring St.
George Island.
June 18: Return flight to Anchorage. Farewell
dinner
June 19: After breakfast transfer to airport for
return flight to Chicago.
Our leader will be Dr. John W. Fitzpat-
rick, associate curator and head of the Divi-
sion of Birds at the Field Museum, where he
also serves as curator-in-charge of Scientific
Services and chairman of the Science Advi-
sory Council. He is an experienced tour lectur-
er, most recently leading Field Museum tours
to Ecuador and the Galapagos Islands, and to
the Lesser Antilles.
Tour price: $4,625.00, based on double
occupancy (includes round trip coach class air
fare). We hope you can join us for this excep-
tional tour A deposit of $500.00 per person
will confirm your reservation.
ADDITIONAL TOURS FOR 1985
Grand Canyon Rafting Trip
May 24 -June 2
China and Tibet
August 10-September 1
Kenya
September 6-23
For further information or to be placed on our mail- 27
ing list, call or write Dorothy Roder, Tours Manag-
er, Field Museum, Roosevelt Rd. at Lake Shore Dr ,
Chicago, IL 60605. Phone: 322-8862.
Field Museum of Natural History
Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive
Chicaso, II 60605-2499
0017195-00
Mi«s Marita Maxey
7411 North Greenvieui
Chicago! IL 60626
The Art of Cameroon
AAarch 9-June 16
FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN
June 1985
''Garden in the City''
Horticulturist Virginia Beatty
Tells How to Grow a Better Garden
June 1 & 2
Field Museum
of Natural History
Bulletin
Published by
Field Museum of Natural History
Founded 1893
President: Willard L. Boyd
Director: Lorin I. Nevling, Jr.
Editor: David M. Walsten
Production Liaison: Pamela Steams
Staff Photographer: Ron Testa
Board OF 'n«usTEES
James J. O'Connor
chairman
Mrs. T. Stanton Armour
George R. Baker
Robert O. Bass
Gordon Bent
Mrs. Philip D. Block III
Willard L. Boyd
Frank W. Considine
Stanton R. Cook
William R. Dickinson, Jr.
Thomas E. Donnelley II
Thomas J. Eyerman
Marshall Field
Richard M. Jones
Hugo J. Melvoin
Leo F. Mullin
Charles F. Murphy, Jr
Earl L. Neal
Lorin I. Nevling, Jr.
Robert A. Pritzker
James H. Ransom
John S. Runnells
Patrick G. Ryan
William L. Searle
Edward Byron Smith
Robert H. Strotz
Mrs. Theodore D. Tieken
E. Leland Webber
Blaine J. Yarrington
Life Trustees
Harry O. Bercher
Joseph N. Field
Clifford C. Gregg
William V. Kahler
William H. Mitchell
John W. Sullivan
J. Howard Wood
CONTENTS
June 1985
Volume 56, Number 6
June Events at Field Museum
Field Briefs
Ornamented Coats of the Koryalc
by James W. VanStone
Curator of North American Archaeology and Ethnology
Volunteers Honored
16
The Comet Cometh
by Edward Olsen
Curator of Mineralogy
18
Two Evenings with Founders' Council
26
Tours for Members
27
COVER
A mid-l9th century French artist visualizes how the earth is ripped
asunder by a comet, from Le Ciel et L'Universe, by Theophile L 'Abbe
Moreaux, published 1857. Curator Edward Olsen tells us more about
the idosyncracies of comets, notably Halley's Comet, on pages 18-25.
Field Museum of Natural History Bulletin (USPS 898-940) is published monthly, except
combined July/August issue, by Field Museum of Natural History, Roosevelt Road at Lake
Shore Drive, Chicago, II. 60605-2496. Subscriptions: $6.00 annually, $3.00 for schools.
Museum membership includes Bulletin subscription. Opinions expressed by authors are
their own and do not necessarily reflect the policy of Field Museum. Unsolicited man-
uscripts are welcome. Museum phone; (312) 922-9410. NotiHcation of address change
should include address label and be sent to Membership Department. Postmaster: Please
send form 3 579 to Field Museum of Natural History, Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive,
Chicago, II. 60605-2496. lSSN:0015-0703.
v%*«-.v_v»\%v.*^*v...\%%v >:♦ .A v♦^v*.♦:♦:*%%v/ > • .:v%v»v^:. :.\\v,v^^^^^
\%\\**
.w.^/
Events
GARDEN IIV THE CITY
'^Garden of Eden,'' film
June 8, 2:00-2:30 pm
Ecology Hall, Second Floor
The Garden of Eden explains — on film for the first
time — why protecting the great variety of the
world's plant and animal life, the gene pools of our
planet, is critical to our future. Combining a series of
compelling interviews with a mixture of animation,
archival news reel clips, and feature film footage. The
Garden of Eden reveals the reasons for conservation
today.
Color My World,
Demonstration
Saturday, June 15, 1:00-3:00 pm
Stanley Field Hall, Second Floor.
Add color to your life on a dull day. Centuries before
commercial dyes were invented, you could have col-
ored your T-shirts with things from your own kitchen.
Find out what kinds of household and backyard items
you can use for fabric dyes. Watch white wool be-
come the colors of the rainbow. Then try your hand
at spinning it into yarn and weaving it into a piece
of cloth.
This program is free with museum admission and no
tickets are required.
Children's Program
June 22, 2:00-3:00 pm
Ecology Hall, Second Floor
WHAT DO PLANTS DO?
While emphasizing the importance of plants in our
daily lives, this film explores the many uses of plants
and the ways plants adapt to life in a particular
habitat.
WILD GREEN THINGS IN THE CITY
A young girl learns about plants that live in an urban
environment. After reading about these plants in
library books, she searches for plants in neglected
comers and vacant lots, and transplants them into
containers at home.
GROWING, GROWING
An impressionistic film about children and their
gardens. This photomontage features flowers, vege-
tables, and children to the accompaniment of light-
hearted verse and song.
At the conclusion of the children's film program,
join us at the entry room to the Ecology Hall and
view our display of woodland and prairie wild flow-
ers, and vacant lot plants. Examine a whole gamut of
seeds — from tiny dandelions to coconuts, which
demonstrate how plants spread their seeds.
June 22, 2:45 pm
A GARDEN OF HERBS— POTPOURRI
Herbs are known for their medicinal, savory, and
aromatic qualities. Become familiar with these
plants, many of which you can grow at home, and
construct your own potpourri sachet from a fragrant
bouquet of dried flower buds and petals.
All Garden In the City programs are free with
Museum admission, and tickets are not required.
CONTINUEOcJ
J
CXJNTINUED (roni p 3
Events
Family Feature
Growing Together
June i and 2, 1:00-3:00 pm
Stanley Field Hall, Second Floor.
Grow a philodendron in an old tennis shoe or an
asparagus fern in a Chinese bronze pot. The first
weekend in June is a great time to plant that garden,
and you don't need an acre of land to do it. Plants can
grow in almost any kind of container, and can be a
city gardener's best friend. Chicago horticulturalist
Virginia Beatty is on hand to demonstrate and give
tips on all aspects of city gardening. Get some ideas
on how to make the most out of the space you have.
Start a plant of your own to take home and watch it
grow.
This program is free with museum admission and no
tickets are required.
June Weekend Programs
Each Samrday and Sunday you are invited to explore the world of natural history and Field Museum. Free tours, demon-
strations, and films related to ongoing exhibits at the Museum are designed for families and adults. Listed below are only a
few of the numerous activities each weekend. Check the Weekend Passport upon arrival for the complete schedule and pro-
gram locations. The programs are partially supported by a grant from the Illinois Arts Council.
June
15
1:30 pm. Tibet Today (sUde lecture). See Lhasa 16
and other towns now open to the public.
2:30 pm. Tour of Tibet (tour). Take a closer
look at the objects in our Tibetan hall. 22
1:00 pm. Traditional China (tour). Examine the
imagery and craftsmanship represented by
Chinese masterworks in our permanent
collection. 23
12:30 pm. Museum Safari (tour). Seek out big
game from Africa and mummies from ancient
Egypt as you travel through Field Museum 30
exhibits.
11:30 am. Ancient Egypt (tour). Explore the
traditions of ancient Egypt from everyday life
to myths and mummies.
1:00 pm. Welcome to the Field (tour). Enjoy a
sampling of our most significant exhibits as
you explore the scope of Field Museum.
1:00 pm. Red Land/Black Land (tour). Focus on
the geography of the Nile Valley and its effect
on the Egyptians who lived and ruled during
4,000 years of change in religion and cultures.
1:00 pm. Welcome to the Field (tour). Enjoy a
sampling of our most significant exhibits as
you explore the scope of Field Museum.
12:30 pm. Museum Safari (tour). Seek out big
game from Africa and mummies from ancient
Egypt as you travel through Field Museum
exhibits.
These public programs are free with museum
admission and tickets are not required.
FIELD BRIEFS
Recent Visitors
Friday, March 8, marked the Members' Preview of the tem-
porary exhibit "The Art of Cameroon," at Field Museum.
Among the evening's special guests were Mr. Harold Wash-
ington, mayor of the City of Chicago, shown at right. With
Mr. Washington is Dr. Tamara Northern, curator of ethno-
graphic art at Dartmouth College, who is also curator of the
exhibit. Mr. Washington holds a copy of the exhibit catalog,
written by Dr Northern.
"The Art of Cameroon," organized and circulated by
Smithsonian Institution "n-aveling Exhibit Service (SITES),
was made possible by a grant from Mobil Corporation. It
continues on view at Field Museum through June 16.
Earlier this season. Field Museum was visited by Peter
Jennings (lower photo, at right), anchor and senior editor
of ABC World News Tonight, who was particularly inter-
ested in the exhibit "Maritime Peoples of the Arctic and
Northwest Coast." With him are (1. to r.) Field Museum
President Willard L. Boyd, Carolyn P. Blackmon, chairman
of the Museum's Department of Education, and Gretchen
Babarovic, Mr. Jenning's assistant.
FIELD BRIEFS
Col. Clifford Gregg (left) and William H. Mitchell (right), at January 24. 1949. fortieth anniversary celebration in honor of Stanley Field, then president of
Field Museum. Others in the photo are (I. to r) Marshall Field III, George A Richardson, and Lester Armour Gregg was then in his twelfth year as
director, Mitchell in his twenty-first as a trustee. Field, Richardson, and Armour were also trustees.
Clifford C. Gregg
and William H. Mitchell
Celebrate 90th Birthdays
Col. Clifford C. Gregg, who served for near-
ly 2 5 years as director of Field Museum, and
William H. Mitchell, who served on the
Board of Ttustees for 52 years, have the spe-
cial privilege in 1985 of celebrating their
ninetieth birthdays. Mr Mitchell was bom
on January 31, 1895; Col. Gregg was bom
on July 9 of the same year Both men are
now Field Museum life trustees.
The fourth director in the Museum's
history. Col. Gregg joined the staff in Febru-
ary 1926 as assistant director, serving in that
post under the directorships of David C.
Davies (until 1928) and Stephen C. Simms.
Upon the death of Simms in January of
1937, Gregg was made acting director; the
following June the Board of TVustees elected
Gregg director as well as secretary of the
Museum, both posts having been held by
Simms.
It was a particularly difficult period for
the Field Museum, as indeed it was for all
nonprofit institutions at the depths of the
Depression. Revenues from endowment
fund investments were at all-time lows, as
were amounts received from taxes levied
for the benefit of museums. But Gregg
served with uncommon distinction. Among
his notable achievements was the establish-
ment of the Museum employees' pension
plan, which contributed immeasurably to
the betterment of staff relations, morale,
and performance.
Having served as a lieutenant with the
infantry during World War I, Gregg had
continued his association with the Army
Reserve Corps, and in July 1942, then with
the rank of major he was recalled for active
duty in World War II. He remained on leave
of absence from the Museum directorship
until May 1945, when he was discharged
from active duty with the rank of colonel.
He continued as director until January
1962, when he retired at age 66. As he re-
signed the directorship, the Board of TVust-
ees elected Gregg president of Field
Museum. He remained active on the Board
of TVustees until 1969, when he was made a
life trustee.
The son of a founder and incorporator
of Field Museum, John J. Mitchell, William
H. Mitchell carried on the tradition of family
service to the Museum when he was elected
to the Board of TVustees in January 1928.
During his extraordinary period of tenure —
52 years — he served on the Nominating
Committee, the Finance Committee (later
designated Investment Committee), Execu-
tive Committee, Development Committee
(later designated Resource Planning and
Development Committee), and Capital Re-
quirements Committee.
Mitchell played a major role in Field
Museum's first Capital Campaign — both as
a solicitor of funds from others and as a
pace-setting donor in his own right. In
1974, mindful of the Museum's new situa-
tion, William Mitchell made a decision
which epitomizes the meaning of his Field
Museum career. He determined to focus his
attention on two things: investment and
development of the Museum's resources.
Because of this far-sighted stewardship, the
Museum now is poised for its second cen-
tury. Indeed, it has the vigor to go forward
with a second Capital Campaign designed
to strengthen the Museum. In 1974, the
year when Mitchell turned especially to
Museum investment and development
work, he and his wife, Anne, were both
eleaed Field Museum benefactors.
Happy Birthday, Clifford C. Gregg and
William H. Mitchell!
Robert K. Johnson
Robert K. Johnson Co-Convener for
International Conference on
Pelagic Biogeography
The National Science Foundation (nsf) has
awarded $17,661 to Field Museum in sup-
port of the International Conference on
Pelagic Biogeography being held in Amster-
dam May 28 through June 6. Robert K.
Johnson, curator of Fishes, a specialist on
deepsea fishes, is conference co-convener
and president of the Scientific Committee
for the conference, nsf funds will be added
to previously awarded grants from the
Office of Naval Research, unesco, the
Netherlands Ministry of Education and Sci-
ence, the Netherlands Marine Research
Council, and the Royal Dutch Academy of
Sciences.
This funding is paying the conference
expenses of 60 participating marine scien-
tists from 14 nations. The purpose of the
conference is to bring together a diverse
group of marine biogeographers, scientists
who seldom interact outside their respec-
tive disciplines. This permits extensive
research presentations, review, and dis-
cussion of modern concepts and advanced
methodologies in studies of the origin and
maintenance of pattern in the distributions
of open-ocean organisms; it also assists in
the development of research agendas for the
future. In addition to its direct conference
support, UNESCO has agreed to publish the
volume of conference proceedings.
Fitzpatrick Coauthors Monograph on
Florida Scrub Jay
The Florida Scrub Jay, coauthored by John
W. Fitzpatrick and Glen E. Woolfenden,
was published recently by Princeton Uni-
versity Press. Fitzpatrick is associate curator
of Birds and chairman of Field Museum's
Department of Zoology. Woolfenden is pro-
fessor of zoology at the University of South
Florida, Tampa.
Subtitled "Demography of a
Cooperative-Breeding Bird," The Florida
Scrub Jay (406 pp.) is the twentieth in a
series of technical works entitled "Mono-
graphs in Population Biology," edited by
Robert M. May.
Florida scrub jays are an excellent ex-
ample of a cooperative-breeding species, in
which adult birds often help raise offspring
not their own. For more than a decade
Woolfenden and Fitzpatrick have studied a
marked population of these birds in an
attempt to establish a demographic base for
understanding the phenomenon of "help-
ing at the nest." By studying both pop-
ulation biology and behavior, the authors
find that habitat restraints rather than kin
selection are the main source of the be-
havior of Florida scrub jays: the goal of in-
creasing the number of close relatives other
than descendants in future generations is
of relatively minor importance in their
cooperative-breeding behavior.
Fitzpatrick and Woolfenden also
coauthored an article on the Florida scrub
jay "The Helpful Shall Inherit the Scrub,"
which appeared in the May 1984 issue of
Natural History.
Peter Crane Chosen One of Chicago's
"Ten Outstanding Young Citizens"
Peter Crane, associate curator in the De-
partment of Geology, was chosen recently
as one of Chicago's "Ten Outstanding
Young Citizens for 1985." The prestigious
award was conferred on Crane by the Chi-
cago Junior Association of Commerce and
Industry on April 10 at an awards dinner at
the Drake Hotel.
This was the third time in recent
months that Crane has been the recipient of
special honors. Early in 1984 he was given
the British Paleontological Association's
annual award for the best paper given by a
research worker under the age of 30; late in
the year he was recipient of the Bicentenary
Medal of the Linnean Society of London.
The Linnean Society is the premier society
for professional biologists in the United
Kingdom and makes the award annually in
recognition of scientific work done by a
biologist under the age of 40. More than a
year ago he was appointed co-editor of the
premier scientific journal Paleobiology, an
Peter Crane
honor which is unusual for someone his
age.
Field Museum, too, has given recent
recognition to Crane by promoting him on
April 20 to associate curator.
Crane joined the Field Museum staff in
September 1982 after a year of research at
Indiana University and three years on the
faculty of the University of Reading, En-
gland, the institution where he earlier re-
ceived both his bachelor's degree and Ph.D.
Since his arrival at Field Museum he has
chaired search, publications, and science
advisory committees and has helped to re-
surrect the Field Museum seminar series.
His research activities focus on Cenozoic
plant evolution, morphology, and phy-
togeny. He has published his work as well as
presented it at international meetings and
university seminars. His work on angio-
sperm evolution represents some of the
most distinguished in that field.
Kennicott Club Meets
The June meeting of the Kennicott Club, a
natural history society named for Chicago's
first naturalist, Robert Kennicott, will be
held on Monday, June 3, beginning at 7:30
pm. The meeting place will be Sciences
Building 130, Department of Earth Sci-
ences, Northeastern Illinois University,
located at 5500 N. St. Louis Avenue, in Chi-
cago. The evening's speaker will be Prof
Charles Shabica, of Northeastern Illinois
University, whose topic will be "Richard-
son's Guide to the Fossil Fauna of Mazon
Creek: Status of the Shaggy Dog Story." The
June meeting will be preceded by 6 pm
dinner at the Mongolian House, 6345 N.
Western Ave. ^
Ornamented Coats
of
The Koryak
by James W. VanStone
Curator of North American Archaeology and Ethnology
O
NE OF THE LARGEST and most important na-
tive groups inhabiting northeastern Siberia are the
Koryak, who occupy the northern part of the Kamchat-
ka Peninsula, the Kamchatka Isthmus, and the adjacent
continental area (see map). In the nineteenth century
the Koryak were divided into nine territorial groups and
their subsistence activities included reindeer herding,
sea mammal hunting, land hunting, and fishing. The
various groups differed in their economic emphasis.
Those living in the interior were herders of reindeer and
knew nothing of sea hunting, while groups living on the
coast hunted sea mammals exclusively. In 1900 the total
population of the Koryak was 7,530.
Among all the Koryak, winter clothing was made
primarily of reindeer skins. Koryak women were among
y ^^
U.S.S.R
.Okhotsk
SEA OF
OKHOTSK
BERING SEA
the best skin sewers in the far north, being particularly
noted for their fine and elaborate needlework. The skins
of the adult reindeer were never used for clothing, only
those of fawns beginning with the newly bom and in-
cluding animals up to seven months old. The warmest
coats were made of the skins of fawns six or seven
months old which were killed late in the fall. These skins
consisted of fine, soft hair that was very thick but not
long. Clothing made of fawn skins was warm and light
in weight.
Among the finest examples of reindeer skin winter
clothing were the men's and women's traveling coats
which usually, but not always, had hoods. The man's
traveling coat was double, with one garment inside the
other and so adjusted that the two could be put on and
taken off together. The inner coat was worn with the hair
facing the body, while the hair of the outer coat faced
outward.
Russianized Koryak, wealthy reindeer breeders,
and those engaged in trade preferred outer coats made of
dark skins. The inner coat was usually constructed from
the skins of younger fawns, from one to three months
old, so that the double coat would not be so thick as to
hinder movement. The soft hair of young fawns was also
more comfortable to wear next to the skin.
All Koryak winter coats for both men and women
were carefully constructed and skillfully sewn, but
elaborate decoration occurred only on those garments
known as dancing coats, which were worn at cere-
monies honoring the spirits of whales killed by Koryak
hunters. The ethnographic collections of Field Museum
contain two such coats collected at the end of the nine-
teenth century among the Alyutortsy, one of the nine
Koryak subgroups.
The Alyutortsy Koryak occupied a large area of the
1. FM photo, N86147.
upper Kamchatka Isthmus and their economy was un-
usual in that it combined fishing and sea mammal hunt-
ing with reindeer breeding. With rare exceptions, all the
Alyutortsy hunted sea mammals, especially in spring
when seals and whales were plentiful among the drifting
ice floes. In summer during fish runs, those reindeer-
breeding Alyutortsy who lived in the interior migrated to
the mouths of rivers, where they lived with their seden-
tary relatives while preparing a supply of fish for winter
use. Hunting sea mammals was the principal occupation
of those Alyutortsy living in permanent settlements on
the Bering Sea coast.
The first of the two Alyutortsy Koryak dancing coats
(32009) in Field Museum's collections, the less elabo-
rately decorated of the two, is made of dark brown fawn
skin trinmied with sealskin and white deerskin (fig. I ) .
Sewing throughout is with sinew. The irmer coat with
the hair facing the body is constructed of a number of
large rectangular pieces of skin filled out with numerous
small pieces of irregular shape. Around the lower edge is
a wide rectangular band also filled out with smaller
pieces. At the cuffs and inside the hood this inner coat is
stitched to the outer garment to hold it in place. The skin
fragments which make up the inner hood are from an
adult reindeer.
The outer coat is made from pieces of very dark
brown fawn skin. The pattern of the front and back con-
sists primarily of large rectangular pieces which flare
toward the lower edge. These are joined along the sides
by narrower rectangular pieces. At either side in front
and on the back are narrow, vertical strips of fur mosaic
in brown and white deerskin, each small piece sepa-
rately cut and stitched together in a pattern of zig zags.
Each sleeve consists primarily of two rectangular
pieces of skin sewn together along both sides of the arm.
The cuffs are trimmed with narrow rectangular strips of
beaver fur. The sleeves are very full at the shoulders and
about the forearms so that the wearer can draw his or her
arms out for extra warmth. The wrists are narrow to pre-
vent access of cold air.
Below the hood opening is sewn a large flap made
of rectangular pieces of skin from reindeer legs. There
are white strips on the sides of this flap, and between the
brown sections are three separate vertical strips of fur
mosaic consisting of paired white pieces with alternating
brown and white squares between them. This flap,
which when raised served to protect the wearer's face
from cold winds, is edged with tanned, bleached seal-
skin. Decoration of the flap is a particular feature of
dancing coats. In funeral coats, which were made of
white fawn skin and nearly covered with decoration,
especially in front, this flap covered the face of the
deceased.
The hood consists of numerous separate pieces of
irregular shape. At the top there is a fur mosaic pattern of
10 large brown and white zigzags which does not show in
the photograph. The opening of the hood is edged with
tanned, bleached sealskin.
Around the lower edge of the garment is a broad
band of fur mosaic in brown and white, consisting of
squares, rectangles, diamonds, and triangles. As in the
other decoration, each small piece is separately cut and
stitched to the others. Below this broad band is an edging
of rectangular pieces of skin on which the hair is some-
what longer than on the rest of the garment.
The second dancing coat in the collection (32007)
(fig. 2) is also double, the inner coat being constructed
of scraps of fawn skin of various sizes. It is fastened to the
outer coat at frequent intervals with braided sinew. On
the inner surface of the hood and the insides of the
sleeves, the inner coat consists of pieces of adult
deerskin.
Construction of the outer coat, which is sewn with
sinew throughout, is similar to that of the previously de-
scribed garment, with broad rectangular pieces of dark
fawn skin on the front and back joined by narrower
pieces of the same shape at the sides. The sleeves, each
consisting essentially of two pieces, are edged with bea-
ver fur. They are full but do not narrow at the cuffs. The
hood consists of a number of small pieces of skin and a
separate piece around the opening. The square flap be-
low the hood is constructed of several pieces of reindeer
leg skin on the underside with narrow, rectangular strips
of brown fawn skin on the outer surface to form a sub-
dued decorative pattern. There is a border of reindeer leg
skin. In the photograph the flap is shown roughly in the
position it would have when covering the face.
An outstanding feature of this garment is the elabo-
rate decorative band around the lower edge (fig. 5). At
the top of this broad band are fur mosaic patterns featur-
ing brown and white diamonds, squares, and rectangles.
There are narrow strips of tanned, dark sealskin near the
upper and lower edges of the decorative band which fea-
ture designs made by a method called "slit embroidery"
A series of narrow slits were made in the dark sealskin,
and narrow pieces of bleached sealskin of the same
width as the slits were laid under them. A small loop of
this skin was pushed from underneath up through the
slits, where it was caught by a sinew thread which lay on
the surface of the skin. The thread was passed through
the loops which were then drawn tight (fig. 4). The tech-
nique of slit embroidery is such that the designs neces-
sarily consist of a long series of cormected rectangles.
Between the two strips of dark sealskin with slit
embroidery is a wide band of embroidered rectangles,
squares, and diamonds in red, blue, purple, and several
shades of brown cotton thread; some of the colors have
faded considerably. Along the lower edge of the decora-
tive band is a narrow strip of tanned, bleached sealskin
2. FM photo, N86150.
u
3. From W. Jochelson, The Koryak, pt. 2. pi. IV, tig. 1.
into which, by the slit embroidery technique, a con-
tinuous length of sinew has been inserted. Below that,
by the same technique, tassels of the hair of young seals
dyed red are doubled over and passed through the slits.
Finally, the lower edge of the garment is trimmed with
rectangular pieces of beaver fur.
A characteristic feature of the ornamentation on
these two garments, and, in fact, on all Koryak clothing,
is that the designs are arranged throughout in horizontal
or vertical bands. These decorative bands are made sepa-
rately from the rest of the garment and, as they are con-
structed, wound on reels. When a garment is worn out,
the decorative elements may be detached and saved to
use again on a newly made coat.
Most of our knowledge concerning Koryak cloth-
ing, and in fact all aspects of Koryak culture, is derived
from the work of Waldemar Jochelson, a Russian
*Jochelson, W. The Koryak. Memoirs of the American Museum of
Natural History, vol. 1 1. Publications of the Jesup North Pacific
12 Expedition, vol. 6. New York.
ethnographer who worked among these people in the
winter of 1900-01 as a member of the Jesup North Pacific
Expedition sponsored by the American Museum of Nat-
ural History in New York.* His collections are in that in-
stitution; there are also sizeable Koryak collections in
Soviet museums, particularly the Peter the Great Mu-
seum of Anthropology and Ethnography and the Muse-
um of the Peoples of the U.S.S.R., both in Leningrad.
In his monograph on the Koryak, Jochelson de-
scribed villages of the maritime peoples, especially their
summer villages, as being located primarily on rocky
shores rising to a considerable height above the sea.
While the men of a village were out hunting, the women
frequently went outside to sit on the roofs of the houses
and await the return of the hunters' boats. When the
women belonging to a certain house observed one of
their boats returning and towing a whale, they put on
their dancing coats and went down to the beach to meet
the whale. If there was an old man in the house who
stayed home and did not join the hunt, he also put on a
dancing costume, which sometimes included elaborate-
ly decorated reindeer skin boots.
The women and old men were joined by women
from other houses who also wore their festive coats. All
welcomed the whale while dancing around a fire that
was brought from the hearth and built up outside the
house (fig. 3). This dance was designed to show great
respect for the dead whale, which was believed to be
5. FM ptioto, N86152.
^^■-x
'^^^
ii
^
.j..rM ,..^mu ^..j-r iTm ff'§ §*w Jh^ V''m
It II i Mil I
"BS^-1
'."►A!!r*..'a;
'*f^-*
iP^B-^^^t^a*^-^'
'^J'h
,v« 1'
IHM
^*^H.;
ki'fi^'ijj''
^eUl^fiCUi^^i^iM^i''
i*.
::^.'
M'i
.V
./^
■\:
riioiuiij
-♦
- ««. ».rs?r='rrs^"'°"--^
LlllMltUnj'
lUJ
^^^XJCCEOUa
Mill 11 II
mmi
*^^*Mk«im«Mk»*. -
"*>!
W/^^^Tjmwi'j^Hf/.-^'-f"'^
.ajVuT-
14
visiting the village. If treated kindly, the animal would
repeat its visit the following year and persuade its rela-
tives to come along. According to Koryak belief, whales,
like all other animals, constitute a family of related indi-
viduals who are grateful for any kindness and respect
they receive.
The collections also contain a third decorated coat
( 32014) , which is identified in the catalog as a "woman's
dress" (fig. 6). It is made of white fawn skin, is not dou-
ble like the others, and lacks a hood. The front and back
consist of large, rectangular pieces of skin which flare
toward the lower edge. On each side there is a narrow
single piece which joins the front and back; there are
also occasional patches. The full sleeves consist of sever-
al narrow rectangular pieces sewn horizontally. The
cuffs and collar are separate pieces of dark brown fawn
skin and there is a short opening in front below the col-
lar which is edged with dark brown fawn skin along
one side.
Around the lower edge is a broad band of fur mosaic
in brown and white skin, utilizing small squares to form
a pattern of large diamonds. Along the upper and lower
edges of the band is a row of alternating brown and
white triangles. The diamond design has been empha-
sized by fastening small tufts of red yarn to the small
white squares with short lengths of sinew. Sewing
throughout this garment is with single-strand sinew.
Jochelson described funeral coats made of the skins
of white fawns that were worn by deceased individuals
when the body was prepared for cremation. However,
such garments are said to have had hoods and were
usually much more highly decorated than this coat. It is
clear that this garment was not made for everyday wear
and although its specific use cannot be determined with
certainty, its decorative band is a fine example of the fur
mosaic technique.
The interesting methods of artificially processing
skin that have been described here, particularly the tech-
nique of slit embroidery, which is peculiar to the Koryak,
are now almost forgotten. Museums and institutes in the
Soviet Union interested in preserving native craft tech-
niques are developing programs through which tradi-
tional sewing techniques can be taught to a younger
generation of native craftswomen so that the skills of
their ancestors will not be forgotten. A recently pub-
lished manual for teachers in the Soviet Far East de-
scribes and illustrates a variety of traditional sewing
techniques that can be taught in the local schools, some-
times by the teachers but more often by older native
skin sewers, and will, hopefully, ensure the survival of
one of the most intricate skin-working traditions in
the world. FH
6. FM photo, N86149.
you CAN LEAVE
EVERYTHING
TO YOUR SPOUSE,
TAX-FREE, BUT
SHOULD YOU?
Under new estate tax laws, you can leave all
your property to your spouse with no estate
tax liability. But, that's true only at the death
of the first spouse. NX^at about taxes at the
death of the survivins spouse?
To reduce these taxes, the first spouse
misht want to leave a portion of his or her
estate in trust to a final beneficiary, such as
Field Museum, one of the world's sreat
museums.
What's more, the income of that trust
can so to the survivins spouse for life. Your
spouse still sets the benefit of your total
estate. Then, at death, the principal of that
trust passes tax-free, outside his or her
estate, to the Museum, perpetuatins your
family name.
For more information about plannins
and writins an effective will, send for the
free booklet, usins the coupon below.
-CUP AND MAIL TOD/»y-
TO: Clifford Buzard
Planned GIvlns Officer
Field Museum of Natural History
Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60605
I I Please send me my free copy of 'How To Make a Will That
Works."
NAME
(Please print)
AnnRF?;<;
riTY
STATF
ZIP
PHONE: B"s^(
)
Res;(
)
BEST TIME TO CALL: (Day Of W^ek);
.(Hour):
Volunteers Honored
F
ield Museum honored its 1984 volunteers with a
special reception on February 14 in Stanley Field Hall.
Together with their guests, volunteers had a chance to
visit with staff members in a festive, relaxed atmosphere
(brightened with balloons) away from the libraries, lab-
oratories, and classrooms where they customarily per-
form their volunteer work.
In a brief ceremony, Willard L. Boyd, president,
welcomed the volunteers and expressed the Museum's
gratitude for their contributions during the preceding
year. James J. O'Connor, chairman of the Board, spoke
of the group's dedication. Of the current 282 volunteers,
70 percent have been volunteering for over one year, 54
percent for over 3 years, and 9 percent have been active
volunteers for over 10 years. During 1984 the volunteer
contribution of 36,579 hours was the equivalent of 22.6
additional full-time staff members.
The special honoree of the evening was Marie
Louise Rosenthal, who has given 15 years of volunteer
service to the Museum. William Fawcett, head librarian,
who has been her supervisor during that time, spoke
about Marie's many contributions as a Library volun-
teer. Mrs. Rosenthal has primarily worked with the con-
servation of bindings, an extremely important function
in the library. Box-making for fragile items was another
specialized job she has undertaken. Mrs. Rosenthal has
also served the Museum in another volunteer role, as a
member of the Women's Board.
Lorin I. Nevling, Jr, director, also expressed his
thanks to the 1984 volunteers, and presented those four
volunteers who had contributed over 500 hours in ser-
vice to the Museum, with gifts of appreciation.
Joyce Matuszewich, volunteer coordinator, thank-
ed both volunteers and staff for their cooperation during
the year. "Although years of service and numbers of
hours given are measurable indications of the value of
volunteers to the Museum," said Mrs. Matuszewich,
"the unmeasurables, like the pride volunteers take in
their jobs and the satisfaction staff members take in the
important work accomplished by volunteers — these re-
flect the true value of a volunteer program."
Volunteers work throughout the Museum — in sci-
entific and administrative areas as well as in the public
areas such as the Education Department and Mem-
bership. Volunteers catalog, label, prepare specimens,
prepare charts, maps, and scientific illustrations, do
research, edit, type, and file. They also conduct school
tours, give programs to the public, and assist on special
events.
16
Volunteers Who Have Served
500 Hours Or More
Sophie Ann Brunner, Reptiles: skeleton preparation, orga-
nization, and maintenance.
Margaret Martling, Botany: worked with reprint collections,
helped select negatives for type photograph program, up-
dated nomenclatural indices, helped process plant col-
lections from Latin America.
David Matusik, Insects: preparation of butterflies and moths
from backlogged material to condition suitable for research.
Llois Stein, Anthropology: researched and cataloged Oceanic,
Malaysian, and African collections, assisted in Pacific
storeroom reorganization, assisted with cataloging the
gamelan collection.
Volunteers Who Have Served
400 Hours Or More
501 Century, Anthropology: cataloging, general projects in
Asian Division.
Patricia Dodson, Anthropology: manuscript editing and
proofing, correspondence, and research.
Ingrid Fauci, Reptiles: translated French into English for staff
and a translation project organized by one of the pro-
fessional herpetological societies.
Connie Koch, Development and Public Relations: com-
puterized funding searches and development of funding
source files for Grants office; updating mailing lists, organiz-
ing clipping files, special mailings for Public Relations.
Dorothy Oliver, Library: filed new book cards; retrieved
books for visitors and assisted in Reading Room; special
projects.
Volunteers Who Have Served
300 Hours Or More
Jackie Arnold, Education: weekend clerical assistance. Place
for Wonder; assisted in special events and children's work-
shops.
Dennis Bara, Membership: weekend Membership represen-
tative.
Warren Batkiewicz, Insects: intern, prepared drawings of
research material for use in scientific publications.
Trace Clark-Petravick, Anthropology: textile conservation,
worked with pre-Columbian textiles.
Jeannette DeLaney, Anthropology: textile conservation,
worked with pre-Columbian textiles.
300 Hours (continued)
Joseph Levin, Geology: finished cataloging John Clark Col-
lection of Oligocene mammals, assisted in curating col-
lection of Pleistocene mammals.
Carolyn Moore, Anthropology: researched special projects in
Asian Division.
Forman Onderdonk, Education: conducted tours in the
animal and Indian halls. Pawnee Earth Lodge and Place for
Wonder; assisted with children's workshops and special
events.
Gary Ossewaarde, Education: researched and conducted
weekend tours on Egypt and China; assisted on special
events and workshops.
Jean Seller, Geology: Research in variation of dental charac-
teristics of neotropical primates, photography, measure-
ments of teeth and jaws, statistical analysis of data.
Harold Waterman, Education and Reptiles: Maintained
reprint card catalog and performed other library duties,
compiled information from catalog data in response to in-
quiries in Reptiles; greeted school groups, gave "Museum
Favorite" programs to groups in Education.
David Weiss, Anthropology: Administrative assistant in Asian
Division.
Laury Zicari, Exhibition: fabrication and installation of ex-
hibits.
1984 Volunteers Bulletin
Anthropology
Dodie Baumgarten
Charles Braner
James E. Burd
Louva Calhoun
Sol Century
TYace Clark-Petravick
Connie Crane
Jeannette DeLaney
Patricia Dodson
Nancy Fagin
Peter Gayford
Tamara Kaplan
Withrow Meeker
Lauren Michals
Carolyn Moore
George Morse
Louise Neuert
Ernest Newton
Herta Newton
Susan Parker
Christine Pavel
Dorothea Phipps-Cruz
Philip Pinsof
Lolita Rogers
William Rom
Susan Saric
Sara Scherberg
Abraham Simon
Llois Stein
Cathy Tlapa
Robbie Webber
David Weiss
Botany
Virginia Beatty
Jeyson Daniel
Diane Dillon
Elisabeth Farwell
Jane Fulkerson
Mary Lou Grein
Nancy Harlan
Patricia Klick
Margaret Martling
Naomi Pruchnik
Elizabeth Rada
Carol Schneider
Daniel Snydacker
Susan Stolze
Lorraine Thauland
Lillian Vanek
Sarah Wilkinson
Building Operations
Helen Ruch
Hermann Bowersox
Development
William Briggs
Maria Fox
Ann Gerber
Connie Koch
Lou Levine
James Rakowsky
Education
Paul Adler
Dolores Arbanas
Jacqueline Arnold
Margaret Axelrod
Beverly Baker
Jean Baldwin-Herbert
Lucia Barba
Gwen Bamett
Winifred Batson
Stuart Becher
Elaine Bernstein
Carol Briscoe
Carolyn Bma
Karen Bryze
Teddy Buddington
Mary Ann Bulanda
Nancy Burke
John Burnett
Joseph Cablk
Kathy Cagney
Deborah Carey
Linda Celesia
Marilee Cole
Eleanor DeKoven
Carol Deutsch
Violet Diacou
Marianne Diekman
Millicent Drower
John Dunn
Ruth Egebrecht
Anne Ekman
Agatha Elmes
Bormie Engel
Jean Ettner
Martha Farwell
Ruth Fouche
Gerda Frank
Shirley Fuller
Miriam Futransky
Bemice Gardner
Suzanne Garvin
Patricia Georgouses
Phyllis Ginardi
Delores Glasbrenner
Halina Goldsmith
Miriam Goldsmith
Helen Gomstein
Evelyn Gottlieb
Ann Grimes
Karen Grupp
Sylvia Haag
Michael Hall
Patricia Hansen
Mattie Harris
Shirley Hattis
Audrey Hiller
Clarissa Hinton
Zelda Honor
Scott Houtteman
Ellen Hyndman
Delores Irvin
Connie Jacobs
Malcolm Jones
Carol Kacin
Elizabeth Kaplan
Mansura Karim
Barbara Keune
Dennis Kinzig
Alida Klaud
Glenda Kowalski
Anita Landess
Carol Landow
Shun Lee
James Lowers
Mary Jo Lucas
Gabby Margo
Clifford Massoth
Britta Mather
Marita Maxey
Melba Mayo
Faye McCray
Louise McEachran
Carole McMahon
Ixtaccihuatl Menchaca
Beverly Meyer
Barbara Milott
Daniel Monteith
Charlotte Morton
Charlita Nachtrab
Mary Naunton
John B. Nelson
Mary S. Nelson
Natalie Newberger
Elaine Olfson
Forman Onderdonk
Joan Opila
Marianne
O'Shaughnessy
Gary Ossewaarde
Anita Padnos
Frank Paulo
Mary Anne Peruchini
Jacquelyn Prine
Jean Pritzger
Pamela Rahmann
James Rakowsky
Ann Ratajczyk
Marie Rathslag
Emest Reed
Henry Rich
Lucille Rich
Elly Ripp
Rhonda Rochambeau
Barbara Roob
Beverly Rosen
Sarah Rosenbloom
Anne Ross
Lenore Ruehr
Janet Russell
Gladys Ruzi'ch
Vivian Sadow
Linda Sandberg
Marian Saska
Everett Schellpfeffer
Marianne Schenker
Florence Seiko
Ttoyes Shaw
Jessie Sherrod
Judith Sherry
Linda Skorodin
Irene Spensley
Mary Alice Sutton
Beatrice Swartchild
Jane Thain
Alice TXilley
Janet Ujvari
Karen Umezis
Barbara Vear
Charles Vischulis
Harold Waterman
Mary Wenzel
Cynthia Whalen
James Wilber
Char Wiss
Zinette Yacker
Ben Zajac
Exhibition
Audrey Bums
Susan Walker-Waber
Laury Zicari
Fieldiana
Donald Gemmel
Geology
Catherine Becker
Hermann Bowersox
Irene Broede
Marie Cuevas
Margaret DeJong
Linda Egebrecht
Dolores Fetes
Marie Fischl
Melanie Goldstine
Cecily Gregory
Catherine Handelsman
Calvin Harris
Clarissa Hinton
Harold Honor
Ellen Hyndman
Doy Howland
Joyce Kieffer
Patricia Klick
Susan Knoll
Tom Ladshaw
Joseph Levin
Doris Nitecki
China Oughton
Ann Rubeck
Susan Saric
Jean Seller
Joan Skager
Patricia Thomas
Gerda Watson
Arm West
Library
Michael Chaneske
Arden Frederick
Claxton Howard
Ruth Howard
Mabel S. Johnson
Dorothy Oliver
Marie Louise Rosenthal
James Skorcz
Membership
Dennis Bara
Harold Honor
Sylvia Rabinkoff
Irnia Wetherton
Photography
Reeva Wolfson
Public Relations
Lisa Camillo
Ollie Hartsfield
Marianne Hermann
Harold Honor
Connie Koch
Frank Leslie
Nicholas Selch
Tamara Spero
Publications
Loretta Green
Tours
William Roder
Zoology
Neal Abarbanell
Paul Adler
Warren Batkiewicz
Lawrence Berman
Sophie Ann Brunner
Barbara Clauson
Stanley Dvorak
Ingrid Fauci
Richard Frank
Andrea Gaski
Bea Goo
Henry Greenwald
Dorothy Karall
Julian Kerbis
Joseph P. Levin
Barbara Latondress
Lucy Lyon
Selwyn Mather
David Matusik
Rosanne Miezio
Richard Moser
Lorain Olsen
Charies Plasil
Martin Pryzdia
Sheila Reynolds
Stephen Robinet
Diana Rudaitis
Kregg Sal vino
David Walker
Maxine Walter
Harold Waterman
Mary Wenzel
Roy Yanong
17
The C omet C ometh
by Edward J. Olsen
Curator of Mineralogy
Sixteenth-century woodcut depicting the anival ol the comet of 1596.
T
18
he Chinese called them "broom stars."
Europeans called them "hairy stars." At the appearance
of one, people's hearts were often filled with fear and
foreboding. To King Harold of Britain the 1066
appearance of Halley's Comet was a bad sign, and he
was right — William of Normandy soon arrived to
conquer him. Napoleon regarded the great comet of
1 8 1 1 as a good sign — and he was wrong! During the next
winter his troops met bitter defeat in Russia. For
whenever a comet appears it cannot be ignored. It is
such a weird object that humankind must make a big
deal of it — one way or another.
Comets will never be commonplace in human
experience even though they are very commonplace in
the antics of our solar system. Even experienced
astronomers find comets of great interest, for in them are
to be found implications about the birth of the solar
system, the origin of life, and possibly the occasional
catastrophic destruction of much life on our planet.
By late November of this year, Halley's Comet will
return to the vicinity of the earth from the far reaches of
space, just beyond the orbit of planet Neptune. It will be
the second time it has appeared this century; the last
time was in 1910. In the twenty-first century it will
appear only once — in 2061.
The 1910 appearance was spectacular, but the
1985-86 appearance is going to be one of the worst for
viewing by eye in a thousand years. As you can see from
the table (p.OO) the best time to see Halley's Comet with
the naked eye will be only from the middle of this
coming December to early January. From then until
early March (1986) it will appear so close to the bright
sun that it will be blotted out. Then again from early
March until early May, naked-eye viewing will be
possible if you are far out in the country, away from all
lights, and the moon isn't up.
The reason for the poor showing this time is the
earth's position in its orbit around the sun, relative to
Halley's orbit. The comet this time crosses the earth's
orbit on the opposite side of the sun. In 1910 Halley
ren't even sure whether comets were out in space or
within the earth's atmosphere. The Greek philosopher
Aristotle, for example, was convinced they were atmo-
spheric aberrations. Halley had a friend at Cambridge
University named Isaac Newton, who had recently cre-
ated a mathematical method for describing the motions
of objects in space, gravitationally attracted to one
another. To do this Newton had to invent a new form of
mathematics, which he called fluxions, but we today call
the calculus. (This calculus was also invented at exactly
HALLEY'S COMET VIEWING CONDITIONS
Time Viewing
1985, Jan-Oct. 15 Telescope only
1985, Oct. 15-31 Very strong binoculars (7x50 or better)
1985, Oct. 31-Dec. 15 Standard binoculars (7x35, 8x30, etc.)
1985/1986, Dec. 15-Jan. 15 Eye (away from city lights)
1986, Jan. 15-Feb. 28 Too close to sun — can't be seen
1986, Mar 1-May 1 Eye (away from city lights)
1986, May 1-31 Standard binoculars
1986, June 1-July 1 Very strong binoculars
July 1, 1986 — 1988 Telescope only — gradually fading
crossed the earth's orbit close to the position of the earth
at the time. Also in 1985-86, because of the
winter/early-spring passage of the comet the best
viewing (however poor) will be in the Southern
Hemisphere — South Africa, South America, Australia,
and the South Pacific. In spite of all the problems for
good viewing, 1 985-86 is going to make comet watchers
out of a lot of people — as this comet has done 28 times
over the past 2,227 years since the first recording of its
passage by the Chinese in 240 B.C.!
Usually a comet is named after the first person to
spot it. So there are comets with names like Bennett,
Kahoutek, Morehouse, Enke, Biela and DeCheseaux.
When more than one person reports a new comet at the
same time it gets a hyphenated, and sometimes sort of
funny-sounding name: Comet Mitchell-Jones-Gerber,
Comet Ikeya-Seki, and Comet Schwassmann-Wach-
mann, for example. Comet Halley (incidentally Halley
rhymes with "valley," not with "daily," as you'll often
hear) got its name a different way. Were it named for its
finder it would have a Chinese name.
Edmond Halley (1656-1742) was an English as-
tronomer and mathematician. For part of his life he was
a professor at Oxford University and Royal Astronomer.
In 1 682 a comet appeared in the sky and he became fas-
cinated with it. At the time there was a huge ignorance
about comets. In ancient times some learned men we-
the same time by the great German mathematician Leib-
nitz, and there was, for some years, bad feeling between
Newton and Leibnitz over who did it first — but back to
our story.) Newton's methods were ideal for analyzing
the (then) puzzling orbits of comets. These were times
long before any kind of calculating machine, and all
these tedious calculations had to be done by hand. Hal-
ley undertook to learn Newton's methods and compute
the orbits of three comets that had been measured tele-
scopicallyin 1531, 1607, and 1682 — when he had sight-
ed the comet himself. He concluded that the orbits of
these three comets were almost identical and, further,
that they were all really the same comet returning pe-
riodically every 76 years from deep interplanetary space
to make a swing around the sun. He wasn't the first to
suggest that some comets were periodic (Robert Hooke,
the British physicist, had already guessed that), but he
was the first to prove the idea with calculations. He pre-
dicted that the same comet would return late in 1758.
Unhappily, he didn't live to see the event, but almost on
schedule — in March of 1759 — it arrived and swung
around the sun. This comet has been called Halley's
Comet ever since.
The fact that Halley didn't precisely calculate the
passage time became a new puzzling feature. In fact,
modem (computer-driven) analysis of this comet's pas-
sages projected backwards over 30 centuries reveals that
19
20
English astronomer-mathematician Edmond Halley (1656-1742) was
the first to provide a mathematical basis for the periodic return of
comets. Courtesy the Bettman Archive.
the period varies from 68 to 79 years, and its orbital
plane fluctuates a shade under 2°. These variations are
due in part to the presence of the giant planets, Jupiter,
Saturn, Uranus, and Neptune, which, if the comet passes
near enough, can gravitationally tug it out of its old orbit
causing it either to retard or speed up. With these small
uncertainties, one might ask, how can we be so sure it's
going to arrive on schedule this time? The answer is, it's
been spotted already. On October 16, 1982 astronomers
David Jewitt and G.E. Danielson of the California Insti-
tute of Technology recorded its approach on a large tele-
scope camera. It's on its way!
Comets have always been a source of deep supersti-
tion in the western world (not, however, in China).
They've been regarded variously as good luck, bad luck,
foretelling periods of rotten weather or personal illnes-
ses, or as a portent of death for some person of royalty:
"When beggars die, there are no comets seen.
The heavens themselves blaze forth
the death of princes."
— W. Shakespeare, from Julius Caesar
When one is used to looking at a sky that parades
past a familiar family of objects — sun, moon, a variety of
stars and planets, and the occasional "shooting star"
{i.e., incoming meteorite) — the sudden appearance of a
starlike object with an elongated tail that, for some un-
usual comets, spans over 100° of arc, can make you jit-
tery if you're superstitious, ignorant, or both.
For a fact, the earth can be smacked by a comet
traveling in a collision orbit, and the effect can be devas-
tating depending on the size of the comet and where on
earth it hits. In 1908, for example, a very small comet
impacted the earth in, fortunately, a remote region of
Siberia near the Tlinguska River. Trees were flattened
over an area 40 miles across! It had an energy equivalent
to 10 million tons of TNT! In a populated region it would
have been the worst natural disaster in history. For Com-
et Halley, however, we have no fear it will hit earth. Its
orbit doesn't intersect the earth's orbit. At worst, it can
only be a near miss!
In 1910 Halley's Comet caused a fearful uproar
when it was predicted (correctly) that the earth would
pass within 5 million miles of its head and would be
bathed partially in its tail. Some people prepared for the
end of the world. Others sealed themselves into rooms
and stuffed door sills and keyholes with rags to keep out
the noxious gases they expected would fill the air. In-
deed, one chemical that does come off comets is highly
toxic cyanogen gas. However, our thick layer of atmo-
sphere is more than enough to keep such gases from
penetrating to the surface of the earth. Besides, the great
bulk of the gas in comet tails is plain water.
The 1910 passage of the comet (known officially as
P/Halley — the P is for periodic — not all comets are) added
some new facts to our knowledge about these strange
objects. In 1910 P/Halley passed directly across the face
of the sun from earth's point of view. Despite intense
study, there was no black dot to be seen against the sun's
disk. Conclusion: it isn't very big at all! Current esti-
mates make Halley out to be only about 5.5 miles across.
Its gaseous outpourings make it appear larger than it is.
Also, earth's passage through part of the tail produced
no observable or measurable result. As already sus-
pected, the tail is very tenuous.
To get some idea of what these things are made of
and how they got to be the way they are, a lot of different
comets had to have been studied.
First off, it is known that comets begin to glow only
when they approach to within about 500 million miles
of the sun (over five times farther than the earth's dis-
tance from the sun). The glow consists of gases — mainly
water — that the sun's energy vaporizes off them. The
.^^ORBiT oftAf Comet n-/iuA ^
SOLAL S Y S^T E M /C-/«v, /Af onA/Ow
yet t/f/»rm^nei/ ant/Jr.in •» nt/u/Z^MaM. .
Early diagram of the orbit
ofHaliey's Comet, based
on l-ialley's calculations.
Courtesy the Bettman
Archive.
m^^
■7'^P
ISTIMIRRNI
Drawing based on sec-
tion of the 11th-.century
Bayeux Tapestry, show-
ing Halley's Comet on the
eve of the Battle of Has-
tings (1066). The "cap-
tion " at the top may be
loosely rendered, "The
men marvel at the star "
Courtesy the Bettman
Archive.
21
ultraviolet part of the sun's light is able to break up some
of the gaseous molecules and the complex processes of
recombinations of molecules causes light to be given off.
Although some people have reported comets with differ-
ent colors of light — red, blue, green — this appears to be
due more to their imaginations or to effects from our
own atmosphere. The light is white.
The brightness of comets varies considerably. The
solar wind) push the gases backward and the tail de-
velops. When the comet swings around the sun the tail,
of course, always points away from the sun, the direc-
tion the solar wind is pushing it. So when the comet is
heading back out into space, going away from the sun, it
does so tail first. The Chinese astronomers realized this a
couple of thousand years ago; Europeans didn't figure it
out until the sixteenth century.
Sixteenth-
century en-
graving of
astronomer
Peter
Opianus
observing
comet of
1532. Cour-
tesy tt)e Bett-
man Arcliive.
22
great majority are very faint and can be seen only with
good telescopes. In fact, comets pass the earth every year,
observed only by astronomers and not by the public.
Comet P/Enke, for example, returns every 3.5 years!
Many small comets go unnoticed by anyone, even astro-
nomers. A couple have been accidentally discovered
passing close to the sun during solar eclipses when the
sky, next to the sun, is dark for a few minutes. Without
the eclipses they would never have been seen. On the
other hand, a few rare ones are so bright they can be seen
in the daytime! Comet DeCheseaux, which has been
seen only once — in 1 744, was like that. Several comets
have been observed to vary rapidly in brightness over
short periods of time — long tails forming, fading, and
spurting out again.
As the gases vaporize, a glowing envelope of light,
known as the coma develops around a comet. Getting
closer to the sun, the effect of the blast of radiation and
atomic particles that stream from the sun's surface (the
A lot of effort has been expended, using a variety of
optical devices, to study the make-up of the coma and
tail — all we can see of a comet when it gets into the
vicinity of the earth. Besides gases, dust grains stream off
all comets and, because of the complex nature of the
sun's radiation, some comets have two tails, a straight
one made mostly of dust grains and a separate, curved
one made mostly of gas molecules. A few odd comets
have four, six, or twelve tails radiating off like feathers.
No one has a good explanation for the extra tails.
Many comets have elongated orbits that take them
out to the edge of the solar system over long periods of
time. Halley is one of these. Others have orbits that are
nearly circular and travel at about the same distance
away from the sun all the time, continually glowing.
About half of all known comets have motions about the
sun revolving in the same direction as the planets. The
other half travel in the opposite direction — called retro-
grade (Halley again). A few have orbits that indicate they
will make only one swing around the sun and then be
flung out into interstellar space — out of the solar system,
never to return. There are those that have orbits lying in
the plane of the orbits of the planets (called the ecliptic
plane). Others have orbits inclined to that plane, like
Halley at 1 8° inclination. This means that when Halley is
at its farthest point from the sun it is almost a billion
miles out of the plane of the ecliptic.
emerged that seems to fit the facts. It is the result of dec-
ades of comet studies by American astronomer Fred
Whipple. It's called "the dirty snowball" hypothesis.
Think of a day after a light snowfall. The neighbor-
hood kids get out in a gravel and dirt playground to
romp around. The snow is only a few inches deep. Sud-
denly one of them scoops up some snow, packs it into a
snowball and flings it at you. Smack! Wow, that hurts!
French carica-
turist Honore
Daumier
(1808-79) has
a spectator
lamenting,
"Oh, carv-
els! . . . they're
always a bad
omen. No
wonder that
Madame
Galuchet just
took up and
died last
night! "
J^
Certainly the most fascinating feature of comets is
the reaction of some of them as they pass close to large
bodies and suffer gravitational stresses. Halley appears to
be pretty firm stuff and doesn't show any serious effects.
Others, however, appear to come "unglued." Comet
Ikeya-Seki appeared to break into two pieces as it passed
the sun on October 2 1 , 1965. In 1846 Comet P/Biela was
reported to have broken in two, one part fading rapidly
in brightness. Comet Morehouse broke in two on Octo-
ber 15, 1908 but the pieces stayed close together in
space. Comet Brooks was observed to break apart as it
passed between the planet Jupiter and one of Jupiter's
many moons, Amalthea, in 1889. Apparently the gravi-
tational pull of Amalthea on one side and giant Jupiter
on the other was too much for it. The strength of the
solid material of the comet wasn't enough to hold it
together.
Putting all observations together, a picture has
Sure, the snowball is only part snow. The rest is gravel
and dirt he scooped up with it. Well, according to Whip-
ple, that's what a comet is.
It's ice laced through with bits of rock, maybe even a
huge hunk of rock in the middle, and lots of dust. The ice
has frozen within it other "ices" — that is, other gases
frozen by the intense cold of deep space. The "snowball"
may be a few hundred feet to many miles across. In this
game giant snowballs are easy to make. You make them
the same way you make planets like the earth.
Most people would expect an ice ball to melt com-
pletely in passing the sun. A small enough one would, of
course. Large ones, like Halley, lose over six or seven feet
in their diameters each time they make a trip into the
center of the solar system and around the sun. They get
smaller and smaller and eventually disappear, except for
any large masses of rock that were held in the ice. Some
comets, in fact, give off little gas, glow feebly, and have
23
Halley's Comet seen in 1910 from Yerkes Observatory. Williams Bay. Wisconsin. Photo by F. E. Barnard. Courtesy the Bettman Arctiive.
24
only a faint coma and no tail. These have lost almost all
their ices and gaseous matter and are reduced to rocky
masses. A few of the rocky asteroids (minor planets that
orbit the sun) give off no light at all have comet like
orbits; they are suspected of being comets that long ago
lost all their ices and gases.
As comets melt, they release bits of rock and lots of
dust. The dust and small rocks lag a little behind, form-
ing a trail in the wake of the comet. Long after the comet
is out of sight, the trail is still drifting along the orbital
route. If the earth should pass through such a trail the
bits of dust and rock are pulled by earth's gravity into the
upper atmosphere where they bum up. These are called
meteor showers. A number of annual meteor showers
coincide with the orbits of known comets. Other annual
meteor showers cannot be associated with any currently
known comets and are suspected of being all that's left of
periodic comets that wasted away long before the begin-
ning of recorded history.
A lot of our scientific "knowledge" about comets is
obviously only educated hypothesis and speculation.
Halley arrives for the first time in the Space Age that has
given us a taste of space exploration: manned lunar
landings, unmanned landings on Mars and Venus,
probes past Mercury, Jupiter, and Saturn. Clearly, means
now exist to make close-up measurements of this
famous comet.
The most ambitious plan (which failed to be carried
out) was that of the United States. A new type of space
engine was to be developed, called the ion drive.
Because of Halley's retrograde orbit it is difficult to get
into synchrony with it. Any rocket launched from earth
has, necessarily, as a large part of its initial motion the
velocity of the earth in its orbit. This motion is, of course,
opposite that of this retrograde comet. The ion drive
vehicle was a nifty scheme. The vehicle would be launch-
ed in the normal fashion and head out toward the direc-
tion of approach of the comet. The ion drive would
steadily retard the vehicle, slowly stopping it, then
accelerating it back in the direction from which it came
— that is, in a retrograde path. With everything timed
properly, as Halley came along, the vehicle would be put
into a nearby orbit with it, adjusting the velocity so it
would "park" near the comet. Observations, measure-
ments, probes, samplings of gases and solids would all be
made at low relative velocity. Superb detailed measure-
ments could have been made. The plan was scrapped,
however, because of budget cuts to the space agency
(NASA) early in Mr. Reagan's first administration.
As it now stands, the U.S., once a leader in space,
will have no major close-up study of this comet. Most of
the significant studies will be made by ESA (the Euro-
pean Space Agency), Japan, and (of course) the USSR.
The Russians will, in fact, have the first close en-
counter with Halley. They have two probes, Vega 1 and
Vega 2. Vega I will pass about 6,000 miles away from the
head ofthe comet on March 6, 1986. Ve^fliwillpassbyit
three days later at about the same distance. These probes
are designed to take TV pictures and measure dust, gas,
and heat from the comet.
The ESA probe has been named Giotto, after the Ital-
ian painter, Giotto di Bondone (12767-1337), who de-
picted Halley's Comet as the Star of Bethlehem in one of
his frescoes, the Adoration ofthe Magi, in Padua. He had
seen this comet when it appeared in 1 301 . The Giotto
probe is very ambitious. A total often groups of meas-
urements will be made on the chemical and physical
make-up of the comet, including, of course, color im-
ages of it with, it is hoped, resolution of about 30 feet.
The experiments are being put together by laboratories
in Germany, France, England, and Switzerland. Giotto is
to be launched in July of 1985 and encounter the comet
at close range in a four-hour period late on March 1 3 to
early March 14, 1986. Because the comet and Giotto will
be passing each other in opposite directions, the total
encounter velocity will be about 152,000 miles per
hour! Measurements will have to be made very fast.
The aim of Giotto is to go through the tail and the
coma, passing to within 600 miles ofthe solid body of it
(the nucleus). Such a close pass creates big concern for
the whole mission. Dust grains and bits of rock can hit
the Giotto probe faster than rifle bullets and cause
mechanical damage or rotate the vehicle, turning its data
transmission antennae away from the earth (it will
take 8 minutes for a bit of message sent from the probe to
reach earth stations) . If all goes reasonably well even this
fast grab at measuring Halley's properties should in-
crease our real knowledge about this comet, and of com-
ets in general.
The Japanese probes. Planet A and MST-5, will
make initial measurements at great distances from the
comet from late January to mid-February, 1986. Then
on March 8, Planet A will pass closer, about 125,000
miles from the head ofthe comet.
In order to get into the act, at least a little, the U.S.
will aim a Pioneer vehicle, orbiting Venus, to snatch a few
measurements on Halley as it passes by. In addition, a
number of U.S. space scientists are involved with some
of the experiments on the Giotto probe, and (sur-
prisingly) a package of instrumentation from the Uni-
versity of Chicago will be carried aboard the Soviet mis-
sions.
The 1956 book Wonders of the Heavens, by Kenneth Heuer, offered
this artist's (/Vlatthew Kalmenoff) conception of IHalley's Comet as
viewed 30 years hence, in 1986. Courtesy Dodd, t^ead, & Company.
With even moderate success a lot will be learned
this time. For those who are poets at heart, cool scientific
measurements may threaten to diminish some of the
mystery and romance of this comet. That, for certain,
will not happen. We have only to remember that our first
close-up views of objects seen previously as distant
patches of light have increased the mystery and wonder
of them: the unexpected huge dry watercourses that
ramble across the now waterless planet Mars; the inex-
plicable braided twists in the rings around Saturn; the
lack of any similarity among the once-thought-similar
moons of Saturn and Jupiter; the sodium-spouting vol-
canoes on Jupiter's moon, lo. Each closer view answers
ancient questions and piles up new ones. It's all part of a
master plan to protect human scientists from com-
placency and smugness. The mystery goes on, and that,
surely, is the joy of it.
25
African Art, Paleoanthropology, and Fellowship: Themes of Two Founders' Council Affairs
On March 8, prior to the public opening of the Art of Cameroon
exhibit. Founders' Council members and their guests were treated
to a special evening of fun, friendship, and education. Following a
beautiful reception in the Founders' Room, Guest Curator Tamara
Northern provided a brief introduction to the Cameroon exhibit.
The group then toured the Cameroon hall, with Dr. Northern fur-
nishing fascinating commentary on the history of this magnificent
assemblage of African art.
World renowned paleoanthropologist Dr. Donald Johanson
delivered a compelling lecture to a standing-room crowd in Field
Museum's Simpson Theatre on March 23. Following his presenta-
tion. Dr. Johanson, who discovered the 3.5-million-year-old hu-
man fossil "Lucy," joined Founders' Council members and other
Museum contributors for a reception in the Founders' Room. The
enjoyable Saturday afternoon function was highlighted by Dr.
Johanson's inspiring remarks about his high regard for Field
Museum, and the invaluable support the Founders' Council pro-
vides toward strengthening the Museum.
Tours For Members
China and Tibet
August 10-September I
$5,975 (double occupancy)
Field Museum's journey through the Orient pro-
vides an evocative contrast of cultures. From the
bustling streets of Hong Kong, where we find a
mine of curios in its well-stocked shops, we
travel into the serene beauty of traditional Chi-
na, to Kunming. This mountain city rests on the
shores of Lake Dianchi, which ten centuries of
poets have likened to a pearl. The palace of San
Qing has 1,333 steps climbing up to the Dragon
Gate and on, to the splendid stone chamber
called "Leading to Heaven." A day trip takes us
to the Forest of Stone, 64,000 acres of up-thrust
limestone pinnacles, where we may visit one of
China's minority peoples, the Lu Nan Yi.
Lhasa, the snow-shrouded capital of Tibet
inspires awe in the visitor. Here, we see modern
factories and communes contrasting sharply
with the mystic retreats of monks. The Dalai
Lama's palace, one of the architectural wonders
of the world, is thirteen stories high, with 999
rooms, 10,000 chapels, and 200,000 golden im-
ages. An excursion by coach reveals a wild,
steep, and rugged country of breathtaking beau-
ty. Along the Tsampo river, past glaciers and
■waterfalls, we travel through colorful villages,
viewing the native crafts and precarious lifestyle
of the Tibetan people. At last we find the glo-
rious city of Shigatse, home of ancient art and
history. Inside theTVashilunpo Monastery is the
Goddess Palace, the colossal gold-plated Mait-
reya Buddha, and the throne of the Panchen
Lama, all worked in silk brocade.
One of the trip's many highlights is a visit to
Xian, where the vast life-size terra cotta army
was discovered in 1974. We also see Ban Po vil-
lage where the Neolithic site of Yan Shao (6,000
B.C.) was discovered. Beijing (Peking) offers us
the Forbidden City with its dynastic treasures on
display. The Gate of Heavenly Peace rests on the
square of monuments to the People's Heroes,
and no one would want to miss the 4,000-
mile-long Great Wall. Nearby, the Valley of the
Thirteen Tombs, with its rows of crouching
carved animals beckons us to the burial site of
the Ming emperors. The Summer Palace and
shopping conclude our visit to China.
Finally, we enjoy a day of sightseeing in
Narita, Japan, before boarding our homebound
night.
Mr. John Brzostoski, professor of Oriental
art history at New School for Social Research in
New York City, is our lecturer. A specialist on
Tibet, he is fluent in Mandarin, has written
numerous articles on the art of Asia, and lec-
tures widely. He is founder and director of the
Center of Oriental Studies in New York.
Kenya
September 6-23
$3,695 (double occupancy)
Rift Valley optional extension through October 1
$1,085 per person (double occupancy)
An exciting, adventurous experience awaits you
in mysterious Kenya. Take a safari through some
of the world's finest game reserves during the
spring migration. Follow the steps of Ernest
Hemingway, Theodore Roosevelt, and Robert
Ruark to the foot of Africa's highest mountain,
snow-capped Kilimanjaro. At its base lie five
distinct habitats justly famous for such big game
as lion, wildebeest, and rhino. In Tsavo National
Park, East Africa's largest, great herds of
elephant roam free, sometimes right up to the
waterhole easily observed from Kilagumi Lodge.
At Mzima Springs enjoy the aquatic ballet of
hippo, fish, and crocodile from an underwater
viewing tank. Aberdare Park boasts the giant
forest hog, buffalo, and the rare bongo antelope.
Around the rugged northern slopes of
Mount Kenya through local villages where you
can bargain for beautiful bracelets of twisted
copper, you come to Samburu River Lodge
whose terraces overlook the Uaso Nyiro River,
its crocodile and elusive leopard. The nearby
game reserve is a photographer's paradise and
the specially equipped safari vehicles provide
clear shots of zebra, giraffe, and gazelles, and of
the vivid, contrasting colors of sky, bush, and
sand. On to Mount Kenya Safari Club, made
famous by actor William Holden, you can relax
beside the mountain in magnificent gardens,
fishing, golfing, playing tennis, swimming, or
riding horseback.
One of the safari's many highlights will be a
visit to the Masai Mara Game Reserve of rolling
savannah plains. This is the very best reserve in
Kenya and from your luxury safari camp you
can see far across vast grassland spotted with
acacia woodlands and thickets of scrub. Impala,
giraffe. Grant's and Thompson's gazelle make
their home here. Lions move restlessly in search
of a kill.
In Narok, you may wish to buy Masai
wares, such as belts, spears, wooden head-rests,
and bead necklaces. In addition, Nairobi is a
mine of souvenirs and many happy hours can be
spent in the colorful African Market.
As an option, bird lovers may wish to travel
to Lake Nakuru in the Great Rift Valley, where
thousands of flamingos make their home. Lake
Naivasha with its papyrus fringe supports over
500 species of exquisitely colored birds.
Audrey Faden, a native of Kenya, will be
your guide. She was Education Officer at the
National Museum of Kenya and has been a Field
Museum volunteer for many years, conducting
field research and collecting plants in Kenya.
She is a seasoned guide and lecturer and is well-
versed in the wildlife, plant life, and ecology of
Kenya. Ms. Faden is eager to share her home-
land with you.
If you have an interest in joining our Kenya
Safari adventure, please call Dorothy S. Roder
at 322-8862 for a detailed itinerary. Informa-
tion about this and other tours may also be
obtained by writing the Tours Department,
Field Museum, Roosewll Road at Lake Shore
Drive. Chicago, II. 60605.
27
FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN
July/August 1985
*^
X
y
Biennial Report
1983-1984
Field Museum
of Natural History
Bulletin
Published by
Field Museum of Natural History
Founded 1893
President: Willard L. Boyd
Director: Lorin I. Nevling, Jr.
Editor: David M. Walsten
Production Liaison: Pamela Steams
Staff Photographer: Ron Testa
CONTENTS
July/ August 1985
Volume 56, Number 7
Board of TIjustees
James J. O'Connor,
Chairman
Mrs. T. Slanlon Armour
George R. Baker
Robert O. Bass
Gordon BenI
Mrs. Philip D. Block III
Willard L. Boyd
Frank W. Considine
Stanton R. Cook
William R. Dickinson. Jr
Thomas E. Donnelley II
Thomas J. Eyerman
Marshall Field
Richard M. Jones
Hugo J. Melvoin
Leo F. Mullin
Charles F Murphy, Jr.
Earl L. Neal
Lorin I. Nevling. Jr.
Robert A. Pritzker
James H. Ransom
John S. Runnells
Patrick G. Ryan
William L. Searle
Edward Byron Smith
Robert H. Strotz
Mrs. Theodore D. Tieken
E. Leland Webber
Blaine J. Yarrington
LlFElkUSTEES
Harry O. Bercher
Bowen Blair
Mrs. Edwin J. DeCosta
Clifford C. Gregg
William V. Kahler
William H. Mitchell
John W. Sullivan
J. Howard Wood
Field Museum of Natural History
Biennial Report, 1983-1984 3
COVER
Natural history specimens — a tiny jar, a flower, a stone, and a
butterfly — representing Field Museum 'sfour main scientific
disciplines: anthropology, botany, geology, and zoology. Special
thanks to Polly Breul, Gene Olson, Stefan Suchec, and Willy
Watkins, who graciously provided their hands for the cover
photos. Photography and design by David M. Walsten.
Field Museum of Natural History Bulletin (USPS 898-940) is published monthly, except
combined July/August issue, by Field Museum of Natural History. Roosevelt Road at Lake
Shore Drive. Chicago. 11. 60605-2495. Subscriptions: $6.00 annually S3. 00 for schools
Museum membership includes Bulletin subscription. Opinions expressed by authors are
their own and do not necessarily reflect the policy of Field Museum. Unsolicited man-
uscripts are welcome. Museum phone: (512) 922-9410. Notification of address change
should include address label and be sent to Membership Department. Postmaster: Please
send form 3579 to Field Museum of Natural History, Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive.
Chicago. 11. 60605-2496. ISSN:001 5-0703. Second class posuge paid at Chicago, Illinois.
On Fridays
Watch for Researchers
At the Place for Wonder
This summer get a glimpse of some activities
which usually go on only behind-the-scenes.
Meet and observe Field Museum staff work-
ing with specimens from research collec-
tions. Friday afternoons, 1:00-3:00, Place
For Wonder.
July 5 Observe bird specimens being
prepared for research.
12 Compare various saber-toothed
skulls.
19 Watch insect specimens being
mounted for research collections.
26 Explore mysterious plants we eat.
August 2 Observe your name being written
in Egyptian hieroglyphs.
9 Learn techniques the Museum
uses to maintain the books in its
libraries.
16 Study reptile skins and skulls.
2 3 See a display of various weaving
looms.
30 Discover the process and art of
decorating gourds.
T
Events
^\
SUMMER FUN 1985
Workshops for Young People
Daily (except Monday)
July 2 to August 4
Beginning July 2, Field Museum offers more than
90 summer workshops for young people ages 4 to 13.
Museum halls come to life through tours, demon-
strations, science projects, and art experiences.
Explore the world of the dinosaurs Triceratops,
Tyrannosaurus rex, and Dimetrodon — and unlock
the secrets of the past. Travel the plains with a Sioux
Indian and earn a sacred feather Learn the newest
archaeological methods or reconstruct the fossil
fish Cephalaspis. Anthropologists, zoologists, artists,
dancers, and filmmakers bring their talent and
expertise to create new, informative, and creative
experiences.
Workshops are held throughout the Museum.
Enrollment is limited and children must be reg-
istered in advance by mail. Call (312) 322-8854 for
Suinmer Fun brochures, and up-to-date information
about workshop availability.
FAMILY FEATURES
Tell a Story, Write a Play
Saturday and Sunday, July 20, 21; W0-3:00pm
Ecology Hall, second floor.
Dr. Doolittle, the Ugly Duckling, and Rudyard
Kipling's Just So Stories are a few examples of the
animal stories we enjoy today. Take a look at Field
Museum animals from a literary point of view. Talk
about the kinds of characters we would see if the
animals in our exhibits came to life at night. Put a
story together as a group. At home, write your own
animal story and send it to us for possible use in
Animal Antics this December 1985. Child's Play Tour-
ing Theatre plans to select a number of stories to per-
form on December 28 and 29 in Stanley Field Hall.
Volcanoes
Saturday and Sunday, Aug. 10, 11; 1:00-3 :00pm
Ecology Hall, second floor.
Early people witnessed the eruption of Vesuvius in
Italy, and thought it was the gods having a battle.
When it erupted again in August, 79 a.d. the cities
of Herculaneum and Pompeii were buried beneath
layers of volcanic ash and lava for centuries. Today
we know that many of our most useful rocks, such
as granite and pumice originated from volcanic lava.
Find out how and why volcanoes explode. Using
magnets, compasses, and streak plates, test various
rocks for their mineral content. Take home a piece
of rock that may have started as lava beneath our
earth's surface.
WEEKEND PROGRAMS FOR JULY & AUGUST
Each Saturday and Sunday you are invited to explore the world of natural history at Field Museum. Free tours,
demonstrations, and films related to ongoing exhibits at the Museum are designed for families and adults. Listed
below are only a few of the numerous activities each weekend in July and August. Check the Weekend Passport upon
arrival for the complete schedule and program locations. The programs are partially supported by a grant from the
Illinois Arts Council.
July
Saturday, 2:00 p.m. Traditional China
(tour). Delight in the timeless imagery
and superb craftsmanship of Chinese
masterworks in our collection.
August
4 Sunday, 2 :00 p.m. Wonderful World of
Plants (tour). Take a botanical trip through
jungles and deserts, mountains and
seasides.
7 Sunday, 1 :00 p.m. Welcome to the Field
(tour). Explore the highways and byways
of Field Museum while sampling some of
its most significant exhibits.
14 Sunday, 1 :00 p.m. Chinese Ceramic
Traditions (tours.) Take a close look at
6,000 years of Chinese ceramic art.
20 Saturday, 1 2 : 00 noon. Life in Ancient Egypt
(tours). Focus on the objects and practices
which illustrate ancient life in the Nile
Valley.
21 Sunday, 1 :00 p.m. Welcome to the Field
(tour). Explore the highways and byvvays
of Field Museum while sampling some of
its most significant exhibits.
28 Sunday, 2: 30 p.m. China's Wondrous
Animals (slide lecture). Look at real and
imagined beasts in Chinese art, lore, and
social life.
10 Saturday, 12:00 noon. Continents Adrift
(demonstration). Why have fossils of
similar dinosaur species been found on
continents separated by vast oceans? The
concept of "moving" continents is
illustrated with enormous puzzle pieces.
17 Saturday, 11 :30 a.m. Ancient Egypt (tour).
Experience the mystique of ancient Egypt
from everyday life to mummification.
18 Sunday, 1 :00 p.m. People of the Long House
(slide lecture). A look at the Iroquois, once
the most powerful and influential of the
Northeastern woodland tribes.
24 Saturday, 1 1 :00 a.m. Stories Around the
World (story telling). Listen to the tales
children around the world have loved
through the centuries.
These public programs are free with Museum admission and no tickets are required.
FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY
BIENNIAL REPORT
1983-1984
People, not structure, make a great
museum. Through the years the number of
people who commit their time and funds to
advance the Museum has greatly multi-
plied. This report is about the wonderful
people who make Field Museum an excit-
ing place to visit and learn.
ENDINGS and BEGINNINGS
Field Museum's two-man welcoming force at the North entrance were William Thompson (left) and James Hammond, of Security and Visitor Services.
The Field Museum suffered the loss throughi death in
1984 of two trustees, William G. Swartchild, Jr and John B.
Wilkins. Mr Swartchild had served on the Board since
1966, for four years as chairnnan; Mr Wilkins had been on
the Board since 1969. Two life trustees also died during
the bienniunn: Williann McCormick Blair, who had served
on the Board from 1939 to 1972, and John M. Simpson,
1961-74.
Additions to the Board of Trustees were Mrs. Philip
D. Block III, FrankW.Considine, Thomas J. Eyerman,
LeoF Mullin, Earl L. Neal, Robert A. Pritzker, and
Patrick G. Ryan.
Eugenes. Richardson, Jr, curator of fossil inver-
tebrates from 1946 to 1982, died on Jan. 21, 1983, only a
few months after his retirement. Mary A. Hagberg, Field
Museum registrar since 1967, died on August 16, 1984.
Additions to the staff included the following: Jimmie
W. Croft, vice president of Finance and Museum Ser-
vices; David W. Booz, manager of Financial Services;
Arlene Kiel, administrator of Human Resources; Sherry
L. Isaac, manager of Public Relations; Barbara I. Stuark,
manager of the Museum Store, and Barbara Blum, assis-
tant manager; Obie M. Collins, executive housekeeper;
and Thomas B. Dugan, manager of Security and Visitor
Services. The Department of Development staff gained
records coordinator Leonard Evans, Development man-
ager David G. McCreery, grants officer Glenn S. Pare,
and corporate development officer Thomas D. Wilson.
R. Lance Grande joined the Department of Geology as
assistant curator of fossil fishes; Scott H. Lidgard joined
Geology as assistant curator of fossil invertebrates.
Charles T Buzek, formerly with Security and Visitor
Services, joined the Office of the President as project
coordinator Centennial Directions. Promotions included
Benjamin W. Williams's move to associate librarian and
Rare Books librarian. Botany's Timothy C. Plowman was
promoted to associate curator of vascular plants. Michael
E. Moseley was promoted to curator of Middle and South
American archaeology and ethnology; John E. Terrell was
promoted to curator of oceanic archaeology and ethnol-
ogy Dr Plowman was also appointed scientific editor of
Field Museum Press (which produces Fieldiana), while
James W. VanStone, curator of North American archae-
ology and ethnology, was named assistant editor of
the press.
Bruce D. Patterson, assistant curator of Mammals,
was named chairman of Scientific Support Services (for-
merly designated Advanced Technologies Laboratory),
while John J. Engel, associate curator of Bryology was
named supervisor of that group's scientific illustrators.
William G. Swartchild, Jr.
The death of William G. Swartchild, Jr., former chairman of Field Museum's Board
of Trustees, on March 15, 1984, was a loss beyond measure to Field Museum and
its trustees, Women's Board, and staff.
Mr Swartchild was born in Chicago in 1909. After graduating from Dartmouth,
where he was elected to Phi Beta Kappa, he entered Swartchild & Company, a
family business of which he was president at the time of its sale in 1 973. Although he
devoted a great deal of his time to public service throughout his life, his retirement
from active business responsibilities freed him to devote full time in service to
others — service which continued until his death.
He was elected a trustee of Field Museum in 1966. Typical of his sense of
commitment to any institution with which he became associated, he quickly took an
active leadership position among the trustees. In 1972-73 he was a member of a
trustees' committee that developed a reorganized Board structure. Upon that
reorganization he became vice chairman of the Board, heading the important Pro-
gram Planning and Evaluation Committee. He was elected chairman of the Board of
Trustees in 1978, serving in that capacity until 1982, at which time he was suc-
ceeded by James J. O'Connor Following his chairmanship, Mr. Swartchild served
as vice chairman. Internal Affairs, and as a member of the Nominating Committee.
William Swartchild had an extraordinary understanding of the dynamics of
nonprofit institutions and the various constituencies comprising them. At Field
Museum this was evidenced by the complete confidence in him on the part of the
staff, Women's Board, and trustees.
He was active and equally respected in the American Association of
Museums, serving as a vice chairman of the Trustees' Committee and as a member
of the Commission on Museums for a New Century — a national planning effort for
the years ahead. He was instrumental in preparing American Association of
Museums' Museum Trusteeship and Museum Ethics.
Active for many years in the field of health care, Mr. Swartchild served as Trus-
tee of Michael Reese Hospital, Children's Memorial Hospital, and McGaw Medical
Centers and he was chairman of Children's and McGaw, as well as the Council on
Governance of the Illinois Hospital Association, at the time of his death. He had
served as a director of Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Illinois and of HMO Illinois. Mr.
Swartchild was also a trustee of the Brookfield Zoo.
Beyond all of his achievement in business and philanthropy, he was a warm
and thoughtful person who cared about people. He brought a quality of excellence
and humanity to anything he touched. He was a model of dedication of personal
energy for the public good. The City of Chicago is a better place because of William
Swartchild's life.
DEVELOPMENT
Bowen Blair (center), first president of ttie newly organized Founders' Council, sfiown with Mr. and l^rs. Henry W. Meers, council members.
Highlighting the Biennium in the area of support for
ttie Museum was creation of the Founders' Council in
1 983. In September of that year, an inaugural banquet
launched the support club's program with a charter
membership of approximately 250 of the principal
donors to the Museum. The driving force behind estab-
lishment and recruitment for the Founders' Council was
Bowen Blair, partner, William Blair & Company, and a
Museum trustee. Mr. Blair also during 1 983 served as the
Council's first president. He was succeeded by Mr. Tho-
mas J. Eyerman, partner, Skidmore, Owings & Merrill. Mr
Eyerman continued to build upon the strong foundation
established by Mr Blair, and the Founders' Council grew,
not only in numbers, but in programmatic support. In
1 984 the council initiated its Founders' Council Award of
Merit program, through which a world-famous scientist is
honored. The first award went to Stephen Jay Gould,
Ph.D., distinguished scientist, educator and commenta-
tor, currently professor of zoology at Harvard University
and curator of Invertebrate Paleontology at the universi-
ty's Museum of Comparative Zoology
The challenge to and goal of Founders' Council
members is to pass on to Chicagoans of the 21 st century
a museum as vital and prestigious as original founders
passed on to Chicagoans of this century (Persons inter-
ested in joining this group should contact David G.
McCreery, director of Development (31 2) 322-8877.)
The years 1 983 and 1 984 also saw increases in and
new records set in support from all areas of the private
sector: corporations, foundations, and individuals. 1984
was the final year of a second five-year support program
entitled "Commitment to Distinction." At the end of the
1 980-84 period, a total of more than $14,000,000 had
been donated, including more than $3,000,000 in
bequests.
Changes were effected in the organizational struc-
ture of the Development Office during the biennium, to
enhance the capabilities, scope, and efficiency of the
department: yet, with the expansion, fund-raising costs
have been kept at a minimum in relation to annual operat-
ing budgets. A grants office was created in 1 983, and
Glenn S. Pare, who came from a similar post at Loyola
University, was appointed grants officer The Grants
Office coordinates proposals from the scientific and
educational departments of the Museum, seeking funds
from governmental agencies such as the National Sci-
ence Foundation. Special proposals to foundations and
individuals are also generated by the Grants Office.
In order to carry out the departmental expansion ex-
peditiously and efficiently, a "development audit" was
conducted by an independent consultant firm, Donald A.
Campbell & Company, Inc., in 1984. This study affirmed
the direction the Museum and its Development Office
had been taking, and made recommendations by which
the department could "fine tune" the procedures. The
internal audit by the Campbell Company was also made
as part of a feasibility study looking toward a major
capital campaign for endowment and for repair and
improvements of the building and exhibits.
Success of support efforts during the period was
due in no small part to the vigorous leadership and self-
less commitment of time and talent on the part of the
DEVELOPMENT
Board of Trustees, especially members of the Resource
Planning and Development Committee of the Board.
Robert O. Bass, retired vice-chairman of Borg-Warner
Corporation and now chairman and president of the
Borg-Warner Foundation, completed a term as chairman
of this committee at the end of 1983. Richard M. Jones,
vice chairman of the board and chief financial officer,
Sears, Roebuck and Company, succeeded Mr Bass.
Prior to that, both Mr. Jones and Mr Bass had each been
chairman of the Corporations and Foundations Division
of volunteer businessmen and executives; 1 984 Cor-
porations and Foundations Division chairman was Gene
L. Harmon, vice president for Corporate and Public
Affairs, Sears, Roebuck and Company. Field Museum is
particularly grateful to these persons and to the members
of the Resource Planning and Development Committee
for their efforts in recruiting exceptionally generous
donors in all sectors: corporations, foundations, and indi-
viduals. The Museum wishes to cite these donors:
Benefactors elected during the biennium were:
Amoco Foundation, Miss Virginia Billow (bequest). The
Chicago Community Trust, Field Foundation of Illinois,
Walter E. Heller Foundation, Mrs. Jean Butz James, The
Joyce Foundation of Chicago, W. K. Kellogg Foundation,
John D. and Catherine T. MacArthur Foundation, Robert
R. McCormick Charitable Trust, and the Searle
Family Trust.
Major Donors (Corporate, Foundation, and Indi-
viduals) were: The Allstate Foundation, Atlantic Richfield
Foundation, Barker Welfare Foundation, Mr and Mrs.
Gordon Bent, Mrs. G. E. (Katharine) Boone, Borg-Warner
Foundation, Mr. and Mrs. Roger O. Brown, Buchanan
Family Foundation, Commonwealth Edison Co., The Con-
solidated Foods Corporation (now Sara Lee), Continental
Bank Foundation, Mr and Mrs. Robert O. Delaney Mr.
and Mrs. Gaylord Donnelley, Mrs. Marjorie H. Elting, FMC
Foundation, Mr and Mrs. Joseph N. Field, First National
Bank of Chicago, Graham Foundation for Advanced
Studies in the Fine Arts, Mrs. William A. Hark, Illinois Bell,
Mr and Mrs. Oscar G. Mayer, Mr and Mrs. Kenneth
Montgomery McMaster Carr Supply Co., Sterling Morton
Charitable Trust, Naico Foundation, The Northern Trust
Company, Frederick Henry Prince Charitable Trust, The
Pritzker Foundation, Mrs. T. Clifford Rodman, Mr and
Mrs. Samuel R. Rosenthal, S & C Electric Co., Dr. Scholl
Foundation, Mr and Mrs. William L. Searle, Mrs. George
T Spensley Mr. and Mrs. Jack Staehle, Mr and Mrs. Wil-
liam Street, Mrs. Phelps Hoyt Swift, and Mr and Mrs.
Roderick S. Webster
The Planned Giving Office, organized within the
Development Office in 1981, continued to conduct an
aggressive "will approach" in its program to interest
members, donors, and friends in deferred giving. The
program increased the popularity of making gifts through
bequests, to perpetuate one's name and one's annual
giving. In the biennium, $806,554 was received by way of
bequests and added to the Museum's endowment funds.
The Planned Giving Program has also sparked interest in
deferred gifts (giving through life income annuity trusts),
and, during the biennium, received three such gifts of
future interest that totaled more than $400,000. Since its
inception, a trustee committee of W.R. Dickinson, Jr.,
partner, Wilson & Mcllvaine, and Hugo Melvoin, Hugo
Melvoin, P.C., has given the Planned Giving Office cap-
able leadership and wise guidance. All bequests and
deferred gifts are placed in the Museum's endowment
portfolio to ensure the Museum's future. D
The dedicated service of Llois Stem, a Field Museum volunteer since 1972. was invaluable in Itie transformation and reorganization of Field Museum s
Pacific Research Latxyratory. Shown with her are carvings of human figures from New Guinea.
10
COLLECTIONS and RESEARCH: ANTHROPOLOGY
Bennet Bronson, associate curator of Asian archaeol-
ogy and ethnology, continued researching preindustrial
iron metallurgy of Asian cultures; History and Ethnology
of Iron, coauthored with Professor William Rostoker of the
University of Illinois at Chicago, was in progress. Bron-
son spent two months in Thailand surveying archaeo-
logical sites and consulting with the Thai Archaeology
Division and with officials of the Fine Arts University.
Related research has resulted in published articles
on the casting of farm tools and hardware in China, the
cast iron bells of China, and archaeological radiocarbon
dates from Indonesia.
Glen Cole, curator of prehistory and department
chairman, continued work on the analysis of raw mater-
ials used at the Isimilia prehistoric site in Tanzania. Cole
also studied Upper Paleolithic artifacts and associated
faunal material from several sites in the Pyrenees area in
southern France, acquired by former curator Henry Field
in the late 1920s and early 1930s. Cole and collaborator
Dr Paul Bahn of Hull, England, a specialist in Pyrenean
prehistory, worked toward publishing this material.
Alan L. Kolata, visiting assistant curator of Andean
archaeology, did research for a monograph entitled An
Architectural History of Chan Chan.
Phillip H. Lewis, curator of primitive art and Melane-
sian ethnology, compared the tourist art of the Sepik, the
traditional art in the social context of New Ireland memo-
rial ceremonials, and the National Museum of Papua New
Guinea both as patron and as repository of art in a paper
presented at the Pacific Arts Association's 3rd Interna-
tional Symposium on Oceanic Art. This research was
based on field work done in New Ireland and on obser-
vations made in New Guinea in 1981.
Michael E. Moseley, curator of Middle and South
American archaeology and ethnology, and Robert Feld-
man, visiting assistant curator of Andean archaeology,
directed the continuing field research of Programa Con-
tisuyu, a bi-national archeological project in the Mo-
quegua Valley of southern Peru. Sites under study range
from a shell midden near the coastal port of llo, radiocar-
bon dated at more than 10,500 years old, to sites around
the city of Moquegua, ranging in age from Spanish Colo-
nial (ca. AD 1650) to Tiwanaku (ca. ad 600-1000) and
Pukara (ca. 300 BC). With the aid of students from the
Universidad Catolica Santa Maria of Arequipa, Feldman
directed excavation of a cemetery of the Chiribaya cul-
ture {ca. AD 1200) and a Tiwanaku house site, both
threatened by urban expansion and construction.
Moseley took a leave of absence starting September,
1984, to teach at the University of Florida, Gainesville.
John Terrell, curator of Oceanic archaeology and
ethnology, completed his book Prehistory in the Pacific
Islands, to be published by Cambridge University Press.
He extended this line of research to give an unconven-
tional picture of Australian prehistory, presented in a lec-
ture delivered at the Quarternary Research Center at
the University of Washington in May 1984, entitled "Pre-
historic Peoples of the Western Pacific." He also began
work on an alternative biological model of the origin of
Polynesian speakers and the evolution of human
diversity in the Fijian archipelago.
James VanStone, curator of North American
archaeology and ethnology, completed studies of two
collections of ethnographic material, one collected
by William Duncan Strong in 1928 from the David Inlet
Barren Ground Naskapi in Labrador, the other collected
at the end of the nineteenth century from the Oroki and
Nivkhi of Sakhalin Island, Work continued on two other
studies, one of contemporary Athapaskan Indian eth-
nographic objects from interior Alaska and another of
Nunivak Eskimo material culture based on field notes
of Dr Margaret Lantis in the 1930s. VanStone also con-
tinued translating and editing the journals of nineteenth-
century Russian explorers in southwest Alaska.
A major advance in the storage of anthropological
materials was achieved with the reorganization and
renovation of the Pacific Research Laboratory, a facility
with some 35,000 objects from Australia, Melanesia,
Polynesia, Micronesia, Indonesia/Malaysia, and
Madagascar.
The project, initiated in 1981, was made possible by
a $168,800 grant from the National Science Foundation.
Codirectors of the project were Phillip Lewis and Phyllis
Rabineau, custodian of collections. Staff members who
worked on the project were Kathleen Christon, Christine
Taterka Gross, E.B. O'Malley, Beth Koenen-Seelbach,
Maryanne Schoch, and Col. Millard Rada. Volunteer
Llois Stein also contributed invaluably to the project.
Before reorganization, the Pacific Research Lab was
equipped with 10,525 sq. ft. of shelving, an insufficient
amount to properly accommodate the collection. During
the grant-funded reorganization project, shelf area was
increased by almost 70 percent. Three thousand sq. ft.
of new shelving were purchased, and this was supple-
mented with 4,000 sq. ft. of used shelving already on
hand. Lighting throughout the storage area was im-
proved by adding new fluorescent fixtures and installing
ultraviolet filters. All objects in the prl were cleaned
and their storage arrangement was shifted to a rational
arrangement based on provenience data.
In addition to the tasks funded by the nsf grant,
several other improvements were carried out with
museum resources: Interior walls of the storage area
were painted; the concrete floor was sealed; the work
area just outside the storage area of prl was redesigned
to be used for processing accessions and loans, and as
research space; the climate control system in prl was
retrofitted to ensure an absolutely stable temperature
and humidity (70°Fand 50% rh). The techniques used
to stabilize climate control in prl will be used to help
redesign other heating and airconditioning systems
in the building. D
12
w
Plants of the World Hall, viewed from the lounge.
COLLECTIONS and RESEARCH:
The work of the Department of Botany falls into several
categories. The research activities of 1983-84 are best
expressed by the published research of staff members
(see page 31 ). The five staff curators in Botany cov-
ered a wide range of research interests. William Burger
continued his work on the Flora of Costa Rica project with
a study of the Lauraceae family This family includes the
avocado and sassafras and many important tropical
timber trees, but is also marked by a very poorly devel-
oped system of classification. Michael Dillon continued
his work in the sunflower family (Compositae), especially
those in Peru, where more than 1,400 species are found.
He also began a major study of the lomas formations,
unusual "islands of vegetation" within the deserts
of Peru's arid Pacific coast. John Engel continued his
work on liverworts (Hepaticae) of the southern end of
the world, especially Tasmania and New Zealand. He
continued his revision of several large and difficult
groups well represented in this area as part of this pro-
ject. Timothy Plowman's interest focused on the origin,
history, and ethnobotany of the coca plant, as well as the
taxonomy of the coca family (Erythroxylaceae). Another
important research interest was the ethnobotany of the
upper Amazon Basin, and Dr Plowman worked together
with several anthropologists to produce documented
treatments of how plants are used in this area. Patricio
Ponce de Leon continued his studies in the puffball and
earth stars fungi (Gastermycetes) and aided physicians
in the identification of mushrooms in cases of suspected
poisoning.
Botany was fortunate in having a number of visiting
assistant curators working in the department during the
1 983-84 biennium. Kerry Barringer worked on the Flora
of Costa Rica program; he prepared a treatment of
the snapdragon family (Scrophulariaceae) and, with a
colleague, a listing of Costa Rica's 1,130 species of
orchids. Sylvia Feuer-Forster worked on her own pollen-
study research in the mistletoes (Loranthaceae) and
related families. Michael Huft participated in the Flora
Mesoamericana project of the Missouri Botanical Gar-
den, but he was stationed at Field Museum because of
its very strong holdings from Central America. Michael
Nee worked with the Flora of Veracruz, Mexico, program
and collected intensively in the area of the flora.
Closely related to research as well as to the
Museum's collecting programs are the expeditions and
field work. These usually are planned well in advance
and are part of long-term projects. However with the
unusual E/ /V/no weather perturbation of 1982-83, the
coastal deserts of Peru burst into full flower and Michael
Dillon initiated a series of three collecting trips (see "The
Silver Lining of a Very Dark Cloud," by Dillon in the March
1 985 Field Museum of Natural History Bulletin). Timothy
Plowman participated in two important expeditions: the
western Amazon of Brazil and to the Cerro de la Neblina
in southernmost Venezuela. In addition, he visited sev-
BOTANY
eral other areas of Brazil to gather rarely collected
species. John Engel spent five months collecting and
working with colleagues in New Zealand's South Island
and in Tasmania. Ourvisiting curators did field work in
Veracruz and Chiapas, Mexico, and in Costa Rica during
1983 and 1984.
A major category of work in Botany deals with the
collections themselves and our loan program. We sent
53,1 66 specimens out on loan for study during 1983 and
1 984. This loan program makes our material available to
scholars all over the world. In this same period we took
in about 42,000 specimens through expeditions, ex-
changes, gifts and purchases. Many of the new collec-
tions were not identified and require the efforts of our
staff or outside specialists to identify. This work, together
with providing loans, mounting of speciments, and main-
tenance of collections, required the full-time effort of
more than six staff members. Care of our 2.2 million plant
specimens and the addition of high-quality new material
were central responsibilities for the Museum's botanists.
In September 1983 the Museum reopened its largest
botanical exhibit, "Plants of the World." Used as a staging
area for the "King Tut" exhibit of 1977 and having suf-
fered minor damage during the building renovation, the
hall was in need of a major face-lifting. Generous contri-
butions from the Field Foundation of Illinois and the
Women's Board made possible a reorganization of the
hall and the reinstallation of nearly all the exhibits. Warm
incandescent lights'were provided to highlight the plant
models against a natural wood background. Color photo-
graphs, diagrams, and a uniform format of easily read
explanatory labels complement the life-like models.
These models, more than 400 in number, were built in the
Museum's plant reproduction laboratory (no longer in
operation) over a period of sixty years and are notable for
their natural appearance. The collection includes many
tropical and economically important plants, providing a
richly aesthetic experience as well as fulfilling an impor-
tant educational role. D
13
Scott Lldgard (left) and Lance Grande were Field Museum 's new curators in 1983-84. Lidgard, wtio joined the Geology staff as assistant curator of
Fossil Invertebrates in October 1984, is investigating evolutionary patterns ofgrowtti and form in fossil animal colonies. Grande, who arrived in October
1983, is particularly interested in the relationships and comparative osteology of fossil teleost fishes. As assistant curator of Fossil Fishes, he oversees
one of the world's finest collections of such material.
14
COLLECTIONS and RESEARCH: GEOLOGY
The Department of Geology appointed two new staff
members during the 1983-84 biennium. Published
research addressed a broad spectrum of geological
problems (see page 32) in the fields of paleontology,
petrology, and meteoritics. Growth of the departmental
collections continued in all areas but was especially
strong in fossil fishes, mineralogy and fossil plants. In the
sphere of public programs, Edward Olsen was heavily in-
volved in the planning and design of the new Gem Hall.
Invertebrate Paleontology and Paleobotany. Scott
Lidgard joined the staff from Johns Hopkins University in
October 1984, as assistant curator, Fossil Invertebrates.
He initiated several projects on the fossil history of
.changing patterns of growth and form in animal
colonies. Matthew Nitecki continued his research on the
evolution, morphology and systematics of Lower
Paleozoic problematic fossils and algae. He was co-
organizer of the Third International Congress on Fossil
Algae, and in conjunction with his research he spent six
months during 1984 as an exchange scholar in the USSR,
supported by the U.S. and Soviet Academies of Scien-
ces. With the support of the National Science Founda-
tion, Nitecki also continued to organize the Field Museum
Spring Systematics Symposia, which dealt with the
topics of Extinctions and The Evolution of Behavior dur-
ing 1984 and 1985. Peter Crane completed studies of
fossil plants from southern England and western North
America that provided the first detailed information on
several widespread and ecologically important early Ter-
tiary species. He also continued his work (with D. L. Dil-
cher) on the morphology systematics, and biology of
some of the most ancient angiosperm flowers currently
known. In May 1984 Crane was awarded the Bicentenary
Medal of the Linnean Society of London in recognition of
his paleobotanical work.
Vertebrate Paleontology. John Bolt continued his
research on Upper Paleozoic and Triassic reptiles and
amphibians, with field work in Arizona, New Mexico, and
Oklahoma. Studies of the origin of frogs, and patterns of
jaw growth and tooth replacement in fossil amphibians
and reptiles were completed, and new projects on larval
amphibians from the Pennsylvanian "Mazon Creek"
fauna were initiated. Lance Grande joined the staff in
October 1983 from the American Museum of Natural His-
tory as assistant curator. Fossil Fishes. His research
interests focus on the systematics and biogeography of
Mesozoic to Recent fossil fishes, particularly the rela-
tionships and comparative osteology of fossil and Recent
herring and herring-like fishes. Grande's 1984 field sea-
son in the Green River Formation of Wyoming substanti-
ally enhanced the fossil fish collections at Field Museum
with numerous spectacular specimens. William Turnbull
carried out field work on Eocene mammalian faunas in
the Washakie Basin of Wyoming. He is currently studying
the rodent Protoptychus and (with Research Associate
Kubet Luchterhand) the primates from the Washakie
fauna. Turnbull also continued his research on the func-
tional morphology of the mammalian masticatory appar-
atus and ear region. During 1984 he visited the Museum
of Victoria (Australia) to complete several aspects of his
work (with Research Associate Ernest Lundelius, Jr., Uni-
versity of Texas, Austin) on Tertiary and Pleistocene-
Holocene fossil faunas in Australia.
Meteoritics, Mineralogy and Petrology. Edward
Olsen continued his research in various aspects of
meteoritics, and with George McGhee of Rutgers Univer-
sity completed an initial study aimed at testing the
hypothesis of asteroid impact in the Late Devonian.
Collaborative research continued with colleagues at
Argonne National Laboratory and the University of Chi-
cago, and several projects were completed dealing par-
ticularly with carbonaceous and ordinary chondrites.
Bertram Woodland continued studies on the origin of
rock cleavage and mineral fabric development in very
low-grade metamorphic rocks, and completed work on
the growth and shape modifications of chlorite por-
phyroblasts relating to cleavage in mudstone and con-
cretions. These studies have now been extended to
include biotite and chlorite porphyroblasts in slates
from upper Michigan. D
The outstanding work of Peter Crane, assistant curator of Paleobotany.
was widely recognized. He received in 1984 ttie British Paleontological
Association 's annual award for the best paper given by a research work-
er under the age of 30. Later he received the Bicentenary Medal of the
Linnean Society of London — an annual award to an outstanding biologist
under the age of 40. In 1983 he was named co-editor of the distinguished
journal Paleobiology. Crane joined the Field fvluseum staff in 1982.
S 15
Field Museum has a long tradition of hosting visiting scientists who wish to draw upon the Museum's vast collection resources and research facilities.
Mr Yang Datong (left), curator of Herpetology at Kunming Institute of Zoology, the People's Republic of China, spent several months studying the
taxonomy of the frog genus Amolops. Jack Fooden (right), a research associate in Zoology since 1969 and professor emeritus of Zoology at Chicago
State University, continues his work at Field Museum on the evolution and biology of the Asian monkey genus Macaca (macaques), on which he is a
world authority
16
COLLECTIONS and RESEARCH: ZOOLOGY
The Department of Zoology, the largest of the Museum's
four curatorial departments, consists of six divisions:
Amphibians and Reptiles, Birds, Fishes, Insects, Inverte-
brates, and Mammals, staffed by twelve curators, six
collection managers, and support personnel in various
technical and nontechnical positions. The range of their
research activities was reflected in the publication of
more than 60 papers and monographs during the 1 983-
84 biennium (see pp. 33-35).
Amphibians and Reptiles. Harold Voris studied sea
snake populations in Malaya. He also studied aspects of
the biology of sea snakes and developed procedures for
marking the live snakes, thus solving a major problem in
ecological studies of this group. With Research Associ-
ate William Jeffries and Mrs. Yang Chang Man, Voris also
worked on the growth and life history of two barnacle
species that occur symbiotically with the crab Scylla
serrata. Robert F. Inger continued an ecological analysis
of frogs of southern India. He also completed a key to
the frogs of Sarawak and studies on paternal care in a
Sarawak frog species. Hymen Marx completed (with
Research Associate Eric Lombard) studies of a highly
variable skull bone in the feeding apparatus of snakes.
Alan Resetar worked on revision of two genera of African
snakes. Research Associate Sharon Emerson did re-
search on the biomechanics and development of frog
pectoral girdle morphology — work supported by a Na-
tional Science Foundation grant.
Birds. John Fitzpatrick completed a checklist of
birds and mammals of Cocha Cashu Biological Station,
Manu National Park, Peru. The list is the most complete
inventory of these fauna for an Amazonian locality ever
published. Fitzpatrick continued (with Research Associ-
ate G. E. Woolfenden of the University of South Florida)
life history and demography studies of the Florida scrub
jay Their book. The Florida Scrub Jay, was published late
in 1984. Fitzpatrick also completed (with Jurgen Haffer of
West Germany) analysis of geographic variation of cer-
tain Amazonian bird species. This was the first use of
computer-generated "trend surface" maps to illustrate
regional patterns of variation across the Amazon basin.
David Willard continued to study mensural characteris-
tics of spring versus winter migrants salvaged from the
Chicago area. With J. Fitzpatrick he also studied winter
distribution of birds in the western Great Lakes region.
Willard and Research Associate Joel Cracraft con-
tributed to a survey of Venezuela's Cerro de la Neblina.
This highly publicized project is producing the first
thorough scientific collection from this isolated massif.
Fishes. Robert Johnson continued studies on the
shore fishes of Belize and Honduras in Central America.
He organized two collecting expeditions to Isia Roatan
off the north coast of Honduras. In 10 years of collecting
in Belize and Honduras he and colleagues have amas-
sed the largest and most diverse (by habitat and by spe-
cies) collection of Caribbean fishes from Central Amer-
ica. Johnson was an invited speaker and contributed 3
papers in the international symposium, "Ontogeny and
the Systematics of Fishes," held in La Jolla, California.
He was elected and is serving as managing editor of
Copeia, the scientific journal of the American Society of
Ichthyologists and Herpetologists. The work of Donald
J. Stewart focused on neotropical freshwater fishes.
His 1983 collecting expedition to Amazonian Ecuador
yielded (together with materials from a similar expedition
in 1981) the single most comprehensive set of fish sam-
ples ever taken in the Upper Amazon, covering nearly
all available habitats between altitudes of 200 and
2,500 meters.
Insects. Research focused on the systematics and
evolution of staphylinid beetles and of soil and parasitic
mites. John J. Kethley completed a study of relationships
among harpypalpine mites, which are parasitic on birds.
Larry Watrous continued study of the systematics and
evolution of certain staphylinid beetles and worked with
James S. Ashe on studies of descriptive features of im-
mature staphylinids. Ashe continued work on mushroom-
inhabiting staphylinids, including studies of the evolu-
tionary relationships between structure and food-plant
preference in these beetles.
Invertebrates. Alan Solem completed 20 years of
research with publication of a 336 quarto-page mono-
graph, Endodontoid Land Snails from Pacific Islands.
Part II. Families Punctidae and Charopidae, Zoogeogra-
ptiy, which includes descriptions of 19 new genera and
50 new species; carried out extensive fieldwork in central
and northwestern Australia, collecting about 20,000
specimens of land snails; published 500 pages of
technical reports on Australian camaenid land snails;
organized and chaired in September 1 983 a three-day
symposium in Budapest, Hungary that resulted in a
1 91 -page volume, World-wide Snails: Biogeographical
Studies on Non-marine l^ollusca, published by E. J.
Brill, Leiden, in late 1984.
Mammals. Bruce Patterson, whose work focuses
on morphological and genetic variation in mammals,
conducted detailed studies of mammal populations
along altitudinal transects of rain forest habitats in Chile
and surveyed the fauna on six islands in the Chilean
Archipelago. This work resulted in the discovery of a
new mammal species and a valuable data base for addi-
tional studies. Robert Timm, whose work focuses on the
ecology and systematics of Neotropical bats and on
host-parasite coevolution, made a mammal survey in
Amazonian Ecuador This work included studies of tent-
making bats, and a survey and report on the endangered
Amazonian manatee.
17
FlEliMNA
RELDIANA
Geology
Zoology
„l i^ Sabgeam Akodmi
.-..,. J tisidael in SoBthem Sooth Aawric*
'.].,■'[ ■,- riptioD ot» New Speci«
18
Zbigniew T. Jastrzebski, senior
scientific illustrator. Scientific
Support Services, was the senior
member of a team of four artists
who provided a wide variety of
illustrations for the scientific
departments.
THE MAMWUAN FMOU Of
rA»T Vt MAOKKCODAt KiKmcmut
nN0iL un^mMAm
mUMMD TV«NtuU
Fieldiana. Field Museum's research
journal published since 1895,
underwent a change of format in
1984. The new format left, and the
old format right.
SCIENTIFIC SUPPORT SERVICES, FIELDIANA
The Department of Scientific Support Services (former-
ly the Advanced Technology Laboratories) had a busy
tDienniunn. Rechristened in recognition of the expanded
services it provides, the department was responsible for
the scientific computer, the scanning electron micro-
scope, and scientific illustration, as well as the histologic-
al and biochemical laboratories. Major initiatives during
the last two years included: full-fledged collection com-
puterization efforts by several scientific departments;
development of short-term and long-term plans for future
computerization; expanded laboratory facilities for the
scanning electron microscope; continued production of
highest-quality scientific illustrations for publications by
the Museum's curatorial staff; acquisition of photostat
copier and label generator, enlarging the scope of
illustration services; refurbishment of the histological
laboratory; coordination of long-term plans for the
biochemical labs. The range and quality of these essen-
tial services are reflected in the quality and number of
scientific articles published by the Museum's scientific
staff (pp. 30-35). D
Fieldiana, Field Museum's research journal, underwent
a change in format in July, 1 984, increasing in page size
from 6x9 inches to 7 x 10 inches, and changing in page
design from one column to two. Of the 1 8 titles published
during the biennium (Anthropology 1, Botany 5, Geology
2, Zoology 10), three appeared in the new format.
Timothy C. Plowman, associate curator of Botany and
former chairman of the Publications Committee, suc-
ceeded John R. Bolt as scientific editor. James W.
VanStone, curator of North American archaeology and
ethnology, was named assistant scientific editor.
TanisseR. Bezin, managing editor of F\e\(i\ar[a.
19
A school teacher and students enjoy exhibit-viewing in field trip portion of the program "Student/Teacher Internship in a Cultural Institution, " or
STtci STici is the Education Department's program of workshops and field trips designed to train Chicago teachers in the special object-based
skills needed to teach effectively in museums. The two-year program was funded by the Joyce Foundation.
20
EDUCATION
The Programs Offered by the Department of Education
are as diverse as the many publics that are served. Field
Museum provides a unique learning environment with its
rich resource of real objects. The visitor may contemplate
the meanings of these treasures at leisure or actively par-
ticipate in a program or series of programs that builds on a
special interest and/or personal experience. Museum
"education" is interpretive and interactive. It is designed to
lead the visitor to explore and discover the mysteries of the
earth and its inhabitants at specific points in time together
with the implications for the future.
During 1983-84, the Museum hosted 9,041 school
classes with 400,000 students and their teachers. Of these,
6,582 classes received special programs designed to aug-
ment their classroom studies. In addition, 3,246 teachers
borrowed over 8,500 items from the department's free loan
center, Harris Extension. Over 4,500 adult learners enrolled
in 207 multi-session courses, and 4,222 visited 117 eco-
logically important sites during Kroc field trips. Over
244,000 parents and children shared the delight of touch-
ing and exploring shells, meteorites, birds, and beaver
among many other objects in the Place for Wonder, and
104,000 experienced what life was like in the 1850s in the
Pawnee Earth Lodge. Each weekend, visitors received a
"Passport to Discovery," listing the events for the day when
they entered the Museum. Free programs included the Chi-
na Festival, Najwa Dance performance, paper-making,
Japanese Tea Ceremony Dinosaur Days, Caribbean Con-
nection, Gospel Choir, and the Darlene Blackburn Dancers.
Theatre programs included Peking Opera, Ravi Shankar,
Renowned composer-
musician Ravi Shankar
performed to capacity au-
diences on November 16
and 17, 1984, in James
Simpson Tlieatre. The
Shankar performances
were among many by lead-
ing singers, dancers,
puppeteers, musicians,
and opera groups offered
by the Education Depart-
ment during the biennium.
Yueh Lung Shadow Theatre, John Paling lecturer, and the
Anthropology Film Festivals. Summer and Winter Fun — ^two-
hour workshops — attracted over 3,700 children, who par-
ticipated in everything from making masks or clay pots,
and bug-hunting to spending a night in the Field.
In total, 11,516 programs were presented to 759,725
individuals. Much of this would not have been possible
without our 150 volunteers who assist and teach with the
staff. Another 150 volunteers work in the scientific collec-
tions, public relations, development, and so forth. Together,
this volunteer support equalled 77,821 hours, or 42.75 man-
years of work. In financial terms, this contribution was over
$500,000. But even more important — volunteers bring
a fresh perspective and the public's viewpoint to our work,
and their enthusiasm bolsters our spirit.
Outside support for the education program continued
from other sources: a two-year extension by the Joyce
Foundation for Student Teacher Internships 1984-1986; the
national program "Museums: Agents for Public Education,"
W. K. Kellogg Foundation; "Science in Action," University of
Illinois — Chicago and the Spensley Fund; "Museology for
Gifted High School Students," Chicago Board of Education;
"Ethnic and Folk Art Museum Survey," Illinois Arts Council;
"African Insights: Sources for Afro-American Art and Cul-
ture," Illinois Humanities Council; interpretive programs
"Treasures from the Shanghai Museum, " National Endow-
ment of the Humanities; interpretive programs "Black Folk
Art in America 1 930-1 980," National Endowment for the
Humanities and the Teacher Preview "Black Folk Art,"
Atlantic Richfield. D
21
22
EXHIBITION
The Halls of Field Museum provided venue for eight
temporary, traveling exhibits in 1983-84. "Master Dyers to
the World: Early Fabrics from India," made available by
the Textile Museum of Washington, opened to the public
on January 29 and closed on April 10, 1983. Selected
from museums and private collections around the world,
the exhibit consisted of more than 100 textile items pro-
duced in India betv\/een the fifteenth and nineteenth
centuries, illustrating India's supremacy in the dyer's art.
The Scientific Illustration Exhibit, on view from Febru-
ary 14 to April 15 and again from July 15 to December 15
of 1983, was produced by the Field Museum staff. It uti-
lized scientific illustrations (mostly by Field Museum staff
illustrators, past and present) to explain the history, tech-
niques, and rationale of this special discipline. Approx-
imately 40 illustrations in a variety of sizes and rendered
in a number of media were displayed. Photographs as
well as actual specimens used as subjects were also
shown. The show was mounted on individual frames and
designed to "rotate" in exhibit areas at times when those
spaces were to be othenwise vacant.
"Louis Agassiz Fuertes: A Retrospective," organ-
ized by the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia,
was on view April 30 through June 26, 1983. It was the
first comprehensive display of works of this American
artist, who lived from 1874 to 1927. The exhibit examined
Fuertes' historical and stylistic antecedents, traced the
particular artistic influences shaping his destinctive
style, and analyzed the development of his techni-
cal mastery
"The Vanishing Race and Other Illusions: A new
Look at the Work of Edward Curtis," was on view from
May 21 through July 21, 1983. One hundred twenty origi-
nal prints from Smithsonian and Library of Congress
collections provided insight into photography as doc-
umentation vs. photography as art. Many of these
previously unpublished photos gave "before" and "after"
views of the same image, showing the effects of dark-
room manipulation caused by Curtis' attempts to remove
evidence of white influence on the Indians from his
photos. The exhibit also included about 20 pieces of
equipment of the type used by Curtis.
"Treasures from the Shanghai Museum: 6,000 Years
of Chinese Art," organized by the Shanghai Museum of
the People's Republic of China and by the Asian Art
Museum of San Francisco, was on public view November
5, 1983, through February 14, 1984. This unique exhibi-
tion of 232 objects was selected entirely from the collec-
tion of Shanghai's major museum. Spanning the period
from Chinese prehistory through the twentieth century
the exhibit reflected the varying techniques and styles of
Chinese artists in a multitude of forms: sculpture, paint-
ing, ceramics, bronzes, and jades.
"Eskimo Art and Culture," on view from March 10
through May 27, 1984, consisted of two separate shows:
"Inua: Spirit World of the Bering Sea Eskimo" and "Grasp
Tight the Old Ways: The Klamer Family Collection of Inuit
Art." The former was circulated by Smithsonian Institution
Traveling Exhibition Service (sites), the latter by the Art
Gallery of Ontario. The sites exhibit was drawn from the
extensive, never-before-exhibited Edward W. Nelson
collection at the National Museum of Natural History
"Grasp Tight the Old Ways"— about 175 pieces-
consisted mostly of works by contemporary artists.
"Black Folk Art in America 1930-1980," on view April
14 through July 15, 1984, was circulated by the Corcoran
Gallery of Art and consisted of works by twenty sculp-
tors, painters, and other graphic artists. Partly concurrent
with that show was "African Insights: Sources for Afro-
American Art and Culture," on view April 29 through
December 31 , and drawn largely from Field Museum's
own collection. Guest curator for the exhibit was Richard
J. Powell, who provided accompanying lectures. Mr
Powell also wrote the text African and Afro-American Art:
Call and Response, to accompany the exhibit.
A major achievement of the Exhibition Department
was the modernization of the Museum's signage system
and its installation in 1984 — a radical improvement over
the previous system of signs for guiding visitors about
the building. The system included directory maps, a
handout map, elevator directories, and temporary signs.
All components were designed to be easily modified or
changed, according to the dictates of future needs.
The major permanent installation during the bien-
nium was "Plants of the World," in what had formerly been
designated Hall 29. The exhibit presents more than 600
species of plants, fossil as well as living. (For more on
this installation see page 13.)
To improve the effectiveness of exhibit planning, the
Controls Division of the Exhibition Department com-
puterized the department's financial operation. As a re-
sult, it was able to more accurately and rapidly develop
exhibit budgets, monitor and control exhibit costs, and
produce weekly or — on demand — project reports
designed to fit special needs, on the financial status of
any project or of the department as a whole. The ability to
easily establish encumbered costs as incurred, made it
possible to better anticipate deviations from the budget
and to take corrective action. It also permitted the de-
velopment of special cost analyses tailored to the
department's needs. With the inception of a projected
ten-year plan, this would enhance planning efficien-
cy and make possible the maximum output for
expenditures. D
Opposite.- Display of polychrome pottery figurines from the Ming
dynasty (ad 1368-1644). These, together with 200 other art objects and
artifacts were on view November 5. 1983, to February 14, 1984. com-
prising the exhibition "Treasures from the Shanghai Museum — 6, 000
Years of Chinese Art. " The exhibit was organized by the Shanghai
Museum of the People 's Republic of China and the Asian Art Museum
of San Francisco. Principal funding was by Control Data Corp. , Sargent
& Lundy and Consolidated Foods Corp 23
Cjcnuina oipitis c^xoni Uclincatio .
OiCv^llnoiJak- tnTiirCi^Uifn, CUM linQua J
vcnirivoijalt- inliircaUim. CUM
offjarinafutaincarliUJiiicm
actincntc.
PapiUo IJanwitui
JfoU ,^^
Slcrniun cyOni pcrlbratum
24
iuiusAvis insolcns ma^niludo cj^utJuoriini .ioJi.uidmi
umtonulum mens fVoslnun rccuniim noiir.i^UiUiiii inori- iv J
inAiriraK«.-uitfsJain Cormic fronic ciuscifUr^llNOCCK^TIi
cornu non Uiuuniic «a infinc ircuAvm C^Mor msu^xn Jit A iiilmo
" f^ ■macniiiiimf jia lulcm ul ma lynw liix.-d tnijr j oMiuit in-
(Above left) Original pencil and ink and (below right)
watercolor renderings by Christophe Paulin de Fremin-
ville: from a collection of 28 original drawings, ttie gift of
Albert G. Lowenthal. (Above right) One of 35 engraved
plates from Michael Besler's Gazophylacium Rerum
Naturalium (Leipzig, 1642), depicting objects in the au-
thor's natural history "cabinet": and (left) Polydore Roux,
Ornithologie Provencale ('Paris, 1825-1830), with 450
hand-colored plates of the birds of southern France.
Both the Besler and the Roux were the gifts of Mr and
Mrs. John Runnells.
A«y
THE LIBRARY
In 1983-84, The Library entered a period of self-evaluation,
which has already resulted in improved processing
routines and in more effective services to Museum staff
and public patrons. Over 5,500 monographic volumes
and as many volumes of journals were added to the Lib-
rary collections through a variety of means, including the
international publications exchange program, the U.S.
Depository System, gifts and purchases. As in former
years, regular acquisition funds were supplemented
through endowed acquisition funds given by Louis A.
and Frances B. Wagner, Mr. and Mrs. Walter Cherry, and
Mrs. Chester Tripp. These funds have continued to
strengthen the Library resources that are indispensable
to the Museum's scientific research programs. With the
end of the biennium, the volumes held in the general,
departmental and divisional Libraries totaled 215,000.
The Library extends its services to the public as a
noncirculating research collection, and during this per-
iod more than 2,000 visitors to the public Reading Room
made use of over 12,000 volumes. The Library's highly
specialized collections continued to be made available
to the wider scholarly community through the Interlibrary
Loan system, with over 1,400 loans of Library materials
made to libraries throughout North America for use by
their patrons. The majority of these loans were
initiated through oclc (Online Computer Library Center),
a computerized bibliographic service center with 5,000
member libraries nationwide. A member of OCic since
1977, the Library has acquired a second oclc terminal
which operates both online and offline as a standalone
computer. This tool has greatly improved many aspects
of library processing and has enabled staff to collect
and analyze large amounts of data, contributing to
more effective planning and improved services to
Museum staff.
Among the many gifts received, mention should be
made of a collection of chiefly botanical works donated
by Mrs. Robert Van Tress of Chicago, and of a copy of
William Nelson's limited edition portfolio of color litho-
graphs. The Sun Dance, depicting the traditional Sioux
ceremonial, donated by Connie G. Westenfelder of
Glenview, Illinois.
This has been a very active period in the Mary W.
Runnells Rare Book Room. Through the continuing sup-
port of Trustee and Mrs. John Runnells, several important
works have been added to the Rare Book Collections. Of
special note are three illustrated bird books that Edward
E. Ayer, Field Museum's first president, was unable to ac-
quire in the course of building his magnificent ornitholo-
gical library: Captain Thomas Brown's Illustrations of the
Genera of Birds (London, 1845-46); B. L. Du Bus
de Gisignies, Esquisses Ornithologiques (Brussels,
1845-48); and Polydore Roux, Ornithologie Provengale
(Paris, 1825-30).
Another acquisition was the rare and beautiful
Gazophylacium Rerum Naturalium of Michael Besler,
printed in Leipzig in 1642. Bound in gold-stamped vel-
lum, this work consists of 35 exquisitely engraved illustra-
tions of objects held in Besler's private natural history
collection. This copy, printed on unusual fine blue paper,
with remarkably fresh and clear impressions from the en-
graved plates, may well be a proof copy or at the very
least one of the first copies to be printed from the plates
(see illustration). In recognition of the importance of the
Rare Book Collections, the Runnells have also supported
the restoration program for these materials. Two signifi-
cant works have been completely restored: Pierre Belon,
UHistoire de la Nature des Oyseaux (Paris, 1555), the
first illustrated ornithological treatise; and Rosel von
Rosenhof, Historia Naturalis Ranarum Nostratium (Nurn-
berg, 1758), containing richly hand-colored illustrations
of the anatomy and life cycles of frogs.
Another important addition to the Rare Book Room
was a collection of 28 unpublished original zoological
drawings and watercolors by Christophe Paulin de Frem-
inville, an early nineteenth-century French naturalist. Fre-
minville's drawings blend precise detail with artistic sub-
tlety and, had they been published, would have brought
him renown as one of the finest natural history illustrators
of his time. Apparently lost during his lifetime, his works
were only recently rediscovered. Purchase of this collec-
tion of Freminville originals was made possible by a
generous donation from Mr. Albert G. Lowenthal
of New York. D
26
William Grim6. manager of the
Systematic Botanical Collec-
tion, with the intriguing,
instructive display he created
as a Members' Night exhibit —
"Legends of Luxury: Botanical
Cosmetics " (detail belowl In
the uniqueness of the learning
experience offered. Grim&s
remarkable exhibit was typical
of many created for the annual
occasion by Museum staff
THE WOMEN'S BOARD, TOURS, MEMBERSHIP
Founded in 1966 by the late Ellen Thorne (Mrs. Hermon
Dunlap) Smith, the Women's Board continues its tradi-
tion of leadership, support, and involvement at Field
Museum. At the close of 1 984, three Women's Board
members were serving on the Board of Trustees, fifteen
on committees of that group, and many more as volun-
teers in various Museum departments. Susan Vanden-
Bosch served as Women's Board coordinator.
Mrs. T. Stanton Armour, a dedicated and inspired
president, completed her term of office at the 1 984
Women's Board annual meeting and was ably suc-
ceeded by Mrs. Philip D. Block III, who continues to
bring creative and dynamic leadership to the office.
The Women's Board sponsored a number of major
programs during these two years. In March 1 983, Mrs.
Byron C. Karzas and Mrs. Edward F. Swift were co-
chairmen of the Botany Ball and Botany Day — a formal
dinner dance and a day of special botanic lectures — to
raise funds for the renovation of the magnificent per-
manent exhibit, "Plants of the World. " These activities and
other Women's Board fund-raising projects enabled the
Board to successfully meet its goal of $300,000 in sup-
port of the renovation of the Hall to match a contribution
from the Field Foundation of Illinois, in memory of its for-
mer chairman, the late Hermon Dunlap Smith. In Septem-
ber 1983, Museum trustees, staff, and special guests
joined the Women's Board in welcoming members of the
Smith family in celebration of the opening of the newly
renovated hall.
In November 1983, Women's Board member Mrs.
Malcolm N. Smith served as chairman of a gala preview
dinner to recognize the opening of the travelling exhibit
"Treasures from the Shanghai Museum: 6,000 Years
of Chinese Art." Over 600 guests attended the pre-
view event.
In December 1983 and 1984, the Women's Board
sponsored the popular annual holiday gathering, "A
Family Christmas Tea at Field Museum." Festive decor,
special entertainment and activities, and music of the
holiday season combined for an enjoyable family
outing. D
Field Museum Tours, under the direction of Dorothy S.
Roder, offered itineraries involving each of the Museum's
four scientific disciplines during 1983-84. These natural
history tours went both years to Egypt, the People's Re-
public of China, Kenya, and to the Grand Canyon. In
addition, tours were offered to Alaska, Baja California,
southern England, Peru and Bolivia, New Providence
and Andros Islands, to the Lesser Antilles aboard the
sailing ship "Sea Cloud," and to the Isia Roatan for a trop-
ical marine biology exploration. Baraboo, Wisconsin was
featured as a weekend trip, and in 1984 our first tour for
Founders' Council members was offered — a trip to north-
ern Michigan. All tours were led by scientists, most of
them curators in the Field Museum departments of
Anthropology, Botany Geology, and Zoology. D
During the 1983-84 Biennium, the Membership Depart-
ment encouraged Members to actively participate in ex-
hibit previews and in the annual Members' Night. The
reinstallation of the South Information booth, staffed by
Membership representatives, encouraged current and
prospective Members to take part in the "Treasures of the
Shanghai Museum" Members' preview, on November 4,
1983. The event drew 3,593 viewers.
March 9, 1984, was the date of the "Inua: Eskimo Art
and Culture" Members' preview. The 1,500 participating
Members and guests took part in igloo-building, mask-
making, and telling tall tales at the Northwest Coast
totem poles.
Members' Night for 1984, coordinated by the
Membership Department, fell on October 12. For five
hours, more than 5,000 visitors enjoyed special exhibits,
activities, and entertainment throughout the Museum,
with access to the research and preparation areas that
are customarily not accessible to visitors. D
Field Museum of natural history
Financial Activity
For the year ended December 31 , 1984
Admissions 6.0%
Membership 2.7%
'Museum Store, food service, special events
Revenues
Capital Improvements 5.0%
Development 3.0%
Public Affairs 5.2%
Expenses
28
FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY
Balance Sheet
December 31, 1984
Board Designated
1984
1983
Unrestricted Funds
Restricted Funds
Endowment Funds
Combined Total
Combined Total
Assets
Cash
$ 588,304
$
$
$ 588,304
$ 446,841
Marketable Securities
9,453,251
—
-
9,453,251
7,332,842
Accounts Receivable
378,209
333,899
-
712,108
930,620
Museum Store Inventory
479,442
-
—
479,442
402,215
Prepaid Expenses
10,840
-
-
10,840
19,255
Deferred Charges
40,436
-
-
40,436
55,644
Investments
-
-
42,181,448
42,181,448
45,593,700
Collections
1
-
-
1
1
Museum Property
$ 7,136,866
$18,087,349
-
-
$ 7,136,866
$60,602,696
$ 7,136,866
Total Assets
$ 333,899
$42,181,448
$61,917,984
Liabilities and Fund Balances
Accounts Payable
$ 705,412
$
$
$ 705,412
$ 552,509
Accrued Liabilities
294,91 7
-
-
294,917
285,236
Accrued Pension Contribution
165,496
—
-
165,496
202,810
Deferred Revenue
Contributions
75,000
—
-
75,000
-
Pension Gain
213,057
—
—
213,057
158,234
Restricted Contributions
—
5,790,401
-
5,790,401
-
Other
58,887
30,238
-
89,125
153,485
Due to (from) Other Funds
$ 7,710,922
$ 9,223,691
$(6,930,047)
$(1,109,408)
$ (780,875)
$ (780,875)
-
-
Total Liabilities
$ 7,333,408
$ 1,352,274
Museum Property Fund Balance
$ 7,136,867
$
$
$ 7,136,867
$ 7,136,867
Fund Balance
1,726,791
1,443,307
42,962,323
46,132,421
53,428,843
$ 8,863,658
$ 1,443,307
$ 42,962,323
$53,269,288
$60,565,710
Total Fund Balance
$18,087,349
$ 333,899
$42,181,448
$60,602,696
$61,917,984
STAFF PUBLICATIONS
DEPARTMENT OF ANTHROPOLOGY
Bronson. Bennet
1983. (with K. Smith and K. Petersen) Using Remote CP/M Computer
Systems. Microsystems July . pp. 5-9.
(with W. Rostoker, J. Dvorak, and G. Shen) Casting farm imple-
ments, comparable tools and hardware in Ancient China. World
Archaeology ]5{2):196-2]0.
1984. (with I. Glover) Archaelogical Radiocarbon Dates from Indonesia:
A First List. Indonesia Circle 34:37-44.
(with W. Rostoker and J. Dvorak) The Cast Iron Bells of China.
Technology and Culture 25(4):750-67.
(with W. Rostoker and J. Dvorak) Studies on an Ancient Chinese
Object with a Bronze Coating. Journal of Historical Metallurgy
Society ^a{2). 89-94.
(with P. Charoenwongsa) Sites of the Highest Possible Priority: Tar-
gets for Archaeological Research in Thailand. SPAFA Digest
5(2):9-11 (Bangkok).
(with I. Glover) A List of Southeast Asian Radiocarbon Dates,
Part I: Indonesia. SPAFA Digest, 5(2):26-29.
Feldman, Robert A.
1983. El Nino: Recent Effects in Peru. Field Museum of Natural History
Bulletin 54{8):^6-^8.
El Nino Strikes Again. El Chasqui (Journal of the Peruvian Arts
Society Chicago), July pp. 4 & 14.
From Maritime Chiefdom to Agricultural State in Formative Coastal
Peru . In Civilization in the Ancient Americas: Essays in Honor of
Gordon R. Willey eds. Richard M. Leventhal and Alan L. Kolata,
pp. 289-31 0. Albuquerque: University of New Mexico Press,
(with C. R. Ortloff and Michael E. Moseley) The Chicama-Moche
Intervalley Canal: Social Explanations and Physical Paradigms.
American Antiquity 48(2):375-389.
(with Michael E. Moseley) The Northern Andes. In Ancient South
Americans, ed. Jesse D. Jennings, pp. 139-178. San Francisco
Freeman and Company
(with Michael E. Moseley) Hydrological Dynamics and the Evolu-
tion of Field Form and Use: Resolving the Knapp-Smith Con-
troversy American Antiquity 49(2):403-408.
(with Michael E. Moseley, Charles R. Ortloff, and Alfredo Narvaez)
Principles of Agrarian Collapse in the Cordillera, Negra, Peru.
Annals of Carnegie Museum 52(13):299-327.
1984. (with Michael E. Moseley) Vivir con crisis: percepcion humana de
proceso y tiempo. Revista del Museo Nacional (Lima) 46:267-287.
Kolata, Alan
1983. (ed., with Richard M. Leventhal) Civilization in the Ancient Amer-
icas: Essays in Honor of Gordon R. Willey Albuquerque: University
of New Mexico Press.
Chan Chan and Cuzco: On the Nature of the Ancient Andean City
In Civilization in the Ancient Americas: Essays in Honor of Gordon
R. Willey eds. Richard M. Leventhal and Alan L. Kolata. pp. 345-
371 . Albuquerque: University of New Mexico Press.
The South Andes. \n Ancient South Americans, ed. Jesse D.Jen-
nings, pp. 240-285. San Francisco: Freeman and Company
Lewis. Phillip
1984. (with Phyllis Rabineau) A New Look for the Pacific Research Lab.
Field Museum of Natural History Bulletin. October 1984. pp. 6-9.
Moseley. Michael E.
1983. Desert Empire and Art: Chimor, Chimu, and Chancay \ri Art of the
Andes. Pre-Columbian Sculpted and Painted Ceramics from the
Arthur M. Sackler Collections, ed. L. Katz, pp. 78-85. Washington
D.C.: the Arthur M. Sackler Foundation.
Patterns of Settlement and Preservation in the Viru and Moche Val-
leys. In Prehistoric Settlement Patterns, Essays in Honor of Gordon
R. Willey eds. E.S. Vogt and R. M. Leventhal, pp. 423-442. Albu-
querque: University of New Mexico Press.
3Q (with C. R. Ortloff and R. A. Feldman) The Chicama-Moche Inter-
valley Canal: Social Explanations and Physical Paradigms. Amer-
ican Antiquity 48(2):375-3a9.
Central Andean Civilization. In Ancient South Americans, ed.
Jesse D. Jennings, pp. 179-239. San Francisco: Freeman and
Company
(with Robert A. Feldman) The Northern Andes. In Ancient South
Americans, ed. Jesse D. Jennings, pp. 139-178. San Francisco:
Freeman and Company
The Good Old Days Were Better: Agrarian Collapse and Tectonics.
American Anthropologist 85(4):773-799.
(with Robert A. Feldman) Hydrological Dynamics and the Evolu-
tion of Field Form and Use: Resolving the Knapp-Smith Con-
troversy American Antiquity A9{2):A03-408.
(with Robert A. Feldman. Charles R. Ortloff. and Alfredo Narvaez)
Principles of Agrarian Collapse in the Cordillera Negra. Peru.
Annals of Carnegie Museum 52(13):299-327.
1984. (with Robert A. Feldman) Vivir con crisis: percepcion humana de
proceso y tiempo. Revista del Museo Nacional (Lima) 46:267-286.
Rabineau. Phyllis
1984. (with Phillip Lewis) A New Look for the Pacific Research Lab. Field
Museum of Natural History Bulletin, October 1984, pp. 6-9.
VanStone. James
1983. The Simms Collection of Plains Cree Material Culture from South-
eastern Saskatchewan. Fieldiana: Anthropology, new series, no. 6.
57 pp.
Athapaskan Indian Clothing in the Collections of Field Museum."
Field Museum of Natural History Bulletin, vol. 54. no. 4. pp. 22-27.
(ed., with H. N. Michael) Cultures of the Bering Sea Region: Pap-
ers from an International Symposium. New York: International
Research and Exchange Board.
Ethnohistorical Research in Alaska: A Review, In Cultures of the
Bering Sea Region: Papers from an International Symposium, ed.,
H.N. Michael and James VanStone, pp. 289-31 0. New York: Inter-
national Research and Exchanges Board,
(with H. B. Collins, and D. J. Ray) Artifacts. In Grasp Tight the Old
Ways: Selections from the Klamer Family Collection of Inuit Art, ed .
Jean Blodgett. pp. 253-264. Art Gallery of Toronto.
Sealskin Bags of Unusual Construction from the Bering Strait
Region. Field Musuem of Natural History Bulletin, Vol. 55, No. 2,
pp. 23-26.
Eskimo/lnuit Culture Change: An Historical Perspective. In Arctic
Life: Challenge to Survive, ed. M. M. Jacobs and J. B. Richardson,
pp. 133-147 Carnegie Museum of Natural History Pittsburgh.
1984. Protective Hide Body Armor of the Historic Chukchi and Siberian
Eskimos. Etudes/lnuit/Studies 7(2):3, 24.
Market Art from Northeastern Asia: A Nineteenth Century Siberian
Souvenir Field Museum of Natural History Bulletin, April 1984, pp.
19-21.
William Duncan Strong and the Rawson-MacMillan Subarctic Ex-
pedition of 1927-28. Field Museum of Natural History Bulletin,
Sept. 1984. pp. 5-10.
Exploration and Contact History of Western Alaska. In Handbook
of North American Indians, vol. 5. Arctic, pp. 149-160.
Introduction of Southwest Alaska Eskimo: Introduction in Hand-
book of North American Indians, vol. 5, Arctic, pp. 205-208.
Mainland Southwest Alaska Eskimo. In Handbook of North Amer-
ican Indians, vol. 5, Arctic, pp. 224-242.
STAFF PUBLICATIONS
DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY
Barringer. Kerry A.
1983 Family No. 59, Aristolochiaceae In: W. C. Burger, Ed., Flora Costar-
icensis, Fieldiana: Botany, N.S. No. 13, pp. 79-87.
The identity of Gomara racemosa R. & P. Taxon 32(4): 627-629.
Monopera, a new genus of Scrophulariaceae from South America.
Bn/ton;a 35(2): 111-114.
Notes on Central American Aristolochiaceae. Brittonia 35(2):
171-174.
Polygala dukei (Polygalaceae), a new species from Panama. Ann.
Mo. Bot Gard 70(1): 203-204.
1984. Aa (Orchidaceae) in Costa Rica. Phytologid 55(6): 443-446.
Cubitanthus. a new genus of Gesneriaceae from Brazil. J. Arnold
Arboretum 65: 145-147.
Seed morphology and the classification of the Scrophulariaceae.
Abstract. Amer. J. Bot. 71(5), Part2: 156.
Burger William C.
1 983. AInus acuminata, Piper auritum, and Ouercus costaricensis In: D.
H. Janzen, Ed., Costa Rican Natural History, pp. 188-189, 304-
305,318-319.
Families 54-58, 62-70, 58 (with J. Kuijt), and 70 (with R. Baker),
In: Flora Costaricensis. Fieldiana: Botany, N.S. No. 13, pp. 1-78,
99-255.
Flora of Panama: a milestone in neotropical floristics. Taxon 32;
515-516.
Plants that lie and cheat (well, almost). Field Museum of Natural
History Bulletin 54(2): 22-25.
Dillon, Michael O.
1983. A new species of Bidens (Heliantheae-Asteraceae) from Guate-
mala. Phyto/og/a 54(4): 225-228.
(with Beverly Serrell). The botanical world in replica. The story of
Field Museum's astonishing collection of plant models. Field
Museum of Natural History Bulletin 54(8): 5-10.
1984. A systematic study of Flourensia (Asteraceae, Heliantheae). Field-
iana: Botany N.S. No. 16, pp. 1-67.
A new combination of Ambrosia (Heliantheae-Asteraceae). Phyto-
tog/a 56(5): 337-338.
Two new species of Vernonia (Asteraceae: Vernonieae) from Peru.
Brittonia 36(4): 333-336.
Engel, John J.
1982. (with R. M. Schuster). Austral Hepaticae XVI. Gondwanalandlc
Leptoscyphoideae (Geocalycaceae). LindbergiaS: 65-74. (not in-
cluded in previous biennial report)
1983. Austral Hepaticae XV. Brevianthaceae: A monotypic family ende-
mic to Tasmania. Bryologist 85: 375-388.
(with R.M. Schuster). Austral Hepaticae XVIII. Studies toward a
revision of Telaranea Subg. Neolepidozia (Lepidoziaceae). Field-
iana: Botany, N.S. No. 14, pp. 1-7.
1984. Botanical exploration and collection of bryophytes in southern
Chile. National Geographic Researcf} Reports\lo\. 16: 239-244.
(with R. M. Schuster). An overview and evaluation of the genera of
Geocalycaceae Subfamily Lophocoleoideae (Hepaticae). Nova
Hedwigia 39: 385-463.
Review of Karen S. Renzaglia, A comparative developmental in-
vestigation of the gametophyte generation in the Metzgeriales
(Hepatophyta). Bryophytorum Bibliotheca24: i-x, 1-253. Cramer,
1982. Bryologist 87: 93-95.
Index Hepaticarum Supplementum: 1978-1979. Taxon 33:761-779.
Feuer Sylvia M.
1983. (with C. Niezgoda and L. I. Nevling, Jr). Pollen ultrastructure of
the tribe Ingeae (Mimosoideae: Legumiriosae). Amer. J. Bot. 70:
650-667.
1984. (with P. Crane). Pollen ultrastructure and evolution in the Betula-
ceae. Abstract. International Palynological Conference Abstracts.
Calgary, Alberta, Canada.
HUFT, Michael J.
1983. The identity of Cunuria casiquiarensis (Euphorbiaceae) and a
range extension. Phytologia 53: 449-450.
1 984. A new combination in Dalechiampia (Euphorbiaceae). Ann. Mis-
souri Bot. Gard. 71:341.
Nee. Michael
1 983. Flora de Veracruz #21 . Casuarinaceae. 6 pp.
1984. Flora de Veracruz #34. Salicaceae. 24 pp.
Niezgoda. Christine
1983. (Sylvia Feuer and Lorin I. Nevling, Jr). Pollen ultrastructure of
the tribe Ingeae (Mimosoideae: Leguminosae). Amer J. Bot. 70:
650-667.
Plowman. Timothy
1982. (Not reported in previous biennial report.)
(with M. J. Balick and L. Rivier). The effects of field preservation on
alkaloid content in fresh coca leaves (Eryttiroxylum spp.) Journal
of Etfinopharmacology^: 287-291.
Three new species of Eryttiroxylum (Erythroxylaceae) from Vene-
zuela. Srifton/a 34(4): 442-457.
1 983. Collecting in the Upper Amazon. Field Museum of Natural History
Bulletin 54(3): 8-^3.
(with L. Rivier). Cocaine and cinnamoylocaine content of thirty-one
species of Eryttiroxylum (Erythroxylaceae). Annals of Botany (Lon-
don) 51 (5): 641-659.
(with M.J. Balick and L. Rivier). The effects of field presen/ation on
alkaloid content in fresh coca leaves (Eryttiroxylum spp.) Re-
printed in: Atti del II Seminario Internazionale suite Piante Medici-
nali ed Aromatiche. Communita Montana. Citta de Castello. pp.
81-86.
New species of Eryttiroxylum from Brazil and Venezuela. Bot. Mus.
Leaf I., Harvard Univ. 29(3): 279-290.
Erythroxylaceae. In: S. A. Mori, B. M. Boom, A. M. de Carvalho
and T S. dos Santos. Southern Bahian moist forests. Bot. Rev. 49:
214-215.
(with P. Rury). Morphological studies of archeological and recent
coca leaves (Eryttiroxylum spp.) Bot. Mus. Leafi, Harvard Univ.
29(4): 297-341.
1 984. The ethnobotany of coca (Eryttiroxylum spp. , Erythroxylaceae) In:
G. T Prance and J. A. Kallunki, Eds. Etfinobotany in ttie neotro-
pics. New York Botanical Garden. Bronx, NY. pp. 62-111.
(with W. Vickers). Useful plants of the Siona and Secoya Indians of
eastern Ecuador Fieldiana: Botany, N.S. No. 15: 1-63.
The origin, evolution and diffusion of coca (Eryttiroxylum spp.) in
South and Central America. In: D. Stone, Ed., Precolumbian Plant
Migration. Papers of tfie Peabody Museum of Arctiaeology and
Ettinology 76: 125-163.
Stolze. Robert G.
1983. (with Benjamin 0llgaard and R. James Hickey). Ferns and fern
allies of Guatemala. Part III. Marsileaceae, Salviniaceae, and the
fern allies (including a comprehensive index to Parts 1,11, and III).
Fieldiana: Botany N.S. No. 12. pp. 1-91.
1984. Problems in Asplenium. with some new species from Ecuador.
American Fern Journal 74(2): 40-50.
Two new tree ferns from Panama. American Fern Journal 74(4):
101-104.
31
STAFF PUBLICATIONS
DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY
Bolt John R.
1 983. (with R. E. Lombard) Evolution of thie amphibian tympanic ear
and the origin of frogs. BlologicalJournal of the Linnean Society
11:19-76.
(with R. DeMar) Simultaneous tooth replacement in Euryodus and
Card/ocepha/us (Amphibia: tvlicrosauria). Journal of Paleontology
57:911-923.
1984. (with A. RicqISs) Jaw growth and tooth replacement in Captor-
filnus aguti (Reptilia: Captorhinomorpha): a morphological and
histological analysis. Journal of Vertebrate Paleontology 3(1 ):7-24
Bryant. Martha
1 984. (with Peter R. Crane) Fossil Plant Collections at the Field Museum.
Field ivluseum of Natural History Bulletin, vol. 55(4):5-10, 24-25.
Crane. Peter R.
1 983. (with S. R. Manchester) Attached leaves, inflorescences and fruits
of Fagopsis, an extinct genus of fagaceous affinity from the Florris-
sant Flora of Colorado, U.S.A. American Journal of Botany vol.
70:1147-1164.
(with R. A. Stockey) In situ Cercidiphiyllum-Wke seedlings from the
Paleocene of Alberta, Canada. American Journal of Botany, vol.
70:1564-1568.
The earliest plants on land. Field l^useum of Natural History Bulle-
tin, vol. 54 (9):20-25.
The inside story on fossil plants. Field Museum of Natural History
Bulletin, vol. 54(10):10-12,18-19.
1 984. Misplaced pessimism and misguided optimism: a reply to Mab-
berley Taxon, vol. 33:79-82.
(with D. L. Dilcher) Lesqueria: an early angiosperm fruiting axis
from the mid-Cretaceous. Annals of the H/lissouri Botanical Gar-
den, vo\. 7 ^ -.384-402.
(with D. L. Dilcher) Archaeanthus: an early angiosperm from the
Cenomanian of the western interior of North America. Annals of the
Missouri Botanical Garden, vol. 71 :351 -383.
A re-evaluation of Cercidiphyllum-Wke plant fossils from the British
Lower Tertiary. Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society vol.
89:199-230.
(with D. L. Dilcher) In pursuit of the first flower. Natural History, vol.
93(3):56-61.
(with M. S. Bryant) Fossil plant collections at the Field Museum.
Field Museum of Natural History Bulletin, vol. 55(4):5-10, 24-25.
Grande, R. LjAnce,
1 984. The Paleontology of the Green River Formation with a Review of
the Fish Fauna, 2nd Edition. Geological Survey Wyoming Bulletin,
63:1-333.
NiTECKi. Matthew H.
1 983. Coevolution. University of Chicago Press, 392 pp. (editor).
Third International Symposium of Fossil Algae. Lethaia. 16(1 ):50.
(with D. C. Fisher) Status and Composition of Archaeata. 3rd Inter-
national Symposium of Fossil Algae. Colorado School of Mines,
p. 21.
Life History of a Fossil. Paleogr. Paleoclimatol.. Paleoecol., 43:
357-358.
1984. Extinctions. University of Chicago Press, 354 pp. (editor).
Fossils: the key to the past. Jour Geoi, 92:351 .
Genetic takeover. Earth-Sci. Rev.. 20:177-179.
(with S. Rietschel) Ordovician receptaculitid algae from Burma.
Palaeontology 27:415-420.
Precambrian and Paleozoic Algal Carbonates. Jour Geo!.. 92:492.
Olsen. Edward J.
1983. (with G. J. MacPherson, M. Bar-Matthews, T Tanaka, and L.
Grossman) Refractory Inclusions in the Murchison Meteohte. Geo-
chimica et Cosmochimica Acta, Vol. 47, pp. 823-839.
(with P. S. Sipiera, D. Eatough, and B. D. Dod) Summary of Several
Recent Chondrite Finds from the Texas Panhandle. Meteoritics,
Vol. 18, pp. 63-75.
(with R. Clayton, T Mayeda, and M. Prinz) Oxygen Isotope Rela-
tionships in Iron Meteorites. Earth and Planetary Science Letters,
Vol. 65, pp. 229-232.
Si02-bearings Chondrules in the Murchison (C2) Meteorite. In
Chondrules and Their Origins, Lunar and Planetary Institute,
Houston, TX, pp. 223-234.
(with R. Clayton, N. Onuma, Y. Ikeda, T Mayeda, I. Hutcheon, and
C. Molini-Velsko) Oxygen Isotopic Compositions of Chondrules in
Allende In Chondrules and Their Origins, Lunar and Planetary In-
stitute, Houston, TX, 37-43.
Thinsections: A Natural Art Form. Field Museum of Natural History
Bulletin, Vol. 54, No. 4, pp. 19-21.
1984: 1985: The Year of the Gemstone. Field Museum of Natural History
Bulletin, Vol. 55. No. 11, p. 3.
(with G. R. McGhee, Jr, J. S. Gilmore, and C. J Orth) No Geo-
chemical Evidence for an Asteroidal Impact at Late Devonian
Mass Extinction Horizon. Nature, Vol 308, pp. 629-631.
(with T Bunch) Equilibration Temperatures of the Ordinary Chon-
drites: A New Evaluation. Geochimica et Cosmochimica Acta, Vol.
48, pp. 1,363-1,365.
Review of Proceedings of the Eigth Symposium on Antarctic
Meteorites (T Nagata, ed), in Geochimica et Cosmochimica Acta,
Vol.48, p 2,773.
TuRNBULL, William D.
1984. Cenozoic Fossil Vertebrate Search: Australian Pilbara and Can-
ning Basin areas. National Geographic Society Research Reports
1 7:883-888.
(with Walter Segall) The Ear Region of the Marsupial Sabretooth,
Thylacosmilus. Journal of Morphology yo\. 181, No. 3, 239-270.
(with E. L. Lundelius) The Mammalian Fauna of the Madura Cave,
Western Australia Part IV. Fieldiana: Geology U.S. No. 14: i-ix,
1-63.
Woodland. Bertram G.
1983 Fabric of the Clastic Component of Carboniferous Concretions
and Their Enclosing Matrix in Part 3 of Atlantic Coast Basins,
Paleogeography and Paleotectonics, Sedimentology and Geo-
chemistry (eds. Belt, E S and Macqueen, R.W.). Compte Rendu
Ninth International Congress on Carboniferous Stratigraphy and
Geo/ogy Vol. 3: 694-701.
(with R. M. Coveney and R. Zangerl) Metalliferous Shales of the
Illinois Basin. Geol. Soc. of America Field Trips in Midwestern
Geology Vol. 2. (eds R H. Shaver and J. Sunderman), 147-171.
32
STAFF PUBLICATIONS
DEPARTMENT OF ZOOLOGY
Ashe, James S.
1984, Generic revision of the subtribe Gyrophaenina (Coleoptera:
Staphylinidae: Aleocharinae) with a review of described sub-
genera and major features of evolution. Questiones Entomologi-
cae 20: 129-349,
Description of the larva and pupa of Scaphisoma terminata Melsh.
and the larva of Scaphium castanipes Kirby (Scaphidiidae) with
notes on their natural history Coleoptehsts Bull., 38(4): 361-373.
(with L.E. Watrous) Larval Chaetotaxy of Aleocharinae (Staphylini-
dae) based on a description of Atheta coriaria Kr Coleoptehsts
So//. 38(2): 165-179.
FiTZPATRiCK. John W.
1983. (with W.E. Lanyon) Behavior, morphology and systematic position
of S/rystes s/tw/ator (Tyrannidae). Au/c100:98-104.
Tropical Kingbird, Tyrannus melancholicus. In Janzen, D. (ed.),
Costa Rican Natural History, pp. 611-613. University of Chicago
Press, Chicago.
(with N. Pierpont) Specific status and behavior of Cymbilaimus
sanctaemahae, an antshrike from southwestern Amazonia. Auk
100: 645-652.
(with G.E Woolfenden) Staying Around the Nest. 1984 Science
Year. Worldbook Childcraft Inc., Chicago, pp. 13-25, frontispiece
1984. (with J.W. Terborgh and L. Emmons) Annotated checklist of bird
and mammal species of Cocha Cashu Biological Station, Manu
National Park, Peru. Fieldiana: Zoology New Series, no. 21:1-29.
(with G.E. Woolfenden) The Florida Scrub Jay: Demography of a
Cooperative-breeding Bird, xiv x 410 pp., Mongr Pop. Biol. No.
20, Princeton University Press.
(with G.E. Woolfenden) The helpful shall inherit the scrub. Natural
History 93:55-63.
(with R. Kiltie) Reproduction and social organization of the Black-
capped Donacobius (Donacobius atricapillus) in Amazonian Peru.
/Au/< 101:804-811.
Gritis, PaulA,
1983, (with R.F. Inger) Variation in Bornean frogs of the Amolops jerboa
species group with descriptions of two new species. Fieldiana:
Zoology (N.S.), no. 19, 13 pp.
Hershkovitz, Philip
1983, The staggered marsupial lower third incisor (I3). Geobios,
Memoire Special, 6:191-200.
Two new species of night monkeys, genus Aotus (Cebidae, Platy-
rrhini): A preliminary report on Aotus taxonomy Amer. Jour Prima-
toiogy 4:209-243.
1984 On the validity of the family group-name Callitrichidae (Platyrrhini,
Primates). Mammalia, 48(1): 153.
Taxonomy of squirrel monkeys genus Saimiri (Cebidae, Platyrrhi-
ni): A preliminary report with description of a hitherto unnamed
form. Amer Jour Primatology 7(2): 151 -210.
lyiore on the Homunculus Dpm4 and ml and comparisons with
Aiouatta and Stirtonia (Primates, Platyrrhini, Cebidae). Amer Jour
Primatology 7(3):261-283.
Inger, Robert R
1983, l^orphological and ecological variation in the flying lizards (genus
Draco). Fieldiana: Zoology (N,S.), No, 18, 35 pp.
Larvae of Southeast Asian species of Leptobrachium and Lepto-
brachella (Anura: Pelobatidae). Advances in Herpetology and
Evolutionary Biology pp. 13-32.
(with Paul Gritis) Variation in Bornean frogs of the Amolops jerboa
species group with descriptions of two new species. Fieldiana:
Zoology (N.S.), no. 19, 13 pp.
1984. (with Hymen Marx and Mammen Koshy) An undescribed species
of gekkonid lizard (Cnemaspis) from India with comments on the
status of C. tropidogaster Herpetologica, Vol. 40:149-154.
IzoR. Robert J.
1983. (with J. Fooden) Grovrth cun/es, dental emergence norms, and
supplemental morphological observations in known-age captive
Orangutans. Amer Jour Primatology 5(4):285-301 .
1 984. (with T. J. McCarthy) Heteromys gaumeri (Rodentia: Hetero-
myidae) in the Northern Plain of Belize. Mammalia, 48(3):465-467.
Johnson, Robert K,
1 983. (with David W. Greenfield) Clingfishes (Gobiesocidae) from Belize
and Honduras, Central America, with a redescription of Gobiesox
barbatuius Starks. Northeast Gulf Science, 6(1 ):33-49.
(with Ross M. Feltes) A new species of Vinciguerria from the Red
Sea and Gulf of Aqaba with Comments on the Depauperacy of the
Red Sea Mesopelagic Fish Fauna. Fieldiana: Zoology New Series,
no. 22, vi -I- 35 pp.
Ontogeny and systematics of the Evermannellidae, the saber-
toothed fishes, pp. 250-254, in: Ontogeny and Systematics of
Fishes — A Symposium Held in Memory of E. H. Ahlstrom, La
Jolla CA, August, 1983. American Society of Ichthyologists and
Herpetologists.
Ontogeny and systematics of the Scopelarchidae, the pearl-eyed
fishes, pp. 245-250, in: Ontogeny and Systematics of Fishes — A
Symposium Held in Memory of E. H. Ahlstrom, La Jolla CA, Au-
gust, 1 983. American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists.
Ontogeny and systematics of the Giganturidae, p. 199-201 , in:
Ontogeny and Systematics of Fishes — A Symposium Held in
Memory of E. H. Ahlstrom, La Jolla CA, August, 1983. American
Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists,
Kethley, John B.
1 983. Modifications of the deutonymph of Uropodella laciniata Berlese,
1888, for phoretic dispersal (Acari: Parasitiformes). J. Ga. En-
tomol.Soc. 18(2): 151 -155.
The deutonymph of Epiphis rarior Berlese, 1916 (Epiphidinae n.
subfam., Rhodacaridae, Rhodacaroidea). J. Can. Zool.
61(11):2,598-2,611.
(with W.T. Atyeo and T.M. Perez) Paedomorphosis in Metacheyletia
(Acari: Cheyletidae), with the description of a new species. J.
Med. Entomol. 21(2):125-131
Marx. Hymen S.
1983. (with Charles A. Reed) Lung disorder not necessarily respon-
sible for non-swimming behavior in aquatic turtles Copeia, 1 983:
571-573.
1984, (with Robert F Inger and Mammen Koshy) An undescribed spe-
cies of gekkonid lizard {Cnemaspis) from India with comments on
the status of C, tropidogaster Herpetologica, Vol. 40: 1 49-1 54.
Patterson. Bruce D.
1983. Baculum-body size relationships as evidence for a selective
continuum on bacular morphology. Jour of Mammalogy, 64(3):
496-499
Grasshopper mandibles and the niche variation hypothesis.
Evolution, 37(2):375-388.
On the phyletic weight of mensural cranial characters in chip-
munks and their allies (Rodentia: Sciuridae). Fieldiana: Zoology
(New Series), 20:1-24.
The Joumal of Wilfred Osgood: The Marshall Field Chilean Expedi-
tion of 1922-23. Field Museum of Natural History Bulletin, 54(2):
8-11,28-33.
1 984. Mammalian extinction and biogeography in the Southern Rocky
Mountains, pp. 247-293 In Nitecki, M H. (ed). Extinctions.
University of Chicago Press, Chicago, 354 pp.
Correlation between mandibular morphology and specific diet of
some desert grassland Acrididae (Orthoptera). American Midland
Naturalist, 111(2):296-303.
Geographic variation and taxonomy of Colorado and Hop! chip-
munks (Genus Eutamias). Jour of Mammalogy 65(3):442-456.
(with M.H. Gallardo and K.E. Freas) Systematics of mice of the
subgenus Al^odon in southern South America, with the description 33
of a new species. Fieldiana: Zoology (New Series), 65(3): 1 -1 6.
34
Charles M. Johnson (left) and Chirkina I. Chirklna,
members of the Security and Visitor Services staff, over-
see the coming and going of all materials at the ship-
ping dock: traveling exhibits, provisions, and mail.
John P. Harris, fossil preparator Department of Geology,
gently guides into position one of the largest known
bones in the world of science: the femur of a Brach-
iosaurus. The 675-pound bone was discovered by the
late Elmer S Riggs. former Field l^useum paleontolog-
ist, in Colorado, in 1900. fvluch of Harris's work involves
the restoration and cleaning of fossil material, as well as
the fabrication of copies of bones that are exact to the
finest detail.
STAFF PUBLICATIONS
SCHAFFER, H. Bradley
1 983. Biosystematlcs of Ambystoma rosaceum and A. tighnum in north-
western Mexico. Copeia, 1983(1):67-78.
Review of Metamorphosis: A Problem in developmental biology.
(Gilbert and Frleden, eds.) Herpetologica, 39(3):311-313.
SOLEM, G. Alan
1 983. Endodontoid Land Snails from Pacific Islands (Mollusca: Pulmo-
nata: Sigmurethra). Part II. Families Punctidae and Charopidae.
Zoogeography Field Museum Press, Cfiicago, 336 pp.
First Record of Amphidromus from Australia, withi Anatomical
Notes on Several Species (Mollusca: Pulmonata: Camaenidae).
Rec. Aust. Mas.. 35:153-166.
Lost or Kept Internal Whorls: Ordinal Differences in Land Snails. J.
Moll. Studies. Suppl. 12A: 172-1 78.
1984. Small Land Snails from Northern Australia. III. Species of Helico-
discidae and Charopidae. J. Malac. Soc. Aust., 6(3-4):155-179.
Camaenid Land Snails from Western and central Australia (Mollus-
ca: Pulmonata: Camaenidae). IV. Taxa from the Kimberley, Wes-
traltrachia Iredale, 1933 and Related Genera. Rec. West. Aust.
Mas., Suppl. no. 17:427-705.
(with Carl C. Christensen) Camaenid Land Snail Reproductive
Cycle and Growth Patterns in Semi-Arid Areas of Northwestern
Australia. Aust. J. Zooi, 32(4):471-491 .
(with Simon Tillier and Peter B. Mordan) Pseudo-operculate Pul-
monate Land Snails from New Caledonia. The Veliger, 27(2): 193-
199.
(with AC. van Bruggen) Preface in World-wide Snails: Biogeog-
raphical studies on non-marine Mollusca, Alan Solem and AC. van
Bruggen (eds.), E.J. Brill, Leiden, pp. vii-ix.
Introduction in World-wide Snails: Biogeographical studies on non-
marine Mollusca, Alan Solem and AC. van Bruggen (eds.) E.J.
Brill, Leiden, pp. 1-5
A World Model of Land Snail Diversity and Abundance in World-
wide Snails: Biogeographical studies on non-marine Mollusca,
Alan Solem and A.C. van Bruggen (eds.), E.J. Brill, Leiden,
pp. 6-22.
Simultaneous Character Convergence and Divergence in Western
Australian Land Snails Biol. J. Linnean Soc. London, 23:(21
printed pages).
Stewart, Donald J.
1983 (with R.M. Bailey) Bagrus Bosc, 1816 (Pisces, Siluriformes): pro-
posal to place on the official list. Z.N. (S.) 2371 Bull. ofZool.
Nomenclature, 40(3):167-172.
(with E.K. Balon) Fish assemblages in a river with unusual gradient
(Luongo, Africa-Zaire system), reflections on river zonation, and
description of another new species. Environmental Biology of
Fishes, 9(3/4): 225-252.
(with D. Weininger, D.V. Rottiers, and T.A. Edsall) An energetics
model for lake trout, Salvelinus namaycush. Application to the Lake
Michigan system. Can. Jour Fish. Aquat. Sci., 40(6):681-698.
1984 (with T. R. Roberts) A new species of dwarf cichlid fish with re-
versed sexual dichromatism from Lac Mai-nadombe, Zaire.
Cope/a, 1984(1 ):82-86.
(with R. M. Bailey) Bagrid catfishes from Lake Tanganyika, with a
key and descriptions of new taxa. Misc. Pub. Mus. Zooi, Univ.
Mich. 168:1-410.
Review of Man, Fishes, and the Amazon, by Nigel J. H. Smith
(1981). F/sA7er/es, 9(5):44.
TiMM. Robert M.
1983 (with D.D. Baird and G.E. Nordquist) Reproduction in the arctic
shrew, Sorex arcticus. Jour of Mammalogy, 64(2):298-301.
(with L.R. Heaney) Relationships of pocket gophers of the genus
Geomys from the Central and Northern Great Plains. Misc. Pub.,
Museum of Natural History University of Kansas, 74:1-59.
(with L.R. Heaney) Systematics and distribution of shrews of the
genus Crocidura (Mammalia: Insectivora) in Vietnam. Proc. of the
Biol. Soc. of Washington, 96(1): 11 5-1 20.
Fahrenholz's Rule and Resource Tracking: a study of host-parasite
coevolution. Pp. 225-265, in Coevolution {M.H. Nitecki, ed.). Uni-
versity of Chicago Press, Chicago.
1984 (with B.L. Clausen) Ferrets, p. 78. In The World Book Encyclopedia,
vol. 7.
Tent construction by Vampyressa in Costa Rica. Jour of Mamma-
fogy 65(1): 166-1 67.
Traylor. Melvin a., Jr.
1 983 (with A.L. Archer) Some Results of the Field Museum 1977 Expedi-
tion to South Sudan. Scopus 6(1 ):5-12.
(with J. V. Remsen, Jr.) Additions to the Avifauna of Bolivia, Part 2.
Condo/- 85:95-98.
(with L. Stephens) Ornithological Gazetteer of Peru. Harvard Uni-
versity Cambridge, vi -i- 273 pp.
VoRis, Harold K.
1983 (with H.H. Voris) Feeding strategies in marine snakes: an analysis
of evolutionary, morphological, behavioral and ecological rela-
tionships. /Amer: Zoo/., 23:411-425.
(with W.B. Jeffries) Some aspects of the distribution, size and re-
production of the pedunculate barnacle, Octolasmis mulleri
(Coker, 1902) on the blue crab, Callinectes sapidus (Rathbun,
1896). Fieldiana: Zoology (N.S.), no. 16, 10 pp.
Pelamis platurus (Culebra del Mar, Pelagic Sea Snake) in Costa
Rican Natural History, ed. D. H. Janzen, pp. 411-412.
1984 (with H.H. Vons and W.B Jeffries) Sea Snakes: Mark-Release-
Recapture. Malayan Naturalist. 38(1):24-27.
(with W.B. Jeffries and CM. Yang) Diversity and distribution of the
pedunculate barnacle Octolasmis epizoic on the scyllarid lobster,
Thenus orientalis (Lund, 1973). Crusfaceana 46(3):300-308.
Watrous. Larry E.
1984 (with J.S Ashe) Larval Chaetotaxy of Aleocharinae (Staphylinidae)
based on a description of Atheta coriaria Kr Coleopterists Bulletin,
38(2): 165-1 79.
Wenzel, Rupert L.
1 984 Two name changes for Neotropical Streblidae (Diptera). Proc. Ent.
Soc. Wash., 86(3):647.
SCIENTIFIC SUPPORT SERVICES
Jastrzebskl Zbigniew T.
1984. Technique of making fish illustration, introduction, parts land II.
Environmental Biology of Fishes 1 1 (1 ): 1 5-20. Dr W. Junk Publish-
ers, The Hague, The Netherlands.
Technique of making fish illustration, parts III and IV. Environmental
Biology of Fishes 1 1 (4):276, 300. Dr. W. Junk Publishers, The
Hague, The Netherlands.
35
BOARD OF TRUSTEES, December 31, 1384
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Mrs.T. Stanton Armour
George R. Baker
Robert 0. Bass
Gordon Bent
Bowen Blair
Mrs. Philip D. Block III
Willard L. Boyd
Frank William Considine
Stanton R. Cook
William R. Dickinson, Jr
Thomas E. Donnelley II
Thomas J. Eyerman
Marshall Field
Richard M. Jones
Hugo J. Melvoin
Leo F Mullin
Charles F Murphy Jr.
Earl L. Neal
Lorin I. Nevling, Jr
James J. O'Connor
Robert A. Pritzker
James H. Ransom
Johns. Runnells
Patrick G. Ryan
William L. Searle
Edward Byron Smith
Robert H. Strotz
William G.Swartchild.Jr*
Mrs. Theodore D. Tieken
E, Leiand Webber
Julian B. Wilkins*
Blaine J. Yarrington
LIFE TRUSTEES
Harry 0. Bercher
William McCormick Blair*
Joseph N. Field
Paul W. Goodrich*
Clifford C. Gregg
William V. Kahler
William H. Mitchell
John M. Simpson*
J. Howard Wood
*Deceasecl
OFFICERS
James J. O'Connor,
Board Chairman
Frank William Considine,
Vice Chairman
Richard M. Jones,
Vice Chairman
James H. Ransom,
Vice Chairman
William L. Searle,
Vice Chairman
Mrs. Theodore D. Tieken,
Vice Chairman
Blaine J. Yarrington,
Treasurer
Johns. Runnells,
Secretary
Willard L.Boyd,
President
Lorin I. Nevling, Jr.,
Director
Executive Committee
James J. O'Connor, Board
Chairman
Frank William Considine, Vice
Chairman
Richard M. Jones, Vice
Chairman
James H. Ransom, Vice
Chairman
William L. Searle, Wee
Chairman
Mrs. Theodore D. Tieken,
Vice Chairman
Blaine J. Yarrington,
Treasurer
John S. Runnells, Secretary
Willard L. Boyd, President
Staff Liaison:
Williard L. Boyd
Vice Chairman — Program
Planning & Evaluation
Mrs. Theodore D. Tieken
Program Planning &
Evaluation Committee
Mrs. T Stanton Armour
Stanton R. Cook
Hugo J. Melvoin
William L. Searle
Mrs. Edwin J. DeCosta
Mrs. John H. Leslie
Theodore Van Zelst
Staff Liaison:
Lorin I. Nevling, Jr
Wee Chairman— Facilities
Planning
Frank William Considine
Facilities Planning
Committee
Harry O. Bercher
William R. Dickinson, Jr.
Charles F Murphy Jr
Johns. Runnells
Mrs. Walter L. Cherry
Mrs. Stanton R, Cook
Mrs. Corwith Hamill
Mrs Wood-Prince
Staff Liaison:
J. W. Crott
Wee Chairman — Internal
Affairs
William L. Searle
Internal Affairs Committee
Mrs. Philip D. Block III
William R. Dickinson, Jr.
Thomas E. Donnelley II
Hugo J. Melvoin
David Rewick
Mrs. Edward F Swift
Staff Liaison:
Lorin I. Nevling, Jr.
J. W. Croft
Arlene Kiel
Chairman — Retirement
Subcommittee of the
Internal Affairs Committee
Hugo J. Melvoin
Retirement Subcommittee of
the Internal Affairs
Committee
George R. Baker
William R. Dickinson, Jr
Staff Liaison:
J. W. Croft
Chairman — A udit
Subcommittee of the
Internal Affairs Committee
Hugo J. Melvoin
Audit Subcommittee of the
Internal Affairs Committee
Mrs. Philip D. Block III
David Rewick
Staff Liaison:
J. W. Croft
Treasurer — Investment
Committee
Blaine J. Yarrington
Investment Committee
George R. Baker
Frank William Considine
Richard M.Jones
William L. Searle
Edward Byron Smith
Robert H. Strotz
E. Leiand Webber
Staff Liaison:
J. W. Croft
Chairman — Nominating
Committee
Marshall Field
Nominating Committee
Mrs. T. Stanton Armour
Gordon Bent
E. Leiand Webber
Blaine J. Yarrington
Staff Liaison:
Willard L. Boyd
Vice Chairman — Resource
Planning & Development
Richard M. Jones
Resource Planning &
Development Committee
Mrs. T. Stanton Armour
Robert O. Bass
Gordon Bent
Bowen Blair
Marshall Field
Mrs. Vernon Armour
Mrs. Hammond E. Chaffetz
Mrs. Byron C. Karzas
John C. Meeker
Staff Liaison:
Thomas R. Sanders
Wee Chairman — Public
Affairs
James H. Ransom
Public Affairs Committee
Charles F Murphy, Jr
Blaine J. Yarrington
Mrs. Michael A. Bilandic
Howard E. Johnson
Mrs. Frank D. Mayer
Mrs. Nevrton N. Minow
James Riley
Staff Liaison:
Willard L, Boyd
36
WOMEN'S BOARD
Mrs. Keene H. Addington
Mrs. Edward King Aldworth
Mrs. Richard I. Allen
Mrs. James W. Alsdorf
Mrs AngeloR. Arena
Mrs. A. Watson Armour III
Mrs. Laurance H. Armour, Jr
Mrs. T. Stanton Armour
Mrs. Vernon Armour
Mrs. Edwin N. Asmann
Mrs. Thomas G. Ayers
Mrs. George R. Baker
Mrs. Claude A. Barnett
Mrs. Roberto. Bass
Mrs. George R. Beach
Mrs. James H. Becker
Mrs. Edward H. Bennett, Jr
Mrs. B. Edward Bensinger
Mrs. Gordon Bent
Mrs. Richard Bentley
Mrs. Harry 0. Bercher
Mrs. Michael A. Bilandic
Mrs. Harrington Bischof
Mrs. Bowen Blair
Mrs. Frank W.BIatchtord III
Mrs. Joseph L. Block
Mrs. Philip D. Block, Jr
Mrs. Philip D. Block III
Mrs. Edwin R. Blomquist
Mrs. Arthur S. Bowes
Mrs. Willard L. Boyd
Mrs. Lester Harris Brill
Mrs. Robert E. Brooker
Mrs. Cameron Brown
Mrs. Isidore Brown
Mrs. Jennifer Martin Brown
Mrs. Roger O. Brown
Mrs. Evelyn M. Bryant
Mrs. I von Donop Buddington
Mrs. Robert A. Carr
Mrs. Robert Wells Carton
Mrs. Hammond E. Chaffetz
Mrs. Henry! Chandler
Miss Nora F. Chandler
Mrs. Walter L. Cherry
Mrs. John Coale
Mrs. J. Nothhelfer Connor
Mrs. Frank W. Considine
Mrs. Stanton R. Cook
Mrs. Edward A. Cooper
Mrs. James R. Coulter
Mrs. William S. Covington
Mrs. Mark Crane
Mrs. Sandra K. Crown
Mrs. Robert Lane Cruikshank
Mrs. Herschel H. Cudd
Mrs. Leonard S. Davidow
Mrs. Orval C. Davis
Mrs. Edwin J. DeCosta
Mrs. Emmett Dedmon
Mrs. Robert 0. Delaney
Mrs. Charles S. DeLong
Mrs. Charles Dennehy
Mrs. Edison Dick
Mrs. William R. Dickinson, Jr
Mrs. Stewarts. Dixon
Mrs. Wesley M. Dixon
Mrs. Gaylord Donnelley
Mrs. Thomas E. Donnelley II
Mrs. Maurice F Dunne, Jr.
Mrs. Robert C. Edwards
Mrs. R. Winfield Ellis
Mrs. Marjorie H. Elting
Mrs. Victor Elting III
Mrs. Winston Elting
Mrs. Gordon R. Ewing
Mrs. Thomas J. Eyerman
Mrs. Ralph Falk
Mrs. Suzanne Clarke Falk
Mrs. Calvin Fentress
Mrs. Robert C. Ferris
Mrs. Joseph N. Field
Mrs. Marshall Field
Mrs. Charles Robert Foltz
Mrs. Peter B. Foreman
Mrs. Francis G. Foster, Jr
Mrs. Hubert D. Fox
Mrs. Earl J. Frederick
Mrs. Gaylord A. Freeman
Mrs. William D. Frost
Mrs. James C. E. Fuller
Mrs. Maurice F Fulton
Mrs. John S. Garvin
Mrs. John S. Gates
Mrs. Robert H. Gayner
Mrs. IsakV. Gerson
Mrs. Gerald S. Gidwitz
Mrs. James J. Glasser
Mrs. Julian R. Goldsmith
Mrs. Paul W. Goodrich
Mrs. David W. Grainger
Mrs. Donald C. Greaves
Mrs. Roger Griffin
Mrs. Robert C. Gunness
Mrs. Robert P. Gwinn
Mrs. Burton W. Hales
Mrs. Corwith Hamill
Mrs. Charles L. Hardy
Mrs. Frederick Charles Hecht
Mrs. Ben W. Heineman
Mrs. William A. Hewitt
Mrs. Stacy H.Hill
Mrs. Edward Hines
Mrs. John H. Hobart
Mrs. Richard H. Hobbs
Mrs. Thomas D. Hodgkins
Mrs. Thomas J. Hoffmann
Miss Frances Hooper
Mrs. Janice S. Hunt
Mrs. Chauncey Keep Hutchins
Mrs. Robert C. Hyndman
Mrs. Stanley O. Ikenberry
Mrs. Robert S. Ingersoll
Mrs. Samuel InsutI, Jr
Mrs. Frederick G. Jaicks
Mrs. Richard M. Jones
Mrs. John B. Judkins, Jr
Mrs. Byron C. Karzas
Mrs. Walter A. Krafft
Mrs. Bertram D. Kribben
Mrs. Gordon Leadbetter
Mrs. John H. Leslie
Mrs. John Woodworth Leslie
Mrs. Edward H. Levi
Mrs. Michael S. Lewis
Mrs. Chapin Litten
Mrs. Albert E. M. Louer
Mrs. Donald G. Lubin
Mrs. Franklin J. Lunding
Mrs. Walter M. Mack
Mrs. John W Madigan
Mrs. James F Magin
Mrs. Robert H. Malott
Mrs. Philip C. Manker
Mrs. Richard Marcus
Mrs. David Mayer
Mrs. Frank D. Mayer
Mrs. Frank D. Mayer, Jr.
Mrs. Franklin B. McCarty, Jr
Mrs. Brooks McCormick
Mrs. George Barr McCutcheon I
Mrs. Eugene J. McVoy
Mrs. John C. Meeker
Mrs. Henry W. Meers
Mrs. Hugo J. Melvoin
Mrs. J. Roscoe Miller
Mrs. Newton N. Minow
Mrs. William H. Mitchell
Mrs. Kenneth F Montgomery
Mrs. Evan G. Moore
Mrs. Graham J. Morgan
Mrs. Arthur T Moulding
Mrs. Aidan I. Mullett
Mrs. Leo F. Mullin
Mrs. Elita Mailers Murphy
Mrs. Patricia S. Murphy
Mrs. Charles Fenger Nadler
Mrs. Charles Fenger Nadler, Jr
Mrs. Earl L. Neal
Mrs. Edward FNeild III
Mrs. Lorin I. Nevling, Jr
Mrs. John D. Nichols
Mrs. Arthur C. Nielsen
Miss Lucille Ann Nunes
Mrs. John Nuveen
Mrs. James J. O'Connor
Mrs. Ralph Thomas O'Neil
Mrs. Richard C. Oughton
Mrs. Donald W. Patterson
Mrs. O. Macrae Patterson
Mrs. R. Marlin Perkins
Mrs. Seth Low Pierrepont
Mrs. Charles S. Potter
Mrs. Frederick Childs Pullman
Mrs. Howard C. Reeder
Mrs. Robert W. Reneker
Mrs. Peter A. Repenning
Mrs. Don H. Reuben
Mrs. Joseph E. Rich
Mrs. T. Clifford Rodman
Mrs. Frederick Roe
Mrs. Edward M. Roob
Mrs. Samuel R. Rosenthal
Mrs. John S. Runpells
Mrs. Patrick G. Ryan
Mrs. George W. Ryerson
Dr Muriel S. Savage
Mrs. Arthur W. Schultz
Mrs. William L. Searle
Mrs. C. William Sidwell
Mrs. John R. Siragusa
Mrs. Gerald A. Sivage
Mrs. Edward Byron Smith
Mrs. Edward Byron Smith, Jr
Mrs. Gordon H. Smith
Mrs. Malcolm N. Smith
Mrs. Lyie M. Spencer
Mrs. Gatzert Spiegel
Mrs. Jack C. Staehle
Mrs, E. Norman Staub
Mrs. Gardner H. Stern
Mrs. Adiai E. Stevenson III
Mrs. Robert E. Straus
Mrs. William S. Street
Mrs. Robert H. Strotz
Mrs. Walter A. StuhrJr
Mrs. Barry F Sullivan
Mrs. John W. Sullivan
Mrs. William P Sutter
Mrs. James Swartchild
Mrs. William G. Swartchild, Jr
Mrs. Edward F Swift
Mrs. Hampden M. Swift
Mrs. Phelps H. Swift
Mrs. John W. Taylor, Jr
Mrs. John W. Taylor III
Mrs. Edward R. Telling
Mrs. Richard L. Thomas
Mrs. Bruce Thorne
Mrs. Theodore D. Tieken
Mrs. Melvin A. Traylor, Jr
Mrs. Howard J. Trienens
Mrs. Chester D. Tripp
Mrs. C. Perin Tyler
Mrs. Theodore W. Van Zelst
Mrs. V L. D. von Schlegell
Mrs. C. Armour Ward
Mrs. Thomas M. Ware
Mrs. Hempstead Washburne, Jr
Mrs. E. Leiand Webber
Mrs. John Paul Welling
Mrs. John L.Welsh III
Mrs. Henry P. Wheeler
Mrs. Julian B. Wilkins
Mrs. Albert W. Williams
Mrs. Philip C.Williams
Mrs. Norman B. Williamson
Mrs. Robert H.Wilson
Mrs. Wallace C. Winter
Mrs. Arthur W.Woelfle
Mrs. Peter Wolkonsky
Mrs. J. Howard Wood
Mrs. William Wood-Prince
Mrs. Frank H. Woods
Mrs. Blaine J. Yarrington
Mrs. George B. Young
37
THE FOUNDERS' COUNCIL
Individuals
Mrs. Lester S. Abelson
Mr & Mrs James W. Alsdorf
Mr & Mrs. Stanley N. Allan
Mr & Mrs. Lowell E. Ackmann
Mrs. Lester Armour
Mr. & Mrs. T. Stanton Armour
Mrs. P. Kelly Armour
Mr & Mrs. Edwin N. Asmann
Mr & Mrs. George R. Baker
Mr. George Barr
Mr. & Mrs Robert 0. Bass
Mr & Mrs. George R Beach
Mr. & Mrs. Gordon Bent
Mr & Mrs. Harry O Bercher
Mr & Mrs. James F. Bere
Mr. & Mrs. Edward F. Blettner
Mrs. Philip D. Block, Jr
Mr. & Mrs. Philip D. Block III
Commander* & Mrs. G. E. Boone
Mr. & Mrs. .William A. Boone
Dr & Mrs. Willard L. Boyd
Mrs. Harold S. Brady
Mr. & Mrs. Robert E. Brooker
Mr & Mrs. Cameron Brown
Mr & Mrs. Henry A. Brown
Hon. & Mrs. Isidore Brown
Ms. Jennifer Martin Brown
Mr. & Mrs. Roger O. Brown
Mr & Mrs. DeWitt Buchanan
Mr & Mrs Donald P. Buchanan
Mr. & Mrs. A. C. Bushier, Jr.
Mr & Mrs. James E. Burd
Mr. & Mrs. Vincent J. Cannella
Dr. & Mrs. Robert Wells Carton
Mr & Mrs. Hammond E. Chaffetz
Mr & Mrs. Jerry Chambers
Mr & Mrs. Henry T. Chandler
Mr & Mrs. Walter L. Cherry
Mrs. Jane Kuppenheimer Coale'
Ms. MarciaS. Cohn
Mr. & Mrs. Frank W. Considine
Mr. & Mrs. Stanton R. Cook
Mr. & Mrs William S. Covington
Mr. & Mrs. Mark Crane
Mr. & Mrs. William F Crawford
Mr & Mrs. Irving Crown
Mr & Mrs. Lester Crown
Mrs. Sandra K. Crown
Mr. O. C. Davis
Dr & Mrs Edwin J. DeCosta
Mr. & Mrs. James A. Delaney Jr.
Mr & Mrs Jay Delaney
Mr & Mrs Robert O Delaney
Mrs. Edison Dick
Mrs. Clinton O. Dicken
Mr. & Mrs. William R Dickinson, Jr.
Mr. & Mrs. Wesley M. Dixon, Jr.
Ms. Patricia Dodson
Mr & Mrs. Gaylord Donnelley
Mr. James R Donnelley
Mr & Mrs. Thomas E. Donnelley 11
Mr & Mrs. George Dovenmuehle
Mr. & Mrs. R. Winfield Ellis
Mrs. MarjorieH Elting
Mr & Mrs. Gordon R. Ewing
Mr & Mrs. Thomas J Eyerman
Mr. & Mrs. Melvin Fakter
Mr. & Mrs. Joseph N. Field
Mr & Mrs. Marshall Field
Mr Charles C. Fitzmorris
Mrs. Robert L. Foote
Mr. & Mrs Peter B Foreman
Mr. & Mrs. Gaylord A. Freeman
Mr & Mrs. William M. Freeman
Mrs. Edmund W. Froehlich
Mr. & Mrs. Maurice F Fulton
Mr. & Mrs. Isak V Gerson
Mr & Mrs. Gerald S. Gidwitz
Mr Joseph L. Gidwitz
Dr & Mrs. John G. Graham
Mr. & Mrs. David W Grainger
Mrs Donald C. Greaves
Mr & Mrs. Roger Griffin
Mr & Mrs. Paul Guenzel
Mr. & Mrs. Robert P Gwinn
Mr. Daniel R Haerther
Mrs. Burton W Hales
Mr & Mrs. Corwith Hamill
Mrs. Anna Emery Hanson
Mrs. Charles L. Hardy
Mrs. William A Hark
Mr. & Mrs. D. Foster Harland
Mr & Mrs. Robert S. Hartman
Mr. Joseph B. Hawkes
Mr & Mrs. Laurin H. Healy
Mr Charles K. Heath
Mr. & Mrs Ben W Heineman
Mr. & Mrs Scott Hodes
Mr. & Mrs. John J. Hoellen
Mr. Carl Holzheimer
Mr. George R Hooper
Mr & Mrs. H. Earl Hoover
Mr & Mrs. Robert C. Hyndman
Mr & Mrs. Robert S Ingersoll
Mr. & Mrs. Reinhardt Jahn
Mrs. Harold James
Mr. & Mrs Richard M. Jones
Mrs. John B. Judkins
Mr. & Mrs Byron C Karzas
Dr. Margaret Katzin
Mr & Mrs. Robert D Kolar
Mr. & Mrs. Gunnar Klarr
Mrs. Bertram K. Kribben
Mrs. Ray A. Kroc
Mr & Mrs. Carl A. Kroch
Mr Henry H. Kuehn
Mrs. Richard W Leach
Mr. & Mrs. Elliot Lehman
Mr. & Mrs. John H. Leslie
Mrs. John Woodworth Leslie
Mr Robert A. Lewis
Mrs. Renee Logan
Mrs. Albert E. M. Louer
Mrs. Robert L Lyon
Mr & Mrs. Brooks McCormick
Mr. & Mrs. Robert H. Malott
Dr. & Mrs. Richard E. Marcus
Mrs. Geraldine Martin
Mr. & Mrs. Oscar G. Mayer
Mrs. Remick McDowell
Mr & Mrs. John C. Meeker
Mr. & Mrs. Henry W. Meers
Dr. & Mrs. Steven Medgyesy
Mr. & Mrs. Hugo J. Melvoin
Mr & Mrs. Charles A Meyer
Mrs. J. Roscoe Miller
Mr & Mrs. Newton N. Minow
Mr. & Mrs. William H. Mitchell
Mr & Mrs. Kenneth Montgomery
Mr. Richard M. Morrow
Mrs. Arthur T. Moulding
Mr & Mrs. LeoMullin
Mr. Charles F Murphy Jr
Mr. & Mrs Timothy H. Murphy
Miss Jeanne E. Murray
Colonel & Mrs. John B. Naser
Mr. & Mrs. Earl L Neal
Mr. & Mrs. Stephen C. Neal
Dr. & Mrs. Lorin I Nevling
Mr. Bruce L. Newman
Mrs. Arthur C. Nielsen
Mr. & Mrs Karl F Nygren
Mr. & Mrs. James J. O'Connor
Mr. Wrigley Offield
Mr. & Mrs James Otis, Jr
Mr. & Mrs. Donald W. Patterson
Mr. & Mrs David D. Peterson
Mr. & Mrs Marvin A. Pomerantz
Mr. & Mrs Charles S Potter
Mr. & Mrs A. N. Pritzker
Mr. & Mrs Robert A. Pritzker
Mr. James H. Ransom
Mr. & Mrs. John Shedd Reed
Miss Ruth Regenstein
Mr. & Mrs Don H. Reuben
Mr. & Mrs Thomas A. Reynolds, Jr.
Mr. & Mrs. Leo L Roberg
Mrs T Clifford Rodman
Mr. & Mrs Mark Rosenberg
Mr. & Mrs. Richard M Rosenberg
Mr. & Mrs. Andrew Rosenfield
Mr. & Mrs. Samuel R. Rosenthal
Mrs. Dorothy C. Rowley
Mr. & Mrs Arthur Rubloff
Mr. & Mrs Charles G Rummel
Mr. & Mrs John S. Runnells
Mr. & Mrs. Norman J. Schlossman
Mrs W. W. Scott
Mr Charles E. Schroeder
Mr & Mrs Arthur W. Schultz
Dr. & Mrs. John S. Schweppe
Mr & Mrs. John W. Seabury
Mr. & Mrs. William L. Searle
Mr. & Mrs. Roger M. Seitz
Mr. & Mrs. Henry Shapiro
Mr. Jeffrey Shedd
Dr Thomas W. Shields
Mrs. John M. Simpson
Mr & Mrs. Harry I. Skilton
Mr & Mrs. Edward Byron Smith
Mr & Mrs. Malcolm N. Smith
Mr Solomon B. Smith
Mrs George T Spensley
Mr. & Mrs. Jack C. Staehle
Mrs. Donna Wolf Steigerwaldt
Mrs. David B. Stern, Jr.
Dr & Mrs. David W. Stewart
Mrs. Robert E. Straus
Mr & Mrs. William S. Street
Mr & Mrs. Robert D. Stuart, Jr.
Mr & Mrs. Bolton Sullivan
Mr & Mrs. John W. Sullivan
Mrs James Swartchild
Mrs. William G. Swartchild, Jr.
Mrs. Phelps Hoyt Swift
Mr. & Mrs. John W. Taylor, Jr.
Mr. & Mrs. John W. Taylor III
Mr. & Mrs. Edward R. Telling
Mr. & Mrs. Bruce Thorne
Mrs. Jean D. Thorne
Mr. & Mrs. Reuben Thorson
Mr. & Mrs. Theodore D. Tieken
Dr & Mrs. Melvin A. Traylor, Jr
Mr. & Mrs George S. Trees, Jr.
Mr & Mrs. Howard J. Trienens
Mrs. Chester D. Tnpp
Mr. & Mrs. Theodore W. Van Zelst
Mr. Glen R. Verber
Mr & Mrs. Robert E. Vernon
Mr & Mrs. Louis A. Wagner
Mr & Mrs. Daniel J. Walsh
Mr & Mrs. E Leiand Webber
Mr & Mrs. Rodenck S. Webster
Mr & Mrs. John L.Welsh III
Mr & Mrs. Henry P Wheeler
Mr Gordon Wildermuth
Mr J Humphrey Wilkinson*
Ms. Nicole Williams
Dr & Mrs. Philip C. Williams
Mrs. Benton J. Willner
Mr John W. Winn
Mr & Mrs. Arthur W. Woelfle
Mr & Mrs. J. Howard Wood
Mr & Mrs. Herbert N. Woodward
Mr & Mrs. Blaine J. Yarrington
Mr Richard W. Yeo
Mr & Mrs. George B. Young
Mrs. Claire Zeisler
Honorary Members
Their Royal Highnesses The Grand Duke and Duchess of Luxembourg
Dr Stephen Jay Gould, Professor of Geology at Harvard University
Dr. Donald C. Johanson, Paleoanthropologist at The Institute of Human Origins
* Deceased
38
THE FOUNDERS' COUNCIL
Corporate
Abbott Laboratories
Mr Robert A, Schoellhorn, Chairman and CEO
Mr Laurence R. Lee, Senior Vice President, Administration
Allstate Insurance Company
Mr. Donald F. Craib, Jr., Ctiairman of the Board
Mr. Larry H. Williford, Vice President, Corporate Relations
Amsted Industries, Inc.
Mr. O. J. Sopranos, Vice President
Mr. Eugene W.Anderson, Jr., Director, Public Affairs & Advertising
Arthur Andersen & Co.
Mr. Patrick J. Condon, Partner
Atlantic Richfield Company
Mr. J. Carlton Norris, Manager, Public Affairs
Borg-Warner Corporation
Mr Clarence E. Johnson, President and CEO
Mr Dennis Grant, Retail Advertising Manager
Combined International Corporation
Mr Patrick G. Ryan, President and CEO
Commonwealth Edison
Mr James J. O'Connor, Chairman
Continental Bank
Mr Caren L. Reed, Executive Vice President
DeSoto, Inc.
Mr J. Barreiro, Vice President, Personnel & Industrial Relations
Mr W. L. Lamey Vice President, Finance
FMC Corporation
Mrs. Robert H. Malott, Corporation Representative
Fel-Pro/Mecklenburger Foundation
Mr Paul Lehman, President
Mr Harold Heft, Vice President
First National Bank of Chicago
Mr. Leo F Mullin, Executive Vice President
Mr. Norman Ross, President, First National Bank Foundation
Mr. Patrick T. Rossi, Assistant Vice President
Harris Bank Foundation
Mr. John L. Stephens, President
Mr. H. Kris Ronnow, Secretary/Treasurer
Household International, Inc.
Mr Edward G. Harshfield, Senior Executive Vice President & COO
Mr Norman Ridley, Director of Philanthropic Services
Illinois Bell Telephone Company
Mr Ormand J. Wade, President and CEO
Mr John A. Koten, Vice President, Corporate Communications
Interlake, Inc.
Mr Harry Henderson, Vice President, Marketing & Public Affairs
Kemper Educational and Charitable Fund
Mr. Peter Van Cleave, Vice Chairman
Mr. Maurice F Thunack, Secretary-Treasurer
Kraft, Inc.
Mrs. Richard P. Strubel, Vice President, Public Relations
McMaster-Carr Supply Company
Mr Kevin Kasmar, Comptroller
Mr Harry Zoberman, "A" Division Manager, Purchasing
Midcon Corporation
Mr Thomas E. McGough, Vice President
Mr John L. Pelletier, Vice President
The Northern Trust Company
Mr. Robert F Reusche, Vice Chairman
Peat, Manwick & Mitchell & Co.
Mr Maurice J. DeWald, Managing Partner
Ms. Andrea G. Bonnette, Controller
The Quaker Oats Company
Mr William D. Smithburg, Chairman and CEO
Mr Frank J. Morgan, President and CEO
S & C Electric Company
Mr John R. Conrad, President
Mr John W. Estey, Executive Vice President
Santa Fe Southern Pacific Corporation
Mr Frank N. Grossman, Vice President, Corporate Communications
Mr George D. Scheckel, Director Community Relations
Sara Lee Corporation
Mr John H. Bryan, Jr., Chairman and CEO
Mr. Robert E. Elberson, President and COO
Sears Roebuck and Company
Mr Gene L. Harmon, Vice President, Corporate Public Affairs
Mr William Whitsitt, Director Contributions and Memberships
USG Foundation, Inc.
Mr Eugene Miller President & Director
Mr Stanton Hadley Senior Vice President and Secretary
39
DONORS TO THE OPERATING FUNDS* Total for 1983-84
40
The following roster lists those donors
who generously contributed gifts of
$100 or more during 1983-84. In addi-
tion, we are grateful for the gifts of less
than $100, which numbered almost
4,000 for this biennium.
INDIVIDUALS
Donors of $5,000 or More
Anonymous
Mrs. Lester Armour
Mrs, P, Kelly Armour
Mr, & Mrs, T, Stanton Armour
Estate of Abby K, Babcock
Mr, & Mrs, George R, Baker
Mr, & Mrs, Gordon Bent
Estate of Miss Virginia Billow
Mr, & Mrs, Bowen Blair
Estate of William McCormick Blair
Mr, Leigh Block
Dr, & Mrs, Willard L, Boyd
Mrs, Jennifer Martin Brown
(Martin Foundation) .
Mr, & Mrs, Roger O, Brown
Mr, & Mrs, DeWitt Buchanan, Jr,
(Buchanan Family Foundation)
Dr, & Mrs. Robert Wells Carton
Mr, & Mrs, Jerry Chambers
Patrick & Anna Cudahy Fund
Dr, & Mrs, Edwin J, DeCosta
Mr, & Mrs, James A, Delaney Jr,
Mr, & Mrs. Robert O. Delaney
Mr, & Mrs, Clinton 0, Dicken
Mr, & Mrs, William R, Dickinson, Jr,
Mr, & Mrs, Wesley M, Dixon, Jr,
Mr, & Mrs, Gaylord Donnelley
Mr, & Mrs, Thomas E, Donnelley II
Mr, & Mrs, R.Winfield Ellis
Mrs, Marjorie H, Elting
Mr, & Mrs, Thomas J, Eyerman
Mr, & Mrs, Joseph N. Field
Mr, & Mrs, Marshall Field
(Peterborough Foundation)
Mr, & Mrs, William M, Freeman
Mrs, Edmond W. Froehlich
Mr, & Mrs, David W, Grainger
Mr, & Mrs, Corwith Hamill
Mrs, Anna Emery Hanson
Mrs, William A, Hark
Mr, & Mrs, Launn H, Healy
Mr, & Mrs, Ben W, Heineman
Estate of Floyd Job
Mr, & Mrs, Gunnar Klarr
Estate of Grace A. Kreck
Mrs, Albert E, M, Louer Trust
Mr, & Mrs, John H, Leslie
(Leslie Fund)
Mr. Albert G. Lowenthal
Charitable Trust
Mrs. Robert L. Lyon
Dr. & Mrs. Richard E. Marcus
(Marcus Family Foundation)
Ms. Geraldine Martin
(Martin Foundation)
Mr. & Mrs, Oscar G, Mayer
(OscarG,&ElsaS, Mayer
Charitable Trust)
Mr, & Mrs, Charles A, Meyer
Estate of Mildred Miller
Mr, & Mrs, William H, Mitchell
Mr, & Mrs, Kenneth Montgomery
Mr, Richard M. Morrow
Mrs, Arthur! Moulding
(Arthur T& Mary B,
Moulding Fund)
Mable Green Myers Trust
Mr, & Mrs, Charles S, Potter
Mr, &Mrs, A, NPritzker
(Pritzker Foundation)
Mr, & Mrs, Robert A, Pritzker
(Pritzker Foundation)
Miss Ruth Regenstein
Mr, Donald Richards
(Richards Foundation)
Mrs, T Clifford Rodman
Mr. & Mrs. Samuel R. Rosenthal
(D and R Fund)
Mr. & Mrs. John S. Runnells
Mr. & Mrs, William LSearle
Estate of Sam Shapiro
Mr, Frank E. Shevlin
(Arthur J, Schmitt Foundation)
Mrs, John M, Simpson
Mrs, Phelps Hoyt Smith
(Ruth & Vernon Taylor Foundation)
Mrs, George T, Spensley
Mr, &Mrs, JackC, Staehle
Mrs, Donna Wolf Steigenwaldt
(Donna Wolf Steigerwaldt
Foundation)
Dr, & Mrs, David W, Stewart
Carolyn & Rush Taggert Trust
Mr, & Mrs, John W, Taylor, Jr,
Mr, & Mrs, Edward R, Telling
Mr, & Mrs, Howard J, Trienens
Mrs, Chester D, Tripp
Mr, & Mrs, Louis A, Wagner
Estate of Marguerite S, Walker
Mr, & Mrs, Rodericks, Webster
Mr, & Mrs, Blaine J, Yarrington
$1,000-$4,999
Mrs, Lester S, Abelson
Mr, & Mrs, Lowell E, Ackman
Mrs, Abra Prentice Anderson
(Abra Prentice Anderson
Charitable Trust)
Mr, Robert S.Adler
(Robert S, Adier Family Fund)
Mr, & Mrs, Stanley N, Allan
Mr, & Mrs, James W, Alsdorf
(Alsdorf Foundation)
Anonymous
Mr, & Mrs, A, Watson Armour III
Mr, & Mrs, Edwin A, Asmann
(O, Paul Decker Memorial
Foundation)
Mr, Morton John Barnard
(Lillian Molner Charitable Trust)
Mr, George Barr
Mr & Mrs, Robert O, Bass
Mr & Mrs, George R, Beach, Jr
Mrs, James H, Becker
Mrs, Richard Bentley
Mr & Mrs, Harry O. Bercher
Mr & Mrs, Allen C, Berg
Mr Edwin A, Bergman
Mr & Mrs, James R Ber6
Mr & Mrs, Carl G. Bjorkman
(Bjorkman Foundation)
Mrs, Carolyn Blackmon
Mr Donald L, Blanke
(H, B, Blanke Charitable Trust)
Mr & Mrs, Edward F Blettner
Mrs, Philip D, Block, Jr
(Philip D, Block, Jr
Family Foundation)
Mr & Mrs, Philip D, Block III
(J, B, Charitable Trust)
Mrs, Gilbert R Bogert
Mr & Mrs, William A, Boone
Mrs, Bertram Z, Brodie
(Edwin J, Brach Foundation)
Mrs, Harold S, Brady
Mrs, Elizabeth Bramsen
(Svend & Elizabeth Bramsen
Foundation)
Mr & Mrs, Robert E. Brooker
Mr & Mrs, Cameron Brown
(Cameron Brown Foundation)
Mr & Mrs, Henry A. Brown
Hon, & Mrs, Isidore Brown
Mr & Mrs, Donald P Buchanan
Mr & Mrs, A, C, Buehler Jr
(ACP Foundation)
Mr & Mrs, James E, Burd
Mr & Mrs, Vincent J, Cannella
Mr & Mrs, Henry T Chandler
Mr & Mrs, Walter L, Cherry
Mrs, Jane Kuppenheimer Coale"
Mr John Coale
Miss MarciaS, Cohn
Mr & Mrs, Frank W, Considine
Mr & Mrs, Stanton R, Cook
Mr & Mrs. David R, Corbett
Mr & Mrs, William S, Covington
AG, Cox Charity Trust
Mr & Mrs, Mark Crane
Mr & Mrs, William F Crawford
(Crawford Foundation)
Mr & Mrs, Irving Crown
Mr & Mrs, Lester B, Crown
(Arie & Ida Crown Memorial)
Ms, Sandra K, Crown
Mr Michael Cudahy
Mr & Mrs, George H Dapples
Mr Ken M, Davee
(Davee Foundation)
Mr & Mrs, Leonard S, Davidow
Mr O, C, Davis
Mr & Mrs, Jay Delaney
Mrs, Charles S, De Long
Mr A, B, Dick
(Dick Family Foundation)
Mrs, Edison Dick
Mrs, Arthur Dixon
Mrs, Wesley M, Dixon, Sr
Ms, Patricia Dodson
Elliott & Ann Donnelley Foundation
Mr James H, Douglas
Mr & Mrs, George H, Dovenmuehle
Mrs, Lyman M, Drake, Jr
Mrs, Robert T Drake
Mr & Mrs, Robert C, Edwards
(Woodruff & Edwards Foundation)
Miss Shirley M, Evans
Mr & Mrs, Gordon R, Ewing
Mr & Mrs. Melvin Fakter
Mrs. Calvin Fentress, Jr
Mrs, Robert C, Ferris
Mr Charles C, Fitzmorris, Jr
Mr & Mrs, Harold E, Foreman
(Peroke Foundation)
Mr & Mrs, Peter B, Foreman
Mr & Mrs, Gaylord A, Freeman
Mr & Mrs, Maurice F Fulton
Mr & Mrs, Isak V, Gerson
Mr & Mrs, James R. Getz
Mr & Mrs, Gerald Gidwitz
Mr Joseph L, Gidwitz
Mrs, Paul W, Goodrich
Dr & Mrs, John G, Graham
Mrs, Donald C, Greaves
Mr&Mrs, Rogers, Griffin
Mrs, Rose B, Grosse
Mr & Mrs, Paul W, Guenzel
Mr & Mrs, William N. Guthrie
Mr & Mrs, Robert P Gwinn
Mr Daniel P Haerther
Mrs, Charles C, Haffnerlll
Mr William M, Hales
(Hales Charitable Fund)
Mrs, Charles L, Hardy
Mr & Mrs, D, Foster Harland
Mr & Mrs, Robert S, Hartman
Mrs, William H, Hartz, Jr
Mr & Mrs, Edward Hines
Mr & Mrs, Scott Hodes
Mr & Mrs, John J, Hoellen
(Sulzer Family Foundation)
Mr Gerald Hollins
Dr Hellen Holt
Mr & Mrs, Carl Holtzheimer
(HoltzheimerFund)
Mr & Mrs, H. Earl Hoover
(H, Earl Hoover Foundation)
Mr Howell H, Howard
Mr & Mrs, Chauncey K, Hutchins
Mr & Mrs, Robert C, Hyndman
Mr & Mrs, Reinhardt Jahn
Mr & Mrs, Thomas J, Johnson
Mr & Mrs, Richard M, Jones
Mr Emmett M, Joyce
Mrs, John G, Judkins, Jr
Mr & Mrs, Byron C, Karzas
Dr Margaret Katzin
Mrs, Spencer R, Keare
Mr & Mrs, George R Kendall, Jr
Mrs, E, Ogden Ketting
Mr & Mrs, Robert D, Kolar
Mrs, Bertram D, Kribben
Mr & Mrs, Carl A, Kroch
Mr Henry H, Kuehn
Mrs, Allen B, Kuhlman
Mrs, Richard W, Leach
Mr & Mrs, Elliot Lehman
Mr Robert L, Lehmann
(Otto W, Lehmann Foundation)
Mrs, John Woodworth Leslie
Dr & Mrs, Edward H, Levi
Mr & Mrs, Michael D, Levin
Mr Robert A, Lewis
(Robert A, Lewis Fund)
Mrs, Renee Logan
Mr & Mrs, Franklin J, Lunding
Mr & Mrs, Robert H, Malott
Mr & Mrs. Jerome W, Mandell
Mrs. Frank D. Mayer
Mr & Mrs. Brooks McCormick
Mrs. Remick McDowell
Mr Foster G, McGaw
(Foster G, McGaw Foundation)
Mrs, Frank McLoraine
Mr & Mrs, Edwin E, Meader
Mr & Mrs, John C, Meeker
Mr & Mrs, Henry W, Meers
Mr & Mrs, Hugo J, Melvoin
Mrs, J, Roscoe Miller
Mr & Mrs, Newton N, Minow
(Minow Charitable Fund)
Mr & Mrs, Frank J, Mooney
Dr & Mrs, Evan Gregory Moore
Mr & Mrs, Graham J, Morgan
Mr & Mrs, Leo F Mullin
Mr Charles R Murphy Jr
Miss Jeanne E, Murray
Mr Hisazo Nagatani
Col, & Mrs, John B, Naser
Mr & Mrs, Earl L. Neal
Mr & Mrs, Stephen C. Neal
DONORS TO THE OPERATING FUNDS, Total for 1963-84
Dr. & Mrs. Lorin I. Nevling, Jr.
Mr & Mrs. John D. Nichols
Mrs. Arthur C. Nielsen
Mr & Mrs. Arthur Nolan, Jr.
Mrs. John Nuveen
Mr & Mrs. Karl F. Nygren
Dr & Mrs. Eric Oldberg
Mr & Mrs. Ralph T. O'Neil
Mr & Mrs. James Otis, Jr
Mrs. Richard C. Oughton
Mr George A. Pagels, Jr
Mr. Bryan Patterson
Mr & Mrs. Donald W, Patterson
Mr. & Mrs. David D. Peterson
Mr Seymour Phillips
Mr. & Mrs. Allen M. Pickus
Mr & Mrs. James D. Polls
Mr & Mrs. Marvin A. Pomerantz
Mr. Richard J. Radebaugh
Mr. & Mrs. L. W. Ramsey
Mr James H. Ransom
Ms. Helen Reed
Mr. & Mrs. John Shedd Reed
Mr Howard C. Reeder
Mr & Mrs. Don H.Reuben
Mr & Mrs. Thomas A. Reynolds, Jr
Mr & Mrs. Leo Roberg
Mrs. Ward C. Rogers
Mr William R. Rom
Mrs. Annie May Rosenberg
Mrs. Leona Rosenberg
Mr & Mrs. Richard M. Rosenberg
Mr & Mrs. Andrew M. Rosenfield
Mr & Mrs. Harold R. Rosenson
Mrs. Dorothy C. Rowley
Mr & Mrs. Arthur Rubloff
Mr & Mrs. Charles G. Rummel
Mr Leonard B. Sax
(Sax Family Foundation)
Mr & Mrs. Norman J. Schlossman
(Jocarno Fund)
Mr Walter E, Schuessler
Mr & Mrs. Arthur W. Schultz
Dr & Mrs. John S. Schweppe
Mrs. W. W. Scott
Mr & Mrs. John W. Seabury
(Seabury Foundation)
Mrs. Charles H. Seevers
Mr & Mrs. Roger M.Seitz
Mr & Mrs. Henry Shapiro
Mr John I. Shaw
(Arch W. Shaw Foundation)
Mr & Mrs. Jeffrey Shedd
Dr Thomas W. Shields
(Bessie Shields Foundation)
Mrs. C. Sidamon-Eristoff
Mr & Mrs. Richard W. Simmons
Mr&Mrs. Harryl.Skilton
Mr George D. Smith II
Mr & Mrs. Edward Byron Smith
Mr & Mrs. Malcolm N. Smith
Mr Solomon B. Smith
Mr Thomas J. Smith
Mrs. Toni S. Smith
Dr & Mrs. Daniel Snydacker
Dr & Mrs. Jack D. Sparks
Ms. Elizabeth Stein
Mr Sydney Stein, Jr
Mrs. David 8. Stern, Jr
W. Clement & Jessie V. Stone
Foundation
Mrs. Robert E. Straus
(Marjorie & Robert Straus
Endowment Fund)
Mr & Mrs. Robert D. Stuart, Jr
Mr & Mrs. Bolton Sullivan
(Bolton Sullivan Foundation)
Mr & Mrs. John W. Sullivan
(Bolton Sullivan Foundation)
Mrs. Harry B. Sutter*
Mr William P Sutter
Mrs. James Swartchild
(Collier-Swartchild Foundation)
Mrs. William G. Swartchild, Jr
Mr&Mrs, John Taylor III
Mr & Mrs. Bruce Thorne
Mrs. George A. Thornton
Mr & Mrs. Rueben Thorson
(Thorson Foundation)
Mr & Mrs. Theodore D. Tieken
Mr & Mrs. Melvin A. Traylor, Jr
Mr George S. Trees
Mr & Mrs. George S. Trees, Jr
Mr & Mrs. Theodore Van Zelst
(Minann, Inc. Foundation)
Mr Glen R. Verber
Mr & Mrs. Daniel J. Walsh
Mrs. Hempstead Washburne, Jr
Mr & Mrs. E. Leiand Webber
Mr&Mrs. John Welsh III
(McCrea Foundation)
Henry E. & Consuelo S. Wenger
Foundation, Inc.
Mr & Mrs. Henry P Wheeler
Mrs. Jay N.Whipple
Mr Harold A. White
Mr Gordon Wildermuth
Mr & Mrs. George F Wilhelm
Mr J. Humphrey Wilkinson*
Dr & Mrs. Philip C, Williams
Mrs. Benton J. Willner
Mr & Mrs. Robert H. Wilson
Mr James R. Wimmer
Mr & Mrs. Arthur W.Woelfle
Mr & Mrs. J. Howard Wood
Mr & Mrs. Herbert N. Woodward
Mr & Mrs. George B. Young
Mrs. Claire B. Zeisler
(Claire B. Zeisler Foundation)
Mr E. W. Zimmerman
$100-$999
Mr & Mrs. Charles Aaron
Mr & Mrs. L. Meredith Ackley
Mr Cyrus H. Adams III
Mr & Mrs. Leiand C. Adams
Mr & Mrs. R. J. Adelman
Dr Robert Adier
Mr Thomas W. AdIer
Mr & Mrs. Edward K. Aldworth
Mr John Alexander, Jr
Mr & Mrs. John A. Alexander
Mr & Mrs. Walter Alexander
Mr Louis A. Allen
Mr Brierly W. Anderson
Mr & Mrs. Roger A. Anderson
Mr & Mrs. Scott Anderson
Mr Thomas W. Andrews
Mr Donald Angus
Mr Joseph P. Antonow
Mr & Mrs. Arthur I. Appleton
(Arthur I. Appleton Foundation)
Mrs. E. A. Archer
Mr & Mrs. Angelo Arena
Mr & Mrs. Thomas Arthur
Mr Frederick Asher
Mrs. Edwin N. Asmann
Mr & Mrs. Wallis Austin
(Oak Park-River Forest
Community Foundation)
Dr Orren D. Baab
Mrs. William T Bacon
Mr & Mrs. Eugene C. Bailey
Mr E. M. Bakwin
Mr & Mrs. Elmer Balaman
Dr & Mrs. George E. Ball
Mr & Mrs. James L. Ballard
Mr & Mrs. Carl Balonick
Mr George M. Bard
Mr Ralph Austin Bard, Jr
Mrs. Etta Moten Bamett
Mrs. George Barnett
Mrs. F Rose Barr
Mrs. Warren Barr
Mr William C. Bartholomay
Mrs. Robert Bartlett
Mrs. George A. Basta
Mr James Bateman
Mr Rex J. Bates
Mr Michael Bayard
Mrs. George W. Beadle
Mr Ross J. Beatty
Mrs. B. E. Bensinger
(B. E. Bensinger Foundation, Inc.)
Mr & Mrs. Edward M. Becht
Mrs. Ethel G. Becker
Miss Lucille Becker
Mr Walter Belinky
Mr Chauncey M. Bell
Mr & Mrs. Edward H. Bennett, Jr
R. Clay Bennett
Mr & Mrs. John P Bent
Mrs. Richard Bentley
Mr Edwin A. Bergman
Mr Robert Bergman
Mr & Mrs. Richard N. Bergstrom
Mr Richard C. Berliner
Mrs. Edward J. Bermingham
Mr John A. Bernauer
(Bernauer Family Charitable Trust)
Mr & Mrs. George L. Beslow
Mrs. Harry J. Bettendorf
Ms. Jacqueline Beu
Mrs. Helen U, Bibas
Mr Andrew P. Bieber
Mr Lee F. Biedermann
Mr & Mrs. Michael A. Bilandic
Mr & Mrs. Harrington Bischof
Mr Einar L. Bjorklund
Mr Stephen Blackmon
Mr Ralph C. Blaha
Mr Blake Blair
Mr & Mrs. Edward McCormick Blair
Mr Edward McCormick Blair, Jr
Mrs. Frank W.BIatchford
Mrs. W. R. Blew
Mr & Mrs. Joseph L. Block
Mrs. Samuel W. Block
Mr & Mrs. Donald G. Bloom
Mr & Mrs. Harold R, Blumberg
Mr Joseph James BIy
Mr Thomas Board
Mr & Mrs. George H. Bodeen
Mr W. S. Bodman
Mr George T Bogert
Mr & Mrs. Harlan G. Bogie
Mr & Mrs. R. B. Bohnen
Mrs. Daniel N. Boone
Commander & Mrs. G. E. Boone
Mr John Jay Borland II
Mr Robert E. Bouma
Mr & Mrs. Arthur S. Bowes
(Bowes Foundation)
Mr & Mrs. William E. Bowman
Mr & Mrs. William Beaty Boyd
Mr Paul F. Boyer
Mrs. Clarence G, Brack
Mr & Mrs. Roscoe R, Braham, Jr
Dr & Mrs. Joseph T. Branit
Mrs. D. T. Braun
Mr & Mrs. James L. Breeling
Mr & Mrs, William E. Breitzke
Mrs. Elmo F. Brennom
Mrs. Paul K. Bresee
Mr & Mrs. Derrick L. Brewster
Mr James J. Brice
Mr & Mrs. Gordon R. Briggs
Mrs. Lester Harris Brill
Mr & Mrs. Warren G. Brockmeier
Mr Alan R. Brodie
Mr Beckwith R. Bronson
Mr Herbert C. Brook
Mrs. Charles H. Brown
Mr Charles L. Brown, Jr
Mrs. Murray C. Brown
Mr & Mrs. William M. Brown
Mr & Mrs. Herbert A. Bruckner
Robert & Sophie Anne Brunner
Mr & Mrs. Edward A. Bruzewicz
Mrs. Charles W. Bryan, Jr
Mr & Mrs. C. Lawrence Buchanan
Mr Henry Buchbinder
Mr & Mrs. George Buckman
Mrs. T Von Donop Buddington
Mr Robert Buehler
Mr & Mrs. Theodore H. Buenger
Mr & Mrs. Gunnar Burgeson
Mr & Mrs. Robert K. Burgess
Mr Grinnell Burke
Ms. Romana Burke
Mrs. Thomas B. Burke
Mr Homer A. Burnell
Mrs. Joseph S, Burnham
Ms, Marie Kraemer Burnside
Mr Robert S, Burrows
Mr George W, Butler
Mr Robert B. Butz
Mr James E. Byrne
Mr Morton D. Cahn
Mr John F Calmeyn
Mr William T. Cameron
Mr & Mrs. Donald A. Campbell, Jr
Mr Hugh Campbell
Mr Leo J. Carlin (Carlin Fund)
Mr & Mrs. William Carmichael
Mr Peter R. Carney
Mr William J. Carney
Dr & Mrs. Michael S. Carroll
Mr Philip V Carter
Mr Silas SCathcart
Mrs. Jack Cavenaugh
Mr Jac A. Cerney
Mr & Mrs. Hammond E. Chaffetz
Mr & Mrs. Willard T. Chamberlain
Mr Raymond M. Champion, Jr
Mr Kent Chandler, Jr
Mr & Mrs. Douglas K. Chapman
Mrs. George S. Chappel, Jr
Mr Sidney Cheresh
Mr Eugene J. Chesrow
Mr & Mrs. Frank W. Chesrow
Mr W. T Chester
Mr F Newell Childs
Mr & Mrs, Charles Chomsky
Dr & Mrs, Cyril MChrabot
Mr & Mrs, Weston R,
Christopherson
Mr & Mrs, Allen NCIapp
Mr & Mrs. Donald C. Clark
Ms. ZetaE. Clark
Mr & Mrs. John Walter Clarke
(Clarke Foundation)
Mr S. P Clay Jr
Mr & Mrs. Harry B. Clow, Jr
Mr & Mrs. Eric W. Cochrane
Mr & Mrs. Charles W.Cole
41
DONORS TO THE OPERATING FUNDS, Total for 1983-84
42
Mr. Franklin A. Cole
Jane B. & John C. Coleman
Philanthropic Fund
Mrs. John Coleman
Mr John E. Coleman
Mr. & Mrs. John R. Coleman
Ms. Angela Colletti
Mr. Orell T. Collins
Mr. & Mrs. EarleM Combs III
Mr. John T. Concannon
Dr. & Mrs. Raymond H. Conley
Mr Louis J, Conti
Mrs. Edward A Cooper
Drs. Daniel & Marie! Cooperman
Mr Donald C. Cottrell, Jr.
Mr. & Mrs, James R. Coulter
Miss Marion E. Cowan
Mrs. Norman L. Cram
Mrs. Elisabeth M. Crow
Ms. Marianne J. Cruikshank
Mr. & Mrs. Herschel Cudd
Mr. Tilden Cummings
Mr. Edward A. Cushman
Mr. Paul W. Cutler
Mr. & Mrs. Loren Daily
Mr. Bruce E. Dalton
Dr. & Mrs. Tapas K. Das Gupta
Mr. & Mrs. Louis E. Davidson
Mr. & Mrs. W. Allen Davies
Mrs. Louise F. Davis
Mr. & Mrs. Orville M. Davis
Mr. & Mrs. William R. Davis
Mr. Cyrus C. De Coster
Mr. & Mrs. Seymour S. De Koven
Mr. Patrick A. De Moon
Mr. R. J.DeMotte
Mr Donald J. DePorter
Mr. & Mrs. James R. De Stefano
Mr. & Mrs. Herbert C. De Young
Dr. Sam Decker
Mrs. R. Emmett Dedmon
William G. Demas
Mr & Mrs. Jerry E Dempsey
Mr David O. Denison
Mrs. Charles Dennehy, Jr.
Mr. Edison Dick
Mr. & Mrs. Duane A. Diehl
Mr. & Mrs Robert L. Dietmeier
Mr. Stewart S. Dixon
Nina B & James R. Donnelley
Foundation
Mrs. Robert D. Dooley
Dr. & Mrs. Samuel R. Doughty
Mr. Charles H. Douglas
Mr. William C. Douglas
Mr H. James Douglass
Ms. Mary T. Drazba
M. F DuChateau
Mr & Mrs. Paul R. Duncan
Mr & Mrs, M. F Dunne, Jr.
Mr B. L. Durling
Mr & Mrs. Peter L. Dyson
Mrs Percy B. Eckhart
Mr & Mrs. Sigmund E. Edelstone
(Sigmund E. Edelstone
Foundation)
Mr. & Mrs. Robert C. Edwards
Mr. Gerard J. Eger
Mr. James G. Ek
Mr William J. Elberson
Mrs. Hannah B. Eldridge
Mr & Mrs. John W. Ellas
Mr David P. Eller
Mr. & Mrs. F. Osborne Elliott
Mr. & Mrs. Russell C. Ellis
Miss Caryl L. Elsey
Miss M. Caroline Emich
Mr. & Mrs. Richard Engler
Mr E. Stanley Enlund
Mr. Sidney Epstein
(Epstein Foundation)
Mr & Mrs. E. J. Erick
Mrs. William T. Erickson
Mr Harry F Espenscheid
Mrs. Bergen Evans
Mr & Mrs. Clay Evans
Mr Kenneth A. Evans
Mr & Mrs. David L. Everhart
Mrs, Crawford F. Failey
Mrs. John J. Faissler
Mr. & Mrs, Milton Falkofi
(Frank & Leah Falkoff Memorial)
Mrs, Robert E, Fanning
Mr Richard J. Farrell
Mr & Mrs. William E. Fay Jr
Mr Frederick R. Fechtner
Mrs. R. W. Ferguson
Ms. Virginia Ferrell
Mr Wade Fetzer
Dr & Mrs. Robert E. Field
Mr & Mrs. Steven D. Fifield
Mr & Mrs. Robert C. Fink
Ms. Marie FinkI
Mr William FinkI
Mr & Mrs. Russell W. Fisher
Mr & Mrs. Walter Fisher
(L-M-PFund)
Mr Morgan L. Fitch
Dr C. Larkin Flanagan
Mrs. Mildred C. Fletcher
Mr & Mrs. James G. Flood
Mr & Mrs. Harold M. Florsheim
Mrs. Leonard Florsheim
(Enivar Charitable Fund)
Mr & Mrs. C. Robert Foltz
Mrs. Robert L. Foote
Mr Edwin S. Ford
Mrs. Zachary D. Ford
Mr Harold E. Foreman, Jr
Mr & Mrs. Frank B. Foster
Mrs. Herbert D. Fox
Mr & Mrs. A. A, Frank, Jr
Mr & Mrs. Richard J. Franke
Mr & Mrs. Marshall I. Frankel
(Marshall Frankel Foundation)
Dr Christabel Frederick
Mr Earl J. Frederick
Mr William M. Frederick
Mr & Mrs. Donald B, French
Mrs. Herbert A. Fhedlich
Mrs. Allan Friedman
Mr & Mrs. Paul Frisch
Mr & Mrs. John W. Fritz
Mrs. William D. Frost
Mr & Mrs. Carlos M. Frum
Mr & Mrs. R. Neal Fulk
(Fulk Family Charitable Trust)
Mr Douglas R. Fuller
Mr & Mrs. James C. E. Fuller
Mr Rudolph R. Gabriel
Mrs. Charles B. Gale
Mrs, Nicholas Galitzine
Mr & Mrs. George H. Galloway
Mr Bruce M. Ganek
Mr Henry K. Gardner
Dr & Mrs. John S. Garvin
Mr & Mrs. John S Gates
Mr Alfred Gawthrop
Mr Robert H. Gayner
Dr John E. Gedo
Mr & Mrs. Thomas A. Gelderman
Mr&Mrs. J. B. Gelling
Mr Calvin M. George
Mr John B. Gerlach
Mr William J. Gibbons
Mrs. Mary Jane Gibbs
Mrs. Willard Gidwitz
Mr & Mrs. Harvey B. Gill
Mr J. William Gimbel
(Gimbel Foundation)
Mr James J. Glasser
Albert H. & lona D. Glos Foundation
Mr Gordon T. Goethal
Mr & Mrs. David F Goldberg
Mr & Mrs. Milton D. Goldberg
(Isgo Foundation)
Mr & Mrs. Robert Goldman
Dr & Mrs. Julian R. Goldsmith
Mr & Mrs. Michael Goodkin
Mrs. Alexander Gorbunoff
Mr Edward Gordon
Mr. Jerome S. Gore
Mr Robert R. Gowland
Dr & Mrs. John S. Graettinger
Mr Bruce J. Graham
Dr & Mrs. John G. Graham
Miss Mary E Graham
Mr & Mrs. Gerard E. Grasshorn
Mr William S. Gray
Col. & Mrs. Clifford C. Gregg
Mr & Mrs. Edward D. Greiner
Mr G. P. Gneve
Mr & Mrs. Kalvin M. Grove
Mr & Mrs Carl A. Grunschel
Dr & Mrs. Rolf M. Gunnar
Mr & Mrs. Robert C. Gunness
Dr & Mrs. Edwin L. Gustus
Mrs, Irene Gustus
Mr William N, Guthrie
Mr Rudolph Guttosch
Dr & Mrs. Vernon L. Guynn
Mr & Mrs. Richard J. Haayen
Mr John W. B Hadley
Mr Arthur G.Hailand
Mrs Burton W. Hales
Mr Burton W. Hales, Jr
Mr&Mrs. J Parker Hall III
Dr Carol A .Haller
Mr & Mrs. Andrew C. Hamilton
Mr & Mrs Robert F Hanson
(Dave Hokin Foundation)
Mr Leon E. Hapke
Miss Virginia Hardin
Mr Jack R. Harlan
Mr & Mrs. James D. Harper Jr
Mr David J. Harris
Mr Irving B. Harris
(Harris Foundation)
Mrs. Mortimer B. Harris
Mr E. Houston Harsha
Mrs. Augustin S Hart
Mr Chester C.Hart
Mr & Mrs. Irvin H. Hartman, Jr
Dr & Mrs. Malcolm H. Hast
Mr & Mrs. Jerome Hasterlick
Mr & Mrs. Graham A. Hatfield
Mr Lawrence Hattenbach
Mr & Mrs. Marty Hauselman
Mrs. William HHazlett
Mr & Mrs. Reuben L. Hedlund
Ms. Grace C. Hefner
Mrs. Wilfred H. Heitmann
Mr Frank X Henke, Jr
Mr & Mrs. Joel F. Henning
Mr O. L. Henninger
Mrs. John Heymann
Mr & Mrs. Edward H. Hickey
Ms. Roberta A. Hill
Mr & Mrs. Stacey H. Hill
Mr E. H. Hillman
Mr John L. Hines
Mr & Mrs. Harold H. Hines, Jr
Mr & Mrs. Donald M. Hintz
Mr Edwin W. Hirsch
Dr & Mrs. Jerome H. Hirschmann
Mr & Mrs. John Hobart
(J & M H Trust)
Mrs. Richard H. Hobbs
Ms. Josephine Hockenbeamer
Mrs. William R. Hodgson
Mr & Mrs. Edward N. Hoffman
Mr & Mrs. Thomas J. Hoffman
Mr & Mrs. Frank Hollingsworth
Dr & Mrs. John A. Holmes
Mr Stanley H. Holmes
Mr Thomas Holmquest
Edwin & Grace Hokin Foundation
Mrs. William D. Home, Jr
Mr Franklin Horwich
(Franklin & Francis Horwich
Family Foundation)
Mr Leonard J. Horwich
(Leonard J. Honwich
Family Foundation)
Mr & Mrs. Roger F. Howe
Mr & Mrs. Lincoln B. Hubbard
Mrs. Otis L. Hubbard, Sr
Miss Katherine J. Hudson
Mr & Mrs. Peter H. Huizenga
Mr & Mrs. R. B. Hulsen
Mr & Mrs. Peter D. Humleker
Mr & Mrs. Reed E. Hunt
Mr & Mrs. William 0. Hunt
Mrs. C. K. Hunter
Mrs. Harvey Huston
Mr & Mrs. John B. Hutchins
Mr & Mrs. Robert A. Hutchins
Mr & Mrs. William Y. Hutchinson
Mrs. Stanley O. Ikenberry
Mr Charles Iker
Mr George M. Illich, Jr
Dr & Mrs. Robert F. Inger
Miss Marion F. Inkster
Mr Hans D. Isenberg
(Hans D. Isenberg Foundation)
Mr George S. Isham
Dr & Mrs. Michael Jablon
Mr & Mrs. Charles M. Jacobs
Mr Charles Jahn
Mr & Mrs. Frederick G. Jaicks
Mr Kenneth J. James
Mr & Mrs. Downing B. Jenks
Mr Albert E. Jenner Jr
Mr & Mrs. William R. Jentes
Dr George N. Jessen
Mr & Mrs. Charles R. Jewell
Mr & Mrs. Edward C. Johnson
Dr Frank R. Johnson
Mr Henry A. Johnson
Mr & Mrs. James David Johnson
Mr & Mrs. James E. Johnson
Mr & Mrs. Richard L. Johnson
Mr & Mrs. Robert L. Johnson
Mr Robert L. Johnson
Mr Frank J, Jonak
Mrs. Robert V. Jones
Mr Robert B. Joshel
Mrs. Elizabeth Jung
MissOlga Jurco
Mr William V Kahler
DONORS TO THE OPERATING FUNDS, Total for 1983-84
Dr. & Mrs. Jerome O. Kaltman
Miss Patricia M. Kammerer
Mr Ernest W. Kaps
Dr & Mrs. Robert M. Kark
Mr Bernard Karlin
Virginia K. Karnes
(William G. Karnes
Charitable Trust)
Mr & Mrs. David Karraker
Mr Lawrence Kasakoff
Mr Frederick M. Kasch
Mr & Mrs. V. Kasmerchak
Mr Frank Katkus
Mr Fred R. Kaufman
Mr & Mrs. Edward Keating
Mr & Mrs. Lee B. Keating
(Keating Family Foundation)
Miss Catherine M. Keebler
Mr Nelson H. Kehl
Dr Algimantas Kelertas
Mr & Mrs. C. J. Kelleher
Mr Thomas H. Keller, Jr
Mr. &Mrs. FrankJ. Kelleylll
Mr Russell P. Kelley, Jr
Mr Donald P Kelly
Mr & Mrs. Frederick T. Kelsey
Mr & Mrs. George P Kendall, Jr
Mr Taylor L. Kennedy
Dr & Mrs. William E. Kennell
Mr William Kerr
Mr Charles C. Kenwin
Dr & Mrs. Merrill S. Kies
Mr&Mrs. Charles W.King
Mrs, Han/ey W. King
Mr Harvey Kipen
Mr & Mrs. Robert P. Kirchheimer
Mr Clayton Kirkpatrick
Mr & Mrs. John E. Kirkpatrick
Mrs. Rose Tracy Kirschner
Mr Glenn E. Kischel
Herman & Gertrude Klafter
Foundation
Mr & Mrs. Jules Klapman
Mr & Mrs. Stephen Klemen
Mr James C. Klouda
Mr Philip Klutznick
(Ethel & Philip Klutznick
Charitable Trust)
Mr Arthur R. Kneibler
Mrs. Robert G. Knight
(R.G.&M.E. Knight Fund)
Mr Maurice G. Knoy
Dr Karl Koopman
Mr Newton F. Korhumel
(Korhumel Foundation)
Mrs. Neal Kottke
Mrs. Bertram Kribben
Mrs. Maynard C. Krueger
Mr&Mrs. Arthur H.Kruse
Mr & Mrs. George C. Kuhlman, Jr
Mr & Mrs. Joseph Kukenis
Mrs. Louise B. Kuppenheimer
Mrs. John F Kurfess
Mrs. Charles La Bow
Mr J. C. Laegeler Jr
Dr & Mrs. Amrum Lakritz
Mrs. Walter D. Larkin
Mr Earl D. Larsen
Mrs. Jack A. Larsh
Mr Harry Lasch
Mr & Mrs. Charles P. Laurenson
Mr William J. Lawlor Jr
Mr & Mrs. John K. Laws
Mr & Mrs. Gordon Leadbetter
Mr & Mrs. Marshall S. Leaf
Dr & Mrs. Henry S. Lebioda
Dr Bernard S. Lee
Mr Richard Lee
Mr & Mrs. Paul H. Leffman
Mr &Mrs. WilberS. Legg
Ms. Margie Lehman
Mr John G. Leininger
Mr Frederick K. Leisch
Mr Richard A. Lenon
Mr. Frederick R. Lent
Mr Robert L. Leopold
(Robert L. Leopold Family
Foundation)
Mr John R. Le Valley Jr
Mr & Mrs. Daniel E. Levin
Mr & Mrs. Lawrence R. Levin
Mr Charles Levy
(Charles & Ruth Levy Foundation)
Dr & Mrs. Michael S. Lewis
Mr & Mrs. Thomas M. Lillard
Mr Harrison C. Lingle
Mr David E. LTpson
Mr Donald C. Lisle
Mr & Mrs. Chapin Litten
Dr W. C. Liu
Mrs. Homer J. Livingston
Mrs. Glen A. Lloyd
Dr Henry S. Loeb
(Allen & Elizabeth Loeb Fund)
Mr & Mrs. John W. Loeding
Mr Philip W. Lotz
Louis & Ruth Kahnweiler Family
Foundation
Dr Lloyd S. Lourie
Mr H. Norris Love
Mr M. R. Lowenstine, Jr
Mr & Mrs. Donald G. Lubin
Mr & Mrs. Frank W. Luerssen
Ms. Margaret Lundahl
Miss. Louise Lutz
Mrs. Florence Mabie
Mrs. William D. Mabie
Mr James W. MacDonald, Jr
Mr David 0. MacKenzie
Mr John A. MacLean, Jr.
Mr & Mrs. Walter M. Mack
Mr J. N. Macomb, Jr
Mr & Mrs. John W. Madigan
Mr Bernard S. Madorin
(Madorin-Sink Foundation)
Mrs. Lorraine B. Madsen
Mr & Mrs. Emil L. Makar
Mr Phillips. Makin
Mr James E. Mandler
Mr & Mrs. Harold Manhoff
(Harold & Edna Manhoff
Foundation)
Mrs. Philip C. Manker
Mr & Mrs. Steven C. March
Ms. Joyce Marcus
Mr & Mrs. S. Edward Marder
Mr R. Bailey Markham
Mrs. IraG. Marks
Mr McKim Marriott
Mr Frank G. Marshall
H. D. Marshall
Mrs. Harold T. Martin
Mrs. Jennifer L. Martin
Dr & Mrs. Nester S. Martinez
Mrs. Keith Masters
Mr & Mrs. Bruce D. Mateer
Mr Thomas N. Mathers
Mr Paul Mavros
Mr Augustus K. Maxwell, Jr
Mr Harold M. Mayer
Mrs. Robert B. Mayer
Dr & Mrs. Samuel T. Mayo
Mr & Mrs. Franklin McCarty Jr
Mr Archibald McClure
Mr & Mrs. David G. McCreery
Mr Walter C.McCrone
Mr & Mrs. G. Barr McCutcheon
Mr & Mrs. Clement J. McDonald
Mr & Mrs. Robert McDougal, Jr
Mr Charles S.McGill
Mr Arthurs. McGinn
Mr John E. McGovern, Jr
Mrs. John P. McHugh
Mr William B. Mcllvaine
Mr Neil McKay
Mr & Mrs. Thomas McKay Jr
Mr William W. McKitterick
Mr James A. McMullen
Mr James E. McNulty
Mrs. Constance F. McVoy
Dr L. Steven Medgyesy
Elisabeth C. Meeker
Mr & Mrs. Bernard D. Meltzer
Mr & Mrs. Ronald McK. Melvin
Mr Charles Melvoin
(Melvoin Foundation)
Mr & Mrs. Glenn E. Merritt
Mr Matthew A. Meyer
Mr Harry W. Michael
Mr D. Daniel Michel
(Greene-Michel Foundation)
Mr Bert H. Michelsen
Mr Andrew Michyeta
Mr Paul E. Miessler
Mr J. Patrick D.Miller
Philip B. Millers Family
Mrs. C.Phillip Miller
Richard H. Miller
Mr Robert E. Miller
Mr Robert L. Milligan
Mr Frank R. Milnor
Mr Thomas M. Mints, Jr.
Mr DominickW. Mirowski
Mr Harry W. Mitchel
Mr & Mrs. Ned E. Mitchell
Mr B. John Mix, Jr
Mr H. G. Mojonnier
Mr J. D. Mollendorf
Miss Marion Molyneaux
Mr & Mrs. Graham J. Morgan
Mr Jerrold L. Morris
Mr & Mrs. Robert A. Morris
Mr & Mrs. John H. Morrison
Mr George L. Morrow
Mrs. John Morrow, Jr
Mr George Morse
Mr Michael E. Moseley
Mr Horace C. Moses, Jr
Dr & Mrs. Gerald S. Moss
Mr & Mrs. John D. Mueller
Mr Aidan I. Mullett
Richard J. Murphey
Mr & Mrs. William E. Mussett
Dr & Mrs. Charles F Nadler
Mr Roscoe C. Nash
Mr Stephen C. Neal
Mr Kenneth Nebenzhal
Mr Joseph B. Neiweem
Mr & Mrs. William G. Neuert, Jr
Mr J. Robert Newgard
Dr & Mrs. Francis Newman
Mr George Nicholas
Mr Frank B. Nichols
Mr & Mrs. John D.Nichols
Mr & Mrs. Philip H. Niederman
Mr & Mrs. Jon E Niehus
Mr Charles F Nims
Ms. Grace Nissman (Murray & Grace
Nissman Foundation)
Mr & Mrs. Ronald D. Niven
Mr & Mrs. Ragnar W. Nordlof
Mrs. Lawrence E. Norem
Mr & Mrs. Harold W. Norman
Ms. Lucille Ann Nunes
Mr Francis X. G'Donnell
Mr William P O'Keefe, Jr
Mr Patnck L. G'Malley
Mrs. Francis M. O'Neil
Mr &Mrs. Milo E. Oliphant
Rev. & Mrs. Alfred Raa Olson
& Family
Miss Mary Olson
Mr & Mrs. Fred W. Opitz
Mrs. Gilbert H. Osgood
Mr W. Irving Osborne, Jr
Mrs. J. Sanford Otis
Mrs. Fentress Ott
Mr David B. Owen
Mr & Mrs. Brian M. Owens
Ms. NedraOyen
Mrs. Walter Paepcke
Mr & Mrs. Lloyd J. Palmer
Mr Robert R. Palmer
Mr George Parker
Mr Norman S. Parker
Mrs. J. W. Parson
Mr Lloyd C. Partridge
Dr Joan E. Patterson
Mr & Mrs. O. Macrae Patterson
Mr William Pavey
Mr & Mrs. R. Marlin Perkins
Mr & Mrs. Julian S. Perry
Mr & Mrs. Donald Peters
(Donald & Evelyn Peters
Foundation)
Mr Clifford T Peterson
Mr Frank E. Pielsticker
Mr Robert R. Pierson
Mr Roy J. Pierson
Dr Richard N. Pipia
Mr & Mrs. Joseph B. Plauche
Mrs. Bernard Pollack
Mr Oren T Pollock
Mr & Mrs. George A. Poole
Mr Persius Pooley
Mrs. William P. Pope
Mr & Mrs. Sidney L. Port
Mr Edward C. Porter
Dr Edward Poser
Mr & Mrs. Newell Pottorf
Mr & Mrs. Eugene L. Powell
Mr Robert C. Preble
Mrs. George Preucil
Mrs. Thomas Pritzker
Mr Ralph E. Pro|ahn
Mr & Mrs. John A. Prosser
Mr Frederick C. Pullman
Mr Jack Purcell
Mr & Mrs. Allen L. Pusch
Mr Jack A, Quigley
Mr & Mrs. George G. Rabb
Col. & Mrs. Millard E.Rada
Miss Audree M. Ragan
Mrs. M.G. Rahal
Mr Norman X. RaidI
Mr L. S. Raisch
Mr & Mrs. Lon W. Ramsey
Mr & Mrs. George A. Ranney
Mr & Mrs, W. E. Rattner
Mrs. Paul H. Rauhoff
Dr Peter Raven
Mr&Mrs. Frank S. Read
Mr William M Redfield
43
DONORS TO THE OPERATING FUNDS, Total for1983-84
Miss Gertrude E. Reeb
Mr. & Mrs. Charles A. Reed
Mrs. Louise Reed
Dr Clifton L. Reader
Mr & Mrs. Gunther Reese
Mrs. Robert G. Regan
Mr Joseph Regenstein, Jr
Dr. Stanton F. Reldberg
(Stanmart Fund, Inc.)
Miss Marie K. Remien
Mrs. Robert W. Reneker
Mr Robert F Reusche
Mr David W. Rewick
Mrs. Charles M. Rhodes
Mr. George A. Rice
Mrs. Joseph E. Rich
Mr & Mrs. R. Norton Richards
Mrs. Harold Richardson
Mr & Mrs. Jerald F. Richman
Mr H. C. Rickert
Mr. Laurence M. Rieckhoff
Mrs. Mary Riley
Mr Michael D. Risser
Mrs. John Ritchie
Mr M. H. W. Ritchie
Mr Charles Ritten
Mrs. Jack L. Robbins
Mr & Mrs. Charles C. Roberts
Mr & Mrs. Harry V. Roberts
Mr William J. Roberts
Mr William R Roberts IV
Mrs. Martha F. Robertson
Mrs, Sanger P. Robinson
Mrs, Ward C, Rodgers
Mrs, Hugh Rodman
Dr & Mrs. Arthur A. Rodriguez
Mrs. Frederick Roe
(Milius Roe Foundation)
Alma R & Selma Roeder
Mr Ottomar D. Roeder
Mr Kenneth K. Roehler
Mr & Mrs. Karl V. Rohlen
(Rohlen Foundation)
Mr & Mrs. Karl V. Rohlen, Jr
Mr William R. Rom
Mr & Mrs. Edward M. Roob
Mr Harry A. Root, Jr
Mrs, Philip Rootberg
Mrs Leona Rosenberg
Mr Mark Rosenberg
Mr & Mrs Harold R Rosenson
Mr Gerson M, Rosenthal, Jr
Mr & Mrs. Richard N. Rosett
Hon, & Mrs. Dan Rostenkowski
Miss Elizabeth B. Roth
Mr A. Frank Rothschild
(Mr & Mrs. A. Frank Rothschild
Fund)
Aid. Fred B. Roti
Mr & Mrs. Wilbur Rowley
Ms. Harriet Rozier
Mr & Mrs. D. G. Ruegg
Mr Charles T. Rufener
Ms, Ruth Cain Ruggles
Mr & Mrs, Thomas D. Rutherford
Mr & Mrs. Robert M, Ruud
Dr Vincent J, Sacchetti
Mr & Mrs, Thomas R. Sanders
Mr Norman L. Sandfield
Miss Margaret H, Sanderson
Mr Joram Sassower
Mrs. Anna Saupe
44 Dr Muriel Savage
Mr Calvin P. Sawyier
Mr Philip Schaff, Jr
Mr Francis R. Schanck
Mr & Mrs. William J, Schefle
Mr & Mrs, John Scheid
Mrs. Gerhart Schild
A. Bruce Schimberg
Mrs. Mary E. Schlageter
Mr & Mrs. John Schlossman
Mr & Mrs. Rudolph Schmidt
Mrs. Barbara B. Schmitt
Mr & Mrs. Lawrence K. Schnadig
Mr. & Mrs. Barry Schrager
Dr J. R Schweitzer
Mr & Mrs. John Scott
Mr Frank Sedlacek
Mr & Mrs. Robert M, Seeley
Mr & Mrs, William S. Seeley
Mrs, Mary S. Seidler
Mr & Mrs, Richard M, Seifert
Mr Edwin A, Seipp, Jr
Mr Calvin F Selfridge
Miss Denise Selz
Mr&Mrs. Charles W.Sena
Mr & Mrs. C, Clin Sethness
Mrs, Eileen G. Sexton
DrSidJ.Shafer
Mr James G. Shakman
Mr & Mrs. Robert M. Shannon
Mr Chester Shell
Mr James G, Shennan
Robert T Sherman, Jr
Mr John W. Shields
Mr De Ver Sholes
Mrs. Mary Shrimplin
Mr S. N, Shure
(Sidney N Shure Fund)
Herbert & Wilma Silberm
Charitable Foundation
Mr Stephan H, Sills
Mr C. C. Simmons
Mr & Mrs. Richard W. Simmons
Mr Harold Simpson
Mr Howard G. Simpson
Mr & Mrs, John R. Siragusa
Mrs. Gerald A Sivage
Mr K. A. Skopec
Mr Louis J. Slavin
Dr & Mrs, Albert H, Slepyan
Mr & Mrs, Robert W, Smick
Mrs. C. Philip Smiley
Mr & Mrs. Edward Byron Smith, Jr
Mr Goff Smith
Mr Gordon Smith
Mr Harold Byron Smith
Mr Matthew D Smith
Mrs, Raymond F Smith
Mr William S, Smith
Mrs, S, R, Snider
Dr Gary M. Sollars
Mr & Mrs. Jack D. Sparks
Mr & Mrs. Harold E. Spencer
Mrs, William M, Spencer
Mrs, Clara Spiegel
Mr Charles R, Staley
Ms, Zelda L. Star
Mr John H. Stassen
Mrs Pericles P. Stathas
Mr E. Norman Staub
Mrs. Henry L, Stein
Mr Grundy Steiner
Mrs. W. H. Stellner
Mr & Mrs. Gardner H. Stern
Mr Russell T. Stern, Jr
Mr & Mrs. John C. Stetson
Mr & Mrs. William R, Steur
Mr Hal S, R. Stewart
Mr & Mrs, Robert C, Stewart
Mr Donald M. Stillwaugh
Mr John W, Stimpson
Mr Edwin H. Stone
Mrs. James H, Stone
Mr Lloyd Stone
Mr & Mrs, Mark Stone
Mr Marvin Stone (Marvin & Anita
Stone Family Foundation)
Mrs, Stanley Stone
Mr & Mrs, Howard A. Stotler
Mrs. Harold E, Strauss
Mr & Mrs. Ivan G. Strauss
(R.I. S. Foundation)
Dr & Mrs. John S. Strauss
Dr & Mrs Siegfried F, Strauss
(MGS Charitable Fund)
Mr Charles L, Strobeck
Dr Robert HStrotz
Mr Erwin A. Stuebner
Mr & Mrs. Charles J. Sugrue
Mrs, Audrey M, Sullivan
Mrs. Frank L. Sulzberger
Mrs. James L. Surpless
Mr William P Sutter
Mr Philip W.K. Sweet
Mr A. Dean Swift
Mr & Mrs Edward F Swift III
Mrs, Gustavus F Swift, Jr
Mr J, R. Swihart
Mr & Mrs James B, Tafel
Mr & Mrs James M, Tait
Mr & Mrs, Robert P Tallian
Miss Mary Tamarri
Mr Jordon M, Tark
Mr Rodger M, Tauman
Ms, Brenda J, Taylor
M, J, Hall Taylor
Mrs. Samuel G Taylor III
Mr William L. Taylor, Jr
Miss M. Evelyn Thomas
Mr & Mrs. Paul A. Thomas III
Mr & Mrs. Richard L. Thomas
Mrs Thomas M Thomas
Mr Henry M. Thullen
Mr. & Mrs, Stanley E. Tierney
Mr Richard E. Timler
Mr Karl M. Tippet
Mr Walter A. Tomlinson
Mr Philip T Toomin
Mr Norman Tucker
Mrs, Robert Tullis
Dr & Mrs. William D. Turnbull
Mr & Mrs, Herbert G, Twaddle
Mrs. C. P Tyler
Ms. Marian Phelps Tyler
Mr & Mrs. Robert D. Tyler
Mr Edgar J, Uihiein, Jr
Mr & Mrs, Bohus Ulicny
Dr Victoria B. Vacha
Mr & Mrs. Murray Vale
(Murray & Virginia Vale
Foundation)
Mrs. R. D. Van Kirk
Mrs. Errett Van Nice
Mr & Mrs Herbert A. Vance
Mr & Mrs, William C, Vance
Mr Frank Peter Vander Ploeg
Mr M. P, Venema
Mr & Mrs. Richard A, Waichler
Mr Edwin A, Walcher, Jr
Mr & Mrs, C. Ives Waldo, Jr.
Mr Charles R, Walgreen
(MaryAnn & Charles R.
Walgreen, Jr Fund)
& Mrs, Harvey M, Walken
;. Samuel J. Walker
George M. Walker & Family
& Mrs. Robert P. Wallace
& Mrs. Daniel J. Walsh
& Mrs. John P. Walsh
s. Cynthia Armour Ward
Isabel B. Wasson
s. Theron Wasson
s. George W. Watts
Morrison Waud
Frances X. Wazeter
William D. Weaver
s. C. F Weber
& Mrs. Norman R Wechter
Morris S. Weeden
& Mrs. Charles W. Wegener
& Mrs. S. Sol Weiner
(VogI Family Foundation)
& Mrs. Jack Weinstein
& Mrs. Paul J. Weir
Jack Weisman
& Mrs. William L, Weiss
s, Paul A, Welbon
s Donald P Welles
Edward K, Welles
s. John Paul Welling
William D, Wells
s, Louis Werner (Louis Werner Fund)
&Mrs.B, Kenneth West
s, Joseph B, Wharton
& Mrs, Richard Wheatland
E. Todd Wheeler
& Mrs. Jay N. Whipple, Jr
H.Blair White
& Mrs. David E. Whiting
A. D. Whitney
& Mrs. George D. Wilbanks
& Mrs, Lawrence G, Wilcox
& Mrs, Lydon Wild
& Mrs, George F. Wilhelm
& Mrs, Louis O, Williams
Albert D, Williams, Jr
AmosG. Willis
s. Benton J, Willner, Jr
Robert M, Wilson
James R, Wimmer
s. Nancy Corwith Hamill Winter
Michael Wirtz
& Mrs, Richard M, Withrow
& Mrs, William W. Wittie
John C, Wolfe
Arnold R, Wolff
s, Peter Wolkonsky
Arthur M, Wood
• & Mrs. Henry C Wood
Frank H. Woods
William Wrigley
& Mrs. David E. Wulf
Theodore N, Yelich
& Mrs, Bruce A, Young
& Mrs. Hobart P Young
Ms. Betty Yonker
Ms Judy L. Zamb
Mr & Mrs. Carl M. Zapffe
Mr & Mrs. Carl A. Zehner
Mr & Mrs. Howard B Zimmerman
DONORS TO THE OPERATING FUNDS, Total for 1983-84
CORPORATIONS
and PHILANTHROPIC
FOUNDATIONS
$5,000 or more
Abbott Laboratories Fund
Allen-Health Memorial Foundation
The Allstate Foundation
American National Bank Foundation
Amoco Foundation, Inc.
AMSTED Industries Foundation
Arthur Andersen & Co.
Atlantic Richfield Foundation
The Barker Welfare Foundation
Beatrice Companies, Inc.
Borg-Warner Foundation, Inc.
The Chicago Community Trust
Chicago Tribune Foundation
Coleman Foundation
Combined International Corporation
Commonwealth Edison
Continental Bank Foundation
The DeSoto Foundation
R. R. Donnelley & Sons Company
Ernst SWhinney
Esmark Foundation
FMC Foundation
FRC Investment Corporation
Fel-Pro/Mecklenburger Foundation
The Field Foundation of Illinois, Inc.
Marshall Field's
First National Bank of Chicago Foundation
Flair Communications Agency, Inc.
Ford Motor Company Fund
Lloyd A. Fry Foundation
Graham Foundation for Advanced Studies
in the Fine Arts
H B B Foundation
Harris Bank Foundation
Hartmarx Corporation
Walter E. Heller Foundation
Household International, Inc.
International Business Machines
Corporation
IC Industries, Inc.
I. V. I. Travel, Inc.
Illinois Bell Telephone Company
Illinois Tool Works Foundation
Interlake Foundation
International Minerals & Chemical
Foundation
Jewel Foundation
The Joyce Foundation
W. K. Kellogg Foundation
Kemper Educational and Charitable Fund
Kraft, Inc.
John D. & Catherine T. MacArthur
Foundation
McGraw Foundation
McGraw-Edison Company
Robert R. McCormick Charitable Trust
McMaster-Carr Supply Company
Magenta Corporation
Midcon Corporation
Montgomery Ward Foundation
Sterling Morton Charitable Trust
The Naico Foundation
Northern Illinois Gas
The Northern Trust Company
Charitable Trust
Northwest Industries Foundation, Inc.
Peat, Manwick, Mitchell & Co.
J. C. Penney Company Inc.
The Peoples Energy Corporation
The Albert Pick, Jr. Fund
Pittway Corporation Charitable
Foundation
Frederick Henry Prince
Testamentary Trust
The Quaker Oats Foundation
S&C Electric Company
Sahara Coal Company
Santa Fe Southern Pacific
Foundation
Sara Lee Corporation
Sargent & Lundy Engineers
Arthur J. Schmitt Foundation
Dr. Scholl Foundation
John S. Swift Charitable Trust
Tishman Midwest Management
Corporation
Torco Oil Company
Touche Ross & Company
UOP Foundation
USG Foundation, Inc.
Urban Investment & Development
Company
Walgreen Benefit Fund
Western Electric Fund
Whirlpool Foundation
W. P. & H. B. White Foundation
Wilson & Mcllvaine
E. W. Zimmerman Construction
Products, Inc.
$1,000-$4,999
AT&T Communications
AT&T Information Systems
AXIA Inc.
Aetna Life and Casualty Insurance
Companies of Illinois
Akzo Chemie America
Alcoa Foundation
Allied Corporation
American Broadcasting Companies, Inc.
American Hospital Supply Corporation
Americana Hotels Corporation
Aileen S. Andrew Foundation
(Andrew Corporation)
Anixter Brothers, Inc.
Arco Metals Company
Avon Products Foundation
BankAmerica Foundation
Bankers Trust Company
Baxter Travenol Laboratories, Inc.
A. G. Becker Paribas Foundation
Blum-Kovler Foundation
Bozell& Jacobs
The Brand Companies Charitable
Foundation
Brown & Root Incorporated
The Brunswick Foundation, Inc.
Burlington Northern Foundation
Leo Burnett Company Inc.
Burson-Marsteller, Inc.
CFS Continental Foundation, Inc.
Carson Pirie Scott Foundation
Centel Corporation
Central Steel & Wire Company
Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A.
(Rose & Company Investment
Brokers, Inc.)
Cherry Electrical Products Company
Chicago Bears Football Club, Inc.
Chicago Bridge & Iron Company
Chicago and North Western
Transportation Company
Chicago Title and Trust Company
Foundation
Citicorp (USA), Inc.
Clark Foundation
(J. L. Clark Manufacturing Co.)
Comdisco, Inc.
Consolidated Papers Foundation, Inc.
Container Corporation of America
Foundation
John Crane-Houdaille, Inc.
Crum & Forster Foundation
(L. W. Beigler, Inc.)
Helene Curtis Industries, Inc.
Reuben H. Donnelley Corporation
EPCO Services, Inc.
Ehico Foundation
(Edward Hines Lumber Co.)
The Equitable Life Assurance Society
of the United States
Federal Signal Corporation
The Florsheim Shoe Company
The Fluor Foundation
Foote, Cone & Belding Foundation
GATX Corporation
GenCorp
General Motors Corporation
Geraldi-Norton Memorial Corporation
Max Goldenberg Foundation
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
Gould Inc. Foundation
W. W. Grainger Inc.
Guarantee Trust Life Insurance
Company
A. S. Hansen, Inc.
Heller International
James C. Hemphill Foundation
Inland Steel-Ryerson Foundation
Intermatic, Inc.
Fred S. James & Co. of Illinois
Johnson & Higgins of Illinois, Inc.
K Mart Corporation
Kemper Financial Services
Ketone Automotive Inc.
Kirkland & Ellis
LaSalle National Bank
Viola Aloe Laski Charitable Trust
Latham & Watkins
M & O Insulation Company
McDonald's Corporation
McKinsey & Company Inc.
MacLean-Fogg Company
Masonite Corporation
William M. Mercer, Inc.
Moore Business Forms, Inc.
Philip Morris Incorporated
Morton Thiokol Foundation
Motorola Foundation
Nash Brothers Construction Company Inc.
National Boulevard Foundation
National Can Corporation
Needham Harper Worldwide
Gust. K. Newberg Construction Co.
New York Community Trust
Ogiivy & Mather, Inc.
Phelan, Pope & John, LTD
George Pick & Company
Power Systems, Inc.
Price Waterhouse
The Prudential Insurance Company
of America
45
46
Oath-taking and tiealing figure from the Chiloango River area of lower Zaire, one of the finest known examples of a sculpted Kongo charm. Late
19th century. Made of wood, clay, fiber, metal, pigment, and cowrie shell, the figure was on view during the 1984 exhibit "African insights:
Sources for Afro-American Art and Culture. " Cat. 91300, N109327.
DONORS TO THE OPERATING FUNDS* Total for1983-84
Reliable Sheet Metal Works, Inc.
Rice Foundation
Rockwell International Corporation
Trust
RyderTypes, Inc.
Scott Foresman & Company
Sealy Mattress Connpany
G. D. Searle&Co.
Seattle Foundation
Security Pacific Foundation
Seyfartti Shaw Fairweather &
Geraldson
Shell Companies Foundation, Inc.
Signode Foundation, Inc.
Sonnenschein Carlin Nath and
Rosenthal
Spiegel, Inc.
Square D Foundation
Stein Roe & Farnham
Sunbeam Corporation
Sweetheart Cup Corporation
Texaco Philanthropic Foundation
J. Walter Thompson Company Fund
The Oakliegh L. Thorne Foundation
(Commerce Clearing House)
Time Incorporated
The Travelers Companies Foundation Inc.
Turner Construction Company
UARCO Foundation
UnibancTrust Foundation
Union Oil Company of California
United Conveyor Foundation
United States Steel Foundation
Waste Management, Inc.
Wheelabrator Foundation, Inc.
$100-$999
ACME Mills Company
Alberto Culver Company
All-Types Office Supply
Anderson Secretarial Service, Inc.
Anthony and Company, Inc.
Ashland Products Company
The Baird Foundation
Bernhard Woodv^ork Ltd.
Beverick Corporation
Bosler Supply Company
Bronson & Brattson, Inc.
Chemical Bank
Champion Parts Rebullders Inc.
Chicago Board of Trade
The Chicago Corporation
Chicago Mountaineering Club
Chicago Rawhide Manufacturing
Company
Chicago Shell Club
Chicago White Metal Charitable
Foundation
Cities Service Corporation
Clow Corporation
Colby's Home Furnishings
Corey Charitable Foundation
Coronado Publishers Inc.
Crain Communications, Inc.
DLM, Inc.
Dale Maintenance Systems, Inc.
Danly Machine Company
Deloitte, Haskins and Sells
Draper & Kramer, Inc.
Electro-Kinetics, Inc.
Elkay Manufacturing Company
Erman Corporation Inc.
Ethyl Molded Products
Evans Products Company
Faville-Levally Corporation
Ferrara Pan Candy Company
Follett Corporation
Franklin Picture Company
General Binding Corporation
Edward Gray Corporation
Gulf Oil Foundation
The Russell Hampton Company
Heco Envelope Company
Heidrick and Struggles, Inc.
Humboldt Manufacturing Company
Hutchinson Fox, Inc.
Jobbers Supply Company
Johnson Kiddie Rides Inc.
Keck, Mahin & Gate
Kimberly Clark Inc.
Kupferberg, Goldberg & Neimark
Lake View Trust & Savings Bank
Liquid Carbonic Corporation
Magnetrol International, Inc.
J. L. Manta, Inc.
Marsh & McLennan Inc.
Martin Marietta Corporation
Matkov, Griffin, Parsons, Salzman &
Madoff
George S. May International
Mid-City National Bank
Monsanto Fund
John Nuveen & Company
Olsten's of Chicago
P-K Tool and Manufactunng Company
PPG Industries
Packaging Corporation of America
Pepper Construction Company
Pepsi-Cola General Bottlers
H. F. Philipsborn and Company
Meryl Piatt, Inc.
The Presidents Association
Process Gear Company, Inc.
Processed Plastic
Productigear, Inc.
R. J. Reynolds Industries
Richardson Electronics, Ltd.
Safety-Kleen Corporation
Schal Associates
Schuessler Knitting Foundation
Scribner & Company
Silvesth Paving Company
Sleepeck Printing Company
Standard Federal Savings and Loan
Stepan Chemical Company
Stocker Hinge Manufacturing Company
Stouffer Corporation Fund
David F. Swain and Company
Tax Security, Inc.
Trainer Glass Company
Turtle Wax, Inc.
United Technologies Corporation
Universal Metal Hose Company
Vance Publishing Corporation
Ventfabrics
Vienna Sausage Manufacturing Company
Vogue Tyre and Rubber Company
Wallace Computer Services, Inc.
Harry Weese and Associates, Ltd.
Westinghouse Electric Corporation
Wisconsin Tool and Stamping Company
Companies that Have Matched Their Employees'
Contributions to Field Museum in 1983 and 1984
AT&T Foundation
Allied Corporation
Ameritech
Atlantic Richfield Foundation
Beatrice Companies, Inc.
Borg-Warner Foundation
Brunswick Foundation
CPC International, Inc.
Chemical Bank
Continental Bank Foundation
Dart & Kraft, Inc.
Digital Equipment Corporation
Emerson Electric Company
The Equitable Life Assurance
Society of the United States
Follett Corporation
GATX Corporation
Gulf Oil Corporation
Harris Bank Foundation
Household International, Inc.
Illinois Bell Telephone Company
Illinois Tool Works Foundation
Kemper Group
Kirkland& Ellis
McDonald's Corporation
Montgomery Ward Foundation
Morton Thiokol Foundation
The NCR Foundation
The Northern Trust Company
Charitable Trust
Northwest Industries Foundation
John Nuveen & Co., Inc.
The Quaker Oats Foundation
Peoples Energy Corporation
Pittway Corporation Charitable
Foundation
R, J. Reynolds Industries
Santa Fe Southern Pacific
Foundation
Signode Foundation, Inc.
Time, Inc.
Transamerica Corporation
USG Foundation, Inc.
United Technologies
Westinghouse Electric Fund
47
DONORS TO THE COLLECTIONS
DEPARTMENT OF ANTHROPOLOGY
Armour, Mr. and Mrs. T. Stanton
Areen, Mr. and Mrs. G. E.
Barclay, Harry
Benton, Marjorie and Charles
Bomberg, Fay
Bowen, Jeff
Branske, Ronald
Brittingham, Irene
Brown, Dr Victor
Chicago Token Taikai Society
Coppersmith, Sylvia
(in memory of Leila Rosen)
Dark, Dr. Philip J. C.
Eliscu, Avery Z.
Eliscu, Edvi^ard H.
Fisher, Mr. and Mrs. Milton L.
Freeman, Arthur
Gelb, Mr and Mrs. Howard H.
Gordon, Jerry
Hodes, Mr and Mrs. Scott
Lamey, Robert J. and Theresa
Liebman, Mr and Mrs. Bob
McDaniels, Dr Herbert E.
McQuarrie, Catherine
Mittel, Dr. Neuman S.
Murphy Robert
Nelson, Mr and Mrs. R.
Nelson, Mrs. Lloyd E.
Norman, Harold
Oscar, Sheila
Pinsof, Philip
Rydell, Mr and Mrs. Allen G.
Sandstrom, Dr Alan R.
Seefeldt, Lyie
Sievers, W. D.
Sirritella, Vincent J.
Siskin, Dr and Mrs. Edgar E.
Slagle, Mr and Mrs. Paul
Smith, Mr and Mrs. Malcolm
Stevenson, Adiai
Tarbet, Edythe
Timeshevska, Olga
VanStone, Dr James W.
Van Zelst, Mr and Mrs. T. W.
Weil, Mr and Mrs. Christopher
Welsch, Dr Robert
Wbolley, William
DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY
University of Aarhus
Thomas Ackerman
University of Alabama
University of Alberta
Appalachian State
University
Auckland Institute and
Museum
Austin College
Connie Bodner
Universidad Simon Bolivar
Herbario Nacional de Bolivia
Brandeis University
Universidade de Brasilia
Republica Feduativa de Brazil
California Academy of Sciences
University of California,
Berkeley
University of California,
Davis
University of California,
Riverside
Institute Botanico, Caracas
Herbario Alberto Castellanos
Universidad Federal do Ceara
Centro de Botanico, Chapingo
Universidad de Chile
Forest Research Institute,
Christchurch
University of Colorado,
Boulder
University of Connecticut,
Storrs
Cornell University
Museo de Costa Rica
Museu Botanico Municipal,
Curitiba
Jeyson Daniel
Dr Michael Dillon
Duke University
Royal Botanic Gardens,
Edinburgh
Dr Robert Faden
Fairchild Tropical Garden
Herbario Ovalles Farmacio
Florida International
University
Florida Tropical Garden
University of Florida,
Tampa
Blanca Perez Garcia
Dr Elizabeth Girardi
University of Goteborg
College of Great Falls
Linda Greenberg
Universidad de Guadalajara
University of Guelph
William Hahn
Harvard University Herbarium
Botanical Museum of Harvard
University of Helsinki
Hiroshima University
Illinois Natural History
Survey
University of Illinois.
Medical Center
University of Illinois,
Urbana
Indiana University
Peter Johnson
Lagee's Greenhouse
Dr Harvey LeRoy
Los Angeles State and County
Arboretum
Andrew Lugden
Luis Eduardo Luna
Lyndon State College
University of Maine, Orano
University of Manitoba
Jardin Botanico de Maracaibo
Penny Matekaitis
Colegio Superior de Agricultura
Tropical Mexico
Institute Politecnico Nacional,
Mexico
Universidad Nacional Autonoma
de Mexico
Missouri Botanical Garden
University of Missouri
Morton Arboretum
University of Munchen
National Botanical Gardens,
Newlands (South Africa)
New York Botanical Garden
Northeast Louisiana University
Ohio State University
National Museum of Natural
Sciences, Ottawa
Museum National d'Histoire
Naturelle. Paris
Universidad Nacional de la
Amazonia Peruana
Centro Pesquisas do Cacau
Institute Nacional de
Pesquisas, Belem
Jane Plowman
Dr Timothy Plowman
Mr & Mrs. Robert Poetter
Projecto Radambrasil
Miquel Ramirel Rengifro
R. K. Roelter
Dr Ursula Rowlatt
Universidad de San Carlos
Jose Schunke V.
Franz Seidenschwarz
David Smith
Smithsonian Institution
Southern Illinois University
National Herbarium,
Stellenbosch (South Africa)
Robert G. Stoize
Dimitri Sucre
Dr Richard Taylor
Texas A. & M. University
U.S.D.A.,Beltsville
University of Texas, Austin
University of Texas, Dallas
National Science Museum,
Tokyo
Universidad Nacional de
Truijillo
University of Utrecht
Departmendo de Investigacion,
Venezuela
Wayne State University
University of Wisconsin
University of Wyoming
DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY
48
Edward Bara Sr
Dr Gordon Baird
Dr. Peter Crane
Edward Biba
Dr Jose Bonaparte
George E. Bryant
John Chapman
Earl Cornwell
Raymond M. Coveney Jr
Dr Mary R. Dawson
Department of Education (FMNH)
Dr James O. Farlow
R.W. Flynn
Ken Fraser
Barry A. Frey
Mrs, Jonathan Goldstine
Dr Lance Grande
Ms. Cecily Taylor Gregory
Charles Grindele
Paul Gritis
Dr Tu Guangzhi
Ms. Erika HartI
Robert HartI
Ms. Giselle Hartle
Dr Ella Hoch
Dr Bob Hunt
Larry Jeffries
Robert Klocek
Mrs. John Woodward Leslie
Phillip Lochman Company
Heinz Lowenstam
Dr Kubet Luchterhand
B.G. MacNabb
Dr Gary T Madden
Dr Kenneth J. Maier
Steven Manchester
Bob Masek
Paul C. Miller
Dr Robert F. Marschner
Tom Nicholson
Ms. Kimberly Novaski
Dr Edward J. Olsen
Larry Osterberger
Larry Passaro
Dr Ronald H. Pine
LeoPlas Jr
Dr William Read
Paul Rechten
Dr T Rich
Dr Eugene Richardson
John Runnells
Dr Paul Sipiera
Gary P. Smith
Dr Nils Spjeldnaes
Gene Stanley
Dr R.A. Stockey
Paul Sunby
Theodore W. Van Zelst
Donald A. Weiss
Fran and Terri Wolff
Alan Woodland
Dr Rainer Zangerl
DONORS TO THE COLLECTIONS
DEPARTMENT OF ZOOLOGY
Dr. T. Abe
LAIbujaV.
Dr. Rosario Alonso
Dr. Peter Ames
Anti-Cruelty Society,
Chicago
Jean Armour
Dr. Stephen Ashe
Mr and Mrs. Fred Aslin
Kurt Autfenberg
Dr James Bacon
Dr R. M. Bailey
Margaret Baker
Karl Bartel
Dr. R. Barriga
Helen Becker
Roy Behnke
Kevin Bell
Anthony Bogadek
Dr M. Bradbury
Brookfield Zoo
Barbara Brown
J. C. Bruner
Dr. G. H. Burgess
Carpenter Nature Center
Dr J. Carter
Dr Donald Chandler
Chicago Zoological Society
Barbara Clausen
Paul Clyne
Dr K. Cole
R. Coleman, Indiana
Dr Joel L. Cracraft
G. Cruz
L, A. Deutsch, Brazil
Robert W. Dickerman
Mary Ann Diekman
Martha Drake
Henry Dybas
Mary Ela
Dr John Fitzpatrick
S. Friedman
M.H. GallardoN.
Andrea Gaski
Dr R. H. Gibbs
Dr M. L. Goff
Daniel Gonzales
Dr Lance Grande
Dr David W. Greenfield
Paul Gritis
Mrs. M.J. Gustin
E. R. Hall
Nankins, World Museum
of Natural History
H. J. Harlan
Harvard University Museum
of Comparative Zoology
Dr A. A. Hassan
Craig Hendee
Dr. Philip Hershkovitz
Mrs. Harold Hines
L. J. Hitz
Peter Hocking
Philip Hershkovitz
Dr Harry Hoogstraal
Dr. K. Hosoya
Dr. Miquel Ibanez
Dr Robert F Inger
F. Ivkien
Dr T. Iwomoto
Robert Izor
Connie Janousek
Dr. Alan Jaslow
M. Jenks
Dr R. K. Johnson
J, Karls
Steve Karsen
Jeff Kaufmann
Julian Kerbin
J. Kerbis
Dr J. Kethley
Dr Bong Heang Kiew
Chong-Wha Kim
Dr Ik-soo Kim
Dr Kistner
Dr L. W. Knapp
H. L. H. Krauss
Aagje Kroos
Robin Lambert
Dr W. W. Lamar
B. K. Lang
Dr Harry Lee
Cliff Lemen
Thomas O. Lemke
V. Linares
Lincoln Park Zoological
Gardens
Dr. P. Loiselle
Dr F. S. Lukoschus
Dr J. Lundberg
Bart Lysy
J. H. Makler
Borys Malkin
David Matusik
Dianne Maurer
Timothy J. McCarthy
Ray McCraren
Dr W. Medina
Dr N. Menezees
P. L. Meserve
Dr Walter B. Miller
Milwaukee Public Museum
Gabriel Mitchell
Dr H. Mok
Debra Moskovitz
Richard Moss
Mrs. Arthur! Moulding
John Murphy
Wanda Murphy
Mus. of Vert. Zoo., Univ.
of Cal., Berkeley
Pat Nacnic
National Museum of Natural
History
Michael Nee
Dr H. G. Nelson
Kenneth Nemuras
Doris Nitecki
Northern Illinois
University
Dr. Roy A. Norton
Mr. Michael O'Connor
Elizabeth O'Hara
Fernando Orces
Dr Jacques Pasteels
Dr. Bruce Patterson
Ray Pawley
Dr. Stewart Peck
Luis Pena
Dr Ronald Pine
Dr Norman Platnick
Dr Timothy Plowman
Princeton University
Claddia Putnam
Norman P. Radtke
Dr J. Randall
Michael Reed
J. Reichel
Mr Alan Resetar
Robin Restall
Dr T Roberts
Dr R. S. Rosenblatt
Dr Barry Roth
Dr J. Russo
San Diego Zoo
R. Schoknecht
Beverly Scott
Ken Schuiz
Tony Silva
Mrs. Clara Richardson
Simpson
James Sipiora
Southern Illinois
University
William E. Southern
H. R. Sleeves
Dr D. J. Stewart
John Stone
D. Stotz
Dr Walter Suter
Dr D. Taphorn
C. Thaeler
Dr. J. Thrall
Dr Robert Timm
PriscillaTurnbull
R. C. Tweit
USNM, National Museum
of Natural History
Dr R. P. Vari
Dr John Visser
Dr Harold Voris
Dr John Wagner
VanWallach
Dr Larry Watrous
Hugh Watson
A. Weisenheimer
John S. Weske
Dr A. Wiktor
Dr David Willard
Dr J. Williams
Dr Louis Williams
Dr R. S. S. Wu
Mrs. Yang Chang Man
Dr Frank N. Young
THE LIBRARY
Teresa Acedo
Aegean Press
Bolerium Books
Willard L. Boyd
Adelaide K. Bullen
William C. Burger
Grace Burkholder
Colorado River Wildlife
Council
Dorothy L. Eatough
W. Peyton Fawcett
Eugene Pieter Feldman
Henry Field
Dian Fossey
Joseph B. Gill
Elizabeth-Louise Girardi
Willis A. Gortner
Kenneth J. Grabowski
Raymond Graumlich
buzanne Greub
Paul Gritis
Julian W. Harvey
Hirohito, Emperor of Japan
Hugh H. litis
Robert F. Inger
International Cultural
Society of Korea
Thor Janson
Jens Kroger
Molly Lee
Anne W. Leonard
Ernest A. Liner
Mrs. Albert Louer
Albert G. Lowenthal
Kubet Luchterhand
Maria Yolanda Manga
Gonzcilez
Margaret Martling
Mr & Mrs. John C. Meeker
Mary Metzger
Seymour Miller
Scott Michael Moody
Lorin I. Nevling, Jr.
Matthew H. Nitecki
G. L. Nogr^dy
ClaudioOchsenius
Virgil L. Pederson
Robert B. Pickering
Georg Pilleri
Mr & Mrs. Oscar Pinsof
Mr & Mrs. Philip Pinsof
Timothy Plowman
Phyllis Rabineau
Jose R^mirez-Pulido
Charles A. Reed
Alfreda C. Rogowski
Joyce Saffir
Pablo Enrique Sanchez Vindas
Robert Jerome Schmitz
Wayne Serven
Joyce Shaw
Farwell Smith
Alan Solem
Llois Stein
Lorain Stevens
John Terrell
Robert Timm
Edward Valauskas
James W. VanStone
Mrs. Robert T Van Tress
Leigh Van Valen
Theodore W. Van Zelst
Connie G. Westenfelder
Benjamin W. Williams
Louis O. Williams
Dennis Witsberger
49
Sfe
FIELD MUSEUM STAFF
Willard L. Boyd,
President
Lorin I. Nevling, Jr., Ph.D.,
Director
E. Leiand Webber, B.B.Ad.,
C.PA.,LH.D., President
Emeritus
OFFICE of the
PRESIDENT
Charles T. Buzek, M.A.,
Project Coordinator,
Centennial Directions
Deborah Cooke, Secretary to
tine President
Deborah L. Towers, B.A.,
Secretary, President's
Office
OFFICE of the
DIRECTOR
Alice L. Lewis, Secretary
to the Director
VICE PRESIDENT, FINANCE
& MUSEUM SERVICES
JimmieVi/. Croft, M.S.,
VICE PRESIDENT,
DEVELOPMENT
Thomas R. Sanders, B.S.
Archives
Mary Ann Johnson,
Archivist
Public Relations
Sherry L. Isaac, B.A.,
Manager
OIlie M. Hartsfield, M.S.,
Assistant
Shirlana S. Meander,
Secretary
Bulletin
David M. Walsten, B.S.,
Editor
Department of
Anthropology
Glen H. Cole, Ph.D., Chairnnan
and Curator, Prehistory
Donald Collier, Ph.D.,
Curator Emeritus, twiddle
and South American
Archaeoiogy and
Ethnology
Bennet Bronson, Ph.D.
Associate Curator, Asian
Archaeology and
Ethnology
Robert A. Feldman, Ph.D.,
Visiting Assistant Curator,
Andean Archaeology
Phillip H. Lewis, Ph.D.,
Curator, Primitive Art
and Melanesian
Ethnology
Michael E. Moseley, Ph.D.,
Curator, Middle and
South American
Archaeology
John E. Terrell, Ph.D.,
Curator, Oceanic
Archaeology and
Ethnology
James W. VanStone, Ph.D.,
Curator, North American
Archaeology and
Ethnology
Ruth I. Andris, Restorer
Lucy Bukowski, B.S.,
Administrative Assistant
Kathleen A. Christon, B.S.,
Technical Assistant
Christine S. Danziger, M.S.,
Conservator
Paul S. Goldstein, M.A.,
Special Project Assistant
Christine T. Gross, B.A.,
Departmental Assistant
Lillian Novak, B.A.,
Department Registrar
Phyllis G. Rabineau, M.A.,
Collection Manager
Millard E. Rada, B.S..
Collections Assistant
Loran Schell Recchia,
Technical Assistant
Sylvia P. Schueppert
Clerk-Typist
Department
of Botany
William C. Burger, Ph.D.,
Chairman and Curator,
Vascular Plants
Louis O. Williams, Ph.D.,
Curator Emeritus, Vascular
Plants
JohnJ. Engel, Ph.D.,
Associate Curator, Bryology
Patricio Ponce de Leon, Ph.D.,
Associate Curator
Cryptogams
Timothy C. Plowman, Ph.D.,
Associate Curator,
Vascular Plants
Michael O. Dillon, Ph.D.,
Assistant Curator.
Vascular Plants
Sylvia M. Feuer-Forster, Ph.D.,
Visiting Assistant
Curator Palynology
Kerry Alan Barringer, Ph.D.,
Visiting Assistant
Curator, Vascular Plants
MichaeU. Huft, Ph.D.,
Visiting Assistant
Curator Vascular Plants
Robin B. Foster, Ph.D., Visiting
Research Associate
William Ed Grim6, B.A.,
Manager of Systematic
Botanical Collection
Christine J. Niezgoda.M.A.,
Research Assistant
RobertG. Stoize, B.S.,
Collection Manager
Pteridophyte Herbarium
Herbarium Assistants
Stephen P. Dercole, B.S.
Peter E. Johnson, M.A.
Penny A. Matekaitis, B.S.
Alfreida Rehling
Preparators:
Birthel Atkinson
Freddie Robinson
Roberta C. Becker, B.A.,
Department Secretary
Mary Lou Grein, B.A.,
Secretary
Department
of Geology
John R. Bolt, Ph.D.,
Chairman, and
Associate Curator,
Fossil Reptiles
and Amphibians
Rainer Zangerl, Ph D.,
Curator Emeritus,
Fossil Fishes
Matthew H. Nitecki, Ph.D., .
Curator Fossil
Invertebrates
EdwardJ. Olsen, Ph.D.,
Curator Mineralogy
William D. Turnbull, Ph.D.
Curator Fossil Mammals
Bertram G. Woodland, Ph.D.,
Curator Petrology
PeterR. Crane, Ph.D.,
Assistant Curator
Paleobotany
R. Lance Grande, Ph.D.,
Assistant Curator
Fossil Fishes
Scott H. Lidgard, Ph.D.,
Assistant Curator
Fossil Invertebrates
John Clay Bruner, M.S.,
Collection Manager
Vertebrate Paleontology
Marthas. Bryant, B.S.,
Collection Manager
Fossil Plants/
Invertebrates
Dorothy L. Eatough, M.A.,
Technical Assistant.
Mineralogy/Petrology
Gary J. Galbreath, Ph.D.,
Curatorial and
Technical Assistant
William F. Simpson, B.S.,
Chief Preparator
Fossil Vertebrates
John P. Harris,
Fossil Preparator
Monica A. Mikulski, A.A.,
Departmental Secretary
Elaine Zeiger, B.Mus.,
Secretary
Department
of Zoology
Robert K. Johnson, Ph.D.,
Chairman, and
Curator Fishes
Emmet R. Blake, D.Sc.,
Curator Emeritus, Birds
Philip Hershkovitz, M.S.,
Curator Emeritus
Mammals
Melvin A. Traylor, Jr., A.B.,
Curator Emeritus, Birds
Rupert L Wenzel, Ph.D.,
Curator Emeritus. Insects
Darlene Pederson,
Department Secretary
Division of
Amphibians and Reptiles
Robert F. Inger, Ph.D.,
Curator
Hymen Marx, B.S.,
Curator
Harold K. Vbris, Ph.D.,
Associate Curator and
Division Head
H. Bradley Schaffer, Ph.D.,
Research Associate.
Sharon B. Emerson, Ph.D.,
Research Associate,
GaryMazurek, B.A.,
Collection Manager
Molly Ozaki,
Secretary
Technical Assistants:
Paul A. Gritis, B.S.,
Martin Pryzdia,
Kregg Salvino, B.S.,
SO
FIELD MUSEUM STAFF
Division of Birds
John W. Fitzpatrick, Ph.D.,
Associate Curator and
Division Head.
David E. Willard, Ph.D.,
Collection Manager,
Jennifer M. Shopland, B.S.,
Technical Assistant,
M. Dianne Maurer, B.A.,
Assistant
Division of Fishes
DonaldJ. Stewart, Ph.D.,
Associate Curator and
Division Head,
TerryC. Grande, M.S.,
Collection Ivlanager
RobertJ.Schmltz, M.S.,
Technical Assistant,
Division of Insects
John B. Kethley, Ph.D.,
Associate Curator and
Division Head,
James S. Ashe, Ph.D.,
Assistant Curator,
Daniel Summers, M.S.,
Collection Ivlanager,
HarryG. Nelson, Ph.D.,
Summer Curator,
Technical Assistants:
Steve Holzmann, B.S.,
Bartholomew M. Lysy, B.S,,
Cynthia L. Milkint, B.S.,
Thomas G. Mooney, B.S.,
Division of
Invertebrates
G. Alan Solem, Ph.D.,
Curator and
Division Head,
Kenneth C. Emberton, Ph.D.,
Visiting Assistant
Curator,
Margaret L. Baker, B.S.,
Collection Manager,
Linnea M. Lahlum, B.A.,
Scientific Illustrator,
Patricia H. Johnson,
Secretary,
Division of
Mammals
Robert M. Timm, Ph.D.,
Assistant Curator and
Division Head,
Bruce D. Patterson, Ph.D.,
Assistant Curator,
RobertJ. Izor, B.S.,
Collection Manager,
Technical Assistants:
Sophie Andris,
Barbara E. Brown, B.S.,
LisaA. Dorn, M.S.
Scientific Support
Services
Bruce D. Patterson, Ph.D.,
Chairman
John J. Engel, Ph.D.,
Supen/isor,
Scientific Illustrators
Rosetta D. Arrigo, M.A.
Computer Operations
Specialist
Zbigniew T. Jastrzebski, M.F.A.,
Senior Scientific
Illustrator
Zorica Dabich, B.F.A.,
Scientific Illustrator
Marlene H. Werner, A.A.,
Scientific Illustrator
Clara L. Simpson, M.S.,
Scientific Illustrator/
Technician
Christine J. Niezgoda, M.A.,
SEM Coordinator
Ronald G. Wibel,
SEM Technician
Fieid Museum Press
Timothy C. Plowman, Ph.D.,
Scientific Editor
James W. VanStone, Ph.D.,
Assistant Scientific
Editor
Tanisse R. Bezin,
Managing Editor
Museum Library
W. Peyton Fawcett, B.A.,
Librarian
Benjamin W. Williams, B.A.,
Associate Librarian and
Librarian, Rare Books
Michele Calhoun, M.S.L.S.,
Reference Librarian
Chih-Wei Pan, M.S.,
Cataloger
Alfreda Rogowski,
Acquisitions
Library Assistants:
MarciaL. Carey, A.B.;
Kenneth J. Grabowski, M.S.,
Raymond Graumlich, M.A.,
Florence Hales Testa, B.A.
Department of
Education
Carolyn P. Blackmon, B.S.,
Chairman
PhilipC. Hanson, M.S.,
Head, Group Programs
Susan E. Stob, B.A.,
Head, Public Programs
Instructors:
Elizabeths. Deis, M.S.,
Marie S. Feltus, M.A.,
Edith Fleming, M.A.
Janeen Schmidt, B.A.,
Assistant Instructor
Teresa K. LaMaster, M.A.,
Program Coordinator,
Kellogg Foundation
Program Developers:
Susan M. Curran, B.S.,
Nancy L. Evans, B.A.,
Keith Mason, B.A., (field trips)
Robert B. Pickering, Ph.D.
Jacqueline J. Tumolonis, M.S.,
MarciaZweig, B.A.
Joyce Matuszewich, B.A.,
Volunteer Coordinator
Maija L. Sedzielarz, B.A.,
Teacher Training
Program Coordinator
Mary Ann Bloom, B.S.,
Coordinator: Pawnee Lodge,
Place for Wonder
Vincent T. Davis, B.A.,
Loan Coordinator/
Harris Extension
Helen H. Voris, M.S.,
Writer/Researcher,
Kellogg Foundation
Robert Cantu, Resource
Coordinator
Sue G. Rizzo, Resource
Coordinator
Norann C. Michaels
Department Secretary
Vickie S. Richards
Secretary Public Programs
Muluemebet Alemayehu,
Secretary Adult Education/
Field Trips
Department of
Exhibition
Donald R. Skinner, M.FA.,
Chairman
Harvey M. Matthew, B.S.E.E., M.B.A.,
Head, Controls
Richard T. Pearson, B.A.,
Head, Production
Howard J. Bezin, B.F.A.,
Supervisor,
Exhibit Services
John K. Cannon, M.F.A.,
Supervisor, Production
Daniel L. Weinstock, B.FA.,
Supervisor Production
Jeff E. Hoke, B.F.A.,
Supervisor,
Carpenter Shop
Designers: Clifford L.
Abrams, B.F.A.; Louise
M. Belmont, B.A.; Paul
L. Bluestone, B.A.;
Catherine L. Chmura, B.F.A.;
Donald P Emery, B.FA.;
Lynn Burnett Hobbs, B.FA.,
Gail Rogoznica-
McKernin, B.FA.
Preparators: Tamara K. Biggs,
B.A.; Mark Staff Brandl,
B.FA.; Carol Brunk-
Harnish, B.A.; Barbara
A. Burkhardt, B.FA,;
RaoulG. Deal, B.FA.;
Richards. Faron, B.FA.;
Calvin Gray B.A.; Kerry
John Haulotte, B.FA.;
John Thomas Judd, M.F.A.;
David A. Lapaglia; Tom
G. Lucas, B.A.; Michael
E. Paha, B.FA.; Cameron
A. Zebrun, M.FA.
Jessica A. Newman, Secretary
BeverlyC. Scott, B.S.C,
Secretary
FINANCE and
MUSEUM SERVICES
Jimmie W. Croft, M.S.,
Vice President
Patricia N. Phillips,
Secretary
Department of
Financial Operations
David Wayne Booz, M.B.A.,
Manager
Alexander R. Friesel, B.G.S.,
Senior Accountant
Gloria T. Hardison,
Data Processing
Coordinator, Accounts
Payable
Sheryl L. Heidenreich, B.S.,
Payroll Coordinator,
Grants Accountant
Gregory J. Kotulski,
Accountant
Darlene Brox,
Head Cashier
Alix M. Alexandre,
Accounting Clerk
Admission Cashier/Accounting
Clerks: Irma Sanchez,
Nancy Thomas, Doris 8.
Thompson, Dora G. Vallejo
Maria Matos-Burns, Student
Intern
Department of
Building Operations
Norman P. Radtke, Physical
Plant Administrator
Gerald J. Struck, B.S.,
Project Engineer/
Construction Coordinator
Andris Pavasars, M.S.,
Assistant
Engineering Division
Rudolph Dentino,
Chief Engineer
Robert J. Battaglia,
Assistant Chief
Engineer .
Stationary Engineers:
Earl W. Duncan, Joseph
A. Nejasnic, Edward John
Penciak, Harry Rayborn,
Jr., Raymond D. Roberts,
Timothy Tryba -»
51
Assistant engineers Kevin Kirby (left) and Phil Savio
pose proudly with one of the l^useum 's giant boilers.
Until the late 1960s, the boilers were fueled with coal:
today the fuel is gas. The Engineering Division of
Building Operations is comprised of a chief en-
gineer an assistant chief engineer, six licensed sta-
tionary engineers, and five assistant engineers. In
addition to operating the high-pressure boilers,
they maintain the entire heating-ventilating-air-
conditioning environment for the IVIuseum.
FIELD MUSEUM STAFF
Assistant Engineers:
Floyd W. Bluntson,
Matthew Alan Covey, Kevin
Kirby Donald K. Ross,
Larry O'Neal Thompson
Gerald C. Keene, Lead
Audiovisual Technician
Ronald R. Hall, Audiovisual
Technician
Edward D. Rick, Electrician
Malntenanca Division
Jacques L. Pulizzi,
Supervisor
Louis M. Hobe, Plasterer
Painters:
George Schneider, Jr.,
Robert D. Vinson
Carpenters:
Stanley B. Konopka,
George C. Petrik,
Dale S. Akin,
Ernst P. Toussaint
Housekeeping Division
Obie M. Collins, B.C.S.,
Executive Housekeeper
Ezell Holmes, Group
Leader
Juanita Wallace, Group
Leader
Lee Mister, Supervisor
Housekeepers: Harold A.
Anderson, Cleola Davis,
Edward J. Jurzak,
Juanita Wallace, Josef M.
Duanah, William F.
Dullen, Jr., Claudia
Felix, Rodolfo Flores,
Theodore J. Green,
Kwan-Soo Han, B.S.,
Dewayne Jamison, Don E.
Jones, Gerard
Kernizan, Jose Mendez,
Mary Monoz, Ermite Nazaire,
Louis P. Phipps, Lucinda
Pierre-Louis, Georgia
Pullium, Michael L. Roache,
Kettly Rodrigue, John A.
Stahl, Leroy P. Thomas,
Anthony D. Valentino,
Dieudalde M. Victor,
Alvin G. Webb
Department of
General Services
Gustav A. Noren
Administrator
Susan M. Olson
Coordinator
Pamela Stearns, B.S.,
Print Production
Coordinator
Arline E. Sparacino
Secretary
Division of
Photography
Ronald Testa, M.F.A.,
Head
Diane Alexander-White,
B.A., Photographer
Nina M. Cummings, B.A.,
Photo Researcher
Department of
Purchasing and
Publications
Thomas W Geary, B.S.,
Purchasing Agent
Lorraine Petkus,
Assistant
Publications
Roger L. Buelow, Head
of Publications
Frantz Eliacin,
Assistant
Kevin Swagel, B.S.,
l^essenger
Lorraine H. Hobe,
Secretary
Department of
Human Resources
Arlene Kiel, M.S.,
Administrator
Jill V Knudsen, B.A.,
Representative
Margo Pecoulas, B.A.,
Benefits Assistant
Department of
Pubiic Merchandising
Barbara I. Stuark, B.S., C.B.A.,
Manager
Barbara Blum, B.S.,
Assistant t^anager
Betty J. Green, Senior
Sales Supervisor
Dolores E. Marler,
Weekend Supervisor
Kathy Hardin, Secretary
Robert T Chelmowski,
Stock Clerk
Sales Clerks: Kim Michelle
Ambrose, Candy Chin,
Gloria Clayton,
Helen Cooper, Louis
Douyon, Eleanor Fuentes,
Dale R. Johnson, B.A.,
Fern E. Konyar, Marie
Jose Perotte, Delisa V.
Retrigue, Victor Sanchez,
Levertia Short, Louise
Waters, Elise Willoughby,
Joe Wong
Department of
Security and
Visitor Services
Thomas B. Dugan, M.S.,
t^anager
Senior Security Supervisors:
Richard H. Leigh, Kathleen
Q. McCollum, B.A.
Security Supervisors:
Arnold C. Barnes, Jr, B.A.,
Rudolph Gomez, Jose
Preciado, Earl M.
Singleton III, M.A.,
Will Washington
Clifford Augustus, Senior
Security Officer
Security Officers:
Larry J. Banaszak,
Andrew J. Bluntson,
Craig Bolton, Willie J.
Brimage, Marcia Susan
Carr,B.S., Elizabeth W.
Castro, B.A., Chantal L.
Charles, Chirkina I.
Chirkina, Michael A.
Croon, B.A., Lionel O.
Dunn, Norval Glover,
Jesse Gomez, Rosalie J.
Gomez, Vanessa K. Goston,
Steven A. Grissom,
Richard D. Groh, A.A.,
Norman Hammond, Stanley
Haynes, Roberto
Hernandez, Michael C.
Holt, imelda Jacob,
Charles M. Johnson,
Michael A. Jones, Eddy
Joseph, Mirielle M.
Laforest, Howard
Langford, Jr, Charles
Lozano, Derek
McGlorthan, Antonio J.
Martin, Francisco G.
Mendoza, B.F.A.,
Cozzetta Morris, Karlyn
Morris, Jose Pena,
Jaime Piedra, Rosemarie
Rhyne, Martlne Rousseau,
Emanuel Russell, Jr,
Elmer W. Sagehorn, Elkin
B.Smith, Jr., Edmund L.
Steward, Joe W Vallejo,
Otto R. Vilimek, Keith
Williams, Clifford
Zigler, B.S.
Geraldine Havranek,
Telephone Receptionist
Josie Poole, Coat Check
Attendant
William F Thompson,
Information Booth
Attendant
Dolores M. Diaz,
Secretary
DEVELOPMENT
Thomas R. Sanders, B.S.,
Vice President
David G. McCreery, M.A.,
Director of
Development
Clifford Buzard, M.Div,
Planned Giving Officer
Thomas D. Wilson, B.M.E.,
Corporate Development
Officer
Glenn S. Par6, B.A.,
Grants Officer
Leonard Evans, Records
Coordinator
Craig J. Byrum, B.A.,
Research Coordinator
Elizabeth A. Moore,
Secretary
Veitrice L. Thompson,
Office Coordinator
Anita del Genio,
Administrative Assistant
Uembership Division
Patricia M. Long, M.F.A.,
(Manager
Marilyn E. Cahill, M.A.,
Assistant h/lanager
Jean Stroup Miller, B.A.,
Special Events
Coordinator
James N. Davis, Secretary
Robert Mijatov, B.S.,
Cash Processor
Alice H. Crawford, CRT
Coordinator
Mary H. Millsap, Assistant
CRT Coordinator
Gregory K. Porter, B.A.,
Booth Coordinator
Toby D. Rajput, B.A.,
Supervisor, Telephone
Solicitors
Pearl M. Delacoma,
Telephone Solicitor
Loretta Reyes, Ma;7
Processor
Women's Board
Division
Susan E. VandenBosch,
B.A., Coordinator
Tours Division
Dorothy S. Roder,
Ivlanager
Pamela Sims, Secretary
Division of
Printing
George C. Sebela, Head
Edward D. Czenwin, Printer
53
54
DEPARTMENT OF
ANTHROPOLOGY
Research Associates
Robert J Braidwood, Ph.D.,
Old World Prehistory
James A. Brown, Ph.D.,
North American Archaeology
Jane E. Buikstra, PhD ,
Physical Anthropology
WilliamJ. Conklin. M.A.,
Peruvian Architecture &
Textiles
PhillipJ.C. Dark, Ph.D.,
African Ethnology
Richard D. DePuma, Ph.D.,
Etruscan Archaeology
FredR. Eggan, Ph.D.,
Ethnology
Patricia S. Essenpreis, Ph.D.,
North American Archaeology
BillHolm, M.F. A.,
North American Native Art
F.Clark Howell, Ph.D.,
Old World Prehistory
Janet H. Johnson, Ph.D.,
Middle Eastern Archaeology
Maxine R Kleindienst, Ph.D.,
Old World Prehistory
AlanL. Kolata, Ph.D.,
South American Archaeology &
Ethnography
W. Frederick Lange, Ph D.,
MesoAmerican Archaeology
DonaldW. Lathrap. Ph.D.,
South American Archaeology
Michael A. Malpass, Ph.D.,
Andean Archaeology
Jorge Gabriel Marcos, Ph.D.,
South American Archaeology
Fred L. Nials, Ph.D.,
Archaeological Sediments
Charles R. Ortloff, M.Ae.E.,
Peruvian Archaeology
Jeffrey Quilter, Ph.D.,
South American Archaeology
George I. Quimby A B./A.M.,
North' American Archeology &
Ethnography
Susan Elizabeth Ramirez-Horton, Ph.D.,
South American Ethnohistory
Donalds. Rice, Ph.D.,
Latin American Prehistory &
Ethnohistory
Prudence Ellen MacDermod Rice, Ph.D.
MesoAmerican Archaeology
William Rostoker, Ph.D.,
Metallurgy
RonaldL. Weber, Ph.D.,
Amazon Basin, Northwest Coast
Archaeology and Ethnology
RobertL. Welsch, Ph.D.,
New Guinean/lndonesian Ethnology
Field Associate
James R. Getz, B A.,
North American Archaeology
Associate
Louva Calhoun, B.F.A..
Prehistory
DEPARTMENT OF
BOTANY
Research Associates
RobertF. Betz, Ph.D.,
Phanerogamic Botany
Margery C. Carlson, Ph.D.,
Phanerogamic Botany
RobinB. Foster, Ph.D.,
Phanerogamic Botany
Sidney F., Glassman, Ph.D.,
Phanerogamic Botany
Arturo Gomez-Pompa, Ph.D.,
Phanerogamic Botany
Carol Henry, Ph.D.,
Cryptogamic Botany
Rogers McVaugh, Ph.D.,
Phanerogamic Botany
Luis D.Gomez P., Ph.D.,
RichardW. Pohl, Ph.D.,
Phanerogamic Botany
Ursula Rowlatt, DM.,
Abundio Sag^stegui A., Ph.D.,
RudolfM. Schuster, Ph.D.,
RolfSinger PhD ,
Cryptogamic Botany
Djaja doel Soejarto, Ph.D.,
Phanerogamic Botany
Tod F. Stuessy Ph.D.,
Phanerogamic Botany
James Arthur Teeri, Ph.D.,
Field Associates
Marko Lewis,
Botany
ing. Agr Antonio Molina R.,
Botany
DEPARTMENT OF
GEOLOGY
Research Associates
Edgar F.AIIin,M.D.,
Research Associate
Fossil Vertebrates
David Bardack, Ph.D.,
Research Associate,
Fossil Vertebrates
Herbert R. Barghusen, Ph.D.,
Research Associate,
Fossil Vertebrates
Frank M. Carpenter, Sc.D.,
Research Associate,
Fossil Invertebrates
Albert Dahlberg,D.D.S.,
Research Associate,
Fossil Vertebrates
Robert DeMar, Ph.D.,
Research Associate,
Fossil Vertebrates
Robert Dennison, Ph.D..
Research Associate,
Fossil Vertebrates
Daniel Fisher, Ph.D.,
Research Associate,
Fossil Invertebrates
Arnold Friedman, Ph.D.,
Research Associate,
Geology
Lawrence Grossman, Ph.D.,
Research Associate,
Meteoritics
Antoni Hoffman, Ph.D.,
Research Associate,
Fossil Invertebrates
James A. Hopson, Ph.D.,
Research Associate,
Fossil Vertebrates
Riccardo Levi-Setti, Ph.D.,
Research Associate,
Fossil Invertebrates
Kubet Luchterhand, Ph.D.,
Research Associate,
Fossil Vertebrates
Ernest L. Lundelius, Jr., Ph.D.,
Research Associate,
Fossil Vertebrates
Frank K. McKinney Ph.D.,
Research Associate,
Fossil Invertebrates
EverettC. Olson, Ph.D.,
Research Associate,
Fossil Vertebrates
Leonard B. Radinsky Ph.D.,
Research Associate.
Fossil Vertebrates
DavidM. Raup, Ph.D.,
Research Associate.
Fossil Invertebrates
J. John Sepkoski, Ph.D.,
Research Associate,
Fossil Invertebrates
Paul Sipiera, Ph.D.,
Research Associate,
Meteorites
Joseph V Smith, Ph.D.,
Research Associate,
Mineralogy
PriscillaTurnbull, M.S.,
Research Associate,
Fossil Vertebrates
Leigh Van Valen, Ph.D.,
Research Associate,
Fossil Vertebrates
DEPARTMENT OF
ZOOLOGY
Research Associates
Arthur Allyn.B.S.,
Insects
David R. Cook, Ph.D..
Insects
Joel Cracraft, Ph.D.,
Birds
Gustavo A. Cruz, M.Sc,
Fishes
Sharon Emerson, Ph.D.,
Amphibians and Reptiles
Jack Fooden, Ph.D.,
Mammals
KarlJ. Frogner, Ph.D.,
Amphibians and Reptiles
Elizabeth-Louise Girardi, Ph.D.,
Invertebrates
David Greenfield, Ph.D.,
Fishes
Harry Hoogstraal. Ph.D.,
Insects
WilliamB. Jeffries, Ph.D.,
Amphibians and Reptiles
A. RossKeister, Ph.D.,
Amphibians and Reptiles
David H. Kistner, Ph.D.,
Insects
George Lauder, Ph.D.,
Fishes
R.Eric Lombard, Ph.D.,
Amphibians and Reptiles
Fritzs. Lukoschus, Ph.D.,
Insects
Robert E. Martin, Ph.D.,
Mammals
Lee Miller, Ph.D.,
Insects
W. Vfeiyne Moss, Ph.D.,
Insects
RoyA. Norton, Ph.D.,
Insects
Ronald Pine, Ph.D.,
Mammals
George Rabb, Ph.D.,
Amphibians and Reptiles
Charles Reed. Ph.D..
Mammals
Howard B. Shaffer, Ph.D.,
Amphibians and Reptiles
Jamie Thomerson, Ph.D.,
Fishes
Robert Traub, Ph.D.,
Insects
John Wagner, Ph.D.,
Insects
Richard Wassersug, Ph.D.,
Amphibians and Reptiles
Glen Woolfenden, Ph.D.,
Birds
Field Associates
James P. Bacon, Ph.D.,
Amphibians and Reptiles
Kiew Bong Heang, Ph.D.,
Amphibians and Reptiles
Thomas O. Lemke, Ph.D.,
Mammals
EdwardO. Moll, Ph.D.,
Amphibians and Reptiles
Laurie Price
Invertebrates
Janice K. Street
Mammals
Williams S. Street
Mammals
Walter R.Suter, Ph.D.,
Insects
Donald Taphorn, M.A.,
Fishes
Chang Man Yang
Amphibians and Reptiles
Associates
Sophie Ann Brunner
Amphibians and Reptiles
Teresa Arambula Greenfield, M.A.,
Fishes
Dorothy T Karall
Invertebrates
HarryG. Nelson, Ph.D.,
Insects
Lorain Stephens
Birds
Last Call!
Kenya Safari
September 6 -23, 1985
This Adventurous Tour will take you through diverse
habitats featuring rolling savannah plains, and the
breathtaking slopes of Mounts Kenya and Kilimanjaro.
From safari lodge to luxury camps, this tour makes acces-
sible the land of lion, elephant, rhino, and giraffe. It is
especially exciting for the photographer since our safari
vehicles will provide clear shots of gazelle and zebra as
they race across the grassland. Bird lovers will relish the
optional extension to the Great Rift Valley (through Octo-
ber 1), where over 500 species of birds make their homes
around Lake Naivasha alone. Visits to Nairobi and the
Masai village of Narok provide a view of Kenyan life
as well as an opportunity to collect souvenirs. Depar-
ture time is not far distant, so call the Tours Depart-
ment now.
Egypt
February, 1986
Explore Egypt, the land of ancient mysteries. Journey
from bustling Cairo, with its renowned Egyptian
Museum, its mosques, minarets, and markets, into the
ghostly silence of ruined cities, splendrous temples, and
noble tombs. The 5,000-year-old Step Pyramid, the mas-
sive stone ruins of Kamak, and the Colossi of Memnon all
beckon the curious and inspire respect for a culture as
old as Western civilization itself As you cruise the Nile,
observe age-old scenes along the shore, for life in the fer-
tile Nile Valley has changed but little. We encourage early
enrollment, since spaces fill quickly for this breathtaking
journey into the past.
Baja California
March 9-23, 1986
Less Than 50 Miles South of the U.S. -Mexico border
begins a peaceful world of subtropical beauty — the Sea of
Cortez (Gulf of California). Over 600 miles long, this gulf
is a paradise for marine vertebrate and invertebrate life —
and for those of us who enjoy its study. Field Museum
members will have the opportunity to know this sea of
The Pacific Northwest Explorer
wonders in a voyage that will all but complete the
circumnavigation of the peninsula of Baja California.
Until 1973 road travel in Baja California required rug-
ged vehicles and rugged souls. Even now less than 5 per-
cent of the coast is accessible by road. And although for
decades fishermen and scientists have found the region a
treasure house of riches, it has escaped popular attention.
In the 1970s world interest in whales grew. At the same
time there was a dramatic increase in the numbers of Cali-
fornia gray whales, and today each year from December
through April, 15,000 gray whales visit Baja's Pacific
lagoons to breed, give birth, and nurture their young.
It was our desire to organize a Field Museum tour to
this area. All that was needed was a small, maneuverable,
comfortable ship. We found it — the Pacific Northwest
Explorer — and in January 1981 our first Field Museum
circumnavigation from San Felipe to San Diego began.
There were pelicans and hummingbirds, strange endemic
plants, lovely scenery, and whales and dolphins beyond
expectation. During this and the next two voyages we
encountered not only many gray whales, but also fin,
humpback, sei, and, the largest of all — blue whales. At
San Benitos we walked among huge "hauled-out" colo-
nies of northern elephant seals. And we saw more than
130 different birds and 120 fish species. ->
.»♦»•.♦« — - *«.*#<
Now is your chance to experience the solemnity and
the life, the aridness and the wealth, the starkness and the
beauty that is Baja California. Now is your chance to join
Field Museum's 1986 tour to Baja California, to be led by
Dr. Robert K. Johnson, curator of Fishes at Field Museum.
Dr. Johnson is a highly experienced tour leader. This will
be his fourth trip around Baja California. Special Expedi-
tions, a division of Lindblad TVavel, operators of the ship to
be used, will provide several additional naturalists whose
expertise will further enrich our experience. Our home
for the voyage is the one-class, fully air-conditioned
143.5-foot MV Pacific Northwest Explorer, built in 1980.
Early expression of interest and reservations are advisable.
For tour prices, itineraries, or other tour information,
please write the Tours Office, at Field Museum, or call:
322-8862. We would be pleased to put your name on our
special mailing list.
The Island World
of Indonesia
March 21 - April 8, 1986
Composed of Thousands of islands forming a vast archi-
pelago, Indonesia is an ancient land of gentle peoples, rich
and varied cultural traditions, and tropical landscapes of
unsurpassed beauty. With its panoply of religions, art
forms, rituals, and dances found nowhere else in the
world, Indonesia confronts the visitor with a fascinating
past; its history, myth, and legend are often inseparable.
On an itinerary which has been carefully planned to in-
clude well-known sites as well as remote, verdant isles,
we will travel aboard the ship Illira to destinations of
immense beauty.
The Great Silk Route
of China
May 21 -June 15, 1986
Our Flight from Chicago is direct to Tokyo. Then on to
Beijing. After several days there, viewing such marvels as
the Forbidden City and the 98-acre Tien An Men Square,
we go on to Urumqi, Dunhuang, Lanzhou, Xian, Shang-
hai, and Guilin. Xian is of particular interest to archaeol-
ogy buffs for here we find the vast life-size terra cotta army
discovered as recently as 1974. We return to the U.S.
via Hong Kong.
China's lamed Great Wall
Alaska
June 1986
Visit Alaska in Summer! Explore magnificent waterways
and vast parklands abundant with many species of birds.
At Sitka, a marine wildlife rafting trip gets you started on
this spectacular ornithological tour. From Juneau, a trip
on the Mendenhall River offers unusual wetland viewing.
From Anchorage one easily reaches Potter Marsh Bird Re-
fuge and the Eagle River. Denali National Park (formerly
called McKinley National Park) and the Glacier Bay cruise
are special highlights. We conclude our trip with three
days on St. George Island. Few people have visited this is-
land, which boasts spectacular birding. For more informa-
tion contact the Tours Department.
Grand Canyon/Colorado River
Rafting Trip
August 22 -31 1986
Well Traverse the entire 300-mile length of the Grand
Canyon by two motorized rubber rafts. Nearly 200 rapids,
both large and small, make the journey thrilling, but you
needn't be a "rough rider" to join in the fun. We will sleep
on sandy beaches, swim in Colorado tributaries, hike to
places of unusual geologic and anthropologic interest,
sometimes through the most pleasant and enchanting
stream beds and valleys, at times along waterfalls. Dr.
Matthew H. Nitecki, curator of fossil invertebrates, will be
our tour leader. Participants may eru-oU now with a de-
posit of $50 per person.
For further information or to be placed on our mailing list, call or write
Dorothy Roder. Tours Manager, Field Museum, Roosevelt Rd. at Lake Shore Dr.,
Chicago, IL 60605. Phone: 322-8862.
VOLUNTEERS
Neil Abarbanell
Paul Adier
Gretchen Ainley
Cathy Ag none
Dolores Arbanas
Arden Frederick
Jacqueline Arnold
Terry Asher
Margaret Axelrod
Gail Bahl
Beverly Baker
Dennis M. Bara
Lucia Barba
Gwen Barnett
Warren Batkiewicz
Winifred Batson
Dodie Baumgarten
Virginia Beatty
Stuart Becher
Catherine Becker
William C. Bentley
Lawrence Berman
Elaine Bernstein
Blanche Blumenthal
Sandra Boots
William Berth
Hermann Bowersox
Charles Braner
William Briggs
Carol Briscoe
Carolyn Brna
Irene Broede
Linda Brown
Sophie Ann Brunner
Janet Bry
Karen Bryze
Teddy Buddington
Mary Ann Bulanda
Laurel Bunce
James Byrd
Nancy Burke
John Burnett
Audrey Burns
Eleanor Byman
Joseph Cablk
Kathy Cagney
Louva Calhoun
Lisa Camillo
Linda Celesia
Donna Campeol
Deborah Carey
Sol Century
Michael Chaneske
Margaret Chung
Trace Clark-Petravick
Barbara Clausen
Marilee Cole
Charlotte Cram
Connie Crane
Marie Cuevas
Jeyson Daniel
Margaret Davis
Margaret DeJong
Eleanor DeKoven
Jeannette DeLaney
Carol Deutsch
Violet Diacou
Marianne Diekman
Diane Dillon
Phyllis Dix
Patricia Dodson
Millicent Drower
John E. Dunn
Stanley Dvorak
Carolyn Eastwood
Linda Egebrecht
Ruth Egebrecht
Anne Ekman
Agatha Elmes
Bonnie Engel
Sara Erve
Jean Ettner
Nancy Evans
Nancy Fagin
Martha Farwell
Ingrid Fauci
Dolores Fetes
Louise Fields
Marie FischI
Michael Fisher
Ruth Fouche
Maria Fox
Brad Foxen
Gerda Frank
Richard Frank
Arden Frederick
Ruth Fritz
Janine Fuerst
Jane Fulkerson
Shirley Fuller
Miriam Futransky
Bernice Gardner
Suzanne Garvin
Andrea Gaski
Peter Gayford
Donald Gemmel
Patricia Georgouses
Ann Gerber
Marty Germann
Audrey Gilman
Phyllis Ginardi
Elizabeth Louise Girardi
Delores Glasbrenner
Caria Goldsmith
Halina Goldsmith
Miriam Goldsmith
Paul Goldstein
Melanie Goldstine
Bea Goo
Evelyn Gottlieb
Julie Gray
Loretta Green
Henry Greenwald
Cecily Gregory
Mary Lou Grain
Ann B. Grimes
Karen Grupp
Sylvia Haag
Michael J. Hall
Catherine Handelsman
Judith Hannah
Patricia Hansen
Nancy Harlan
Curtis M. Harrell
Calvin Harris
Mattie Harris
Nancy Hartnett
OIlie Hartsfield
Noreen Haslinger
Shirley Hattis
Margaret Helbing
Marianne Hermann
Audrey Hiller
Clarissa Hinton
James Hitz
Peggy Hoberg
Harold Honor
Zelda Honor
Scott Houtteman
Claxton Howard
Ruth Howard
Doy Howland
Ellen Hyndman
Delores Irvin
Connie Jacobs
Doug Jacobs
Paul Jensen
Micki Johns
Mabel S. Johnson
Nancy Jonathan
John Jones
Malcolm Jones
Carol Kacin
Elizabeth Kaplan
Tamara Kaplan
Dorothy Karall
Mansura Karim
Dorothy Kathan
Shirley Kennedy
Julian Kerbis
Barbara Keune
Joyce Kieffer
Dennie Kinzig
Alida Klaud
Susan Knoll
Connie Koch
Glenda Kowalski
Tom Ladshaw
Anita Landess
Carol Landow
Barbara Latondress
Shun Lee
Marion Lehuta
Anne Leonard
Frank Leslie
Joseph F Levin
Laura Lewis
James Lowers
Mary Jo Lucas
Lucy Lyon
Ruth Luthringer
Susan Lynch
Gabby Margo
Barbara Marion
James A. Marshall
Margaret Martling
Clifford Massoth
Britta Mather
Selwyn Mather
David Matusik
Marita Maxey
Melba Mayo
Faye McCray
Carole McMahon
Louise McEachran
Withrow Meeker
IxtaccihuatI Menchaca
Beverly Meyer
Jerry f\/1eyer
Robyn Michaels
Lauren Michals
Rosanne Miezio
Lenore Miller
Barbara Milott
Alices. Mills
Star Mitcheff
Daniel Monteith
Carolyn Moore
Holly Morgan
Eileen Morrow
George Morse
Charlotte Morton
Richard Moser
Anne Murphy
Charlita Nachtrab
Mary Naunton
Jean Nelson
John B. Nelson
Mary S. Nelson
Louise Neuert
Natalie Newberger
Jennifer Newman
Ernest Newton
Herta Newton
Doris Nitecki
Edwardine Nodzenski
Sandra Nuckolls
Elaine Olfson
Randolph Olive
Dorothy Oliver
Lorain S. Olsen
Forman Onderdonk
Joan Opila
Marianne O'Shaughnessy
Gary Ossewaarde
China Oughton
Anita Padnos
Michelle Parker
Raymond Parker
Susan Parker
Frank M. Paulo
Christine Pavel
Dagmar Persson
Mary Anne Peruchini
Dorothea Phipps-Cruz
Philip Pinsof
Charles Plasil
Jean Porretto
Steffi Postol
Georgianne Prather
Jacquelyn Prine
Jean Pritzger
Naomi Pruchnik
Martin Pryzdia
Sylvia Rabinkoff
Elizabeth Rada
Pamela Rahmann
James Rakowsky
Lee Rapp
Marie Rathslag
Ann Ratajczyk
Ernest Reed
Sheila Reynolds
Henry Rich
Lucille Rich
EllyRipp
Stephen Robinet
Rhonda Rochambeau
William E. Roder
Lolita Rogers
Mary Anne Rogers
William Rom
Barbara Roob
Beverly Rosen
Sarah Rosenbloom
Marie Louise Rosenthal
Anne Ross
Ann Rubeck
Helen Ruch
Diana Rudaitis
Lenore Ruehr
Janet Russell
Gladys Ruzich
Vivian Sadow
Kregg Salvino
Linda Sandberg
Susan Sane
Marian Saska
Everett Schellpfeffer
Marianne Schenker
Sara Scherberg
Carol Schneider
Sylvia Schueppert
Thelma Schwartz
Jean Seller
Nicholas Selch
Florence Seiko
Troyes Shaw
Jessie Sherrod
Judith Sherry
Abraham Simon
Joan Skager
James Skorcz
Linda Skorodin
Daniel Snydacker
Beth Spencer
Irene Spensley
Tamara Spero
Llois Stein
Robyn Strauss
Susan Stoize
Mary Alice Sutton
Beatrice Swartchild
Gloria Taborn
Catherine Tanner
Elisabeth Taylor
JaneThain
Lorraine Thauland
OsaTheus
Patricia Thomas
Cathy TIapa
Mark Tokarz
Alice Tulley
Janet Ujvari
Ann Underriner
Karen Urnezis
Lilian Vanek
Dalia Varanka
Paula-Ann
Vasquez-Wasserman
Rita Veal
Barbara Vear
Virginia Vergara
Charles Vischulis
David Walker
Sue Walker-Waber
Maxine Walter
Harold Waterman
Gerda Watson
Robbie Webber
Alice Wei
David Weiss
Mary Wenzel
Ann West
Irma Wetherton
Cynthia Whalen
Lisa Wibel
James Wilber
Sarah Wilkinson
CharWiss
Norma Witherbee
Reeva Wolfson
Zinette Yacker
Roy Yanong
Ben Zajac
Larry Zicari
55
:iTi of Natural History
rship Department
It Road at Lake Shore Drive
, II 60605-2499
0017195-00
Miss Marita Maxey
7411 North Greenview
Chicago* IL 60626
FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN
September 1985
y
y
The Arts of Mexico: September 21
Fiesta de Mexico: September 22
Field Museum
of Natural History
Bulletin
Published by
Field Museum of Natural History
Founded 1893
President: Willard L. Boyd
Director: Lorin I. Nevling, Jr.
Editor: David M. Walsten
Production Liaison: Pamela Stearns
Staff Photographer: Ron Testa
Board OF ■R^usTEES
James J. O'Connor,
Chairman
Mrs. T. Stanton Annour
George R. Baker
Robert O. Bass
Gordon Bent
Mrs. Philip D. Blocl< HI
Willard L. Boyd
Frank W. Considine
Stanton R. Cook
William R. Dickinson, Jr.
Thomas E. Donnelley II
Thomas J. Eyerman
Marshall Field
Richard M. Jones
Hugo J. Melvoin
Leo F. Mullin
Charles F. Murphy, Jr.
Earl L. Neal
Lorin I. Nevling, Jr.
Robert A. Pritzker
James H. Ransom
Johns. Runnells
Patrick G. Ryan
William L. Searle
Edward Byron Smith
Robert H. Strotz
Mrs. Theodore D. Tieken
E. Leland Webber
Blaine J. Yarrington
Life TRUSTEES
Harry O. Bercher
Bovven Blair
Mrs. Edwin J. DeCosla
Clifford C. Gregg
William V. Kahler
William H. Mitchell
John W. Sullivan
J. Howard Wood
CORRECTION
The July/August issue of the Bulletin (biennial report)
gave an incorrect first name for the late Julian B. Wilkins,
former trustee of Field Museum who died in 1984. The
editor deeply regrets this mistake and tenders his apologies
to Mr. Wilkins 's family, to the Board of Trustees, and to
readers of the Bulletin.
CONTENTS
September 1985
Volume 56, Number 8
September Events at Field Museum
Founders' Council — Serving and Learning
by Charles T. Buzek
Assistant to the President
The World of Agustin Victor Casasola,
Mexico 1900-1938
Exhibit Opens September 12
The Beginning of Life
by Matthew H. Nitecki
Curator of Fossil Invertebrates
In Quest of Starlings
by William J. Beecher
16
Founders' Council Member Honored 24
by Alan Solem
Curator of Invertebrates
Field Museum Tours
27
COVER
Reconstruction ofradiocyathid, from the Lower Cambrian period
(about 550, 000, 000 years old) . The primitive organism, ranging from
about two to six inches in length, was representative of an extinct group
of earliest skeletal organisms, possibly belonging to the calcareous
algae: it may also represent a failed evolutionary experiment. See "The
Beginning of Life. " page 7. Drawing by Zbigniew Jastrzebski, senior
scientific illustrator
Open Letter to Field Museum Members
Field Museum is fortunate indeed for the many thou-
sands of Members who have continued to support it
through the years. Thanks to these devoted friends,
the institution has been able to vigorously pursue its
primary goals of preserving, increasing, and dis-
seminating knowledge of natural history.
Since 1979, the Museum has striven to keep
membership fees at the same level. Rising costs, how-
ever, now make it necessary for the Museum to raise
those fees. Asof September 1, 1985, individual member-
ships will be offered at $30, family memberships at $35.
In appreciation for their loyal support, the
Museum is offering current Members the opportunity
to renew at the prior rate ($20 for individual, $25 for
family memberships) through December 31. Mem-
berships that expire after this date may be "pre-
renewed" at the old rate through December 31.
The benefits gained through Field Museum
membership are numerous and lasting: from dis-
counts on classes, tours, and purchases to the opportu-
nity to discover — or rediscover — the exciting world of
natural history. We cherish your continued interest and
look forward to having you with us in the years to come.
Field Museum cfSatural History Bulleiirt (USPS 898-940I is published monihly, except combined July August issue, by Field Museum of Natural History, Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive, Chicago. IL 60605-2496. Subscriptions: $6.00 annually.
$3.00 for schools. Museum membership includes Bulletin subscription. Opinions expressed by authors are their own and do not necessanly reflect the policy of Field Museum Unsolicited manuscripts are welcome. Museum phone: (312)
922-9410. Notification of address change should include address label and be sent lo Membership Depanmeni. Postmaster: Please send form 3579 lo Field Museum of Natural Hisior>', Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive, Chicago. IL 60605-2496.
]SSN:001 5-0703. Second class postage paid at Chicago. Illinois
T
Events
Family Feature
The Arts of Mexico
Saturday, September 21, 1:00pm.
Ecology Hall, second floor.
Bursts of colored flame lighting the Mexican night
sky explode on film to delight the whole family.
Follow Marcelo Ramos and his family as they
prepare the firework display for a fiesta in Marcelo
Ramos — the Firework Maker's Art. Delight in Pedro
Linares — Papier-Mache Artist and understand the
traditions this maestro's art serves. Explore the art
and architecture of the Aztecs, Mixtecs, Zapotecs,
and Toltecs, combined with murals of the 20th-
century Mexican artist Diego Rivera. Develop your
own picture of the life of America's original inhabi-
tants by viewing the film Mexico Before Cortez.
This program is free with museum admission
and no tickets are required.
Mexican Folklohc
Dance Company of
Chicago performs
Sunday, Sept. 22.
Fiesta de Mexico
Sunday, September 22, 12:00 noon-4 :00pm
An afternoon of festive dancing, artists at work,
and activities for the whole family. In celebration of
Mexican Independence Day and the opening of the
special exhibit "Agustin Victor Casasola, Mexico,
1900- 1938," Field Museum presents Fiesta de Mex-
ico. Come hear the music and dance of Mexico. The
lively rhythms of "El Mariachi Guadalajara" will
accompany the colorful ballet folkloric by "The
Mexican Folkloric Dance Company of Chicago,
Inc." Selections include dances from northern
Mexico, Veracruz, and Jalisco.
All activities are free with Museum admission.
s.
CONTINUEDO
J
CONTINUED FROM PAGE 3
Events
Edivard E. Ayer Film Series
Thursdays in September, 1:30pm
James Simpson Theatre
September 5: Great Railway Journeys: The Long Straight
September 12: /« the Sweat of the Sun
September 19: Hawaii Revisited
September 26: Margaret Mead: Taking Note
Mexican dancers will be accom-
panied by El t^ahachi Guadala-
jara on Sunday, September 22.
.'' %-\^
I
B>
ikn^mm
September Weeicend Programs
Each Saturday and Sunday you are invited to explore the world of natural history at Field Museum. Free tours,
demonstrations, and films related to ongoing exhibits at the Museum are designed for families and adults. Listed,
below are only a few of the numerous activities each weekend. Check the Weekend Passport upon arrival for the
complete schedule and program locations. The programs are partially supported by a grant from the Illinois Arts
Council.
September
1 2 :00pm. China 's Wondrous Animals (slide
lecture). Meet the real and imaginary ani-
mals of China and the lore and significance
attached to them.
8 12:30pm. Museum Safari (tour). Seek out
big game from Africa and mummies from
ancient Egypt as you travel through Field
Museum exhibits.
14 1 : 30pm. Tibet Today (slide lecture) . Visit
Lhasa and other towns now open to
tourists.
2:00pm. Traditional China (tour). Examine
the imagery and craftsmanship represented
by Chinese masterworks in our permanent
collection.
15
21
22
29
1 :00pm. Welcome to the Field (tour). Enjoy a
sampling of our most significant exhibits as
you explore the scope of Field Museum.
2:00pm. Chinese Ceramic Traditions (tour).
Explore 6,000 years of ceramic art from our
permanent exhibit.
12:30pm. Museum Safari (tour). Seek out
big game from Africa and mummies from
ancient Egypt as you travel through Field
Museum exhibits.
1 :00pm. Welcome to the Field (tour). Enjoy a
sampling of our most significant exhibits as
you explore the scope of Field Museum.
These public programs are free with museum
admission and tickets are not required.
The Founders' Council
Serving and Learning
by Charles T. Buzek
Assistant to the President
ield Museum thrives because many people give. Time,
money, expertise are generously given by a devoted few to
move this great Museum along in its day-to-day tasks.
In the spirit of the old Chinese proverb that opines "it
is better to light a candle than to curse the darkness," the
Founders' Council of the Field Museum stands annually
with a very timely "match." The most overt expression of
this "match" is the annual gift
each member makes to the
Museum. A more subtle aspect
comes from the support and
advocacy that results as the
Council introduces its members
to the varied and complicated
tasks of the institution. Through
lectures, dinners, and tours,
members have a chance to meet
and hear the people who are
"keepers of the flame." Recently,
Above: Thomas Eyerman makes in-
troductory remarks in advance of
ttie lecture whiclt was among the
highlights of the Founders' Council
Egyptian Night. Right: Founders' Coun-
cil members en/oying the luncheon
break which linked the talks given by
Dr Michael Dillon and Dr John Fitz-
patrick. Photos by Ron Testa.
members met for a luncheon in
the curatorial offices of Dr. Wil-
liam Burger, chairman of the
Botany Department, after hear-
ing Dr. Michael Dillon of that
department recount his work
in Peru. They then adjourned
to a meeting with Dr. John
Fitzpatrick, Chairman of
the Department of Zoology,
who had co-authored a re-
cently published, highly
acclaimed work on the Florida
scrub-jay. On another occa-
sion, Frank Yurco, a lecturer
at the Museum, gave a fasci-
nating talk on Ancient Egypt.
As a special amenity, the
evening offered members the
opportunity to dine among the splendors of our Egyptian
collection. They enjoyed an excellent meal while flanked
by mummies, statuary, and tomb facades. Future Council
plans involve a trip to Starved Rock and a dinner sym-
posium, "Field Museum: Ambassador to the World," spot-
lighting the importance of Peru with respect to our
collections.
?/A\♦.^v:VAV*%*.'A^^\♦.v/:v/\*-^v7/.^\**^vV'AV^%^v^^^^^
The World of
Agustin Victor Casasola,
Mexico, 1900-1938
Thursday, September 12
through Sunday, November 3
One of the most important documentary
photographers of the early 20th century,
Agustin Victor Casasola, was a Mexican jour-
nalist who used photography as the most
effective means of communicating with the
largely illiterate Mexican populace. His life's
work coincided with a period of turbulent
social, political, and economic change in his
country (1900-38), spanning the era between
the government of Porfirio Diaz through the
revolution to the creation of the modern
Mexican nation.
This exhibit of his photographic works
offers a unique opportunity to better under-
stand the cultural mythology and political
realities involved in the heritage of today's
Mexico. The importance of Casasola to the
visual documentation of Mexican history is
comparable to that of Matthew Brady with re-
spect to the American Civil War. This exhibi-
tion is the first major retrospective of Casasola
with prints supplied through the Archive
Casasola, an official institution of the
Mexican government.
Complementing the exhibit are two days
of activities featuring the living, contemporary
arts of Mexico: "The Arts of Mexico," on Sat-
urday, September 21, and "Fiesta de Mexico,"
on Sunday, September 22. For details of these
activities, free with Museum admission, see
page 3.
General of the federal army. Rodrigo Paliza, March 1914 (detail).
'/,* » 4 4 \*»'. V 4 . • I \V»V > • 4 4 \V.»i ^ • 4 » \***.V ^ 4 . V*k».»/,^
.XV»*V* A 4 4 *^»».*# 4/- . •."•^•A •/a %'»*«4#* •/-*. %♦-•.#-
[ i^^^^B President of the Mex-
ican republic, Alvaro
Obregon, Hortensia,
?^»-"3; Mexico City 1921.
Sanitary and
transportation workers ^
kv/f/i f/ie Mexican
Regional Confederation ' ^
of IVorters,
Mexico City. 1922.
Music hall dancers. Mexico Cily. ca. 1928.
Federal soldier with wile and child. 1913- 14.
'Archive Casasola. Mexico
The Beginning of Life
by Matthew H. Nitecki
Curator of Fossil Invertebrates
Photos Courtesy of the Author
T
JLh(
.here is a word the meaning of which has always
eluded man: life. The understanding of the nature of life
has been the most serious dilemma in the long history
of human inquiry into the abyss of the unknown.
When a creature not quite yet a man crawled from
the cave of his unconsciousness, he faced the eternal
tyranny of death, a cessation of his individual life.
The first deliberate effort to defy nature must have
been caused by the discovery of the omnipotence of
death. Man learned that there was no freedom, that his
short sojourn on Earth was clearly defined, and that
forces he could not control — the inhuman, the hostile,
blind fury of the unconscious universe — will over-
power every man and forever banish him to eternal
darkness and nothingness.
In his fear, man turned to the examination of the
past. The past appears motionless, unchanging — there-
fore secure and hence beautiful. Man began to see life
as part of a larger condition of oneness with nature,
and with life that appeared to him eternal and divine.
Thus, man began to think of life's origin.
The problems of the origin of life have been the
most unyielding stumbling blocks in the intellectual
growth of man. Political, religious, and philosophical
systems have been built upon the various hypotheses of
life's origin in general, and of man's in particular Wars,
atrocities, pain, savage and brutal deeds were inflicted
upon fellow men in the name of different doctrines of
life and human origin. It is only quite recently that man
has attempted analytical and rational studies of life.
Perhaps it is only in our era, possibly because of
Charles Darwin, that such inquiries are possible. Per-
haps only our revolutionary time, with changing mor-
als, art, patterns of behavior, a whole gamut of social
change and scientific adventure, could foster a suitable
atmosphere for such studies.
Origin of Life
All studies, including the study of life's origins, change
continuously, sometimes sweepingly. Medieval
philosophers knew that life was created in the days of
Methuselah. The eighteenth- and nineteenth-century
geologists believed that life was eternal, perhaps begin-
ning when the world itself was created. Darwin had life
evolve. Twentieth-century postulates considered life
on Earth to have originated from inorganic matter
via electric discharge, ultraviolet radiation, or other
magical sparks.
All human activity, including scientific beliefs and
works, reflects the larger system of beliefs of a particu-
lar culture. For this reason no scientific or religious
world views are permanent, and today's dogmas be-
come tomorrow's cobwebs of antiquity. One such mid-
twentieth century subculture is the study of the origin
of life, which occupies, as ever, the finest intellects
among the biological, geological, biochemical, and
astronomical disciplines.
Why did man begin rational investigations of
nature and origin of life so late in his development?
Because the problems were too difficult, the chemistry
of living processes unknown, and no information on
the early condition of the Earth was available. Nor were
studies of other planets made for comparison with early
Earth. Thus, it was not until the mid-twentieth century
that we began the experimentation and the buildup of
rational models of life's origin. And we do not yet know
much about it. It is remarkable that the origin of life,
known to pious men with such rock-solid certainty for
ages, is the least understood phenomenon in biology.
Whether defined in terms of molecular biology,
biochemistry, or paleontology, life is not only qualities,
states, or experiences, but processes that because of
their complexities defy our comprehension. Whether
these processes define chemical interaction, genetic in-
heritance, or evolutionary change, they are still pro-
cesses. At what state of complexity a process should be
referred to as living cannot be easily answered. It also
cannot be answered whether a molecule, a protein, or a
gene is living or not.
There are, moreover, other uncertainties about the
definition of life. It is believed that life is an end result
of a series of events that, when understood, will make
life understood. Without ever questioning that life in
general follows the same laws that control the arrange-
TO
VACUUM
ELECTRICAL
DISCHARGE
COOLING
CONDENSER
Stanley L. Miller's 1953 apparatus for producing amino acids under
possible primitive Earth conditions.
10
merits of these events, what is generally implied is that
once these laws of events are understood, life will be
ultimately understood. But these claims may not be
correct, because of the entirely different levels of com-
plexity, elements of chance, unpredictability, and acci-
dents that may require altogether different models and
different statistics to comprehend.
We know possible pathways through which life
could have proceeded. We think that life, once started,
has been continuous, without interruption. We know
that the individual organism dies, but that the germ cell
continues on and is eternal. Life itself appears immor-
tal, continuous, continually changing. We have gained
a realization that life is a process, and that this process
takes place when conditions are right. Life is a process
that has capacities to reproduce, to change, and to re-
produce these changes. However, what is passed from
one generation to another is information. Organisms
do not change; information does.
It has been generally assumed that organic
compounds formed after the Earth formed — more
accurately, after the crust was formed. However, the
discovery of amino acids in meteorites offers an
alternative explanation that the complex organic com-
pounds on Earth may have accreted at low temperature
and at the time prior to, or simultaneous with, the
formation of the Earth.
Astronomical calculations suggest that the lumi-
nosity of the sun four billion years ago was only 60
percent of what it is now. Such low luminosity would
produce less heat for the early Earth, and unless some
greenhouse effects were operating, the temperatures at
the beginning of the Earth were below the freezing
point of water. It is possible that the Earth during its
early history lay under mile-thick ice.
It follows that the "higher" forms of life capable
of synthesizing from simple compounds all of their
needed materials (autotrophs) evolved before the
depletion of available organic matter. These organisms,
through their metabolic activities, produced the oxygen
in the atmosphere, which in turn controlled the evolu-
tion of organisms capable of living in an oxygenated
environment (aerobic forms). However, solar radiation
could also cause the atmosphere to be oxygenated by
decomposing water and carbon dioxide.
From geologic and biologic considerations it is
assumed that the first organisms did not require free
oxygen to maintain life (they were anaerobic) and that
they obtained their nourishment from the available
organic compounds (they were heterotrophs).
It is safe to say that great revolutions (which may
have lasted for vast periods of time and appear revolu-
tionary only from a distance) — the origin of life, self-
nourishment, and synthesis of chemical compounds
with the aid of radiant energy (autotrophism and
photosynthesis) — all occurred long before the first fos-
sil record, some 3.5 billion years ago. The other major
events — the emergence of sexuality, respiration, and
the formation of multicellularity — all occurred later, yet
before the appearance of the abundant fossil record of
plants and animals. The final inventions of animals,
invasion of land, and great complexities of social evolu-
tion occurred at an accelerated tempo in the later part
of Earth's history.
The First Organism
What was the first organism? We can of course specu-
late, but we will probably never know exactly. The dif-
ference between living and nonliving may be semantic
where the earliest organisms are concerned, and it may
be impossible to decide whether the fossil represents a
living or nonliving entity. The exact date of the origin of
life cannot be known. Since life cannot be defined with
mathematical rigor, the time at which it first started de-
pends upon our definition of life, and that date may
therefore include a considerable period of time.
The assumption made that all living organisms are
truly related to one another by common ancestry can-
not any longer be accepted literally. It surely seems
reasonable to assume that if life development was grad-
ual, more than one molecule or assemblage "evolved"
to be living. If this was the case, there could have been
many "first" organisms. There is no reason to doubt
that early organic molecules were also subject to
change and experimentation, and many systems under
suitable conditions crossed the boundary of "living."
The early organisms were unlikely to possess com-
plicated anatomical, biochemical, physiological,
enzymatic, and other tools to deal with fluctuating
environments.
We generally assume that the first organism was
small, uncomplicated, and without any special organs
or apparatuses. It had no powers of locomotion, no
abilities to perform complex biochemical or physiolog-
ical functions. Hence, it could not have been an auto-
troph, which is capable of combining simple, inert
matter into complex, living, high-energy matter. There-
fore, early life could not have flourished in soil, on ex-
posed surfaces of crystal faces, or even in protected
shallow marine pools. Early life appears to have been
necessarily restricted to more protected, less changing,
less fluctuating, stabler areas of the surface of the Earth.
The ability to cope with a changing, unstable, or
fluctuating environment requires a mechanism for
adjustment to these changes. In order for an organism
to live in fresh water, it must be able to control diffusion
and interchange with the environment; in order to
withstand effects of drying in the air, protection of
water content has to be assured. There is no need to cite
many examples of locomotion, control of temperature
change, gas pressure, radiation, daily changes.
Generalized scheme of Earth's history ("b.y. " = billion years). Draw-
ing by Zbigniew Jastrzebski.
II
Reconstruction of Precambrian shoreline some two billion years ago The structures are stromatolites that reached several feet In height. Similar
stromatolltic heads are known from certain Isolated areas of today s oceans. Drawing by Zblgniew Jastrzebskl.
12
illumination, and so on; suffice it to say that organisms
require abilities (or apparatuses) for control of these
changes in the environment.
The rate of evolution is greatly influenced by pop-
ulation size, geographic dispersal, isolation, and the
complexities of organisms. The simplicity of early life
was its built-in conservatism. Little dispersal was pos-
sible at the early period of life; hence, slow rates of
evolutionary innovations in a great part of the Pre-
cambrian resulted.
Over the Hill?
The possibility, however, exists that early organisms on
Earth had more abilities. Andre Lwoff, the great French
biologist, suggested that evolution is a downhill race.
He visualized the first life as capable of total synthesis,
and he saw living organisms as having lost most of
their synthetic abilities. Although it is true that animals
are dependent upon plants, the idea that the proto-
organisms were superstars, capable of all synthesis, has
been discarded by most investigators for the reason that
such organisms would have to originate outside of the
solar system or at least somewhere other than Earth.
Yet the fossil organisms are either the autotrophic blue-
green algae or bacteria (the blue-greens appear to differ
from bacteria only in their photosynthetic activities;
hence, they are now known as cyanobacteria); their
living representatives today certainly possess these
biochemical powers.
How was food provided for the first organisms?
Was the sea indeed full of the diluted soup of organic
molecules, and did the organism move to a new area as
it depleted its immediate surroundings of nutrients? Or
was there movement of water that carried "food" to the
organism? Were there convection cells, changes in
pressure and water current; and how did organisms be-
have in them? Or perhaps there is no need for nor any
evidence of hot dilute soup of organic matter. Perhaps
the inorganic molecules became the first "organisms"
that learned survival and propagation, and perhaps the
inorganic molecules became the "first" life. Maybe all
the early organic matter was made by and from inor-
ganic molecules, just as organic matter must be made
outside of the solar system. Finally, the first inorganic
organisms may have had an altogether different bio-
chemistry from the later organic organisms. Clays with-
out carbon, living organisms without organic matter!
Precambrian
Geologic time is commonly divided into Precambrian
and Phanerozoic. Phanerozoic is the time of evident
life. Cambrian, the first Phanerozoic period, began
about 600 million years ago. The Earth is considered
to be about 4.5 billion years old; therefore, the Pre-
cambrian encompasses approximately four billion
years, or nine-tenths of all the Earth's history —
an unbelievably long period of time!
There are two reasons for a distinct Cambrian-
Precambrian boundary. One is that fossil animals
with hard skeletal elements are found above and
slightly below this separation line. A second is that
Cambrian rocks often rest upon Precambrian with great
unconformity or hiatus of the record. Generally, Pre-
cambrian rocks are either remnants of old worn down
mountains or continental shields. Precambrian rocks
are generally more twisted, deformed, and upturned
than younger rocks. In many parts of the world the
Precambrian consists of granites, deformed crystalline
metamorphics, and other igneous rocks. In other places
there is a great thickness of sedimentary and volcanic
rocks and, except for the absence of fossil animals,
they are not substantially different from rocks of
later periods.
The oldest fossils so far known are 3.5 billion years
old. Therefore, life has been present on Earth for at
least the last seven-ninths of the Earth's existence; only
one-fourth of the Earth's history appears to have been
lifeless. It is, however, possible that eventually we will
find life in still older rocks. The older the rocks, the
more rarely they appear at the surface.
But what we know now is that major events in the
history of life took place prior to the Cambrian period.
It was an immeasurably long time, representing the first
six-sevenths of the known history of life. The tempo of
biological inventiveness and change was incredibly
sluggish, yet all major developments of multicellularity
of plants and animals, origin of sexuality and social
organization, and all the complexities of life known to-
day took place in the Precambrian.
Ironically, individual death also originated in the
Precambrian. Individual nonaccidental death is un-
known among one-celled organisms, since they con-
tinuously divide. (It may be that the first organisms
continue to live today! ) Such death is known only to
those larger organisms that are differentiated into body
cells and sex cells; the wages of sex are death!
In such forms the sex cells, when put to use, are
eternal, as all microbes and blue-green algae are, and
only the vehicle of genetic continuity, the organism it-
self — the body — dies. Death thus is a necessity of life, a
part of growth of the sex cell, which discards its bodily
"booster" after its journey has been completed.
All of the Precambrian rocks are immersed in the
sea of time, the sea that is almost opaque to examina-
tion, with most traces of life permanently obliterated.
Rocks yield but a few of their mysteries. Occasionally
"windows" are found that allow us a closer examina-
tion of Precambrian seas. We have five such major win-
dows into the Precambrian life.
The oldest fossils, representing actual anatomical
entities 3.5 billion years old, appear in the Warrawoona
Group of Western Australia. The second are simple
spheroids and stromatolites from the Fig Ttee Forma-
tion in South Africa. The next significant record of
Precambrian fossils is the much younger Gunflint For-
mation of Ontario, about two billion years old. From
this time on a number of other, more or less important
finds are scattered through the Precambrian; algal
megafossils are found in Montana; diverse cyanobac-
teria and possibly the first eukaryotes in California. But
the best studied is the Bitter Springs flora of Australia,
only about one billion years old. The animals from
Ediacara Hills in Australia are the youngest group; in
fact they are just below the Cambrian.
The Oldest Record of Life
The oldest rocks found on the surface of the Earth are
meteorites, almost all of which are 4.6 billion years old.
When we assume that meteorites and the Earth formed
at the same time, and that the time was always uni-
form, then 4.6 b.y. must also be the highest limit of the
age of the Earth. The oldest terrestrial rocks from the
shores of West Greenland and from Zimbabwe, in
Africa, are around 3.8 b.y. old. These, particularly the
Isua supracrustal samples from Greenland, are now
well known, though their interpretation is still con-
troversial. The Isua rocks contain banded iron forma-
tions and an isotopically light form of carbon. This has
suggested to some researchers that by the Isua time,
photosynthesis was already occurring, implying the
presence of microbes. However, such interpretations
are dependent on a particular model of banded iron
formation and on an assumed absence of other than a
biological dissociation of water, and a subsequent re-
lease of oxygen. Thus, while the Isua rocks attest to the
antiquity of the Earth's crust, they tell us little about the
earliest life.
The first unquestioned evidence of life comes from
the Warrawoona Group in North Point Barite Mine in
Western Australia. This consists of at least five different
kinds of cells, but all appear to be cyanobacteria. These
microbes were extracted from certain kinds of silica and
have a distinct filamentous habit with a possible pres-
ence of cell membranes. They are extremely rare, not
well preserved, and difficult to assign to any group; this
is about all that can be said about them.
The Fig Ti-ee Formation
The second oldest known microscopic fossil organisms,
found in the Fig Tree Formation, come from black
cherty rocks (types of silica) that are about three billion
years old. They already consist of cells and were almost
certainly photosynthetic; they are therefore already on
13
a "higher" rung of life! One of these is the bacterium-
like Eobacterium isolaium: a second is a spheroid,
aquatic, most probably photosynthetic alga-like
Archaeospheroidesbarbertonensis.
These fossil forms, together with recent bacteria
and cyanobacteria, are placed in a great group of orga-
nisms called prokaryotes. The living world is divided
into organisms whose cells contain a nucleus (eukary-
otes, meaning truly nucleated) and those devoid of a
nucleus — prokaryotes. The prokaryotes reproduce only
asexually, without the union of specialized sex cells.
Because they have no organized nucleus and are
sexless, they are considered more primitive than
eukaryoles. Caution must be exercised not to consider
blue-greens and bacteria as simple or primitive forms.
They are simple only in structure, in lack of nuclear
membrane and cell organelles. In their synthetic vigor
.md in their chemistry, they are as complex as many
living organisms.
Primitive or not, prokaryotes have a complex
internal morphology, as seen under the electron micro-
scope, and are ecologically highly adapted. Today's
blue-green algae and some bacteria manufacture their
iood by means of photosynthesis. Their photosynthetic
pigments differ from those of "higher" plants in that
they are in lamellae, or layers, located peripherally
around the body.
Nevertheless, photosynthesis, the build-up of
highly complex, high-energy, organic molecules from
the simple, nonliving, low-energy molecules, is a most
complex process.
The blue-greens, as a group and as individual spe-
cies, are uniquely varied in their ecologic adaptations.
They live in fresh, salt, or brackish waters; they are
successful on glaciers; in hot springs, and in soil, both
as parasites and as free-living organisms. They man-
14
This page; Pre-
cambrian fossils
from Great Slave
Lake, Canada.
Opposite page: liv-
ing stromatolites
in Sliark Bay.
Australia.
ufacture their food by means of photosynthesis and are
capable of efficient utilization of various light frequen-
cies. Certain of these algae require oxygen; others do
well without it. All possess gliding locomotion, and
some filamentous forms can move relatively fast
through water. Certain species can prosper where no
others can survive; hence, they thrive in rich pastures
of highly polluted waters and in human cesspools.
Thus, cyanobacteria are highly adapted and appear
primitive only in their lack of some anatomical
organelles.
This is one of our great difficulties: if the first
organisms were blue-green algae or bacteria, then they
possessed very specialized cell walls capable of control-
ling the inflow and outflow of salts, they were able to
control their internal environment, and they must have
had a very long life history prior to the time of deposi-
tion of the Warrawoona sediments.
The intriguing question then is, was Andre Lwoff
right? Was the protoorganism really capable of total
synthesis; hence, is evolution going downhill? Were
the blue-greens or bacteria the first organisms? Were
they already so advanced? Was there enough time in
the Precambrian before the Warrawoona to make life?
Could life have come from another planet?
The Gunflint Formation
The Gunflint Formation, our third major window, is
approximately two billion years old, and because it
contains iron ore, it has been extensively studied for a
long time in the field and in detail under the micro-
scope. For many years some geologists believed that the
Precambrian iron was formed by microorganisms. The
Gunflint iron formation is now a very famous geologic
formation because well-documented Precambrian
Continued on p. 22
15
In Quest
OF
Starlings
by William J. Beecher
Photos by the Author
Quite possibly the long episode at Field
Museum was the best time of my life —
when I was at the same moment the poorest and richest
I have ever been. I owned nothing more valuable than
a camera and binocular but was at the height of my sci-
entific creativity. At the famous "lunch club," which
convened daily in Karl Schmidt's herpetology lab, I
bubbled with enthusiasm over my latest discoveries.
Karl, who was mother hen to all the young zoologists,
was indulgent. Curator of Paleontology, Bryan Patter-
son, observed tolerantly that I was experiencing the
euphoria that comes to every young scientist when
he is opening the mother lode of a new field of
investigation.
I mined that mother lode for seven years, day and
night, as though I were reading a marvelous book and
could not wait to see what was on the next page. I was
locked in a study of the evolutionary relationships of
the 60 families of songbirds, which make up more than
half the 9,000 species of birds in the world. After 30
months of war in the South Pacific, I was back in the
Field Museum bird range on a University of Chicago
Ph.D. project. In the alcove farthest from the office I
dissected birds through a binocular microscope far into
the night. Rules required that I use only one light after
dark and, when leaving, I found my way along pitch-
black corridors the entire length of the building to the
one lighted stairwell that led from the third floor to the
16
Common starling
front door exit. When I was not drawing my dissections
I was typing notes with an old typewriter on a large
specimen drawer set on end, which I could straddle
with my long legs. I chose this over a table because I
could tilt my chair back to reflect from time to time!
It was now 1946 and I had begun my rich experi-
ence in the bird range in 1935 as a volunteer. In those
days spent labelling bird skins laid row on row in
drawer on drawer a deep curiosity possessed me about
the relationship of songbird families to each other. I
never doubted the species placement in the finch family
or tanager family or warbler family by such ancient
(and even extinct!) taxonomists as Hellmayr and Ridg-
way, but I knew that the family groupings had been
made by ornithologists who used only study skins and
intuition. Most of the bird had been thrown away!
Fortunately, Rudyerd Boulton had built up the
"spirit collection" of birds (those preserved in alcohol)
while curator of the Bird Division in the 1930s — and
now Dwight Davis, curator of Anatomy, encouraged
me to dissect these specimens in a study of the func-
tional anatomy of the feeding mechanism in birds. It
was after I began to realize that the jaw muscles of a
warbler had a diagnostic pattern different from that of a
tanager or a vireo that I could see how my dream of
showing the relationships of families to each other
might come true. It was suddenly clear that songbirds
differed little from each other in the anatomy of the
body as a whole but differed a great deal in the head
region, as the emerging families adapted to specialized
feeding on insects or nectar or fruit or seeds. In time it
began to seem that the seed-eating finches formed the
terminal twigs, as the latest innovations, in this tree of
relationships I was building. The insect-eating vireos
and warblers seemed to be simpler, more primitive, so I
was inclined to place them in the trunk, with the fruit-
and nectar-eating tanagers in the larger branches be-
tween the two. It was not lost on me that this agreed
with the fossil record of the flowering plants to which
the songbirds were obviously adapting. The plants with
numerous seeds were last to evolve, and so were the
finches that eat them. It made evolutionary sense and it
was elegant!
At the end of seven years I had dissected all of
the spirit-preserved specimens of songbirds in Field
Museum, as well as in New York's American Museum
and Washington's Smithsonian. I had also had speci-
mens sent to me from Europe and had visited New York
and Washington — but I shall leave that. All of the
above is merely stage-setting for the story at hand, with
which I now proceed.
Quite early in the game I dissected a European star-
ling and found its jaw musculature and accompanying
Dr. Beecher is director emeritus of This Chicago Academy of
Sciences.
Bank myna
Chinese starling
17
Jaw Musculature
-^^
Eye position in myna species
skull — side view
Mynas
skull — view from lower side
Protractor Muscles (red)
open the bill
Adductor Muscles (blue)
close ttie bill
Jaw musculature and skull adaptations in prying
and nonprying birds (starlings and mynas
respectively)^ Note in particular the size of the
protractor muscles (red) in the starling relative to
that of the mynas, and the relative narrowness of
the starling skull. Drawings by the author
Jaw Musculature
sl<ull wilh upper beak
skull — side view
18
Eye position while feeding.
Note eye position relative to beak o+orlinnc
as the latter is opened. OiarMrigS
skull — view from lower side
Initial speciation may have begun with dispersal of ancestral forms throughout the islands and mainlands of the Indian Ocean, the primi-
tive Aplonis of the Pacific and Lamprotornis of Africa at extreme east and west limits. As genera disperse, north through Asia into Europe, the
role of tropical, arboreal fruit-eater tends to give way to that of temperate, terrestrial insect-eater with a complete restructuring of skull and
jaw musculature.
1: Aplonis, 2: Basilornis, 3: Mino, 4: Sarcops, 5. Streptocitta, 6: Ampeliceps, 7: Saraglossa. 8: Cinnyricinclus, 9: Lamprotornis, 10: Neocichia,
7 ;. Pastor, J2. Sturnia, 73; Acridotheres, 74;Sturnus, 75. Creatophora, 76, Gracuia, 77. Buphagus, 78. Scissirostrunn.
skull adaptations quite the strangest I would ever see in
a songbird. It was little suspected before my investiga-
tion that the bird skull and its seven muscles function
like a well-oiled machine — one of the simple machines
of classical physics, a frame of rodlike bone levers hing-
ing bill to cranium. One function of this machine is to
raise the tip of the upper bill, hinged to the skull, when
a pair of contracting pterygoid muscles thrust the frame
forward against the base of the bill. Another function is
to open the lower bill by means of a pair of muscles
originating on the back of the cranium and attaching to
the blades of the lowerbill just back of the fulcrum,
hinging them to the base of the skull. These muscles for
opening the bill, called protractors, are generally small
and weak. The adductor muscles, which close the bill,
are expectedly large and powerful. Only the European
starling had it all on backwards!
I looked at my dissection in amazement, then dis-
sected another specimen. In a few minutes there was
no doubt. The protractors and their leverage were enor-
mous, while the adductors were reduced. A blind man
Emmet R. Blake is now curator emeritus of Birds.
could see that the starling must pry powerfully! At the
same time there was the most extreme narrowing of the
skull in front of the eyes to be found in any songbird.
So the pryer also looked forward between the widely-
spread upper and lower bills to search for his food. But
no bird observer had ever noted this! The next morn-
ing, crouched behind the marble balustrade that over-
looks the south lawn of Field Museum, I watched a
flock of starlings for fifteen minutes and confirmed that
what I had predicted in a laboratory happens in nature.
It was March and the dry grass mat hid its insects well.
All the starlings were opening their bills repeatedly to
the extreme and peering between them!
But the problem was only in its beginning phase.
I had already dissected mynas and other Asiatic star-
lings and found the jaw musculature and skull to be
normal, with no evidence of prying at all. I deter-
mined that sometime, when my seven-year thesis
was finished, I would have a pleasant time running
the mystery of the European starling down. Associate
Curator Bob Blake,* my first mentor and best friend
in the Bird Division, had early acquainted me
with R. Bowdler Sharpe's "Handlist of the genera and
species of birds," published in the British Museum at
the turn of the century. In this work, which probably
19
20
Still occupies a shelf in the division office, Sharpe had
broken the 1 11 starling species into two families. He
was a notorious "splitter," taxonomically-speaking,
but maybe the old boy had been onto something.
Would I find when I examined all the species that
there was a family of "pryers" and one of "normal"
starlings? The answer must wait and the project was
set aside.
It was not until 16 years later, in 1962, that I could
pick up the trail again. Like a detective seeking clues, I
visited the American Museum in New York and the
National Museum in Washington in quick succession,
also observing the behavior of living starlings in the col-
lections of the Bronx and National Zoos. I was looking
for ritual "gaping," when posturing starlings threaten
each other. The Austrian psychologist and animal
behaviorist Konrad Lorenz had discovered this in Euro-
pean starlings and we had exchanged papers and
congratulated each other on discovering the same trait
independently from different avenues of approach.
My life had changed and now I seldom worked less
than 12 to 15 hours a day on exhibits and education
programs as director of the Chicago Academy of Sci-
ences. Seventeen years passed before I could find time
to complete the investigation, mainly because a suitable
paper was needed in that institution's Bulletin series.
The story as it has emerged in completed form has
elements of evolutionary plausibility and elegance that
persuade me I have most of the truth now about the
starling family, Sturnidae. I have been able to dissect
nearly all of the 1 1 1 species, and, no — Sharpe was not
right. There is only one family, and the gradation from
"normal" to prying species is a smooth one.
The family appears to have originated in the is-
lands and on surrounding continental shores of the In-
dian Ocean, where a veritable whirlpool of currents,
coupled with abundant typhoons and the millions of
years available, might account for the relatively large
number of species. The origin of new species requires
the interrupted gene flow that comes only with geo--
graphic isolation and there was ample opportunity for
that. When a tropical deluge rages in the mountains of
such tropical islands, whole logjams made up of living
jungle emerge from the mouths of streams and put to
sea on ocean currents. Given the time and the abun-
dance of islands in the Malaysian-Indonesian areas,
numerous colonizations were made. Given luck, some
of them survived fierce competition in new homes to
become viable populations of the small size needed to
fix favorable mutations and form new species.
Most of these Indian Ocean starlings, particularly
at the eastern, or Malaysian end, are mynas. TVee-
dwelling fruit-eaters, they have the typical broad-
headed, broad-billed, wall-eyed look of fruit-eaters and
have little ability to turn the eyes forward. Another
group is made up of the incredibly shiny and iridescent
glossy starlings, which change from purple to green,
depending on the light. I studied them in Africa and the
Solomon Islands, where they have been pushed to the
periphery of the tropical portion of the family's range,
though there is good reason to think that these are rel-
atively primitive starlings, from which the rest may
have specialized. There are, of course, the woodpecker
starling of Celebes and the oxpeckers of Africa, both
with feet modified, the former for clinging to trees, the
latter for clinging to the game animals with which they
are customarily associated.
But it is on the Eurasian continent north of the
Indian Ocean that there began the specialization of
the prying adaptation that would recast the whole
skull architecture in a major group of starling species,
changing them from arboreal fruit-eaters into ground-
dwelling insect-eaters. Working northward, this group
would culminate in the European starling which,
forsaking the tropics, penetrated for good into temper-
ate climes to beat primary insect-eaters (which never
had a fruit-eating background) at their own game.
The prying adaptation is already seen in the tropi-
cal Indian myna, widely colonized as associates of hu-
mans throughout the Pacific Islands to Hawaii. The
adaptation is only partial in that the curved culmen, or
ridge, of the upper bill (in contrast to the straighter cul-
men of the European starling) is the hallmark of a
primary fruit-eater. Still, this yellow-billed brown bird
with its white wing patches, whose cheerful chatter
was constantly in my ears during 30 months in the
Solomons, could be seen occasionally prying the grass
mat under coconut trees in army bivouac areas. The
prying apparatus was already there, but there was very
little pinching-in of the the skull before the eyes for
forward vision.
So it remained for the European starling to make
the full adaptation with its beautifully slender, straight
and narrow bill, with its skull deeply pinched in before
the eyes, with its enorrnous protractor muscles acting
on special bony levers for added power. One feels that
prying power when a pet starling tries to open the
closed fist for a special treat. This is the adaptation that
permitted this remarkable species to succeed in the
temperate zone of Europe and, upon introduction into
New York in 1890, to spread entirely across the United
States from east to west in the next 50 to 60 years. The
Chinese starling, lacking this full prying adaptation,
was introduced into British Columbia in 1897, but has
not spread at all. Its food is about 60 percent fruit and
30 percent insects, whereas the European starling's diet
reverses this.
But the real key to starling success is how it gets the
60 percent of its food that is insects by probing the
grass mat and earth. When our native insect-eaters are
driven south in fall by descending temperatures, it is
because their insect food is unavailable to them. But
"When presented with a small wooden matchbox, he Instantly pried it open in one movement like a child performing a trick and quickly threw all the
matches out. "
Starlings, probing the grass mat, still find dormant in-
sects, eggs, and cocoons aplenty. Some clue to the suc-
cess with which they ply their prying may be seen if
we look at the latitude in which they reach optimum
numbers — our nation's capital, where they breed and
roost on public buildings. We may guess at the reason.
Whereas New York and Chicago have 90 to 120 snow-
covered days a year, Washington has only 10 to 30;
thus, far more days for starlings to probe the grass mat.
The common starling has been a menace to native
birds because of its aggressiveness in taking over nat-
ural nesting holes in trees and nest boxes, especially
those once occupied in rural areas by bluebirds. How-
ever, cities have been long abandoned by most of our
native birds, and starlings have some fetching traits that
help to make a Chicago winter more bearable. As
pointed out to me by my friend, C. H. Channing of
Clear Lake, Washington, who loves to make tape re-
cordings, starlings are great imitators. A starling singing
to himself on a sunny, cold, winter afternoon atop a
tree is imitating all the sounds in the neighborhood —
barking dogs, other birds, boys at their games — all
rather quietly. If there is another starling nearby — and
there always is — they are having a contest. Too many
starlings and it becomes a caterwauling jumble.
Starlings are also comical. A foraging starling,
glossy plumage reflecting purple and green, his erratic
gait throwing his body this way and that at every step,
head bobbing back and forth in his rapid-peering tech-
nique of feeding, is really funny. In his greediness, one
locomotion cycle overtakes another and he may aban-
don technique altogether and run ahead a yard for an
insect he has spotted or he may jump into the air The
spasmodic prying, however, punctuates every feeding
mode. Starlings are always trying and, when native
aerial insect-eaters like martins and swifts fly south, the
starlings try their hand at flycatching, since aerial in-
sects are still abundant. They totally lack the grace and
ease at this displayed by kingbirds and swallows and,
after a protracted zigzag flight of half a minute, they
perch and rest awhile.
A starling may make an amusing pet. One of my
colleagues at Field Museum in the late 1940s was Lloyd
DuBrul, professor of Oral Anatomy at the University of
Illinois, who loved to make studies of the biomechanics
of the skulls of wild species. When he expressed a
desire to raise a wild bird, I suggested a starling because
I wanted to know how early in development the prying
begins. Raised and fed by DuBrul's wife, Florence, a
concert pianist, when he was still an almost formless
blob of protoplasm. Pic (his French name) did not
know he was a bird. He was, in fact, a person in his
own right, much like a small boy, and a spoiled one! He
became the joy of the household, flying through all the
rooms freely, teasing the dog, who never demurred. He
began to pry immediately, sipping Lloyd's cocktail,
probing in his beard, under his shirt cuff. When pre-
sented with a small wooden matchbox, he instantly
pried it open in one movement like a child performing
a trick and quickly threw all the matches out. When a
finger was poked at him, he stretched himself tall,
raised his hackles and opened his bill to the maximum
in response to this threat, his forward-turned eyes glar-
ing at the finger tip through the gape of the bill. Pic
learned to whistle a little French tune very accurately
and used to perch on the shoulder of his mistress dur-
ing her long hours of practice on the piano, accom-
panying the arpeggios with his own original version.
He entertained that household and its lucky visitors for
many years. FM
21
22
LIFE continued from p. 15
organisms were first discovered in it. There were other
earlier claims of Precambrian fossils that, however,
have been later discarded or simply put aside and for-
gotten. The modern study of Precambrian paleobiology
began in the 1950s with the pioneering work on the
Gunflint by Prof. Elso S. Barghoorn, Stanley A. Taylor,
and their colleagues.
A wealth of material, in comparison with the War-
rawoona and Fig TYee formations, is obtained from the
Gunflint. Organic compounds strongly suggestive of
the breakdown of chlorophyll are present. The free-
floating organisms of the surface of the sea and the bot-
tom dwellers are represented. All the Gunflint fossils
appear, however, to have lacked nuclei and to have
been prokaryotic.
Stromatolites
Stromatolites, sometimes called cryptozoans, are
calcareous, finely laminated sedimentary structures
produced by algae, bacteria, and so forth, mostly blue-
greens. Although they are organic in origin they do not
represent the actual body of the organism. Stromato-
lites of the present time, particularly from Shark Bay,
Western Australia, allow for comparison with the Pre-
cambrian fossils. The Australian forms are similar in
appearance to some of the Precambrian fossils and con-
sist of large bodies made of algal film that trapped the
fine sediments into distinct headlike structures. Well-
formed, distinct Precambrian stromatolites can be seen
in Upper Michigan along the shores of Lake Superior.
The ancient stromatolites from the area around
Canada's Great Slave Lake represent one of the most
fossiliferous formations known. They consist of col-
umns that may be fifty feet high, and beds of these
mounds hundreds of feet thick have been traced for
more than 150 miles! The recent stromatolites are
found only in the very restricted shallow areas of the
sea floor devoid of animals. The Precambrian stromato-
lites on the other hand are very common, abundant,
and cosmopolitan. They may owe their luxuriant
growth to the absence of grazing animals, particularly
marine snails.
The Bitter Springs Formation
The Bitter Springs Formation in central Australia is
about one billion years old. Prof. J. William Schopf
and his students at the University of California at Los
Angeles in a series of very important publications, de-
scribed the flora of the Bitter Springs Formation. These
fossils, like other Precambrian floras, are preserved in
chert. Originally formed around still-living organisms
as a gel, chert preserves the living morphological struc-
tures with most unusual fidelity. Today chert sometimes
forms on the sea bottom. The preservation of fossils in
chert is such that the remnants of actual cell division,
interpreted as various stages of mitosis, have been
observed. The Bitter Springs flora consists not only of
numerous prokaryotic bacteria and cyanobacteria, but
also, for the first time, of well-documented nucleus-
containing organisms, the eukaryotes.
All living things other than bacteria, blue-greens,
and viruses (viruses consist of only nucleic acids and
proteins, and no one knows where to put them) are
eukaryotes. The eukaryotic cells are generally larger
than the prokaryotic. One-celled eukaryotic algae have,
in addition to a nucleus, the food-manufacturing chlo-
roplasts and cytoplasm which sustain growth, and con-
trol through a very complex cell wall the exchange of
materials with the environment. Many living eukary-
otes are microscopic, but the best known eukaryotes —
mammals, insects, worms, trees, grasses, roses, mush-
rooms, and so on — are large, many-celled, highly
specialized individuals with many organs.
All life is capable of self-reproduction, but only
eukaryotes have great variability in this respect. There
are many reasons why organisms reproduce. The most
apparent reason is to increase the number of cells that
can specialize and increase their efficiency. The reason
always given in textbooks is preservation of the species.
There Is nevertheless a necessity to reproduce
which is a result of growth. We can geometrically
resolve a spherical cell into three properties, — diameter,
mass and surface. When diameter doubles, surface
quadruples, but mass increases eight times! Therefore
an imbalance is created, and the surface which pro-
vides for entrance of nutrients and removal of wastes
becomes inefficient, and cell division is triggered.
Cell division, though a disruption of growth, is a
necessity of life. All prokaryotic organisms, bacteria,
and blue-green algae reproduce this way. They pinch in
the middle and form two new cells. This process con-
tinues forever, and even if cells remain attached to one
another as in filamentous blue-greens, the resulting
"colonies" are with little or no differentiation of cells.
The eukaryotic organisms differ from the pro-
karyotic in having a nucleus, which controls reproduc-
tion and coordinates general activities. When, because
of growth, a small eukaryotic organism divides, the
nucleic material divides in a precise and complex way.
In this process the content of the nucleus divides into
chromosomes, which possess genes, the primary carri-
ers of genetic material. The genetic material is divided
into pairs, and the germ cells, gametes, and eggs form.
In eukaryotes the new individuals originate from the
union of two germ cells that are sexually different.
Among prokaryotes "like begets like." Among
eukaryotes like does not exactly beget like; but each
time there is a minute change, which has given rise to
the great spectrum of fossil forms and great diversity
and blossoming of life. Sexual reproduction allows
for the genetic system, in which the variable charac-
ters of plants and animals, as seen appearing from
generation to generation, are due to paired units of
heredity — the genes. This, in turn, generates the great
genetic diversity.
The combination and recombination of ancestral
traits, and introduction of new trails offer new charac-
ters, from which nature selects the best adapted or re-
jects the less fit. The great revolution of the invention of
sex offered more varieties of life and was only possible
among eukaryotes. A great thing is sex, and great are its
advantages! It first happened some time before the Bit-
ter Springs lime, for among Bitter Springs fossils we
already have eukaryotic organisms!
The Ediacara Fauna: A Biologically Failed Experiment?
The first fossil animals have been described from the
Pound Sandstone in the Ediacara Hills of South Austra-
lia. Fossils found there consist of an unusual and rich
assemblage referred lo as the Ediacara fauna, and are
known through the work of Prof. Martin F. Glaessnerat
the University of Adelaide. The Ediacara animals are
interpreted as various well-preserved jellyfish, related
organisms very similar to living sea pens, varieties
of segmented worms, a very primitive arthropod
possibly related to irilobites, and some unknown
extinct organisms.
What is also unusual about these fossils is that
their preservation is in the form of an impression in
sand, and that ihey are "naked" organisms without
skeletons. The preservation of soft-bodied organisms is
indeed rare in the fossil record.
Lately, however, Prof. Adolf Seilacher of the Uni-
versity of Tubingen offered a radically different inter-
pretation of the Ediacara fauna. He claims that the
idenlification of about 70 percent of all Ediacaran spe-
cies as coelenterates was wrong; that instead, most of
these "medusoids" represent trace fossils (tracks and
burrows in soft sediments). The nature of the enclosing
sediments, and the mode of preservation of the remain-
der of the fossil species suggest to Seilacher that they
cannot be assigned to any known phyla. He believes
that these forms had a cuticle that was not subject to
bacterial breakdown, and more importantly, that these
"animals" were most strange in their unusual way of
nutrition. He sees their nutrition as a sort of autotrophy,
and the organisms themselves as gutless and mouthless
creatures feeding through the entire body surface in-
stead of through inner digestive organs. Thus, their
supportive cuticle may have been biomechanically
hydraulic, somewhat in the manner of an air mattress!
The Ediacara fauna is found just below the transi-
tion of Cambrian and Precambrian, and may be almost
100 million years older than the youngest Cambrian
remains. Similar faunas, also consisting of impres-
sions, have been described from other Precambrian
localities in England, many parts of the Soviet Union,
and South Africa; in North America they are known
in Newfoundland.
Although these fossils are extremely fascinating lo
paleontologists and are important for the study of the
early history of life, they nevertheless are neither the
first nor the most primitive animals. They are already of
very large size, and some of them have a distinct sym-
metry, thus representing complex animals. The first
animals were most probably naked (as the Ediacara
forms were), small, and without muscular locomotion.
They probably evolved only after the floating (pelagic)
algae became numerous. The "first" animal remains
still hidden in sediments.
The Phanerozoic
Life in the abyss of time has learned to utilize the inert
matter and the seemingly unlimited solar energy and
convert it into a complexity of organisms. Life has
learned to use this vast energy for the sole purpose of
living. Life has become interdependent upon other life
and has become symbiotic internally, socially, and in
the totality of living.
Into this stage entered yesterday, so to speak, man,
a perfect eukaryote, with little ability to synthesize any-
thing himself, but with the faculty to alter the synthetic
pathways of other life to suit his own aims — a eukary-
ote organism with skills lo use energy not only lo build
but also lo destroy, a eukaryote angel of frightful
destruction. This eukaryote organism has reached the
greatest power of reproduction — a sexual superstar
that outsexed all other eukaryotes and covered the
Earth with its own kin.
But even from man's viewpoint, all life has but one
aim; to live. Living is sacred to every organism.
It is curious that although all life has one aim, it is
not united. Life conflicts with life, with nonlife, and
with death. Life feeds upon other life, and finds ene-
mies everywhere. But man brought the conflict of liv-
ing with living, the conflict of man with all life, to new
heights. One species feeds on all other life and on all
nonlife. Man made all life, including his own, profane.
Man kills bacteria and bald eagles, and lacks inhibition
to slay fellow man. He gives Nobel prizes for an overkill
and holocaust of the microbial world, bounty for dead
eagles, and medals for war atrocities.
To man the life of fellow man is defiled and a con-
flict. Only his own individual life is holy. The Earth be-
came a planet of a strange eukaryotic organism, the
Earth became a human planet! And one day the re-
mains of fossil man and his doings will be studied and a
supreme magistrate shall judge man, the only judgeable
eukaryote. And only the future knows what the leaves
of the judgment book will unfold. FH
23
Top and side views <7/Mouldingia orienialis (left) and Mouldingia occidentalis, shown about eight times life size. Drawings by
Linnea Lahlutn.
26
this intent. Study of the material and then writing the
description of the genus and species, with Illustrator Lin-
nea Lahlum told to "go all out" on the shell drawings.
These details are far too fine for optical photographs, and
the many subtle differences between the species in shape
and contour, all are exquisitely revealed by Linnea's skill
and dedication. At last the manuscript on these and re-
lated species was completed. Drawings of shell and anat-
omy had been mounted and labeled, figure and plate
numbers assigned and entered into the text. The final
manuscript had been composed on a micro-computer,
printed, proofed, corrected, reprinted, and copies dupli-
cated, then assembled for mailing to Australia. Late in
1982, the manuscript and illustrations were submitted
for publication to the Western Australian Museum. Af-
ter being reviewed by other scientists, it was accepted for
publication on July 22, 1983. Galley proof arrived in
Chicago late in February 1984, then quickly corrected
and returned to Perth. In one frantic week early in May
1984 1 read the page proof in Perth while simultaneously
assembling supplies for another field trip to the Kimber-
ley. One last look at the silverprints on my return from
the field work, and the monograph went to the printers
and binder. However, by coincidence, I left Perth for field
work in Namibia on the very day the book was finally
published, June 30, 1984.
Thus, I did not see a printed copy until I returned to
Chicago in mid-August. It was late November 1984 be-
fore the boxes of reprints, shipped ocean freight, arrived
in Chicago from Perth. Illustrator Linnea Lahlum and I
could then drive out to Mrs. Moulding's home, present
her with autographed copies of the book, and have Lin-
nea sign a copy of her magnificent drawing that will be
framed and hung in Mrs. Moulding's home.
This all started with a note about a shell exhibit
bringing people with common interests together, and
sharing dreams.
My work on Australian snails continues. Areas
needed to be visited in the future require helicopter hire,
as no roads or tracks exist. Our collection of mollusks
must continue to grow, and there still are many books
that we lack. The help provided by the Mouldings con-
tinues to be essential to, and deeply appreciated by. Field
Museum of Natural History. FM
Tours For Members
Egypt
January 29-February 15, 1986
Explore egypt, the land of ancient mysteries. Journey
from bustling Cairo, with its renowned Egyptian
Museum, its mosques, minarets, and markets, into the
ghostly silence of ruined cities, splendrous temples, and
noble tombs. The 5,000-year-old Step Pyramid, the mas-
sive stone ruins of Karnak, and the Colossi of Memnon all
beckon the curious and inspire respect for a culture as old
as Western civilization itself. As you cruise the Nile,
observe age-old scenes along the shore, for life in the fer-
tile Nile Valley has changed but little. We encourage early
enrollment, since spaces fill quickly for this breathtaking
journey into the past.
Baja California
March 8-23, 1986
Circumnavigating the Baja peninsula aboard the Pacific
Northwest Explorer is an experience you won't want to
miss. Dr. Robert K. Johnson, curator of Fishes at Field
Museum and other naturalists will enrich your visit to the
breeding lagoons of gray whales, fin, humpback, sei, and
the largest of all — blue whales. In addition to some of the
best whale-spotting in the world, you'll get a close-up
view of colonies of northern elephant seal, schools of dol-
phins, myriad birds and fish, strange endemic plants, and
very lovely scenery.
The Great Silk Route
of China
May 21 -June 15, 1986
Our Flight from Chicago is direct to Tokyo. Then on to
Beijing. After several days there, viewing such marvels as
the Forbidden City and the 98-acre Tien An Men Square,
we go on to Urumqi, Dunhuang, Lanzhou, Xian, Shan-
ghai, and Guilin. Xian is of particular interest to archaeol-
ogy buffs for here we find the vast life-size terra cotta army
discovered as recently as 1974. We return to the U.S. via
Hong Kong.
Alaska
July 2-16, 1986
Visit Alaska in Summer! Explore magnificent waterways
and vast parklands abundant with many species of birds.
At Sitka, a marine wildlife rafting trip gets you started on
this spectacular ornithological tour. From Juneau, a trip
on the Mendenhall River offers unusual wetland viewing.
From Anchorage one easily reaches Potter Marsh Bird
Refuge and the Eagle River. Denali National Park (for-
merly called McKinley National Park) and the Glacier Bay
cruise are special highlights. We conclude our trip with
three days on St. George Island. Few people have visited
this island, which boasts spectacular birding. For more
information contact the Tours Department.
The Art and Culture of Indonesia —
A Voyage to the Islands of the Java Sea
March 21 -April 8, 1986
Composed of Thousands of islands forming a vast archi-
pelago, Indonesia is an ancient land of gentle peoples,
rich and varied cultural traditions, and tropical landscapes
of unsurpassed beauty. With its panoply of religions,
art forms, rituals, and dances found nowhere else in the
world, Indonesia confronts the visitor with a fascinat-
ing past; its history, myth, and legend are often insepar-
able. On an itinerary which has been carefully planned to
include well-known sites as well as remote, verdant isles,
we will travel aboard the ship Illiria to destinations of
immense beauty.
Field Museum Tours is offering two trips to the Grand
Canyon in 1986. The first, August 13-22, is a geology
study trip hiking down the north rim of the canyon, raft-
ing for four days along the bottom and hiking back up the
south rim. The second, August 22-31, is a rafting trip
along the entire 300-mile length of the canyon by two
motorized rubber rafts. Dr. Matthew H. Nitecki, curator of
fossil invertebrates, leads both. A deposit of $50 per per-
son will hold your space.
For further information or to be placed on our mailing list, call or write
Dorothy Roder. Tours Manager, Field Museum. Roosevelt Rd. at Lake
Shore Dr.. Chicago. IL 60605. Phone: 322-8862.
27
Field Museum of Natural History
Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive
Chicaso, II 60605-2499
0017195-00
5^11 North or sen vxeu.
Chicago. IL ^Oo«^o
USEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY BULLETIN
'^ — -i*,^ October 1985 _
'.F^*
"^*\
f^r^gi.
^^>
,^^
Dinosaur Days
October 5 8-6
Field Museum
of Natural History
Bulletin
Published by
Field Museum of Natural History
Founded 1893
President: Willard L. Boyd
Director: Lorin 1. Nevling, Jr.
Editor: David M. Walsten
Production Liaison: Pamela Steams
Staff Photographer: Ron Testa
CONTENTS
October 1985
Volume 56, Number 9
October Events at Field Museum
Margery Carlson, A TVibute 5
by William Burger, chairman of the Department of Botany
Field Briefs
Board OF T1«usTEES
James J. O'Connor,
Chairman
Mrs. T. Stanton Armour
George R. Baker
Robert O. Bass
Gordon Bent
Mrs. Philip D. Block III
Willard L. Boyd
Frank W. Considine
Stanton R. Cook
William R. Dickinson, Jr.
Thomas E. Donnelley II
Thomas J. Eyerman
Marshall Field
Richard M. Jones
Hugo J. Melvoin
Leo F. Mullin
Charles F. Murphy, Jn
Earl L. Neal
Lorin I. Nevling, Jr.
Robert A. Pritzker
James H. Ransom
John S. Runnells
Patrick G. Ryan
William L. Searle
Edward Byron Smith
Robert H. Strotz
Mrs. Theodore D. Tieken
E. Leiand Webber
Blaine J. Yarrington
[JFEIIIUSTEES
Harry O. Bercher
Bowen Blair
Mrs. Edwin J. DeCosta
Clifford C. Gregg
William V. Kahler
William H. Mitchell
John W Sullivan
J. Howard Wood
Chicago's Lost Marsh
by William J. Beecher
8
Doab, July 31 to August 10, 1962
The First Days in the Field 12
by William S. and Janice K. Street with Richard Sawyer
Field Museum Tours
26
COVER
Field Museum 's most recent permanent exhibit is this representation of a
botany field trip to the coastal deserts of Peru. Based on the field work
there of Assistant Curator Michael O. Dillon, the exhibit features a 4-
wheel-drive vehicle such as Dillon uses, and all the trappings and equip-
ment customarily to be found on such a venture. A narrated filmstrip
supplements the exhibit, which is in the "Past, Present, and Future"
hall, on the 2nd floor, east of the Museum Store. Photo by Ron Testa.
Open Letter to Field Museum Members
Field Museum is fortunate indeed for the many thou-
sands of Members who have continued to support it
through the years. Thanks to these devoted friends,
the institution has been able to vigorously pursue its
primary goals of preserving, increasing, and dis-
seminating knowledge of natural history.
Since 1979, the Museum has striven to keep
membership fees at the same level. Rising costs, how-
ever, now make it necessary for the Museum to raise
those fees. As of September 1, 1985, individual member-
ships will be offered at $30, family memberships at $35.
In appreciation for their loyal support, the
Museum is offering current Members the opportunity
to renew at the prior rate ($20 for individual, $25 for
family memberships) through December 31. Mem-
berships that expire after this date may be "pre-
renewed" at the old rate through December 31.
The benefits gained through Field Museum
membership are numerous and lasting: from dis-
counts on classes, tours, and purchases to the opportu-
nity to discover — or rediscover — the exciting world of
natural history. We cherish your continued interest and
look forward to having you with us in the years to come.
Field Muitum cfSa:ural Huror.- Bulletin lUSPS 8<»8-940t is published monihly. f xcf p» combined July Augusi issue, by Field Museum of Natural Histor>-. Roosocli Road at Lake Shore Drive. Chica([o. IL 60605-2496. Subscnplioni; t6-00 annually.
SJ 00 (oi sihwiK Museum membership includes Bulletin subscription Opinions expressed by authors are their own and do not nccessanly reflea the policy of Field Museum. Unsolicited manuscripts are vvelcome Museum phone: (3121
922 9410 Notifitaiuini'f address thaiific should imlude address label and be sent to Membership Depanrneni.PmtmasieriHease send fomt 3579 loFieWMusnim of Natural Hisior>\Roosew
ISSN-O015-07OV Sotiiinicia';', p(>sta)ic paid at Chicago. Illinois.
Events
"X
The Multigravitational Aerodance Group extends choreography to airy realms.
Dinosaur Days
Saturday and Sunday, October 5 and 6
ll:00am-4 :00pm
Join us for a day of fun devoted to the incredible
world of dinosaurs. Adults as well as children learn
the facts and find out what is fiction about some of
the most fascinating creatures that ever lived. Local
scholars and Field Museum staff conduct demon-
strations and activities throughout the Museum.
The very word dinosaur conjures up visions of
lumbering giants grazing on exotic foliage and
huge bird-like animals gliding through the air — the
largest living things ever to fly. Featured this year is
the Multigravitational Aerodance Group whose
choreographic explorations extend the language of
dance into the realm of the air. Aerodance's newest
piece is choreographed around the theme of ptero-
dactyls — flying reptiles. A new concept in the field
of dance, Aerodance has been received by audi-
ences with great interest and enthusiasm. The com-
pany moves freely through an assortment of struc-
tures such as tightropes, trapezes, slides, swings.
hoops, and loops. Collaborating with Aerodance is
William Harper, who is composing the score for
this spectacular performance. Mr. Harper is the
artistic director of American Ritual Theatre
Company, artco.
Donald Glut, who provided the screenplay for
The Empire Strikes Back and is author of The New
Dinosaur Dictionary, joins us this year with film clips
and commentary in "Dinosaurs from Hollywood."
Museum staff help you discover what dino-
saurs looked like. Make a Triceratops mask, a Stego-
saurus hat, or a Dimetrodon puppet. Whatever dino-
saur you choose, you'll be properly attired for a
special puppet performance based on the story. The
Little Blue Brontosaurus. Join the Dinosaur Olym-
pics team and see if you can jump as far as Tyranno-
saurus or high enough to look Brachiosaurus in the
eye.
Dinosaur Days promise to be exciting and
information-packed for all ages. All programs are
free with Museum admission — no tickets required.
A complete schedule of activities is available at the
Museum entrances on Dinosaur Days. For more
information call (312) 322-8854.
CONTINUED Iron p 3
Events
October Weekend Programs
Each Saturday and Sunday you are invited to explore the world of natural history at Field Museum. Free tours,
demonstrations, and films related to ongoing exhibits at the Museum are designed for families and adults. Listed
below are only a few of the numerous activities each weekend. Check the Weekend Passport upon arrival for the
complete schedule and program locations. These programs are partially supported by a grant from the Illinois
Arts Council.
October
13 12 : 30pm. Museum Safari (tour) . Seek out big
game from Africa and mummies from an-
cient Egypt as you travel through Field
Museum exhibits.
20 1 :00pm. The Wonderful World of Plants (tour) .
See the amazing plants of ocean, jungle, and
desert, as well as the ones in your back yard.
26
27
1:30pm. Traditional China (tour). Examine
the imagery, history, and lifestyles represent-
ed by Chinese jades and other masterworks.
12:00 noon. Life in Ancient Egypt (tour).
Focus on the objects and practices which
illustrate ancient life in the Nile Valley.
These programs are free with museum admission and no tickets are required.
Pinhole Cameras
Saturday and Sunday, October 12 and 13
1:00- 3:00pm
After viewing the photographs of Agustin Victor
Casasola, develop your own photographic skills.
You don't have to buy a camera to do it — you can
make one! Discover how simple it is to make a pin-
hole camera, and how easy it is to use. Create the
perfect setting to take a family portrait or a beauti-
ful still-life (we supply the props). Then enter the
darkroom and develop your photographic
masterpiece.
This program is free with museum admission.
Edward E. Ayer Film Series
Thursdays in October, 1:30pm
James Simpson Theatre
October 3: Israel: Search for Faith, 58 min.
October 10: Poland: The Will to Be, 58 min.
October 17: Great Railway Journeys:
Zambezi Express, 60 min.
October 24: Spain: The Land and the Legend,
58 min.
October 31 : South Pacific: End of Eden?, 58 min.
The World of Agustin
Victor Casasola —
Mexico: 1900-1938
Film Program
Saturdays, October 12, 19, and 26,
and November 2, 2:00pm
Cinema has had a long and fascinating history in
Latin America. Most of the films made during and
after the Mexican Revolution were recreations of
historic events. Movie images made history acces-
sible to the mass population that was largely illiter-
ate. As a result, and with financing from govern-
ment and other sources, the extraordinary events
of Mexico's national agony, the shattering revolu-
tion, were brought to the public by many Mexican
filmmakers. The following film series documents
this period of time:
October 12: "Banda Del Automovil Gris," 90m. 1917
Oaober 19: "La Rosa Blanca,' 75m. 1946
October 26: "Vamonos Con Pancho Villa," 90m. 1931
November 2: "Que Viva Mexico," 90m. 1931
These films are free with museum admission.
Margery Carlson
1892-1985
by William C. Burger
Chairman, Department of Botany
Margery Carlson, former professor of botany at
Northwestern University and a research associate of
Field Museum for many years, died in early July at the
age of 92. An energetic and adventurous woman. Dr.
Carlson's primary interaction with Field Museum was
through her plant collecting program in Mexico and
Central America in the late 1940s and early 1950s. Us-
ing a station wagon or truck-camper as both vehicle
and motel, Margery, together with her companion Kate
Staley, was able to reach remote areas in southern Mex-
ico, El Salvador, Honduras, and Costa Rica. Each
expedition took several months and came close to or
exceeded 10,000 miles of travel.
What was especially remarkable about Margery's
field work was that both she and her companion were
gray-haired ladies embarking on trips that would chal-
lenge someone half their age. The trips were not with-
out adventures and minor mishaps. One expedition en-
ded with the truck smashed at the bottom of a canyon
but with the two women only slightly injured. Another
adventure Margery loved to recount was the time she
and Kate were eating lunch along the side of the road
in northern Mexico, when they found themselves face-
to-face with two men brandishing machetes and
demanding money. Sizing up the situation quickly
(these were two poor farmers and not dangerous ban-
dits), Margery proceeded to admonish them in Span-
ish: "Don't you realize you could have scared us to
death? And if that had happened you would never go
to heaven!" Whereupon she invited them to have some
lunch — which they did.
Dr. Carlson's collections are a significant part of
Field Museum's premier holdings from Central Amer-
ica. Margery's research on the genus Russelia, in the
snapdragon family, was published in our scientific
journal Fieldiana: Botany, in 1957.
After retiring from teaching. Dr. Carlson played
another important role as an advocate of conservation.
She was the first secretary of the Illinois chapter of the
Nature Conservancy and was especially active in the
preservation of Volo Bog, the nature preserve at the
southern part of Illinois Beach State Park, and a sec-
tion of land along the Vermillion River, now part of
Matthiessen State Park. The latter area boasts hundreds
of yellow lady's-slippers and has been designated the
Margery Carlson Preserve. It is not far from her home
town of LaSalle, Illinois.
Margery brought more than her knowledge of
botany to the battle for conservation. With an imposing
physical presence, a clear voice, precisely focused
energy and the authority of seventy years, she became
an effective champion for the preservation of natural
areas in Illinois.
Margery once remarked that she held the record
for number of years served as an assistant professor at
Northwestern University, her male colleagues having
moved up the ladder at a more accelerated pace. But
that remark was expressed more in humor than in
bitterness, reflecting the very positive way in which she
approached her work and her life.
Dr. Carlson's visits to the Field Museum over the
last two decades were few and brief, but they always
were special events. The same energy and enthusiasm
that had sent her into Central America always were in
evidence. We have greatly benefited from the many
collections that were the product of her field work,
and we admired her active role in conservation; but
more importantly, we cherish the memory of a
strong and enthusiastic colleague who lived a rich
and active life. FM
Margery Carlson in the early 1950s with bundles of dried plants as
well as living orchids, bromellads. and cacti she brought back from
southeastern f^exico., b sosss
FIELD BRIEFS
Ponce de Leon Retires
Dr. Patricio Ponce de Leon retired in August
after 25 years with the Museum's Depart-
ment of Botany. At that time he held the
position of associate curator of cryptogamic
botany, speciahzing in the study of fungi.
Cryptogamic plants cover a wide diversity
of life, including, in addition to fungi, algae,
lichens, mosses, ferns, and other allies.
When Dr. Pat (as he is known informally to
the staff) first arrived, he found that the
Museum's collections of many of these
plant groups were poorly organized and lit-
tle cared for. It was the reorganization and
proper curation of this part of the herbar-
ium that has been one of Dr. Pat's most
important accomplishments.
Because of his knowledge of fungi, he
was frequently called upon to help in cases
of suspected mushroom poisoning. While
physicians have already emptied the pa-
tient's stomach, identification of the specific
kind of mushroom is often essential for
proper treatment. The identification of such
ingested mushrooms has been an important
service provided by Dr. Pat over the years.
Dr. Pat's research has dealt with several
groups of fungi, including representatives of
the puffballs and earthstars. These studies
have been published in Fieldiana: Botany
and in other scientific journals. His collect-
ing has been done in the Rocky Mountains,
the Great Smokies, Alaska, and in Puerto
Rico. He intends to continue his studies at
the Museum during his retirement years,
but spend part of each year in Florida.
Dr. Pat was born in Cuba, where he
spent his first 45 years. He received his
Ph.D. from the University of Havana and
subsequently served on that university's
faculty as professor of botany and later of
biology. His father was also a botanist, hav-
ing served for many years as director of
Havana's Botanical Garden. This long and
intimate experience in a Caribbean envi-
ronment has made Dr. Pat a valued resource
among his Field Museum colleagues for in-
formation about the biology of that part of
the world. In a department with much re-
search focused on the tropics. Dr. Pat's
knowledge has been a particular asset.
Mycologists use a variety of chemical
tests in their work, and these procedures
often make it possible for them to determine
the nature of certain materials. Anthropol-
ogists, in documenting the nature of arti-
facts, frequently ask: Is it animal, vegetable,
or mineral? Using a few simple tests. Dr. Pat
has often been able to distinguish the nature
of materials being investigated and thus
provide assistance to colleagues in other de-
partments. Likewise, his natural fluency in
Spanish has been often helpful in the prep-
aration of carefully phrased translations.
While all these attributes have con-
tributed to Dr. Pat's position as a respected
and important member of the Botany staff,
there is another quality that has made him
special to all of us: His gracious manner and
friendly nature have always given him a
distinctive gentlemanly presence. This is
what we will miss most of all while he is
spending his winters in Florida, and look
forward to when he returns. — William
Burger, chairman. Department of Botany.
Kennicott Club Meets
The 583rd meeting of the Kennicott Club, a
natural history society named for Chicago's
first naturalist, Robert Kennicott, will be
held at Field Museum on Monday, October
7, at 7: 30pm. The evening's speaker will be
Gary Galbreath, of the Department of Geol-
ogy, who will discuss "Speciation in the
World's Only Nocturnal Monkey (Aotus)."
Dr. Galbreath's presentation will be pre-
ceded by a 5:30 dinner at the Three Happi-
ness Restaurant, 2130 S. Wentworth.
Any person with an interest in natural
history is invited to attend the Kennicott
Club meetings. For further information,
please write John Clay Bruner, vice presi-
dent. The Kennicott Club, PO. Box 4812,
Chicago, 1160680-4812.
Mycologist Joins Botany Staff
Gregory M. Mueller joined the Department
of Botany on August 1 as assistant curator
of Botany. A native of Belleville, Illinois,
Mueller earned his B.A. and M.S. at South-
ern Illinois University and received his
Ph.D. ( 1982) from the University of Tennes-
see. A mycologist (specialist in fungi), he
has already published extensively on the
mushroom genus Laccaria. He was a post-
doctoral research fellow at Mountain Lake
Biological Station, Pembroke, Virginia, in
1983, working largely on the Laccaria and
related genera. Dr. Mueller worked for a
year at the Institute of Physiological Botany
at the University of Uppsala, Sweden. Fol-
lowing this he continued working on North
American Laccaria as a postdoctoral
research associate at the University of
Washington.
Curators John Fitzpatrick and
Robert Timm Promoted
John W Fitzpatrick, who joined the Divi-
sion of Birds in 1978, has been appointed
curator of that division. This appointment
follows by a few months his appointment to
the chairmanship of the Department of
Zoology, which includes, in addition to
Birds, the divisions of Insects, Invertebrates,
Mammals, Amphibians and Reptiles, and
Fishes.
Fitzpatrick's research activities have
focused on systematics, morphology, popu-
lation biology, behavior, and community
ecology; and he has published an impres-
sive body of work in these areas, notably
the highly acclaimed The Florida Scrub Jay:
Demography of a Cooperative- Breeding Bird, "
which he co-authored with Research Asso-
ciate Glen Woolfenden. His contributions
to the museum include service as head of
the Advanced Technology Laboratories and
chairmanship of the Science Advisory Coun-
cil. Dr. Fitzpatrick also organized and hosted
the much praised 100th annual meeting
of the American Ornithologist's Union, held
at Field Museum.
Mammalogist Robert M. Timm, who
joined the Department of Zoology in 1980,
has been promoted to associate curator of
Mammals. He also serves as head of the
Division of Mammals. Timm's research
activities have focused on host-parasitic
coevolution and behavioral ecology of
neotropical bats. His work has been pub-
lished in a variety of scholarly journals and
has been presented at national and interna-
tional meetings and university seminars.
His work on host-parasite coevolution as
exemplified by his presentation at the 1983
Spring Systematics Symposium (held at
Field Museum) is particularly well known
and highly respected.
Manual on Scientific Illustration
by Zbigniew Jastrzebski
Scientific Illustration: A Guide for the Begin-
ning Artist is the title of a handsome, 319-
page manual by Zbigniew Jastrzebski, Field
Museum senior scientific illustrator. The
comprehensive, copiously illustrated work,
published by Prentice Hall, introduces the
reader to the technical aspects of drawing
and painting any subject, whether it be
pottery shards or a pollen grain.
Emphasizing that scientific illustration
is an art in the service of science, the book
directly involves the reader in both observa-
tion and the transposition of the subject to
paper. Every phase of drawing for a specific,
professional purpose is covered. Included
are: clear explanations of the drawing and
painting process, descriptions of basic tools
and techniques, detailed discussion of the
precise steps leading to a finished rendering,
projects to feature in one's professional
portfolio, drawing exercises, and tips on
subject areas in which the artist can
specialize.
The book contains 150 illustrations,
including ten color plates, many by the
author. More than, sixty other artists from
countries around the world are also
represented.
Jastrzebski has been a Field Museum
artist since 1969. His new book is available
at the Field Museum Store for $24.95 ( 10%
discount for Members).
Illustration by Zbigniew
Jastrzebski from his new
book. Scientific
Illustration. Shown is
ventral view of skull of
Potorous platyops,
Australian marsupial.
The pencil drawing
originally appeared in
"The Mammalian Fauna
of Madura Cave, Western
Australia, Part VI," by
V/illiam D. TUrnbull,
published in Fieldiana,
Geology, New Series
No. 14(1984).
The author {right) and ureg Neise view bird life at Lake Calumet. Beecher's camera is fitted with 1250mm (25x) lens.
by William J. Beecher
photos by the author
I
t was still a good marsh when I first saw it in the
1930s. Broad, low stretches of buUrushes, cattails,
and sedges reached out into the open waters of Lake
Calumet. The strangled song of the now rare yellow-
headed blackbird, the grating trill of the long-billed
marsh wren, and the whinny of rail and gallinule were
the dominant sounds of that low-flung, watery morass.
To know how it appeared originally, one must look at
my huge diorama in the Chicago Academy of Sciences,
depicting a morning aggregation of water birds on the
sandy ridge overlooking Lake Calumet. Eight thousand
years ago that ridge was the shoreline of a Lake Michi-
gan, twenty feet deeper than now. It was the shrinking
of Lake Michigan away from that shore into its present
smaller basin in southeastern Chicago and neighboring
Indiana that left behind the immense marsh surround-
ing Lake Calumet, Lake George, and Wolf Lake.
There is a certain grandeur about a big marsh with
its reedy vegetation billowing out to a flat horizon.
Even in a tamed countryside, it still holds itself aloof
as a symbol of wilderness. Land-going creatures are
unwilling to flounder in its mud and gassy water —
except for those restless members of the human hunt-
ing clan who appeared as the city arose. For, spring and
fall, the great flocks of waterfowl and waders continued
to fill the skies over the quaggy wasteland, despite the
Dr. Beecher is director emeritus of the Chicago Academy of Sciences.
smoking factories that were beginning to flank it. They
were drawn by the same compelling geography that
preordained the site of the city here. Lake Michigan
was a barrier across all lines of travel.
I first heard the human history of the marsh from
Malcolm Mecartney over lunch in the Standard Club
deep in one of the canyons of the great city. His lawyer
grandfather came to Chicago in 1870 from Lancaster,
Pennsylvania, to become counsel for the Illinois Land
and Loan Company. In 1865 there had been a land
boom in Lake Calumet that had all the earmarks of the
Florida land swindle much later. Lots were being sold
on marshland once owned by Stephen A. Douglas
without the buyers being informed that the land was
under water. Envisioning a future port there, Mecart-
ney advised Illinois Land and Loan to occupy the aban-
doned land under the Illinois Adverse Claims Act,
buying out owners where necessary. When the com-
pany went out of business in 1913, it settled its debt
with Mecartney's father by deeding over all its Lake
Calumet holdings.
Malcolm Mecartney III, my informant, was a prac-
ticing lawyer in New Hampshire when the sudden
death of his father forced him to come to Chicago to
setde the Calumet property. It was messy. There were
other owners and land parcels were scattered. He man-
aged to work out a friendly solution with the lawyer
representing the other landowners, fortunately secur-
ing that part of the Calumet shore underlain by eight
feet of beach sand, which Mecartney mined. That min-
ing laid the way for the era of the sanitary landfill,
which has continued since about 1930. The city
apparently began filling in the north edge of the marsh
at 103rd Street about 1930, and 103rd was extended
eastward across the north end in 1933. It was at this
time that the Nickel Plate Railroad dumped slag over
the landfill, creating the area later used as a marshalling
yard for its piggyback trailer trucks. This landfill opera-
tion should have killed the marsh. It did not. In a way it
ushered in its finest hour.
<-■ r'SW: -'<!««-■»^;'J'»i2Sl!S»i.kiI«'Si..:^•; »«•■*- ■'.;/'.
Northern phalarope
Sanderlings
Karl E.Bartel of Blue Island, a Chicago suburb, is
one of that volunteer group licensed by the United
States Fish and Wildlife Service to put numbered alu-
minum bands on the legs of wild birds for scientific
study. He began his work as a young man on the cinder
flats at 103rd and Doty in the summer of 1937. Using
traps of wire mesh that he designed and paid for him-
self, he caught 16 semipalmated sandpipers, 2 spotted
sandpipers and 1 Wilson's snipe the first day. In August
of the following year he and his friend Alfred Reuss
sighted a banded semipalmated sandpiper which, with
skill and some luck, they succeeded in trapping. The
number on the worn band proved that the bird was
among those Karl had trapped only yards away the
year before. As he reconstruaed the story, the bird had
escaped four hunters who bagged most of the original
16 sandpipers the next day, migrated south to Patago-
nia for the winter, then migrated to the Arctic islands of
Canada to nest, before returning to Lake Calumet — a
minimum distance of 14,000 miles. For 48 years Karl
Bartel has continued to pursue thrills like this and is
still banding birds. My brother Jim and I operated a
banding station at Fox Lake, Illinois, for many years,
lured by this strange excitement, and we knew Karl
well.
The cinder flats became very popular and bird
watchers came by hundreds and from considerable dis-
tances. Pete Peterson drove in from Davenport, Iowa,
weekly to spread his mist nets for a Saturday and Sun-
day of banding. Twenty- five years ago you could drive
your car so conveniently on the hard cinder surface
right up to the shorebirds voraciously feeding at the
water's edge. As in East Africa, your car was your blind.
Afoot, you could never get near them. I filmed birds
there for the Academy film library to my heart's
content.
It was a strange time. The dying marsh was too
vast, too vital to die. The cattails and sedges kept com-
ing up through the cinders while the leachate from the
adjacent garbage dump and from beneath the cinders
so enriched the waters wdth nitrogen that shorebirds
had a superabundance of tiny aquatic animals to feed
on. We found eleven nests of Wilson's phalaropes in
1962 within that small area, more than could have
been found in all the rest of the state of Illinois. In small
patches and tufts of grass, homed larks and spotted
sandpipers also nested. Bill Jarvis, my friend and field
companion of many years, found that one of the lark
nests had been lined entirely with dog hair. Not twenty
feet away was the dried- up carcass of the unfortunate
dog, which had been run over by a car. There were
nests of shoveller ducks, green- winged teal, redwings.
For the bird-watchers it was the best of times. Jarvis
struck up a conversation with some youngsters one day
while wandering across the flats. Upon learning that he
was watching birds, they told him of seeing a group of
fifty people with binoculars the day before. "And do
you know what they was doin'? They was all lookin' at
one itty bitty bird!"
Then, in the summer of 1954, tragedy struck.
Shorebirds all over the cinder flats were turning sick.
First a stricken bird lost the strength to stand on its feet.
Then it could not even hold its head up. The poor crea-
tures invariably died and there was nobody expert
enough in bird diseases on hand to offer help, though
state officials suspected the deadly botulism, caused by
the anaerobic botulinus organism that sometimes
breeds in polluted water.
Into this hopeless situation plunged an unlikely
team of ministering angels. Amy Baldwin and Helen
Lane, both nurses who worked nights, were out on the
Calumet flats watching birds each dawn. When they
10
Long-billed dowitchers
Green heron
began to find sick birds, they rusiied them to Dorothy
and Dick Hoger, bird watchers known to have had suc-
cess in helping sick or injured birds. With Harold Fetter,
who also worked nights, the two nurses gathered birds
each morning until noon, when they delivered them to
the Hoger home in nearby Westmont. Without a
thought, the Hogers turned their home into a hospital,
handling as many as 200 birds a day, volunteering full
time. With the unofficial help of a biologist at Argonne
National Laboratory and state biologists, they learned
that the disease laying the birds low was water-soluble
lead poisoning, which attacked the liver and was stored
in body fat.
With only the most practical medical advice to go
on, their attack was simple, direct, and fast. A bird has a
relatively short, straight gut. So — you flush the poison
through! The birds were too weak to resist the treatment
and it was the only action that could have saved them.
The nurses showed the Hogers how to insert a gavage
tube into the stomach and they simply pumped a sulfa
solution loaded with Pablum right through each bird
eight times a day. The Pablum was to give the bird a lit-
de nourishment, but the central idea was to starve
away the poisoned fat. Dorothy was splendid through
it all and Dick tells us how they used to release the rec-
overed birds in Orland Slough at Southwest Highway
and LaGrange Road because it had clean water. But first
he banded them. That is how he learned that one pec-
toral sandpiper flew from Orland right back to the
Calumet cinder flats and got sick all over again!
Cleaned out once more, it was taken this time 100
miles away to Ottawa, Illinois. From there it joined the
migration down the Mississippi, south to Louisiana,
where it was shot a month or two later by a hunter.
Sometimes the trials of wild birds trying to survive in a
world dominated by people would make the angels
weep!
From 1954 to 1958 the nurses and the Hogers
made war against the lead poisoning, earning the Illi-
nois Audubon Society's Conservation Award. An arti-
cle by Isabel Wasson in the society's magazine details
how they received a total of 1,971 birds, curing and
releasing (once they got the hang of it) up to 40 per-
cent. The species treated were: semipalmated sandpip-
er, pectoral sandpiper, stilt sandpiper, least sandpiper,
solitary sandpiper, spotted sandpiper, Baird's sandpiper,
buff-breasted sandpiper, western sandpiper, dunlin,
killdeer, piping plover, semipalmated plover, golden
plover, black-bellied plover, ruddy turnstone, greater
yellow legs,lesser yellowlegs, sanderling, dowager,
knot, northern phalarope, Wilson's phalarope, marbled
godwit, mallard duck, green-winged teal, blue-winged
teal, herring gull, ring-billed gull, homed lark, yellow-
headed blackbird, and assorted tern species.
The list, together with the similar lists of Bartel
and Reuss, documents the importance of the Calumet
marsh. Some of the above are rare and seldom seen to-
day. Add bald eagles and a flock of 500 sandhill cranes
seen by Helen Lane, stilts, avocets, and the gull-billed
tern of South America! But the original marsh boasted
many a rare plant, too. In addition to all the common
marsh plants, there was the rare Thismia americana,
found nowhere else in North America, whose nearest
relatives are in New Zealand. There were also certain
disjunct species of sedges that belong to the Atlantic
coastal marshes. These suggested some lost pieces in
the history jigsaw of Chicago. Did the weight of the
retreating glacial ice so depress the Great Lakes basin
that an arm of the Atlantic Ocean reached here briefly?
Nature dies hard. The Calumet still lives and it is
unlikely that a repeat of the lead poisoning episode
could occur today with the Environmental Protection
Agency around and with so much public attention.
There is not much time and a great city that arose out
of a quagmire should not erase its history and cut itself
off from its past. Besides, it is entirely proper that the
Earth's most powerful and successful species should
assume some responsibility for the survival of other
forms of life. FM
Virginia rail
II
DOAB July 31 to August 10, 1962
The First Days in the Field
by William S. Street and Jamce K. Street
with Richard Sawyer
"/ saw our quarry, all right — and could scarcely contain my excitement. It was a small herd ofmouflon, or red sheep, of the sort that the Field
Museum most wanted to collect. "
12
JLt was about noon on July 31 when our caravan
made its way out of the crowded thoroughfares of Teh-
ran and into the countryside. Nicola Haroutounian,
our driver- interpreter, was at the wheel of one of the
TVavelalls; Doug Lay drove the second; and Khosrow
Sarari' led the procession in one of the Game Council's
all-terrain vehicles.
"I can't believe that we're finally under way and
on our own," Jan rejoiced. "It's as though a great
weight has been lifted from our shoulders. Suddenly,
I feel a great sense of freedom! " I had to agree.
We drove toward Chalus until about 5 o'clock,
then turned off the main highway at Gach-i-Sar and
* Khosrow Sarari was representative of the Game Council of Iran
who acted as "chief of staff"' for the expedition.
"Doab, July 31 to August 10. 1962" is Chapter 4 of a forthcoming
book, Before Khomeini; Adventure in Iran, 1962-63, to be
published by Field Museum.
Copyright © 1985 by Field Museum of Natural History.
drove to the Game Council's wardens' camp on the
Varang Rud (river) where we were to spend the night.
There, Khosrow introduced us to Abbas and Mammat,
William S. Street, now retired, was formerly president of
Frederick & Nelson (Seattle, Washington), a division of Mar-
shall Field & Co. of Chicago. He was also executive vice presi-
dent of Marshall Field & Co., general manager of the Chicago
stores for three years, and a director of the parent company.
Together with his wife, Janice, William Street organized and
led five field expeditions for the Field Museum: two to Iran
(1962-63 and 1968), one to Afghanistan (1965), one to Peru
(1975-76), and one to Australia (1976-77). Mr. and Mrs.
Street are members of the Field Museum's Founders' Council.
The 1962-63 Iran expedition, recounted in Street's forth-
coming book. Before Khomeini, succeeded in collecting near-
ly 3,500 specimens of mammals, several hundred specimens
of birds, reptiles, amphibians, fishes, and literally thousands
of specimens of parasitic arthropods. The Field Museum now
houses one of the finest collections of these groups in existence
anywhere. The Streets were accompanied by Douglas Lay,
then a doctoral candidate in zoology and now on the faculty
of the University of North Carolina.
The very word "expedition "generates a sense of excitement, of
far places, of disappointments and triumphs, of tiredness and
exaltation, of temporary misery and discomfort followed by
the simple luxuries of a hot bath, comfortable bed, and a meal
cooked by somebody else. Above all, an "expedition " thrusts
you into a world different from your own — with people of
other cultures, upon whom you are dependent for cooperation
and, at times, survival.
All these emotions and experiences, and more, are part of
the tapestry woven by Bill and Jan Street in their account of
their own scientific expedition to Iran in 1962-1963. Their
love of the outdoors and their previous experiences in the Paci-
fic Northwest, Alaska, Kenya, and Tanzania had prepared
them in part for the Iran Expedition.
Staff at Field Museum, Curator of Mammals J. C.
Moore, Chief Curator of Zoology Austin L. Rand, and Director
Clifford C. Gregg, gave focus and direction to the Iranian field
collection trip. As plans developed, the Streets decided to sup-
port a graduate student as expedition scientist, to participate
themselves in the field work, and then to support the student to
work at Field Museum for several months after the expedition
was over. Not only was the student to help prepare the speci-
mens for detailed study but also to use at least part of the
expedition material in a Ph.D. thesis project.
It was a fortuitous meeting of lay and experienced people
through a great institution — Bill and Jan Street with their
interest in the world of nature, experience in organizing and
directing, eagerness to expand their horizons at a time of life
when many of us look towards the rocking chair; and — Field
Museum with its staff who search the world on behalf of sci-
ence. Field Museum is a major research institution committed
to the study of evolutionary biology and ecology.
We hope that Bill and Jan have set a precedent for others
to follow. The science of mammalogy has benefitted greatly
from their efforts, the collections of Field Museum have grown
significantly, and a generation of young scientists have been
helped by the Streets 'farsightedness.
— Willard L. Boyd
two game wardens who would accompany us into the
mountains. The men at the camp insisted on treating us
deferentially, moving out of their tent so that Jan and I
could use it for the night. We protested that we could
easily set up our own tent and were quite prepared to
do so, but to no avail. To avoid seeming ungracious, we
accepted their hospitality.
The altitude of the camp was about 6,000 feet, and
it was a relief to have gained so much elevation while
still driving our vehicles. We knew that we had another
4,000 to 5,000 feet to climb to the high valley, and for
this last assault on the summit, we would depend on
pack and riding animals. We slept only fitfully that
night, alternating between sound sleep and full wake-
fulness, wondering what we had forgotten and trying
to anticipate what the morrow held for us.
The next morning we wakened early and crawled
out of our sleeping bags. Not long after, three villagers
— Ezat, another Mammat, and Chabon — walked into
camp with the pack animals. They brought with them
sixteen mules and three horses. And the horses, praise
be, were fitted with saddles!
w
Tlvo of our skilled hunters
— Mammat 2 and Ezat.
13
On to the High Elburz Mountains
We began to load the pack animals almost immediate-
ly and were amazed at how much those sturdy little
mountain mules were expected to carry. It was not at
all unusual for an animal to be laden with 200 pounds
of equipment — then, when the march got under way,
for one of the men to climb atop the load. All of our
gear was loaded on fifteen of the animals, leaving the
three horses and one mule as transportation for mem-
bers of our party.
Doug Lay and Khosrow Sariri seemed to have the
loading procedure for the pack animals well in hand, so
Jan and I went ahead, walking up the trail alone. We
left camp at 6:00 a.m. and Doug soon caught up with
us. We all shared a sense of great excitement, and we
delighted in the rocky, mountainous terrain. Every-
thing was new and each unfamiliar bird we spotted and
every scurrying lizard captured our full attention. After
about two hours, the pack animals caught up with us.
We walked through one tiny village tucked snugly
into the hillside. The flat-roofed houses were built of
stone and clay. Few of the houses had windows, and
the doorways served both as passageways for people
and as openings for light and fresh air. Dried cow dung,
like the buffalo chips of our own western history, was
neatly stacked to a height of about four feet on every
roof The villagers stored these chips (their reserve fuel
supply) much as we would stack cordwood.
Houses were situated above and below the road
we traversed, and we noted narrow walkways that led
to houses on the lower level of the village. Like birds on
a tree branch, little children and their mothers perched
on the stone fences and rooftops to watch our proces-
sion make its way through the village. Our greetings of
"Salaam" were met with formal bows and timid waves
of the hand.
The land was green and fertile. Being in a river val-
ley, the land was quite productive, greatly in contrast
with the semi-arid wastes that we had driven through
the previous day. Plots of diversified truck crops — pota-
toes, onions, tomatoes, cucumbers — interspersed with
fields of hay and grain, made a patchwork pattern from
the valley floor to midway up the slopes. We saw one
man harvesting a small field of hay. Rather than cutting
it close to the ground with a sickle or a scythe, he was
Dried cow dung, like the buffalo chips of our own western history, was neatly stacked on every roof.
14
Doug Lay and Janice Street survey the land from ancient fortification. Mt. Demavend (18, 606 feet), Iran 's highest, looms on horizon.
pulling up each clump by the roots so that none of the
small crop was wasted.
After the pack train caught up with us, Jan and I
alternately rode and walked, knowing that we would
have to build up our wind and legs. When we walked,
Nicola, Bahram, or one of the others would ride our
horses. Doug, however, steadfastly refused to ride and
walked the entire distance. Our enthusiastic young
manmialogist was already scouring the countryside for
game trails, burrows, and other signs of small animals.
As we gained the heights on the way into the
mountains, we looked back to admire the patterns of
rice fields (surprising at such an altitude) alternating
with truck crops and grains. On the lower reaches of
the terrain, great walnut and oak trees grew in profu-
sion, all looking carefully pruned and tended. At the
higher elevations (we were to camp at about 10,000
feet), we began running into scrub oak and heavy
brush. Amidst the brush were some of the largest net-
tles I have ever seen — some taller than five feet. The
wounds that such a plant could inflict would be crip-
pling, and we gave them wide berth. Thornbush also
grew rampant, but instead of allowing it to become an
unpleasant nuisance, the farmers used it for fencing.
thus avoiding the cost of conventional materials and
utilizing a natural resource.
When we finally reached the long valley where we
would establish our first camp, we paused long enough
to survey our surroundings. On three sides were moun-
tain ranges reaching another 3,000 or more feet above
us. Two rivers, the Kharsang Rud and the Harde Rud,
joined to form the Varang. We had been on the trail for
nearly ten hours, and the time was four o'clock. We
three Americans were thoroughly tired. The combina-
tion of the exertions of the climb, insufficient sleep the
night before, and the altitude had taken their toll. Had
the facilities been available, my mood called for a long,
hot bath and a long, cool drink. The Iranians, however,
looked as though they might have just returned from a
stroll around the block. Indefatigable, they apparently
could have gone on forever. Even the pack animals
looked in good shape — they didn't even seem winded.
I had no more than given instructions about the
placement of tents when Khosrow appeared.
"Still early, Mr Street," he said. "Still plenty light.
Why not take Abbas, Ezat, and Chabon and the horses
and ride up into the valley to see if there are any mouf-
lon — the wild sheep? The men will put up your camp."
15
William Street with one of 3, 500 mammal specimens collected on the expedition.
16
I was either too tired or too taken aback by Khos-
row's suggestion to protest. And within a half-hour,
Ezat and Chabon (two splendidly bronzed and elegant-
ly moustached villagers). Abbas, Khosrow, and I were
heading into the hills.
The First Effort
With every bone in my body protesting, I remounted
one of the sturdy little mountain ponies, and we set off
to explore some of the high ridges beyond camp. Khos-
row's hunting instincts were all in tune that day, be-
cause within an hour Abbas pointed excitedly up the
face of one of the ridges. He spoke to me in Farsi, which
I did not understand, but the jabbing of his finger con-
veyed the message. Sheep!
I saw our quarry, all right — and could scarcely
contain my excitement. It was a small herd of mouflon,
or red sheep (Ovis orientalis), of the sort that the Field
Museum and Yale University most wanted to collect.
We urged our horses forward, and I was grateful for the
strong hearts and lungs of those tough little animals.
When we reached an altitude of about 1 1,500 feet,
however, we had to tether the horses and go it on foot.
The rock formations had become truly precipitous, and
there were patches of shale to cross that would have
left the horses helpless. On the shale, it seemed that I
was going back one step for every two forward.
I had thought I was in pretty good shape, but the
exertions of that first afternoon's hunt nearly got the
better of me. Hot red spots pulsed behind my eyes, my
legs trembled, and I fought for every breath. At one
point, Ezat took my rifle; then he relieved me of my
camera — which at the moment I would have gladly
chucked into the abyss below. Several times when we
were attempting to scramble up and across the shale in-
clines, Ezat reached out his hand to steady me when I
faltered. I felt as if my participation in the expedition
was about to end before it started.
After an eternity we reached the spot where Abbas
was crouched, waiting for us. I crawled over, lay beside
him, and looked in the direction he was pointing.
There, about 150 yards distant — and up the slope —
stood a splendid mouflon ram outlined against the sky.
Abbas motioned me to shoot.
Ezat handed me my rifle, and as I settled into the
sling I cursed the altitude and the laborious climb we
had just completed. My arms trembled from oxygen
starvation and my recent exertions, and the center-
dot reticle on my 'scope was bouncing all over north-
central Iran. I lowered the rifle to catch my breath, and
prayed that my pulse would slow enough for me to get
off a shot. And, during that moment when I was trying
to compose myself for the shot, the ram ambled off, out
of sight.
I groaned inwardly at having missed a splendid
opportunity and at the thought of losing face before the
men. Just as I was cursing my luck, however, I looked
up to see another fine ram silhouetted against the sky.
The dot sight finally settled down and I squeezed off the
round. How I dropped that sheep I'll never know, but
with the shot, rams seemed to explode out of every
crevice and from behind every rock. I fired again
and missed, but Abbas managed to collect two of the
hard-running animals before the herd disappeared
from view.
At that moment my emotions were so confused
that I had trouble sorting them out. My resources were
so spent that I could have closed my eyes where I lay
and slept the clock around. Yet I was elated that we
had three fine mouflon specimens to ship back to the
Museum — and at the same instant I was wondering
just how we were going to pack those heavy carcasses
down the mountainside and get them into camp
undamaged.
When all the excitement was over, I glanced at my
pocket altimeter. It registered 12,000 feet. No wonder
my heart had stuttered like a telegraph key and my
lungs had nearly burst. I was some 3,000 feet higher
than either Jannie or I had ever been in either the
Rockies or in Alaska. No wonder I was exhausted.
"Abbas," I said to the game warden, "I certainly
hope that you and Ezat can climb up there and roll
those three sheep down the slope. I'll try to help you
back to camp with them, but right now, I couldn't
climb another step. I'm all through!"
Of course, they couldn't understand the words I
spoke, but they had no difficulty in interpreting their
meaning. With sympathetic smiles and jaunty waves of
their hands, they were on their way to the heights
where our specimens lay. As I watched them scramble
up the steep slope, I envied their endurance, agility, and
climbing skill — all typical, I was to learn, of Elburz
mountain men.
As they labored, I took stock of the terrain. It was
dusk, and the view was fabulous. Sharp mountain
ridges stretched on and on, one after another, outlined
darkly against the sky seemingly without end. Our
camp, which should have been set up by then, lay be-
hind one of those ridges not too far distant. At the mo-
ment I could think of nothing more inviting than that
camp, with its promise of a hot meal, my cot, and sleep-
ing bag. This was one night when I was sure I wouldn't
have to be rocked to sleep.
My reveries were interrupted by shouts and the
sounds of rolling rock from above. Abbas and Ezat
were pulling, rolling, and muscling our prizes down the
mountain. And from below, one of the muleteers, Cha-
bon, was leading the mules up the slope to be loaded.
The sheep were packed aboard the mules in short order
and we headed back toward camp. I climbed on my
horse and let it pick its way down the faint trail over the
rocks. When we arrived in camp about nine, only the
faintest afterglow remained in the sky. I had a roaring
headache from the altitude, was dead tired — and was
hungry as a lumberjack.
As we sat down to supper that night, I felt certain
that we would succeed in our quest. The expedition
had begun on an optimistic note — we had collected
three fine specimens and we had camp meat on hand.
Our after-dinner conversation was short that
night. I just fell into bed and slept the sleep of the just.
Our Merry Company
To accommodate a group the size of ours, we had to
establish a rather large compound. There were five
tents: one large one in which Doug Lay did his work
and kept all of the necessary scientific equipment; our
own large tent for Jan and me; the cook tent; a tent
shared by Nicola and Bahram, which also served as our
community tent and dining room; and Khosrow
Sarin's small private tent. Others who were temporarily
with our party elected to sleep on cots in sheltered
areas under the trees.
Before our ten-day stay at the camp at Resht-i-
Elburz (or Doab) ended, we found that we were some-
times feeding as many as fourteen at meals. This did not
include the drop-in trade we had from the occasional
villager or shepherd who smelled the meat kebabs
broiling on our fires. We were really pleased that none
of the meat from the sheep and other large edible
animals went to waste. It was a good arrangement:
not only did we have our skeletal specimens for the
museum, but also we fed ourselves and our neighbors
handsomely.
Those who could have been considered more or
less as permanent party were Khosrow Sariri, Abbas,
and Mammat no. I from the Game Council of Iran;
local muleteers, guides, and hunters Mammat no. 2,
Yasdan, Chabon, and Ezat; our cook, Bahram; driver,
Nicola; mammalogist Doug Lay; Jan and me. We had
fielded quite a team.
One cold evening — it was 48° F. outside — most of
our group were gathered in the big cook tent, drinking
tea and trying to stay warm. To amuse ourselves, we
decided to tape-record samples of the polyglot babble
in which we communicated. The resulting tape bore
conversational fragments dealing with the weather,
planned hunts, the fresh vegetables and Iranian butter
purchased that day from a nearby village, and Nicola's
toothache — all expressed in a wonderfully inter-
mingled gibberish of Farsi, English, Armenian, and
17
heaven-knows-what. It would have taken a battery of
multilingual stenographers to sort out and transcribe
the information.
Topography and the Lay of the Land
As I have noted, our first 10,900-foot campsite on the
Karsang River was surrounded by much higher peaks.
Iran is extremely mountainous. The Elburz stretch
across most of the northern part of the country to meet
the Kopet Dagh in the northeast. In the northwest, the
Zagros Mountains (with peaks above 12,000 feet) run
southeast from Mt. Ararat in Tlirkey to the Gulf of
Oman. There was no dearth of mountain scenery.
In that first camp we had a breathtaking view of
the Lars Valley far below, and for contrast, Mt. Dema-
vend towering in the distance, its cloud-piercing peak
reaching 18,606 feet. Mountain slopes splashed with
turquoise, brown, and orange rock strata swept up to
jagged ridges etched against the sky. This rugged beauty
was softened by acres upon acres of alpine flowers such
as Indian paint brush, forget-me-nots, sweet peas,
buttercups, yellow daisies, violets, sweet mint, and oth-
ers not known to us. We picked some of the blossoms
and pressed them in a book. The flowers were inter-
mingled with the wild grasses, clover, and gevan, a
plant much used locally for fuel. Along our river valley
the vegetation was lush and full.
We learned a few of the place names, and one day
we ate our lunch at a place well known to hunters —
Gsazekon-Chall, "the place of the hunters." The ridge
of the Harsang mountain range that dominated the area
had been dubbed "the Donkey" by local people, an
allusion to something big and strong. One of the nearby
valleys was known as Chalse-Chall, "the place of
the birds."
One afternoon while our hunting party was away,
Jan decided to explore the high rolling hill behind the
camp. She left the compound a few minutes before five
in the afternoon and scrambled up the jagged rock
formation until she could look over the ridge, like the
bear, to "see what she could see." She was treated to a
magnificent view of mountains, crags, and distant val-
leys; but she also managed to attract the attention of
three enormous sheep dogs that were on the far side of
the draw. They immediately decided to investigate the
strange creature that had invaded their territory, charg-
ing down into the ravine and scrambling up toward
William and Janice Street and Doug Lay with freshly caught specimens.
18
.a.-.
where Jan was perched. She froze and outwaited them.
The dogs, apparently discouraged by the steepness of
the ascent, turned back. Jan, instead of taking the grad-
ual slope back to camp, decided to seek the quickest
way out of there, so hunkered down and descended
ingloriously. She trudged back into camp about eight
o'clock only moments before our hunting party ar-
rived. She had seen some glorious terrain and had
learned a valuable lesson about the protectiveness of
Iranian sheep dogs.
We remained in that first camp at Doab from
August 1 until August 12. We became rather well ac-
quainted with the place, and Doug Lay, our mammalo-
gist and chief specimen preparator and botanist, made
detailed observations. He noted that several plant com-
munities existed in the 3,320- to 4,000-meter elevation
immediately surrounding our campsite. There was a
streambed community of plants; carpets of grass kept
short by constant grazing and cropping by the sheep;
and a community of taller plants that included the great
nettles, Canna, Campanula, Cousinia, Ligularia, Tragopo-
gon, and Bromus. A number of springs fed into the river
valley, and around the springs we found thick mosses
and delicate plants such as Polygonum, well adapted
to wet soil. The runs and burrows of small rodents
abounded.
Higher up the slopes where the ground began to
become rocky and arid, the lush river-bottom plants
gave way to thistle. Salvia, Thymus, and Stragulus, and
to plants of a quite different nature. From the river bot-
tom to rocks to clay and shale — each had plant com-
munities suited to the soil — everywhere was evidence
of small-animal traffic. Above the 3,650-meter eleva-
tion, the situation became quite complex because of the
clay soil, rock-strewn cirques, and bare rocky outcrop-
pings. Jan discovered a typical alpine community of
plants among the scattered snowfields at approx-
imately 4,000 meters— 1 3, 120 feet!
The Shepherds and the Villagers
The great flocks of sheep and goats fascinated us end-
lessly. Both sheep and goats seemed to come in every
imaginable shade of black, brown, gray, and white and
in every combination of these basic colors. Herds of
several hundred sheep and goats were by no means un-
usual. The herdsmen had an unusual custom of adorn-
ing some of their favorite animals with strings of blue
beads, and the first time we saw such an animal all
decked out as if to go to a party, we didn't know what
to make of it. The sight was really quite fetching. Some
scholars say that the blue beads are charms to ward
off evil.
The shepherds did not have an easy time of it. We
learned that they earned only about 6,000 rials a month
How Things Change
Do you hold the same opinions today
that you held 10 years ago? Do you
have greater income now than when
you first started work? As a result, are
you more secure financially, or in
other ways?
Times change, and, in many
ways, most of us change, too.
Shouldn't your will reflect the
changes in your life, which can affect
your loved ones and allow you to
provide better for them?
Send for the complimentary
booklet offered below, and learn more
about how your will can change to
work for you.
- CLIP AND MAIL TODAY
To: Clifford Buzard
Planned Giving Officer
Field Museum of Natural History
Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60605
n Please send me a complimentary copy of "How to Pro-
tect Your Rights with a Will."
Name .
(please print)
Address
City.
. State .
Phone: (home) .
. (office) .
. Zip.
Best time to call: (day) .
. (hour) .
(approximately $90) at work that kept them from their
homes and families all summer long. And there were
constraints on them that would not have occurred to
us. If an animal was killed in an accident, or fell ill and
died, the shepherds had to send the head and the meat
down the mountain to the owner of the flock to avoid
suspicion of unlawfully killing the animal for their
own use.
19
20
Shepherd making goat cheese.
Two shepherds could handle an immense number
of animals. One in front of the flock and one behind,
helped by their great dogs, they kept the animals in
control. Like many of the farmers, muleteers, and other
workers on the land, the shepherds seemed to have no
affinity for soap and water — they were an earthy
bunch. One of them, suffering from some sort of stom-
ach discomfort, came into our camp one night. He
seemed to know that we would have medicines of one
kind or another, and we obliged as best we could. We
gave him a bit of sulfa and some green APC tablets that
were expressly for stomach distress and sent him on his
way, hoping that we had done him no harm.
Food was so plentiful for the herds that nowhere
had the sheep and goats been allowed to remain in one
area long enough to damage the grasses by short crop-
ping. The shepherds kept the flocks moving, ensuring
that the grasses could come back for another season
of grazing.
Not far from our camp at Doab, three shepherding
families lived in homes that were little more than dug-
outs in the steep hillside. We estimated that these three
families cared for about 3,500 sheep and goats, many of
the goats having to be regularly milked. At one of these
stone-and-mud dwellings, we saw how the milking
was done.
We were invited into this home, stepping down a
short flight of stairs into a large unpartitioned room
with a fireplace at one end. Near the fireplace was a
supply of the thornbush that was used as fuel. Next to
the fireplace was a stone bench on which four men
were seated, each with a copper cauldron on the floor
between his feet — and each was milking a goat. Goats
are milked from the back, and when the milkers had
extracted the small yield of milk — perhaps a cup from
each nanny — the goat would be pushed away and
another would take its place. The milker would seize
the fresh goat by the hind legs, position its udder over
the copper vessel, and begin the milking — a task that
took only three or four minutes for each animal. The
goats were apparently accustomed to the ritual, be-
cause they entered the room almost as if on cue, then
departed just as promptly through a small opening in
the wall of the building.
The shepherds (and our cook, Bahram) made a
kind of yogurt from the goats' milk, and once one of the
shepherds came into camp with a large pail of this typi-
cal Eastern food. He presented the yogurt to us and we
thanked him profusely. We ate it willingly enough but
found that unpasteurized, raw goatmilk yogurt is a
bit wild for the Western palate unless doctored up a
bit with seasonings or used with other ingredients
in cooking.
We were visited often by the villagers and the
shepherds. Fresh meat and curiosity were the main
attractions, I am sure. When we had taken one or more
of the large game animals, such as the mouflon, char-
coal fires were kept kebabing all day long. We made
everyone welcome, and not one scrap of meat removed
from the skeletons of our larger specimens was wasted.
We found ourselves conducting what amounted to a
marathon public barbecue.
During our stay at Camp Doab, we saw only one
small herd of cattle. Surprisingly, we also came across a
herd of twenty camels, serenely grazing at an altitude of
nearly 13,000 feet. The camels, we assumed, were used
for transportation during the necessary periodic trips
up and down the mountain between the village and the
flocks. The shepherds made butter and cheese from
much of the milk produced by their herds, and it was
occasionally necessary for them to take the surplus but-
ter and cheese down the mountain to storage cellars in
their camps. Their churns, primitive but effective, were
contrived from hollowed-out logs with plungers fitted
into the top openings.
The shepherds and villagers visited us almost daily,
and we could never get over how easily the Iranian
mountain people negotiated the steep slopes. Iranians
are great walkers, and when they were born in the
mountains, amazing endurance was part of their
adaptation to their environment. It astounded us when
villagers who had walked all day up the mountain just
to visit us, strolled into our camp seemingly fresh and
unwinded. They had just climbed a steep mountainside
as though it were the village green! From their unper-
turbed appearance, they might as well have been out
for a stroll in the park.
Camp Life
As I have mentioned, we pitched our camp at the
10,900-foot level on a small flat area near the Varang
Rud. It was reasonably dry at our campsite, although
the ground was sometimes damp from rain showers.
Indeed, the weather kept us entertained with its variety.
We had warm days and cool nights, and in the twelve
days of our stay we experienced rain, hail, thunder, and
lightning. There are few experiences more likely to
convince one of one's insignificance and perishable na-
ture than to be in the midst of a great weather system
that produces a high-altitude electrical storm. Brrr!
But our experiences in that first camp were great
conditioners. We were regularly getting the kind of ex-
ercise we needed and were pleased to note that we
toughened up within the first few days. The weather
was cool, the water good, and for the most part, we felt
well and happy. About the only recurring health prob-
lem was a dysentery-like ailment that plagued one or
the other of our party off and on during a great part of
our first two months in Iran. It usually responded to
medications that we carried with us. To reduce the inci-
dence of this kind of malady, we always boiled our
drinking and cooking water or treated suspect water
with Halazone tablets.
Right from the start we were careful to maintain
a clean and sanitary campsite. At Doab, and at fevery
other location where we made camp, the first order
of business was the digging of two pits — one for our
"Chic Sale," the other for the burial of all camp gar-
bage and trash. Around the Chic Sale we erected a
privacy screen by draping burlap around saplings or
tall stakes driven into the ground. We also rigged a
red-bandana semaphore signal — up if in use, down
if vacant.
If an army marches on its stomach, so does any
field expedition. Our cook Bahram may have been an
incipient tyrant, but he was undisputed maestro of the
cook tent. He was resourceful, inventive, and skilled
in his craft. We would have been in a sorry plight
without him.
We had purchased several small one-burner Swed-
ish kerosene stoves. Even in the most remote villages,
kerosene could be found because of its general use
throughout Iran for cooking and lighting. Then too,
Bahram had had more experience with the small
kerosene stoves and felt more at home working on
them than on the complicated gasoline stoves that we
might have chosen.
Some of the staples in our diet were established
early on by our cook. He had insisted that we bring a
hundred pounds of lavashe with us on this first leg of
our journey. Lavashe is a paper-thin, crisp, unleavened
bread that is more like a wafer than anything else and
made from only flour, water, and salt. We quickly be-
came rice eaters, because it was served at every meal.
And the amount of oil Bahram used in his cooking
amazed us, but we quickly learned that in the Mid-
and Near-East, oil is considered to be a part of the dish
rather than just a necessary accessory to its preparation.
The first night in camp at Doab we were intro-
duced to one of Bahram's rice dishes. He cooked his
rice in the usual manner and then placed quite a bit of
oil into another pan. Into this he broke fifteen to eigh-
teen eggs and dolloped some tomato paste over them.
Without scrambling the eggs, he cooked the.mixture
(he called it "poaching") just until the whole eggs
reached a certain degree of doneness. He placed the
cooked eggs (which he called an omelet) in a serving
bowl and suggested that we pour some of the egg toma-
Young Iranian demonstrates most practical way to hold hedgehog.
21
to paste mixture over our rice. Unusual as it sounds, it
was flavorful and satisfying.
Not all of Bahram's experiments were received
with such acclaim, however I remember one concoc-
tion he put together that Jan could not force down.
Diplomatically, she waited until the cook's attention
was diverted, then deftly slipped the offending portion
under a nearby rock.
Our breakfast fare quickly became routine. It had
to be something easy to prepare; nourishing, but not
too heavy; and appealing to the palate. We settled on
lavashe , cheese, jam, tea or instant coffee, and a glass
of Tang. This got us off to a good start, yet didn't take
hours to prepare or load our systems down with heavy
food, hard to digest while on the move.
We Begin to Take Specimens
The taking of the three mouflon rams on our first night
in camp had got us off to a good start. It was exhilarat-
ing to know that we could function and shoot straight
at an altitude of 12,400 feet and that collecting was pos-
sible at such elevations. We were plunged into the real-
ity of collecting, preparing, and preserving biological
specimens within hours of our arrival.
Each day, we hunted — the weather permitting.
Jan went with one group and I with another Jan usu-
ally hunted with Abbas and Ezat, while I was most
often in the company of Khosrow Sariri and Mammats
1 and 2.
On our second day, August 2, 1962, Khosrow left
camp early with Abbas and one of the villagers to see
what game herds they could find. That afternoon Nico-
la and I accompanied Doug Lay into the higher areas
where we set out nearly a hundred small animal traps.
Specially designed Field Museum snap traps, rat-size
snap traps, mole traps, various sizes of steel traps, and
Sherman live traps were routinely used. Khosrow and
Abbas returned to camp at about 8:30 p.m., having
collected one mouflon ewe. We needed at least one
more ewe and a couple of lambs to complete our
mouflon group.
On the morning of August 3, we left camp at about
eight o'clock on horseback and started up the river for
the higher country where we might again encounter
mouflon. Jan and her party finally reached an altitude
of 13,300 feet, and we were at a similar height — the
highest either of us had ever been on foot. We were
earnestly looking for ewes and lambs on this hunt but
were unable to get close enough for a shot. Khosrow
finally shot another fine ram, and we settled for that.
We managed to get the sheep loaded on one of our
pack mules and dropped down to about 13,000 feet
for a breather
Ezat took a blanket from one of the horses, the
men built a fire to heat water for tea, and we sprawled
gratefully to rest and wait for refreshment. After all our
exertion and the effects of the altitude, an hour's rest
and a repast of cold mutton, cheese, cantaloupe, and
scalding tea was as welcome as a banquet at Maxim's.
After an hour or so, we again formed separate par-
ties to return to camp. When we arrived, we all found
that it had been less terrifying riding up a steep incline
on horseback than it was coming down. Gazing down
from those dizzying heights from atop a none-too-sure-
footed horse was enough to give anyone pause. The
Camp consisted of five tents. Temporary party members slept in sheltered areas under the trees.
-^ ^mJp
VM*!* ,
22
"Both sheep and goats seemed to come in every imaginable shade of black, brown, gray, and white and in every combination of these basic
colors. "
jagged rocks thousands of feet below looked particu-
larly threatening, especially just as a mount made a
misstep or stumbled. At some point everyone who had
been riding horseback dismounted and led their ani-
mals down the mountain.
We were all back in camp by six o'clock, tired,
hungry, and immensely pleased with our success.
That evening Khosrow said to us, "If we want
to get the mouflon ewes and lambs, and the ibex, we
must leave camp early in the morning — say at five. The
sheep and the goats are early risers and are out feed-
ing even before daylight. In the heat of the day they
are smart — they bed down and are not often seen
in numbers."
"If that's what we have to do," I told him, "we'll
do it." Then, wondering if my aching muscles and
bruised old bones could be made to live up to my brave
words, I announced, "Somebody be sure to wake me
in time."
There must have been a sympathetic deity some-
where in the Iranian heavens, because the wind blew
all night long, and when Jan woke me on the morning
of the fourth, fog hung heavily over our mountains and
not another soul was stirring. The visibility was so poor
that the launching of any kind of hunting party would
have been foolhardy. It was almost with relief that I
crawled back into my still-warm sleeping bag and
pounded my ear until late that morning.
That afternoon after the fog lifted, we tried again,
but the game eluded us.
On August 5 we hunted again, with no luck at all.
The expedition collected hundreds of bird specimens as well as mam-
mals, fish, reptiles, amphibians, and arthropods. Doug Lay holds
small owl.
23
The weather was cold and rainy. On this day, Jan and I
found ourselves on the way to the highest point seen
from the valley — some 14,300 feet. I suggested that we
keep going to see if we could make it. Just as we started
a sloping walk of about 100 yards to the highest point,
we were diverted by the sounds of shots coming from
below. We turned around and retraced our steps in
order to be in a position to intercept any sheep driven
our way. But nothing. We had to be satisfied with hav-
ing climbed to an altitude of 14,000 feet — an all-time
record for us both.
After our return to camp, we all gathered in the
cook tent to drink tea and get warm. The weather out-
side was a soggy 48°F, and we were trying to be opti-
mistic and develop a game plan for the following day.
On the morning of August 6, we launched a real
campaign to complete our collection of mouflon and to
find the ibex necessary for the Museum's needs. We left
camp in two parties at 6:30. One went downriver in
search of mouflon and ibex and my party went upriver
along the now-familiar trail. Speaking only half in jest.
Junior collectors
24
we all vowed not to return to camp empty handed. Our
time at Doab was getting short, and we had not col-
lected the number of large animals required.
On this day Jan remained in camp. The hunt was
to be a highly concentrated effort and the going would
be difficult and dangerous. Before that day was over,
most of us would have gladly changed places with her,
because the Iranian weather threw the book at us. It
was cold and windy, and at one time or another we
were treated to rain, hail, thunder, lightning, and high
winds. Snow fell in the higher elevations.
Our group struggled into camp at about seven that
evening, and I was pleased to say that we had been able
to collect two really superior mouflon rams. We were
so high in the mountains (13,300 feet) that 1 assumed
we were seeking ibex, but it was the ram mouflon
we found at this elevation, and we managed to bag
the two.
TVue to his word. Abbas and his group of downriv-
er hunters did not return to camp empty handed. They
didn't return to camp at all that night! But about eleven
o'clock the following morning, August 7, he and his
men came into camp with two mouflon ewes and two
young of the same species. The mouflon group had
been completed. As soon as we could collect represen-
tative ibex specimens, we would be able to break camp
and leave the high altitudes for the lower-elevation
habitat of the forest.
Another game warden, Isa, proclaimed by Khos-
row Sariri to be the most accomplished warden in all of
Iran, came into our camp on the seventh. He was
younger than Abbas, vigorous and full of energy. 1 had
no doubt that he would lead us a merry chase when we
arrived in the area of his specialty, the forested regions
where we would next concentrate our activities.
So far in this narrative, I have dwelt disproportion-
ately on the pursuit and taking of large game animals.
There is no doubt that they were more challenging to
locate and more exciting to collect than the smaller
mammals; but from a scientific point of view — the
focus we dared not lose sight of — the tiny animals
were every bit as important as the larger, more
dramatic fauna.
Douglas Lay had been very busy. At Doab he set,
relocated, and reset hundreds of traps. Although he did
not collect as many specimens as he had hoped from
this location, the discoveries he made were important
for the scientific community.
For example, in the clay-slope community of
ground -dwellers above our camp, little Microtus nivalis,
the snow vole, was found in abundance. Doug was the
first zoologist to discover this animal in this particular
habitat. Also in this same clay-slope community were
Microtus arvalis, the common vole; Apodemus sylvaticus,
the common field mouse; and Cricetulus migratorius, the
gray hamster.
skinning, measuring, and stuffing small rodents were essential
expedition chores that Doug Lay (shown here) taught the Streets.
Discovering the snow vole in a new habitat was
especially exciting for Doug, and for that matter, for all
of us. One of the principal aims of our field work was to
determine the range and habitat of animals known or
suspected to be in Iran. To find one of our target ani-
mals in a hitherto unknown habitat at our first camp-
site made us feel that our expedition was off to a
promising start.
On Doug's first full day of collecting, he brought in
ten animals; two snow voles; two Apodemus; one gray
hamster, and five Microtus. The second day yielded only
two common voles and four Apodemus. Almost every
day we were in camp, Doug set out his traps in different
localities, wherever there was promise of colonies of
small mammals. On August 7, Doug and Nicola, our
driver, set out with a hundred traps. It was Doug's first
long trip out of camp, and the two men climbed to an
altitude of 12,500 feet, setting out traps all along their
route. According to Doug, it was wonderful country
for trapping.
Rigors of the Hunt
Old Mother Nature is the world's greatest leveler of
people. In the out-of-doors, all are subjected to the
same elements, dangers, vexations, and frustrations.
Station in life is of absolutely no importance: the only
things that matter are strength, savvy, and the breaks of
the game.
One afternoon at the 12,000-foot level on a
mountainside in Iran, I thought of the last board-of-
di rectors' meeting I had attended before leaving the
United States. A picture of the walnut-paneled board
room, deeply carpeted and appointed with elegant
flair, flashed before my eyes. I thought of well-dressed
men, talking earnestly of serious matters in sober
surroundings.
At the moment these thoughts came to me, I was
on my hands and knees, cursing and covered with dust,
having just pounced at — and missed — a fleet-footed
little mouse about two inches long!
"Missed the little bastard!" I shouted.
"There he goes!" shouted one of the game wardens
to the other. "He's coming your way! Get heem!"
A voluble burst of Farsi exploded out of a cloud of
dust as the second game warden scrambled after the
evasive rodent. Then in English, the cry: "Got 'eem!"
Ah! What people will do in the name of science!
We Prepare Specimens
I believe that it was on the second day in camp at Doab
when Jan and I began thinking like zoologists. As the
specimens began coming into camp, we could see that
Doug Lay was going to be swamped. There was just no
way he could handle his trapping and recording and do
all the specimen preparation as well. He needed help —
immediately. If the specimens could not be properly
recorded, prepared, and preserved, there would be
no point to the expedition. It was as straightforward
as that.
Right then and there, Doug sat down with Jan and
I and taught us how to skin, measure, and stuff small
rodents with cotton. And from that time forward, Jan
and I had all the work we could handle, helping in
the preparation of the unceasing influx of specimen
material.
Jan wrote in her journal:
"My children would never believe it if they could see me skin-
ning mice. I am very adept now. I don 't hurt the eyes and I
can get the ears out and can even get the lower fangs that you
never would know a mouse had until you got into this skin-
ning process. I don't like stuffing, though; getting them
stuffed with cotton in the right shape is hard. You have to put
wires in their legs and a wire in the tail wrapped with cotton,
and it is quite a job. I don 't mind sewing them up, but I would
rather skin than stuff them.
The first two mice I worked on provided me with quite an
adventure. One skull ended up minus a tooth, but the other
skull was perfect! But as 1 stuffed the second one (the one about
which I was so pleased), I managed to cut his tail off, so had to
sew that back on.
Our first ten days in the field had provided us
with the shake-down cruise that we needed. Even in
that short time, our bodies had slimmed down and
toughened, our wind had improved, and we had estab-
lished that we could take the rigors of hunting and
functioning at high altitude. We learned how to handle
the specimens from the point of collection to their ship-
ment to the Museum. We learned what to expect from
our equipment, the natives of the countryside, and
more importantly, from ourselves.
It was a good start. FM
25
Tours For Members
26
The Prealumbian observatory at Chkhen llza. Yucatan
Yucatan Discovery Cruise
January 10-26, 1986
A team of specialists will take you through the incred-
ible ruins of the Yucatan, built by the highly cultured
Mayan peoples between the 3rd and 13th centuries a.d.
Cruising aboard the Greek-staffed Stella Solaris, we will
visit Playa Del Carmen, Uxmal, Tlilum, the famed cere-
monial city of Chichen Itza, and the newly excavated
Coba. There will be plenty of swimming, snorkeling,
and sunbathing in Xel-Ha, Akumal Beach, and
Cozumel. In addition, we will visit the modern resort
of Cancun, the island of Grand Cayman and Montego
Bay. Dr. William Burger, chairman of Field Museum's
Department of Botany, will be tour leader.
Egypt
January 29-February 75, 1986
Explore Egypt, the land of ancient mysteries. Journey
from bustling Cairo, with its renowned Egyptian
Museum, its mosques, minarets, and markets, into the
ghostly silence of ruined cities, splendrous temples, and
noble tombs. The 5,000-year-old Step Pyramid, the
massive stone ruins of Karnak, and the Colossi of
Memnon all beckon the curious and inspire respect for
a culture as old as Western civilization itself. As you
cruise the Nile, observe age-old scenes along the shore,
for life in the fertile Nile Valley has changed but little.
We encourage early enrollment, since spaces fill quickly
for this breathtaking journey into the past.
Baja California
March 8-23, 1986
Less than 50 miles south of the U.S. -Mexico border
begins a peaceful world of subtropical beauty — the Sea
of Cortez (Gulf of California). Over 600 miles long, this
gulf is a paradise for marine vertebrate and invertebrate
life — and for those of us who enjoy its study. Field
Museum members will have the opportunity to
know this sea of wonders in a voyage that will all but
complete the circumnavigation of the peninsula of
Baja California.
Until 1973 road travel in Baja California required
rugged vehicles and rugged souls. Even now less than 5
percent of the coast is accessible by road. And although
for decades fishermen and scientists have found the
region a treasure house of riches, it has escaped popular
attention. In the 1970s world interest in whales grew.
At the same time there was a dramatic increase in the
numbers of California gray whales, and today each year
from December through April, 15,000 gray whales visit
Baja's Pacific lagoons to breed, give birth, and nurture
their young.
It was our desire to organize a Field Museum tour
to this area. All that was needed was a small, maneu-
verable, comfortable ship. We found it — the Pacific
Northwest Explorer — and in January 1981 our first Field
Museum circumnavigation from San Felipe to San
Diego began. There were pelicans and hummingbirds,
strange endemic plants, lovely scenery, and whales and
dolphins beyond expectation. During this and the next
two voyages we encountered not only many gray
whales, but also fin, humpback, sei, and, the largest of
all — blue whales. At San Benitos we walked among
huge "hauled out" colonies of northern elephant seals.
And we saw more than 130 different birds and 120
fish species.
Now is your chance to experience the solemnity
and the life, the aridness and the wealth, the starkness
and the beauty that is Baja California. Now is your
chance to join Field Museum's 1986 tour to Baja Cali-
fornia, to be led by Dr. Robert K. Johnson, curator of
Fishes at Field Museum. Dr Johnson is a highly experi-
enced tour leader. This will be his fourth trip arqund
Baja California. Special Expeditions, a division of Lind-
blad TYavel, operators of the ship to be used, will pro-
vide several additional naturalists whose expertise will
further enrich our experience. Our home for the voyage
is the one-class, fully air-conditioned 143. 5 -foot MV
Pacific Northwest Explorer, built in 1980. Early expres-
sion of interest and reservations are advisable.
Land and cruise arrangements per person:
Lower deck double cabin $3,250
Upper deck (U201-215) $3,950
Main deck $4,090
Upper & bridge deck name cabins $4,280
Lower deck single cabins $4,890
(Air transportation to and from San Diego not included
in above prices)
The Art and Culture of Indonesia —
A Voyage to the Islands of the Java Sea
March 21- April 8, 1986
Composed of thousands of islands forming a vast
archipelago, Indonesia is an ancient land of gentle peo-
ples, rich and varied cultural traditions, and tropical
landscapes of unsurpassed beauty. With its panoply of
religions, art forms, rituals, and dances found nowhere
else in the world, Indonesia confronts the visitor with a
fascinating past; its history, myth, and legend are often
inseparable. On an itinerary which has been carefully
planned to include well-known sites as well as remote,
verdant isles, we will travel aboard the ship Illiria to
destinations of immense beauty.
The Great Silk Route of China
May 21- June 15. 1986
Field Museum is offering an exciting new itinerary for
The People's Republic of China, featuring some new
areas of interest to the world traveller and to those who
have visited China previously. Our flight from Chicago
is direct to Tokyo then on to Beijing. After several days
there, viewing such marvels as the Forbidden City and
the 98-acre Tien An Men Square, we go on to Urumqi,
Dunhuang, Lanzhou, Xian, Shanghai, and Guilin. Xian
is of particular interest to archaeology buffs for here we
find the vast life-size terra cotta army discovered as
recently as 1974. We return to the U.S. via Hong Kong.
Alaska
July 2-16, 1986
$4,885
Visit Alaska in summer! Explore magnificent water-
ways and vast parklands abundant with many species
of birds. At Sitka, a marine wildlife rafting trip gets you
started on this spectacular ornithological tour. From
Juneau, a trip on the Mendenhall River offers unusual
wetland viewing. From Anchorage one easily reaches
Potter Marsh Bird Refuge and the Eagle River. Denali
National Park (formerly called McKinley National
Park) and the Glacier Bay cruise are special highlights.
We conclude our trip with three days on St. George Is-
land. Few people have visited this island, which boasts
spectacular birding. Early enrollment is suggested.
$50 will secure your reservation.
Grand Canyon Adventures
Field Museum Tours is offering two trips to the Grand
Canyon in 1986. The first, August 13-22, is a geology
study trip hiking down the north rim of the canyon,
rafting for four days along the bottom and hiking back
up the south rim. The second, August 22-31, is a rafting
trip along the entire 300-mile length of the canyon by
two motorized rubber rafts. Dr. Matthew H. Nitecki,
curator of fossil invertebrates leads both. A deposit of
$50 per person will hold your space.
For further information or to be placed on our mailing list,
call or write Dorothy Roder, Tours Manager, Field Museum,
Roosevelt Rd. at Lake Shore Dr, Chicago, IL 60605. Phone:
322-8862.
27
China's Great Wall
Stanton Coolt, courtesy the Chicago Tribune
Field Museum of Natural History
Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive
Chicaso, II 60605-2499
*!001F288
'Edith Fleming
^946 Pleasant
lOak Pk , XL 60306
FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY
November 1985
r^.-3«®
^:*
NewGeiTi.
November 5
Members' Preview Nov. 3 &4
Magical Circus from the Orient
November 23. 2:00pm & 8:00pm
Joan Embery: "Conserving the Wild'
December 7, 2:30pm
Field Museum
of Natural History
Bulletin
Published by
Field Museum of Natural History
Founded 1893
President: Willard L. Boyd
Director: Lorin I. Nevling, Jr.
Editor: David M. Walsten
Production Liaison: Pamela Stearns
Staff Photographer: Ron Testa
CONTENTS
November 1985
Volume 56, Number 10
November Events at Field Museum 3
December Events at Field Museum 5
A New Jewel in Field Museum's Crown
Grainger Hall of Gems Opens November 5 8
by David M. Walsten and Edward Olsen
Board OF Trustees
James J. O'Connor,
Chairman
Mrs. T. Stanion Armour
George R. Baker
Robert O. Bass
Gordon Bern
Mrs. Philip D. Bloclc III
Willard L. Boyd
Henry T. Chandler
Worley H. Clark
Frank W. Considine
Stanton R. Cook
William R. Dickinson, Jr.
Thomas E. Donnelley II
Thomas J. Eyerman
Marshall Field
Ronald J. Gidwitz
Clarence E. "Red" Johnson
Richard M. Jones
John James Kinsella
Hugo J. Mclvoin
Leo F. Mullin
Earl L. Neal
Lorin I. Nevling, Jr.
Robert A. Prilzker
James H. Ransom
John S. Runnells
Patrick G. Ryan
William L. Searle
Robert H. Strotz
Mrs. Theodore D. Tieken
E. Leland Webber
Blaine J. Yarrington
Life Trustees
Harry O. Bercher
Bowen Blair
Mrs. Edwin J. DeCosta
Clifford C. Gregg
William V. Kahler
William H. Mitchell
Edward Byron Smith
John W. Sullivan
J. Howard Wood
The Northwest Coast Collections
at the Columbian Exposition
by Douglas Cole
10
Founders' Council Marks Second Anniversary 2 1
Year-End Giving 22
by Clifford Buzard, Planned Giving Officer
Viewing Opportunities for Halley's Comet 25
by Paul Sipiera, Research Associate, Department of Geology
and Edward Olsen, Curator of Mineralogy
Field Museum Tours
26
COVER
View of citrine quartz display in Grainger Hall of Gems, opening
November 5. Photo by Ron Testa and Sonia Fonseca.
Open Letter to Field Museum Members
Field Museum is fortunate indeed for the many thou-
sands of Members who have continued to support it
through the years. Thanks to these devoted friends,
the institution has been able to vigorously pursue its
primary goals of preserving, increasing, and dis-
seminating knowledge of natural history.
Since 1979, the Museum has striven to keep
membership fees at the same level. Rising costs, how-
ever, now make it necessary for the Museum to raise
those fees. Asof September 1, 1985, individual member-
ships will be ojfered at $30, family memberships at $35.
In appreciation for their loyal support, the
Museum is offering current Members the opportunity
to renew at the prior rate ($20 for individual, $25 for
family memberships) through December 31. Mem-
berships that expire after this date may be "pre-
renewed" at the old rate through December 31.
The benefits gained through Field Museum
membership are numerous and lasting: from dis-
counts on classes, tours, and purchases to the opportu-
nity to discover — or rediscover — the exciting world of
natural history. We cherish your continued interest and
look forward to having you with us in the years to come.
Field Musf urn of Natural Hatorv Bultfiin {VSPS 89S-940t ispublishcdmonlhly, exccpi combined July/Augusl issue, by Fif id Museum of Namral Hisiory. Rooscvcll Road ai Lake Shore Drive, Chicago. IL 60605-2496. Subsciipliflns: J6.00 annually.
$3.00 for schools. Museum membership includes Bulletin subscription. Opinions expressed by authors are their own and do not necessarily reflect the policy of Field Museum. Unsolicited manuscripts are welcome. Museum phone: (312)
922-94 10, Notification of address change should include address label and be sent to Membership Depanment. Postmaster: Please send form 3579 to Field Museum of Natural History. Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive, Chicago, IL 60605-2496.
1SSN:00I 5-0703, Second class postage paid at Chicago, Illinois.
FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY
November 1985 ,
lYBU^^mN
it
li
BLS^
ST*
t;,'- -^
>4-
New Ge
November 5
Members' Preview Nov. 3 &4
Magical Circus from the Orient
November 23, 2:00pm & 8:00pm
Joan Embery: "Conserving the Wild'
December Z 2:30pm
w:^.^-"
Field Museum
of Natural History
Bulletin
Published by
Field Museum of Natural History
Founded 1893
President: Willard L. Boyd
Director: Lorin 1. Nevling, Jr.
Editor: David M. Walsten
Production Liaison: Pamela Steams
Staff Photographer: Ron Testa
CONTENTS
November 1985
Volume 56, Number 10
November Events at Field Museum
December Events at Field Museum
A New Jewel in Field Museum's Crown
Grainger Hall of Gems Opens November 5
by David M. Walsten and Edward Olsen
Board OF Trustees
James J. O'Connor,
Chairman
Mrs. T. Stanton Armour
George R. Baker
Robert O. Bass
Gordon Bent
Mrs. Philip D. Block III
Willard L. Boyd
Henry T. Chandler
Worley H. Clark
Frank W. Considine
Stanton R. Cook
William R. Dickinson, Jr.
Thomas E. Donnelley II
Thomas J. Eyerman
Marshall Field
Ronald J. Gidwitz
Clarence E. "Red" Johnson
Richard M. Jones
John James Kinsella
Hugo J. Melvoin
Leo F. Mullin
Earl L. Neal
Lorin I. Nevling, Jr.
Robert A. Pritzker
James H. Ransom
John S. Runnells
Patrick G. Ryan
William L. Searle
Robert H. Slrotz
Mrs. Theodore D. Tieken
E. Leland Webber
Blaine J. Yarrington
Life Trustees
Harry O. Bercher
Bowen Blair
Mrs. Edwin J. DeCosta
Clifford C. Gregg
William V. Kahler
William H. Mitchell
Edward Byron Smith
John W. Sullivan
J. Howard Wood
The Northwest Coast Collections
at the Columbian Exposition
by Douglas Cole
10
Founders' Council Marks Second Anniversary 21
Year-End Giving 22
by Clifford Buzard, Planned Giving Officer
Viewing Opportunities for Halley's Comet 25
by Paul Sipiera. Research Associate, Department of Geology
and Edward Olsen, Curator of Mineralogy
Field Museum Tours
26
COVER
View of citrine quartz display in Grainger Hall of Gems, opening
November 5. Photo by Ron Testa and Sonia Fonseca.
Open Letter to Field Museum Members
Field Museum is fortunate indeed for the many thou-
sands of Members who have continued to support it
through the years. Thanks to these devoted friends,
the institution has been able to vigorously pursue its
primary goals of preserving, increasing, and dis-
seminating knowledge of natural history.
Since 1979, the Museum has striven to keep
membership fees at the same level. Rising costs, how-
ever, now make it necessary for the Museum to raise
those fees. Asof September 1, 1985, individual member-
ships will be offered at $30, family memberships at $35.
In appreciation for their loyal support, the
Museum is offering current Members the opportunity
to renew at the prior rate ($20 for individual, $25 for
family memberships) through December 31. Mem-
berships that expire after this date may be "pre-
renewed" at the old rate through December 31.
The benefits gained through Field Museum
membership are numerous and lasting: from dis-
counts on classes, tours, and purchases to the opportu-
nity to discover — or rediscover — the exciting world of
natural history. We cherish your continued interest and
look forward to having you with us in the years to come.
FieU Museum <■( Saiural HiUi3r\ BulUsm (USPS 8y8-940) is published monthly, except combinttUuly August issue, by Field Museum of Natural History, Ro<iseveli Road aiLake Shore Drive, Chicago. IL 60605-2496 Subscripiiijns: $6.00 annually.
SJ.OO for schools Museum membership mtludes Bulletin subscnplion Opinions expressed by authors arc their own and do not necessarily refletl the polic>- of Field Museum. Unsolicited manuscripts arc welcome. Museum phone: (J12)
922-94)0. Notification of address change should include address label and be sent to Membership Depanmem, Postmaster; Please send fomi J579 lo Field Museum of Natural History. Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive, Chicago. IL 60605-2496,
[SSN:00 1 5-0701 Sevond class (>osiage(>aKl at Chicago, Illinois
November
Events
^
November
Magical Circus from tlie Orient
Saturday, November 23
Performances at 2:00 pm and 8:00 pm
James Simpson Theatre
Bursts of Flame, amazing magic, graceful dance, and total
defiance of gravity are the trademarks of this Magical Circus
from the Orient — the Chinese Magic Revue. Acrobats in the
Orient have been perfecting their art for 2,000 years, and the
Chinese Magic Revue is the pinnacle of that art. These as-
tounding acrobats, dancers, and magicians begin training at
the age of four. By fourteen years old, balancing in a 16-
person human pyramid is virtually second nature.
Mind over matter is the only way to believe what you are
seeing. Imagine an acrobat climbing a ladder with another
performing acrobat upside down on the first acrobat's head. A
sledgehammer smashing four bricks atop one troupe mem-
ber's head demonstrates the amazing concentration used in
the Chinese martial art, kung fu. Sword-swallowing reaches
new heights, when a fluorescent tube is swallowed, turning
the performer into a human torch. Combine all these incred-
ible feats with the beauty and grace of Chinese, Korean, and
Thai dance. Add to this the impossibility of Japanese magic
and the ageless humor of the Chinese action opera, and the
performance is complete.
Magical Circus Performers include:
^ Chinese Acrobats featuring juggling cyclists, sword-
swallowing, kung fu, balancing fantasies, and leaps
through flaming, knife-lined hoops
Ifr Korean Dancers performing the village chopstick dance
■#• Japanese Magicians featuring human levitation
■Hit Thai Dancers performing intricate classical dance
movements
^ And the entire company featuring ribbon dancing, preci-
sion balancing, and a human pyramid
The Magical Circus from the Orient is an unforgettable
and unbelievable treat for adults and children of all ages.
Come one, come all to the most magical circus on earth.
Tickets: $10.00 (Members: $8.00).
Seating is general admission. Theatre doors open one hour
prior to performance. Be sure to indicate performance time
preferred when ordering tickets.
CONTINUED -♦
IMovember
Events
Movember
Family Feature
A Gem of an Event
Saturday and Sunday, November 16 & 17
l:00-3:00pm
Diamonds, Rubies, and Emeralds Are Yours — at least to see,
in our new Gem Hall. Investigate the mytiis and realities of
your birthstone and find it in the Gem Hall. Using baubles,
bangles, and beads, design your own jeweled creation to take
home. All materials are provided.
Family features are free with museum admission and tickets
are not required.
A Trip up the ^ile
A Festival of Egypt
Saturday, November 30
l:00-3:00pm
Sail up the Nile to Ancient Egypt. Remember the glories of
Tlitankhamun in a special slide lecture on the exhibit
'"Dreasures of TUtankhamun." Build a pyramid of your own,
with hieroglyphs on the walls and hidden entryways. Films,
tours of our Egyptian Hall, and other activities are featured
throughout the day. Visit Ancient Egypt at Field Museum this
Thanksgiving Holiday.
This feature is free with museum admission and tickets are
not required.
I\oveniber Weekend Programs
Each Saturday and Sunday you are invited to explore the world of natural history at Field Museum. Free tours, demonstrations,
and films related to ongoing exhibits at the Museum are designed for families and adults. Listed below are only a few of the
numerous activities each weekend. Check the Weekend Passport upon arrival for the complete schedule and program locations.
These programs are partially supported by a grant from the Illinois Arts Council.
November
10
1:00pm. Ancient Egyptians (tour). Examine ancient
Egyptian artifacts from Predynastic times to
Cleopatra.
1 : 30pm. Himalayan Journey: Tibet Today and Bhutan
(slide lecture). Experience a Himalayan journey as
you explore Tibet and Bhutan, "Land of the Thunder
Dragon."
12:30pm. The Brontosaurus Story (tour). A fascinating
look at some of the newest discoveries about the
"thunder lizard" and other large dinosaurs.
17 12:00 noon. Fireballs and Shooting Stars: Keys to the
Universe (tour). Explains the origins, types, sizes, and
importance of meteorites.
1:00pm. Red Land/Black Land (tour). Examine the
geography of the Nile Valley and its effect on the
Egyptians who lived and ruled during 4,000 years of
change in religion and culture.
24 1:00pm. China through the Ages (tour). Look at
traditional China: its inventions, court life, and school
of thought.
These programs are free with Museum admission and tickets are not required.
Registration
Be sure to complete ail requested information on the
ticket application. If your request is received less than
one week before a program, tickets will be held in
your name at the West Entrance box office. Please
n Member D Nonmember
American Express/Visa/MasterCard
Card Number
make checks payable to Field Museum. Tickets will
be mailed upon receipt of check. Refunds will be
made only if the program is sold out.
Name
Address
City
State
Zip
Evening
Signature Expiration Date
Return complete ticket application with
a self- addressed stamped envelope to:
Field Museum of Natural History
Public Programs: Department of Education
Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive
Chicago, IL 60605-2497
Programs
# Tickets
Requested
Amount
Enclosed
Magical Circus
Nov 23, 2:00 pm
Magical Circus
Nov 23, 8:00 pm
Total
December
Events
December
Snake in the Grass Moving Theatre performs Dec. 14, 15
Animal Antics
December 1985
Bring Your Family to Field Museum and join our celebration
of the animal kingdom. Discover the habits and habitats of
the creatures of the earth, sky, and sea during this month-
long festival. Animals of fantasy and fact are featured in a
multitude of performances, plays, craft activities, and demon-
strations. These programs are free with museum admission.
Tickets are not required.
Animal Antics is funded in part by the Illinois Arts Council.
Polar Confusion
A participatory play
Saturdays, December 7 and 14
12:30pm
Last Year, You Delighted at the antics of Karl and Katie
Caribou and their friends in the arctic tundra. Join us this
year for the continuing story of these zany creatures' arctic
antics.
On their annual trek to the North Pole, Karl Caribou falls
victim to misfortune and breaks his leg. Unable to keep up
with the herd, he decides to fly ahead by plane. A singularly
hilarious twist of fate determines that Karl's aircraft lands, not
at the North, but at the South Pole. Follow Karl's tale as he
meets new and very different friends and begins a lonely
correspondence with his Northern pals.
Be prepared for lots of surprises, and plan on joining our
colorful cast of characters. This program is free with museum
admission. Tickets are not required.
Snake In the Grass
Moving Theatre
. Saturday and Sunday, December 14 and 15
2:00pm, Stanley Field Hall
Join Fantasy Makers Extraordinaire, Koko and Garbanzo,
in an exploration of myth and magic, mime, dance, masks,
and a little technical wizardry.
Snake In the Grass relates the mythical themes of the
Northwest Coast Indians using giant puppets, over-size
masks, stilt-walking figures, and the familiar "trans-cultural"
figure of the clown, fool, or trickster Join the Raven,
mischievous friend of the Old Ones, and his companion, a
rather dolefully painted clown, as they reveal the fortunes
and misfortunes of the Haida, TSimshian, Kwakuitl, Bella
Coola, Coast Salish, and Nootka.
This program is free with museum admission. Tickets are not
required.
Carousel Animals
Carving Demonstration and Display
Saturday and Sunday, December 14 and 15
12:00 noon-2:00pm
Return to the Warm Days of Summer and the fun of the
amusement park merry-go-round. Pat and Patricia Tanner of
Tanner Carousel display some of their hand carved and
painted wooden carousel animals. Discover how these works
of arts are produced, from the original animal sketches to the
application of the paint and gold leaf. Make a hat resembling
one of the spirited animals of the merry-go-round.
This program is free with museum admission. Tickets are not
'■^'l"'^^'*- CONTINUED-.
December
Events
Deeember
''Conserving the Wild"
with Joan Embery, of the San Diego
Zoo and San Diego Wild Animal Park
Saturday, December 7, 2:30pm
James Simpson Theatre
Our Zoos Are Playing a Major Role in the conservation of
animals in the wild and saving endangered animals from
extinction. The San Diego Zoo and the San Diego Wild
Animal Park are dedicated to these endeavors. The San Diego
Zoo is world famous for its animal diversity and extraordinary
botanical collection. The Zoo's work in conserving animals in
the wild, its successful breeding programs, and research in
animal behavior, nutrition, and disease control are known
throughout the Held. The San Diego Wild Animal Park, an
1,800-acre breeding preserve founded in 1972, is devoted to
preserving endangered exotic species.
Joan Embery, of the San Diego Zoo and frequent guest of
"The Tonight Show" and "Good Morning America," joined
the Zoo in 1968 while a pre-veterinary student at San Diego
State University In 1970 she was appointed to the position of
official Zoo representative. She is also the author of three
books about animals and her experiences at the Zoo: My Wild
World, Amazing Animal Facts, and On Horses. Join Ms. Embery,
and some local zoo residents, as she relates the fascinating
story of this world famous zoo and animal preserve.
Tickets: $5.00 (Members: $3.00) Fees are nonrefundable.
This program is funded in part by the Ray A. Kroc
Environmental Foundation.
Joan Embery of the San Diego Zoo and San Diego Wild Animal
Park, coming December 7.
Registration
Be sure to complete all requested information on
the ticket application. If your ticket request is
received less than one week before a program,
tickets will be held in your name at the West
Entrance box office. Please make checks payable
to Field Museum. Tickets will be mailed upon
receipt of check. Refunds will be made only if the
program is sold out.
American Express/Visa/MasterCard
Card Number
Signature
Expiration Date
Return completed ticket application with a
self-addressed stamped envelope to:
Field Museum of Natural History
Public Programs: Department of Education
Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60605-2497
D Member
D Nonmember
Name
Address
City
State
Zip
Telephone: Daytime
Conserving the Wild
Evening
Member
Tickets
# Requested
Nonmember
Tickets
# Requested
Total
Tickets
Requested
Amount
Enclosed
s.
December
Events
December
Family Feature
Animals on Parade
Sundays, December 15, 22, and 29
l:00-3:00pm
Stanley Field Hall
Animals in a circus,
Animals in a zoo.
Animals in a museum.
It 's all up to you!
Celebrate Animal Antics throughout December by adding
your artistic touches to our Animal Murals. Paint something
you have seen in the Museum halls, at the zoo, or only in
your imagination. Help decorate Stanley Field Hall with a
whole parade of animals.
This program is free with museum admission. Tickets are not
required.
Talk to the Animals
Saturday and Sunday, December 21 and 22
3:00pm
Stanley Field Hall
When Was the Last Time you looked a vulture in the eye?
Why are a rabbit's eyes on the sides of its head and a
monkey's in front? While they are looking at you from all
sides, you can look back at some live animals and then study
them in our exhibits. Observe the differences between the
horn-bill bird from Bangladesh and a North American
vulture, and learn how animal survival depends on these
differences.
This program is free with museum admission. Tickets are not
required.
The Touring Children's
Theatre of the Second City
Thursday and Friday, December 26 and 27
2:00pm
Stanley Field Hall
Families Have Been Joining in the fun with the Touring
Children's Theatre of the Second City since 1965. Go with
them on a Lion Hunt to deepest Africa, play in a Barnyard
Symphony, and take a journey with Perry the Peacock.
Directed by Eric Forsberg, The Children's Theatre of the
Second City proves that fun and entertainment can break all
age barriers.
Performances are free with museum admission and tickets
are not required.
Everything Under
the Rainbow
Saturday, Sunday, andMonday, December 28, 29, &30
2:00pm
Stanley Field Hall
Exercise Your Imagination with Child's Play Touring Theatre.
Brought to life are creative writings from children of all ages.
A second grader's poem becomes a song. A 10-year-old's
space fantasy story turns into a wild audience participation
play, complete with 8-foot rocket. A delicate fairy tale
becomes a dance with soft music. Every piece is as unique as
a child's imagination. Enjoy a collection of performances
based upon works by children throughout the Chicago area.
Come over and play with Child's Play Touring Theatre.
These performances are free with museum admission. Tickets
are not required.
December Weekend Programs
Each Saturday and Sunday you are invited to explore the world of natural history at Field Museum. Free tours, demonstrations,
and films related to ongoing exhibits at the Museum are designed for families and adults. Listed below are only a few of the
numerous activities each weekend. Check the Weekend Passport upon arrival for the complete schedule and program locations.
These programs are partially supported by a grant from the Illinois Arts Council.
December 14 1:00pm. Ancient Egyptians (tour). Examine ancient
1 1:00pm. On the Wing (tour). Explore the realm of flight Egyptian artifacts from Predynastic times to Cleopatra.
and bird adaptations. J5 ii:00am. The Big Hunt Game (tour). Tl-ack down the
7 1:30pm. Himalayan Journey: Tibet Today and Bhutan answers in this wild animal quiz, and win a prize.
(slide lecture). Experience a Himalayan journey as you
explore Tibet and Bhutan, "Land of the Thunder
Dragon."
14 10:30am. Highlights of the Museum Collection (tour).
TYavel through the halls and hear of lions in the wild,
the secrets of mummies, Bushman the gorilla, and
more of the wonders in the Field.
These programs are free with Museum admission and tickets are not required.
A New Jewel in Field Museum's Crown
Grainger Hall of Gems Opens November 5
by David M. Walsten and Edward Olsen
Jlhe newest addition to Field Museum's expanding
list of renovated halls is the Grainger Hall of Gems,
opening to the public after two years of total updating
— of the gem collection on exhibit as well as of the
exhibit facility.
The new hall is a revolutionary departure from the
one it succeeds; only the basic area — on the third floor
to the west of the South Lounge — remains the same.
Within the ageless splendor of the Museum's Greco-
Roman facade, visitors to the Gem Hall will be awed
and delighted by its contemporary freshness — a jewel
in itself. The gemstones within represent but a fraction
of the number on view in the old hall; but these have
been chosen with painstaking consideration. Many
appear to glow or sparkle with inner light, a tribute to
skillful engineering: slender light beams from seeming-
ly invisible sources reflect from jewel facets with laser-
like intensity. Some gemstones rotate perpetually on
miniature carousels. The entire effect is dazzling.
— And informative. The gems are in "family"
groupings. Label copy for each group describes rela-
tionships between gem types. One section provides
basic information: the most popular cuts of stones,
cutting and polishing, heat treatment, fraudulent prac-
tices, factors influencing monetary worth, the distinc-
tion between karat and carat, and a great deal more.
Another section deals with superstitions about gems
and how they have been used in sorcery, witchcraft,
and folk medicine. This educative aspect of the new
hall (absent from its predecessor) is largely due to the
great number of inquiries that the Geology Department
has received from the public through the years. Most
people, it has been realized, have little understanding
of gems; yet, the subject is endlessly intriguing for all.
Now, any visitor who pauses long enough to absorb the
modest amount of label copy in Grainger Hall will
come away with at least a basic knowledge of gemol-
ogy; and such a visitor may put this knowledge to use
in the future when considering gem purchases.
While the old exhibit, with its 4,000 specimens,
reflected the old-fashioned view that quantity was
paramount, the new display clearly reflects the more
contemporary stance that "more is less." Only 500
David M. Walsten is editor of the Bulletin; Edward Olsen is curator
8 of mineralogy at Field Museum.
pieces make up the present exhibit, but these represent
the cream of Field Museum's entire gem collection.
Each gem or artifact is truly one of a kind.
Jewelry items are few, but these are uniformly ex-
cellent. While the former exhibit had a large number of
jewelry pieces, often with rare-metal settings of excep-
tional workmanship, the stones themselves were sel-
dom first-rate.
The old exhibit also featured a plethora of lapidary
art: vases, boxes, candlesticks, letter-openers, figurines,
even dishes, fashioned from rocks and minerals — an
unseemly variety in an exhibit that was ostensibly of
gems. A modest section of the new exhibit features a
small number of such pieces.
The old exhibit also had many examples of gem-
bearing rocks, and the gems contained in them were
run-of-the-mill. Nor was their educative value great.
The new hall features only a sampling of gem-bearing
rocks, and these have been selected from many thou-
sands of specimens for their particular interest.
The new Gem Hall owes much of its drama and
splendor to the state-of-the-art lighting — in its entirety
an engineering marvel. The lighting arrangement
accomplishes that most difficult feat: providing ex-
quisite illumination for the 500 stars of the per-
formance without drawing attention to itself. At the
time of the hall's last renovation — nearly half a century
ago — fluorescent tubes were the dernier cri. Such lights
became popular because they threw off little heat and
they lasted longer than the incandescent bulbs of that
time. But they also had a serious shortcoming: fluores-
cent light is spectrally poor — it lacks the full range of
color that is present in "white" daylight. The daylight
that is visible to the human eye is really a blend of
many colors — a fact easily demonstrated by viewing
sunlight through a glass prism. This may be observed in
nature when sunlight passes through a rain-filled sky,
creating a rainbow. When light passes through a gem-
stone, the gem may also act as a prism. But since
fluorescent lights contain fewer colors than daylight,
the colors that are brought out in gems under fluoresc-
ence are often a poor representation of the stone's in-
trinsic colors. For example, aquamarine, which is com-
monly blue under natural light, may be mistaken for
green beryl if seen under fluorescence. Star sapphires
also suffer under fluorescence — the star is nowhere to
be seen.
Portion of new Gem Hall, with tiger-eyes, jaspers, agates, and other stones. Photo by Ron Testa and Sonia Fonseca. Num
The new lighting system utilizes high-intensity
light bulbs whose color components are very close to
those of sunlight. Under them, faceted stones sparkle as
we expect them to and stones with stars reveal those
stars in full brilliance. Such bulbs, however, generate a
great deal of heat. This difficulty has been neatly dealt
with by ducting off the heat into the Museum's ambi-
ent air system during the cooler seasons, resulting in
savings of $600 to $1000 a year. This is one of many
energy-saving devices that Field Museum has put into
use in recent years.
All the gems are displayed in a single large, rather
oval case, with an aisle through it that provides viewer-
access to the case's inner side. The case might be re-
garded as an enormous necklace, whose setting is afire
with 500 stunning jewels. At the base of this necklace is
its famed centerpiece, the fist-sized Chalmers Topaz
(5,890 carats), to dazzle if not to overwhelm visitors as
they first enter the hall. The new Grainger Hall of Gems
is a gem in itself. Visitors will concur that it should rank
among the visual treasures of the museum world.
When the hall opens to the public on November 5 a
portion of the new permanent exhibit will not yet be
installed. This area will temporarily accommodate five
spectacular gemstones on loan from the National
Museum of Natural History (Smithsonian Institution).
These are the 127-carat Portuguese Diamond, the
Chalk Emerald (37.82 carats), the Eugenie Blue Di-
amond (31 carats), the Star of India Sapphire (329.7
carats), and a pair of diamond earrings that once be-
longed to France's Queen Marie Antoinette. These will
be on view for six weeks until December 19, after
which Field Museum gems will take their place. FH
Grainger Hall of Gems Preview
for Members
November 3 and 4, 9:00 am to 5:00 pm
To gain admission to the exhibit, please present your
membership card or preview announcement (mailed
separately to Members) at the preview booth in Stanley
Field Hall. A special pass to the gem exhibit will then be
issued to you. Because of the small size of the Gem Hall
and its limited capacity, Members are requested not to
bring guests. Special arrangements for handicapped per-
sons may be made by calling 922-9410, ext. 453.
10
Portion of new Gem Hall, with spodumenes (left) and kunzites. Photo by Ron Testa and Sonia Fonseca. nmho
The Northwest Coast Collections
ATTHE
Columbian Exposition
The Field Museum's world-renowned collection of anthropological
materials from the Pacific Northwest had its beginnings in the
artifacts assembled for Chicago's 1893 World's Fair
by Douglas Cole
JLjarly in 1891 Franz Boas, a young German anthro-
pologist, accepted an assignment to work on the
anthropological exhibits planned for the 1893 Chicago
World's Fair, the exposition to be held in honor of the
400th anniversary of the discovery of America by Col-
umbus. In charge of "Department M," somewhat mis-
labeled as the Department of Ethnology, was Frederic
Ward Putnam, director of the Peabody Museum at
Harvard. Putnam [who knew Boas from professional
meetings] asked the young irrmiigrant scientist to serve
as assistant in charge of physical anthropology and to
supervise a special display of Northwest Coast tribes. As
part of his duties. Boas entered into correspondence
with hundreds of schoolteachers, missionaries, and
administrators to arrange the measurement of over
90,000 North American school children and 17,000 In-
dians. Simultaneously, he set in motion a scheme for a
comprehensive Northwest Coast Indian exhibition
that would focus on the Kwakiutl of Fort Rupert, a
Vancouver Island village.
A trip west in the summer was largely consumed
by ethnological work for the Bureau of Ethnology
along the Columbia and Yakima rivers, but Boas also
made arrangements for World's Fair collections with a
number of coastal acquaintances and particularly with
George Hunt, a Fort Rupert Kwakiutl. Upon his return
east in September, the outlines of the fair display were
firm.
The Fort Rupert Indians would be the "standard
tribe," with additional collections from the Haida,
T^imshian, Nootka, and other neighboring tribes. The
Kwakiutl were made the pivot of the display because.
Boas wrote, they were central to the region's culture,
which had its origin among these Fort Rupert tribes
whose influence had been exerted over the other tribes
on the coast. The evidence of this was in the borrowed
Kwakiutl names given to all those ceremonies which
played so important a part in the customs of their
neighbors. Boas had arranged with Hunt for a collec-
tion of the necessary specimens to illustrate Kwakiutl
life and culture and, moreover, had arranged that Hunt
bring to Chicago a group of Kwakiutl "to show what-
ever is asked of them in relation to their customs and
mode of life particularly the ceremonies connected with
their secret religious societies." Hunt would bring a
large house, canoes, the outfits of daily life, and all that
was necessary for the performance of ceremonials.
For his collections Boas enlisted the assistance of
experienced people he knew on the coast. James
Deans, the old Hudson's Bay Company man from Vic-
toria who had assisted Alphonse Pinart' in his shell-
heap collecting in 1876 and had toured the Queen
Charlottes-^ with James G. Swan' in 1883, and who
was a frequent contributor of ethnological miscellanea
to the American Antiquarian and other journals, he
commissioned to make a Haida collection. Fillip
Jacobsen,'' who had stayed on the coast after bringing
This article is excerpted from chapter five. "Museums, Expositions,
and Their Specimens, " of the book Captured Heritage: The Scram-
ble for Northwest Coast Artifacts, by Douglas Cole, copyright ©
1985 by Douglas Cole, and published 1985 by University of Wash-
ington Press, Seattle and London.
1 . Alphonse Pinart was a wealthy Frenchman who collected antiquities and
anthropological materials.
2. An island group on the coast of British Columbia,
i. A pioneer resident of Washington Territory.
4. A young Norwegian who had experience collecting ethnological materials
on the Northwest Coast. 1 1
Northwest Coast Indian houses at Chicago World's Fair, 1893. House at left is Haida; at center, Kwakiutl. Third totem pole from left is on
permanent exhibit in Stanley Field Hall. Remainder are in the permanent exhibit Maritime Peoples of the Arctic and Northwest Coast.
Courtesy American Museum of Natural History.
home the Hagenbeck' Bella Coolas, was to make a Bel-
la Coola collection. Mrs. O. Morrison, native wife of
Charles Morrison, the Fort Simpson trader so helpful to
Swan, was to collect at Port Essington and on the
Skeena. Swan himself, now seventy-three years old
and already working for Washington State's exhibit,
was to collect from Cape Flattery. Myron Eells, a Con-
gregational minister also engaged in the state display,
was charged with gathering a representative collection
of the Puget Sound Salish, while others were asked to
collect at Shoalwater Bay and in the British Columbia
interior.
The Boas team began their work in earnest in the
spring of 1892. Their collections began arriving in Chi-
cago in the fall, stored in the acres of warehouses spe-
cially erected for the exposition. From Deans came
three boxcarloads of Haida material. "The wide world
will stand in amazement" was his confident assessment
of the beauty of Haida art as revealed by his collection.
Ceremonial and shamanistic material was included.
5. Carl Hagenbeck was best known as a trainer and exhibitor of wild
animals: he was also an impressario who produced tours of "live" ethnic
12 exhibits featuring small groups of people from exotic regions.
along with an entire Skidegate house and its forty-two-
foot pole. It was, he admitted, "a rather poor specimen
of a Haida house but then, as so few of the old houses
were left & I could do no better." At least as unusual
was a set of models which accurately reconstructed
Skidegate village at its 1864 prime: twenty-five houses
and poles, ten memorial columns, six grave posts, and
two burial houses.
Jacobsen sent a Bella Coola collection costing
$554 and particularly strong in clan and secret society
material and in stone implements. From Mrs. Morrison
came almost $500 worth of Nass and Skeena pieces,
some of which, including two large poles, had been
bought through merchant Robert Cunningham. Swan
sent a small collection of sixty-five articles from Neah
Bay, and Eells a good sampling of everyday articles
from Puget Sound, as well as a collection of models
illustrating every canoe type to be found between the
Columbia River and Cape Flattery.
Last to arrive — delayed by storms at Fort Rupert
and Alert Bay — was Hunt's collection. It was easily the
largest: in addition to a whole house, it had some 365
pieces heavily emphasizing the winter ceremonials.
Hamatsa, Grizzly Bear, Nutlamatla — virtually all
Kwakiutl (and some Bella Coola) secret societies —
were represented.
Boas felt that his collaborators' efforts had resulted
in the most systematic collection ever presented. Put-
nam judged the collections as "the most complete and
important ever brought together from this, ethno-
logically, most interesting region." The assessments
were exaggerated, but qualifiedly true. On the other
hand, items were frequently poorly labeled since
Boas had put aside his usual concern with stories
and explanations.
To this collection was added the loaned Tlingit
collection of Edward E. Ayer, a Chicagoan who had
made his fortune supplying railway ties, first to the
Northwestern, then to the Union Pacific roads.* "A nat-
ural bom collector," his accumulation of ethnological
artifacts became his chief recreation and delight. He
had begun as a young man on a trip to California and
continued while on army service in Arizona and New
Mexico. Once in business, he collected as he travelled
across the Plains, realizing that native life would soon
be a thing of the past. With his wealth he bought every-
thing he could lay his hands on, almost entirely from
Indian traders in all parts of North America. His North-
west Coast collection came largely from an 1887 Alaska
trip on the Ancona, which called at every cannery. At
each stop he bought what he could, "and I had good
luck, for I had two cabins full of Indian stuff." As usual
it came indirectly: "I very rarely purchased relics
through chiefs, though; mostly through dealers." Carl
Spuhn, the Northwest Trading Company's agent at
Killisnoo, was on board the ship and, observing Ayer's
purchases, told him that "up in our loft we have any
quantity of these things, and you can have all you
6. Edward Ayer was president of Field Museum 1893 to 1899. For more on
Ayer, see "Books, Business, and Buckskin, " by E. Leland Webber, in the
July/August 1984 Field Museum Bulletin, pp. 5-10, 19-25.
want." At Killisnoo he "got all that three or four men
could carry." Spuhn would take nothing for it. Ayer lat-
er reflected that the loft collection "would be worth
several thousand dollars now. He was a very fine
chap." Before taking it to the World's Fair, Ayer had
displayed the collection at his Lake Geneva, Wisconsin,
summer home — in a converted bowling alley. The
poles were piled up against the bam.
The Northwest Coast exhibit, along with hundreds
of others brought to Chicago by Putnam's assistants, by
private collectors, by states and foreign governments,
was intended for installation in the gigantic Man-
ufacturers and Liberal Arts Building. The clamor of
numerous exhibitors for additional space, however,
pushed Department M out of that centrally located
building and into a special one, belatedly begun for
Putnam's department and a Liberal Arts spillover.
Inevitably, construction was delayed and the Anthro-
pological Building was finished a full month after the
opening of Chicago's Great White City. Despite efficient
installation by department staff, the exhibits were open
to the public only on July 4, nine weeks late. Even then
visitors had difficulty finding the building.
The Anthropological Building, shoved into the ne-
glected and badly treated southeast corner of the
grounds, inaccessible and distant from the central
buildings, and hemmed in by the lake, the dairy bams,
powerhouse, and train lines — "by what might be called
the kitchen and back yard of the exhibition" — was
"likely to be overlooked by nine out of every ten visi-
tors." A plain and unpretentious structure whose only
asset was that it contained the necessary space, "the
Anthropological Building is the furthest in the rear,
the most forlorn in its exterior and interior, and pre-
eminently the one with the most promise of being a
failure." The sorrowful fact was that Putnam had been
squeezed out — " buffeted about by more worldly and
NOW AVAILABLE AT THE FIELD MUSEUM STORE
CAPTURED HERITAGE
The Scramble for Northwest Coast Artifacts
by Douglas Cole
Published by University of Washington Press
390 pages
$17.50
CI 0% discount for Field Museum Members)
"Captured Heritage will, in my opinion, appeal to all those with a general . . . interest in the Pacific Northwest as
well as to those with a more special interest in history and anthropology. It is extremely well written and I truly
was unable to put it down once I had started reading it." — James W. VanStone, curator of North American
archaeology and ethnology at Field Museumi.
13
self-assertive chiefs of departments" and disliked by
Director Harlow N. Higinbotham7
The department's outdoor exhibits were not ham-
pered by building problems and were ready for the
opening. Putnam had arranged reproductions of Yuca-
tan ruins in front of the building and the portal from
Labna and the Serpent House of Uxmal shared pride of
place with a Southwest cliff dwelling replicated to nat-
ural size. On the ethnic grounds north of the building,
along the shores of South Pond, were the habitations of
the native groups, most particularly two Northwest
Coast houses occupied by the Kwakiutl.
Reminiscent of the unfulfilled ambition of Swan
and Baird for the 1876 Philadelphia exhibition, and fol-
lowing a direct precedent established at Paris in 1889,
the Chicago exhibition would display native groups liv-
ing in their own habitations and demonstrating their
crafts, customs, and ceremonies. The thrust of the
Columbian Exposition was to honor America's pio-
neers and to celebrate the accomplishments of four
hundred years of American progress. Putnam's aim
was even more retrospective: to show the inhabitants
of pre-Columbian America. The government's office
of Indian Affairs would exhibit civilization's work upon
the American aborigines in model schools.
Boas arranged for Hunt to bring as many as four-
teen adults (of which four should be married couples).
The consent of the Canadian Indian Affairs department
was secured and early in April 1893, fifteen adults and
two children, led by George Hunt and escorted by
James Deans, arrived in Chicago. William Hunt and his
Koskimo wife, the only longhead of the party, were
with the group. They were all housed temporarily in
three small rooms in the stock pavilion, with mattresses
and bed-clothing, six chairs, and two stoves being re-
quisitioned for their comfort until they moved into the
traditional beam-and-plank houses on the ethnological
grounds. The construction of these, threatened by de-
lays in the confusion of the last days before the fair's
opening, was completed when Boas himself procured
some missing timbers.
The Haida house, standing behind its immense
pole, was small but impressive. The Kwakiutl house,
formerly belonging to the Nakumgilisala of Nuwitti,
was typically painted with a Thunderbird over the door
and moon crests to each side. Arranged nearby were
canoes, poles, and posts, most gathered by Boas's col-
lectors, but several loaned by Ayer. The beach in front
of the houses was eventually graded for easy canoe
access. The actual occupation of the houses in May
became the occasion for "the first of a series of cere-
monials" since the Indians "never enter any home
without elaborate ceremonies." A requisition went in
14 7. Harlow N. Higinbotham was president of Field Museum 1899-1909.
on the next to the last day before the fair's opening for
39 yards of blue and scarlet flannel, 232-dozen pearl
buttons, and other material needed at once to complete
the outfit of the Fort Rupert Indians.
Despite the effort at systematic and authentic
representation, the expeditions to Mexico and South
America, and Boas's indefatigable anthropometrics and
Northwest Coast work, the fair's anthropology exhibit
was something of a failure. It was significant enough in
its own right (though probably not matching the im-
pressive Paris display of four years earlier), but when
pushed to the remote edge of Jackson Park, literally at
the end of the railway track, it became marginal to the
exposition. Moreover, the sheer size and diversity of the
fair overwhelmed the department.
Chicago's was by far the largest world exposition
yet undertaken, with more exhibits in an incomparably
larger area than Paris and well over the Philadelphia
Centennial's area, number of exhibitions, and atten-
dance.^ Even the Kwakiutl made very little impression.
It was not merely that they shared the ethnological
grounds with an Apache craftsman and a Navaho fam-
ily in their hogan, with four families of Penobscots in
their birch bark wigwams, with representatives of the
Six Nations in a traditional Iroquois bark house, and
with British Guianese Arawaks in a thatched hut; the
exoticism of these official exhibitions simply could not
match the enormous color and panache of the ethno-
logical exhibition "run riot" on the Midway Plaisance.
This mile-long "open mart and caravansary of nations"
was a free-wheeling entrepreneurial sideshow which
almost overshadowed the exposition itself. Nominally
the Midway was under the administration of Putnam's
department of ethnology — appropriate enough, wrote
the fair's official historian, for here the ethnologist
could study the actual daily life and customs of "peo-
ples of every clime and continent, typical representa-
tives of all the varieties and races of mankind."
Crowded under G. W. G. Ferris's 250-foot-high wheel
were 280 Egyptians and Sudanese in a Cairo street, 147
Indonesians in a Javanese village, 58 Eskimos from
Labrador, a party of bare-breasted Dahomans in a West
African setting, Malays, Samoans, Fijians, Japanese,
Chinese, as well as an Irish village with both Donegal
and Blarney castles, and a reconstructed old Vienna
street. The official ethnological exhibition with its
handful of Kwakiutl, Navaho, and Arawak was
reduced to insignificance. Only the most unusual or
bloodcurdling Kwakiutl demonstrations could match
the erotic Egyptian dancers and other succes de scandale
of the Midway.
On May 24 the queen's birthday was officially
celebrated at the Canadian Building with an afternoon
8. The area of the Chicago Exposition grounds was 633 acres, compared to
160 acres for the Paris Exposition of 1889.
Totem exhibit (including Mesoamerican) in early years of Field Museum, shortly after the Museum was formed out of the collections at the
Columbian Exhibition, mm
15
16
reception for all British subjects. At the same time a
Kwakiutl canoe pushed off from the South Pond beach
and, propelled by a dozen paddles, came round the
canal and entered the Grand Basin through the classical
peristyle. As it passed under the arch, the eritire boat-
load stood up and "howled and danced to the jingle of
the tamborine." The noise quickly drew several thou-
sand spectators to the colonnaded waters, there to puz-
zle over "why the British flag should be floating over
such a fierce, savage-looking lot."^
A far more horrible scene reportedly transpired
one sweltering mid-August evening. In a gruesome
enactment of what a journalist called the "Sun Dance,"
George Hunt cut two pairs of gashes through the skin of
the backs of two Indians. While the two stood motion-
less. Hunt raised the flesh and passed heavy twine be-
neath the loose strips and tied the ends firmly together.
The low monotone chant and the dull drum beats of
the other Indians now became wilder and more violent
as the two Indians, rivulets of blood trickling down
from the cuts in their backs, raced round the platform
driven like steeds by two more natives who seemed to
take a wild pleasure in the act. "Around and around
they ran, leaping, twisting, and diving till it seemed to
the horror-stricken spectators that each instant would
see the flesh torn from their bodies." The other Indians
became frenzied and then, with eyes like wild animals
and faces like famished wolves, the two tore the ropes
from their fleshy fastenings, each "snapping and snarl-
ing like a mad dog" at the other Indians on the plat-
form. Hunt walked over to one and extended a bare
arm which was fastened upon with teeth that met in
the flesh. When finally released, a piece the size of a sil-
ver dollar was missing from his arm, but he merely
smiled, showing no signs of pain. In the hour or more
that had elapsed a large part of their audience of five
thousand had left, "sickened by the horrible sight."'"
The Rev. Alfred J. Hall learned of the atrocious per-
formance from the lurid Sunday Times account. He had
only just arrived in London from Alert Bay and what he
read of the pagan behavior of his Kwakiutl flock out-
raged him. He protested to Ottawa and demanded the
cancellation of the Kwakiutl's engagement if that were
at all possible. Before leaving Alert Bay he had, he said,
done all he could to persuade the Indians not to go to
Chicago and he confessed to having had some influ-
ence so that those who went had been gathered almost
wholly from other villages. At Chicago on his way to
London, he had personally observed that the U.S. gov-
ernment was proudly exhibiting civilized bands from
their industrial schools, while from Canada came "only
9. New York Times. Ma>' 25, ;S93, 2.
10. "A Brutal Exhibition." New York Times, August 19. 1893, 5;
"Horrible Scene at the Fair. " The Sunday Times (London). August 20,
1893, 3.
17
Model ofKwakiutl village originally on view at Columbian Exposition. Shown here, shortly after, in the Field Museum (Jackson Park), ww*
this display of paganism, chosen by Dr. Boaz [sic]
because the most degraded he could find in the
Dominion.""
Lawrence Vankoughnet, the deputy superinten-
dent general of Indian Affairs and the recipient of Hall's
outraged letter, responded immediately. He asked the
Canadian commissioner at Chicago to have such
exhibitions stopped at the earliest possible moment. A.
W. Vowell, Powell's successor in Victoria, was told to
ascertain from Kwakiutl agent R. H. Pidcock if he had
known of Hunt's object in asking the Indians to appear
at the fair and, if so, what measure he had taken to
frustrate the endeavor. Pidcock replied that he knew
Hunt had been commissioned by Boas to make a
collection of curios and to persuade about a dozen Indi-
ans to go to Chicago to illustrate their mode of life, but
he had had no idea that Hunt contemplated any such
dance as reported. He had discouraged any Indians
who had asked his advice. He had been led to believe,
he wrote, "that the party were in [the] charge of Dr
Boaz or his agent and that Hunt was only employed as
Interpreter, as I should not consider that he was at all a
fit and proper person to have charge of a party of Indi-
ans." From Chicago J. S. Larke confirmed the event.
Although "the barbarism I think was not as great as
described," some of the cruel and revolting scenes as
reported in the Sunday Times had occurred. So much
repugnance had been created that exposition authori-
ties promised to halt any repeat performance.
Like the Bella Coola's performance of an "Eagle
Dance," it is difficult to determine how much of this
"Sun Dance" was real and how much hokum. Boas de-
;;. Letter from Rev. A. J. HalltoL. Vankoughnet, August 24. 1893.
18
Marketplace for the Arts
Loop Facility Features Wares
of Chicago Cultural Institutions
September 27 was opening day for Marketplace for the
Arts, in the lobby at 150 N. Michigan Avenue. The new
facility, open 10am through 6pm each weekday, is a
fresh concept in marketing and promoting the wares and
the activities of five major cultural institutions in Chi-
cago: the Field Museum, the Chicago Historical Society,
Chicago Symphony Orchestra, Lyric Opera, and the
Museum of Contemporary Art.
Dolls in costumes of the 1920s and 30s are sold
alongside limited-edition silk scarves, Hopi pottery,
chocolates from Long Grove Confectionery, Alessi tea-
kettles, and other distinctive items. The interior design
of Marketplace for the Arts, created by A. Epstein and
Sons, is an eclectic mix representing the structures that
house the five institutions. Commonwealth Edison is
sponsor of the new facility.
scribed a similar dance, the hawi'nalaL, a few years la-
ter and, though he usually was careful to mention the
special effects used to simulate bloody scenes, his
account contains no mention of theatrical devices.
Charles Nowell described a similar ceremony, which he
called the "Warrior Dance," in which there was no fak-
ery — it "hurted a little bit" when the flesh was pierced,
but during the dance "I didn't hardly feel any pain at
all." Larke's letter, too, seems testimony that the news-
paper reports, though exaggerated, had a basis in fact.
Another incident involving apparently vicious and
bloody beatings turned out to be pure folly: the clubs
were made of kelp and filled with red paint.
While the presence of fifteen Kwakiutl in Jackson
Park for the better part of six months occasioned diffi-
culties (there were, for example, some liquor prob-
lems), the group did not in other ways produce as
much interest as Boas might have liked. Moreover, he
found himself too busy with administrative work to
advance greatly his own Kv>'akiutl studies. He was able,
however, to teach Hunt to record linguistic texts in
phonetic script, preliminary to the thousands of pages
of myths, descriptions, and other texts that Hunt would
send to New York in the following years.
In one respect the fair was a reunion. Capt. J.
Adrian Jacobsen was at Hagenbeck's Arena on the
Midway where he exhibited the unsold portion of the
British Columbia collection which he and Fillip had
made in 1885-86. George Hunt, Jacobsen's very useful
assistant back in 1881-82, and his brother William and
his wife were, of course, in Chicago. All three had in-
tended to go with the Jacobsens to Germany eleven
years before. Boas discovered that almost all the Kwa-
kiutl material in Berlin had been bought from members
of the Chicago troupe and that he could get full descrip-
tions of the specimens for Bastian. '-^ Jacobsen even
claimed partial credit for the Kwakiutls' presence in
Chicago: the favorable reports made by the returned
Bella Coolas of their trip to Europe had helped Hunt in
convincing his Kwakiutl friends to make the Chicago
visit.
Jacobsen's collection, inappropriately displayed
among Hagenbeck's trained animals, was only one of a
number of Northwest Coast collections which sup-
plemented the Boas-supervised material in Department
M. In the Anthropology Building itself, not far from
Boas's display, was a large collection gathered and
exhibited by Captain Newton H. Chittenden, "the pic-
turesque explorer and investigator" who held official
appointment as a British Columbia special com-
missioner to the exposition. Next to Chittenden's arti-
facts were "collections of ethnological material from
British Columbia and Baffin Land" exhibited by Mrs.
12. Adolf Bastion was a German ethnologist who served as director of the
Prussian Museum for Volkerkunde.
Franz Boas, material collected by Boas, perhaps largely
in 1886, and not sold to Berlin or elsewhere. Not far
away was Ayer's large North American collection,
including a considerable selection of Tlingit basketry,
and the Alaska collection of E. O. Stafford that had
been gathered by A. P. Swineford while governor of the
territory. In the physical anthropology section, located
in the building's north gallery, were Boas's Vancouver
Island skulls, systematically displayed in glass cases
among other cranial examples.
Northwest Coast displays could be found else-
where on the grounds. The British Columbia room of
the Canadian Building, itself guarded at its main
entrance by two Haida bear sculptures, contained "a
handsome collection of curios" gathered by Indian
agents under the supervision of A. W. Vowell. Superin-
tendent Vowell had made the collection reluctantly,
feeling that the $4,000 he understood Boas to be
spending was enough to "carry out the object desired."
The $500 advanced him by the Department of Indian
Affairs could fetch "but little of interest" since "all the
best things that were available are pretty well ex-
hausted by the drains constantly made upon them by
tourists and by the said agents of the World's Fair."
Ottawa would hear of no such thing and, learning that
the fair's collection would not be "exhaustive," insisted
that every effort had to be made to see that the Indians
and their manufactures were fairly represented. Vowell
shipped material costing $495.40, mostly minor items
like mats and spoons, but certainly enough to prove
to British Columbia's own commissioner in Chicago
that his province's aborigines were "of higher artistic
development than any of the Indians to the east of
the Rockies."'^
Washington State's pavilion contained an
Eells-Swan collection. In the U. S. Government
Building, about a thousand yards from the
Anthropology Building and much more central, Lt. G.
T. Emmons displayed his huge collection of Alaskan
Indian material, some 2,474 items supplemented by
another 500 collected by Sheldon Jackson from Point
Barrow Eskimos. Gathered since his 1888 sale of 1,350
pieces to the American Museum, the size, quality, and
careful cataloguing of this collection established
Emmons in first place as a Northwest Coast collector.
13. Letter from A. W. Vowel! to L. Vankoughnet, October 19, 1892.
.^■B 1
wtLm
J
l^^S^M^I^^V
B''
c. .oM
WF
--lI
■■'.;i:::]p 9
1
J
1
W^
i.
m
r§^
Mm. .
f
. A
=i3 ^
m
J^
— «»— ^S^'**^^-^^^^^-
Members of Snake in the Grass
Moving Theatre perform myth-
ical themes of the Northwest Coast
Indians on Saturday and Sunday,
December 14 and 15, 2:00pm, in
Stanley Field Hall. For addition-
al information, seep. 5.
19
More comprehensive was the Smithsonian exhibition,
jointly organized by the National Museum and the
Bureau of Ethnology and based on Powell's linguistic
map.
Among the language stocks selected to explore the
relationship of language, ethnicity, and environment
were the Koloschan (Tlingit), the Salishan (Bella Coola
and Salish), the Skittigetan (Haida), and the Wakashan
(Kwakiutl, Nootka, and Makah), each represented by
costumed figures and wall cases of artifacts. Unlike
Putnam's exhibit, the Smithsonian's was ready for the
opening of the fair. It was, wrote a visiting French
anthropologist, "extremement belle dans toutes ses
parties."
The Columbian World's Fair closed in October and
the process of winding down this largest of expositions
began. The Kwakiutl troupe went back by Canadian
Pacific rail. Putnam carried on a long argument with
the railway company that they "be returned free like
other exhibits, as they were exhibits in every sense of
the term." Boas was glad to see them go. Nothing had
ever caused him more worry and trouble; he swore
"never again to play circus impressario." Deans, left
behind at a dinner stop on the Prairies, wired ahead
that the Indians be put off at the next stop, there to
await him on the next day's train. Thereafter, according
to Hunt, Deans "acted Bad to us. I did not like his way
at all." The old Scotsman apparently lorded over his
charges, not letting Hunt know what he was doing and
telling everyone that Hunt was "one of his Indians."
Indeed, Hunt felt that Deans "was wors than Indian."
Putnam had arranged for $2,100 to be placed on
deposit at the Bank of British North America in Victoria
in Hunt's name. Hunt paid off "the boys," $150 to each,
then returned to Fort Rupert to suffer from a serious
measles epidemic that laid him low and, to his great
sorrow, brought the death of his youngest son.
The collection in Chicago went various ways.
Captain Chittenden packed up his "Collection of Relics
and Antiquities" for shipment to the California
Mid- Winter Exposition. The explorer and guide had
given it to the Province of British Columbia in I89I, but
took it on the exhibition circuit (he had already been to
London for the Colonial and Imperial Exposition and to
Antwerp) before depositing it in Victoria in 1894 after
the close of the California fair. The Washington State
collection returned to become part of a state museum
in Seattle. The Canadian Department of Indian Affairs
intended to sell its collection, but, finding that Indian
curios were a glut on the market, decided to send it
back to Ottawa where it might form the nucleus of a
museum at the department offices. Eventually it ended
up at the Geological Survey's museum.
Department M's collections were kept in Chicago.
Partly as a result of Putnam's prodding, the leaders of
20 the fair and the city decided to make exhibits from the
exposition the basis of a permanent museum on the
grounds. The collection of Hunt, Morrison, F. Jacobsen,
et al. were moved to the Palace of Fine Arts, the build-
ing chosen to house the new Columbian Museum.
To those collections were added, by gift, the Ayer
collection, and, by purchase, Hagenbeck's Jacobsen
collection, the Stafford- Swineford collection, and, at
least provisionally, Boas's skull and skeleton collection.
Boas intended to stay with the collections. He
expected to be placed in charge of the anthropological
department of the new museum. That was certainly
Putnam's recommendation. As he wrote to Ayer, the
moving force behind the new museum, "Dr. Boas is the
only person besides myself who is qualified to take
charge of the anthropological material" and the only
one left in Chicago who could bring order from the
chaos of stacked boxes at the former Fine Arts Building.
Putnam wanted very much that Boas be kept so that
the "vast amount of exceptionally important and
valuable material I have brought together should be
placed in the proper charge of one who not only knows
all about it, but who is the best man the museum can
get to take charge of it."
It did not happen so. Putnam, never popular with
the dominant forces of the exposition's administration
and no more so with their successors in the Columbian
Museum, found his influence thin and his advice ig-
nored. Boas was kept on temporarily, but when the
trustees found they could secure. W. H. Holmes of the
Bureau of Ethnology as curator, they hired him. Boas
properly felt himself the victim of an "unsurpassed
insult" and departed Chicago on April 15, as soon as
his installations were in place.
He had long left his position at Clark University,
part of a general revolt of the faculty against President
G. Stanley Hall. Virtually all the others had been
snapped up by the University of Chicago's W. R.
Harper, but Boas had been passed over. The increasing
demands of Putnam's department at the fair had turned
his assistantship into full-time work and seemed to
promise permanency at the successor museum. Now
that had suddenly disappeared. He was too proud
to accept an inferior position and his professional
standing demanded that he should not. He was again
unemployed and dependent upon contract work.
In the meanwhile he would spend the summer in
Germany, then travel again to British Columbia to
work toward the completion of the British Associa-
tion's Northwest Tribes Committee research that had
been left in abeyance because of his duties for Chicago.
He could combine this with special assignments from
Putnam for the American Museum and from Otis T.
Mason for the U.S. National Museum. Both wanted to
have Northwest Coast figure groups for their displays
and no one was better qualified to supervise their
construction than Boas.FH
Field Museum Founders' Council
Marks Second Anniversary
JLt is commonplace to think of a museum's growth in
terms of increment — the increase in size and scope of
the collections, in particular. But we experience growth
in additional ways — types of growth that are responses
to the constantly evolving cultural climate in which
we live.
This is especially true in the present age, when it is
neither accurate nor fashionable to view museums as
exotic showcases. Within the most recent half of Field
Museum's history, a kind of symbiotic relationship be-
tween the Museum and its community has become in-
creasingly apparent: The Volunteer Program had its
inception during the years of World War II. Members of
the community who had an interest in participating as
part-time volunteers filled a critical need when the war
effort drew away staff members. The arrangement was
so successful that it was perpetuated in peacetime. In
the sixties the Women's Board was formed by local wom-
en who also felt a need to contribute in a very personal
way to the promotion and support of Field Museum.
In 1983 the community's involvement with Field
Museum was further broadened when TUistee Bowen
Blair and other Museum friends created the Founders'
Council, enabling the Museum's constituency to enter
into an equally important relationship with it. Mr.
Blair, a prime mover in organizing the Council, had
been a TVustee since 1961 (he was elected Life TVustee
in 1984), continuing a family commitment to the
Museum that dated back for several decades. His father,
William McCormick Blair, had served as TY^istee or Life
lYiistee for 42 years. In addition to Bowen Blair's ser-
vice on the Board, he and Mrs. Blair were Museum
Benefactors, as was his father before him. Fittingly,
Bowen Blair served as the Council's first chairman.
Thomas J. Eyerman, named a Trustee in 1984, suc-
ceeded Blair as Council chairman, inaugurating during
his tenure a broad range of innovative participatory
programs for Council members.
The new Council gave Museum Members the
opportunity to help provide leadership in advancing
the natural sciences through collections, research,
exhibits, and teaching. Like the Museum's founding
fathers, they were able to contribute directly to a
greater understanding of the world's cultural and
physical environment.
Membership in the Founders' Council became
available to individuals or couples who provided an
annual gift of $1,500, a single or accumulated gift of
$25,000 or more, or a deferred gift of $50,000 or more.
Corporations, businesses, or foundations qualified
through an annual gift of $5,000 or a single or accu-
mulated gift of $50,000.
The stated purposes of the Council, now entering
its third year under the chairmanship of Thistee Henry
T. Chandler, are to enhance public understanding and
support of the Museum's programs, to stimulate public
participation in Museum affairs, to establish an exem-
plary pattern of giving to the Museum, and to discuss
the plans, problems, and objectives of the Museum.
Membership in the Council now stands at near 300,
including 40 corporations, companies, and founda-
tions. Six honorary members complete the present
membership list.
In special recognition of the continuing role of
founders in the Museum's future, the Founders' Room
was created out of the offices of former Field Museum
President Stanley Field. The attractive new facility
was made possible through the generosity of Council
members Dr. and Mrs. Edwin DeCosta and the Walter
E. Heller Foundation.
Notable activities since the Council's founding
have included diimers and luncheons featuring distin-
guished scientists as guests, highlighted by lectures
on their research activities; natural history tours to
Upper Michigan (botany and geology) and Texas
(ornithology); and a special award reception for
world-renowned Stephen Jay Gould, recipient of the
Council's Award of Merit. The award, which included
a cash prize of $ 1,000, was in recognition of Dr. Gould's
contributions to science and for his advancement of
scientific literacy.
The Council's most recent event was a September
28 black-tie dinner and symposium, "Field Museum:
Ambassador to the World," at which His Excellency
Fernando Belaunde Terry, past president of Peru, and
Mrs. Belaunde were honored. The theme of the eve-
ning's program was Field Museum's research in Peru.
Participating in the symposium were Museum cura-
tors Michael O. Dillon (Botany), Robert A. Feldman
(Anthropology), and John W. Fitzpatrick (Birds). The
Belaundes were made honorary members of the Coun-
cil (joining in that special category the Grand Duke
and Duchess of Luxembourg, Stephen Jay Gould, and
paleoanthropologist Donald C. Johanson). The Mid-
America Committee co-hosted the evening affair. Fli
21
Year-End Giving
by Clifford Buzard
Planned Giving Officer
Thanksgiving Day, Hanukkah, and Christmas Day
crowd themselves into less than a month of days and
create a holiday spirit unmatched by any other season
of the year. It is a season of joy, thanksgiving, giving,
and sharing. The annual ritual of newspaper advertise-
ments warning, "(number) Days Left for Shopping,"
creates a frenetic countdown as people from all walks
of life plan their gifts to loved ones, friends, and favorite
charities.
Another countdown takes place at the same time,
a countdown that forces virtually everyone to get
organized and plan. This is the year-end countdown,
to midnight December 31, after which income, deduc-
tions, profits and losses for the year must be toted to
determine that Tax Man's due.
For more than a year. Field Museum has encountered a
countdown of its own, looking to its Centennial Year
1993. To prepare the Museum for the people of the
Museum 's second century, many visitor areas, includ-
ing older exhibits, are being remodeled and even recon-
structed. A new Gem Hall — to be named after a
Museum friend and major donor — /5 opening in this
month of November
Other halls on each of the three floors of exhibit
space are temporarily closed,- as they, too, are being re-
mounted, using modern techniques of lighting and
exhibition, and incorporating new scientific knowl-
edge. For donors wishing to make a significantly large
gift, there are various visitor areas and portions of these
halls, as well as the halls themselves, that can be named
for or by the donor
The person who enjoys the Holidays is the person
who planned ahead and was not caught in the last-
minute rush in either shopping or tax-planning.
The astute person enjoys the best of two worlds: as
he plans his charitable giving to take the greatest
advantage allowed by tax regulations, he also derives
pleasure and satisfaction through his giving during this
season. Year-end giving has this double advantage.
The manner in which the gift is given and the type
of gift can be extremely important to the person who
plans ahead. Thus, "year-end giving," so called, does
22 take on a variety of forms. Some of these forms follow:
Gifts of Cash
It has been said that there are only two kinds of gifts,
"planned," and "unplarmed," and gifts of cash are
usually thought of as impulse, or unplanned, gifts.
However, the donor who wishes to derive the most sa-
tisfaction from his giving, will take as much time in
thoughtful consideration concerning a cash gift as he
would if involved in the most complicated type of gift
of property other than cash.
Cash giving, nevertheless, is the most popular and
simplest form of giving. For the person who itemizes
the federal tax return, cash gifts up to 50 percent of
one's adjusted gross income may be deducted in any
given year.
For those who do not itemize deductions, but pay
income tax through the "short form," 1985 may be the
best year ever to give a substantial cash gift. Last year's
allowable deduction for "non-itemizers" was only $75.
For 1985, for the first time, one-half of the "non-
itemizer's" gift may be deducted, up to 50 percent of
adjusted gross income. Tax proposals currently pending
would eliminate the deduction fo. "non-itemizers"
completely.
Gifts of Securities
A popular form of giving over the years on the part of
many friends of the Museum has been gifts of stock and
other securities. Under the proper circumstances, giving
of securities is less costly than giving the equivalent
amount in cash. A person's own situation will deter-
mine whether this applies, and, before any such gift is
given, it is wise to check with a tax adviser or attorney.
Essentially, there are three ways in which to give
securities:
1 . Giving stock that has increased in value. When
selling a stock that has increased in value, there is a
capital gains tax to pay, even if the proceeds are given
to the Museum. However, if the appreciated stock cer-
tificate itself is given to the Museum, a person can take
a charitable deduction for the total value, including the
appreciation, without realizing any capital gains tax
liability.
2. "The Bargain Sale," giving only the apprecia-
tion: On occasion a donor wishes to give only the gains
reflected in an appreciated security. He can do this by
selling the stock to the Museum at his original cost. He
is, in effect, giving away the capital gain, while he pre-
serves his original worth. While this is a gift of capital
gains, the donor in such a circumstance is liable for a
portion of capital gains tax, and should be well advised
by his attorney or tax accountant.
3. If a donor has a "poor performer" (a stock that
has gone down in value), he can eliminate it from his
portfolio and make a gift to the Museum at the same
time. This is the only circumstance where the donor
would actually sell the security and give the proceeds
to the Museum. In that way, the donor realizes a chari-
table deduction, but also can declare the loss as a
deduction.
Giving appreciated stock — giving the certificates
themselves — can be done in two ways. One, the donor
can instruct his brokerage firm to have the shares trans-
ferred into the name of Field Museum of Natural His-
tory, and have the firm mail the certificate to the
Museum. Upon receipt of the certificate, the Museum
will issue a receipt. Ttansferring stock into another
name can take several weeks; if the donor is trying to
meet the December 31 deadline for tax purposes, there
is a quicker method of giving the certificates:
The donor should send the certificate (unen-
dorsed) by Registered Mail to the Development Office
of Field Museum. At the same time, but in a separate
envelope, the donor should send to the Museum an
assignment form (or "stock power") that has been filled
out and signed in the presence of a broker or national
bank officer (who will stamp it "signature guaran-
teed"). Upon receipt of both, the Development Office
will send a receipt to the donor.
Stocks, bonds, mutual funds, money market funds,
certificates of deposit — all offer several alternatives for
giving. In general, the donor will want to give only
those securities that he has owned for the legally
required long-term holding period.
Gifts of Real Estate
The varied types of real estate — homes, farms, condo-
miniums, interests in buildings, undeveloped property,
or a summer cottage — make welcome gifts to the
Museum. In many cases, the same benefits accrue to
the donor as in the giving of securities. Under a "life
estate" agreement, a person may give the very home he
lives in, take an income tax deduction for a portion of
the home's fair market value, yet, live in the home for
life.
How Things Change
Do you hold the same opinions today
that you held 10 years ago? Do you
have greater income now than when
you first started work? As a result, are
you more secure financially, or in
other ways?
Times change, and, in many
ways, most of us change, too.
Shouldn't your will reflect the
changes in your life, which can affect
your loved ones and allow you to
provide better for them?
Send for the complimentary
booklet offered below, and learn more
about how your will can change to
work for you.
CLIP AND MAIL TODAY
To: Clifford Buzaid
Planned Giving Officer
Field Museum of Natural History
Roosevelt Road at L.ake Shore Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60605
n Please send me a complimentary copy of "How to Pro-
tect Your Rights with a Will."
Name .
(please print)
Address
City .
. State .
Phone: (home)
. (office) .
. Zip .
Best time to call: (day) .
. (hour) .
Gifts of Life Insureince
While life insurance policies do not have to go through
the probate process, they are counted in a decedent's
gross estate for federal estate tax purposes. For this rea-
son, some persons fmd it advantageous to give the
23
Museum life insurance policies. There are immediate
advantages as well:
By giving a policy irrevocably to the Museum, the
donor may take an immediate income tax deduction
for the cash surrender value of the policy. Even if it is
not a paid-up policy, this can be done; the annual pre-
miums the donor continues to pay create charitable
contribution deductions each year.
A person may change the beneficiary of a policy to
Field Museum. If he does this irrevocably, he, too, can
take advantage of the tax deduction.
Field Museum urges Members also to consider
naming the Museum as beneficiary — or even, con-
tingent beneficiary — not only of life insurance policies,
but also of pension plans and individual retirement
accounts (iras), tax-sheltered annuities, and certificates
of deposit, even U.S. savings bonds.
Giving Other Personal Property
Forms of personal property other than cash, securities,
and life insurance, fall in a huge category of "gifts-in-
kind." Any asset can be considered "giveable," and
some of these items, not usually thought of in terms of
charitable gifts, are greatly appreciated by the Museum.
Examples of property that may be given to the Museum
are: automobiles, trucks, boats, art, jewelry, furniture,
antiques, artifacts, collections of stamps, coins, or gems,
and books.
Making a "gift-in-kind" can be complicated, due
to IRS regulations. Generally, the fair market value can
be taken as a tax deduction. However, the onus lies
with the donor to "prove up" the value satisfactorily
with the government agency. The iRS regulations call
for filing a special form for such gifts valued at $5,000
or more. Furthermore, the tax law makes a distinction
between gifts "to" an institution and "for the use of an
institution. It is, therefore, wise to consult an attorney
or tax adviser, when considering making a "gift-in-
kind."
Receiving Income From One's Gift
Museum Members are discovering the advantages to
them of giving large amounts through trust agree-
ments. Through such agreements, income generated by
the gift is obtained by the donor for life.
Basically, these agreements are in the form of one
of three types of trusts: the Pooled Income Fund, and
the charitable remainder annuity and charitable re-
mainder unitrust.
These forms of life income trusts have several
benefits and advantages:
!> A person can make a substantial and self-satisfying
gift during lifetime, yet retain the security of a life in-
come from that gift.
i> By including long-term, highly appreciated stock
into the trust, capital gains are unlocked for possible
greater income.
O As with any outright gift of securities, capital gains
are not recognized, and, therefore, no capital gains tax
is accrued.
(O The donor receives an immediate income tax
deduction on a portion of the entire amount of the gift.
This portion is governed by irs actuarial tables, and the
deductible factor depends on the donor's age and the
yieldof the trust.
c?- Charitable life income trusts provide professional
money and investment management. This is often the
greatest advantage of such trusts established by will: it
protects the principal from the spendthrift heir, and it
can protect the heir from cunning relatives or
unscrupulous salesmen.
Both the charitable remainder annuity trust and
charitable remainder unitrust are trusts set up for an
individual donor. The Pooled Income Fund is a trust
established for the benefit of several donors. The Pooled
Income Fund has the same benefits and advantages as
the individual charitable life income trusts; only the in-
come interest (amount of the gift) is smaller. Generally,
the Pooled Income Fund accepts participation with a
minimum gift of $10,000; for the donor's best advan-
tage, individual life income trusts should be established
with a minimum of $100,000. Any Member interested
in these vehicles of so-called "deferred" giving, is wel-
come to call the Planned Giving Office (312) 322-8858
— for detailed information.
Setting aside all the income tax deductions possi-
ble, all the lifetime incomes possible, and all the mone-
tary advantages and benefits of giving to Field
Museum, the greatest benefit of a gift is still there. That
benefit is the donor's great satisfaction derived from
giving. This satisfaction is all the more enhanced when
the donor realizes the importance of the gift to the
charitable institution. The donor to Field Museum of
Natural History knows that he is helping one of the
world's great museums; he is helping an educational
and research institution of national and international
renown. During this decade's countdown to the
Museum Centennial of 1993, the donor's greatest satis-
faction will come from the knowledge that he has
helped assure the Museum for the people of its second
century. FH
24
viewing Halley's Comet
by Paul R Sipiera and Edward Olsen
Halley's Comet is now just weeks away. As de-
scribed in the June Bulletin ("The Comet Com-
eth," pp. 18-25), by early December we will have our
first chance to see it. As noted there, the visual sight-
ing of this famous comet is, unfortunately, going to
be the worst in a thousand years, but the 1985-86
passage will be studied in great detail by space probes
from the ussR, Japan, and the European Space Agen-
cy (ESA). The ESA probe, Giotto, will pass within 400
miles of the comet's nucleus after penetrating the
gaseous, dusty, bright envelope, or coma, surrounding
the nucleus.
The recent successful passage of a U.S. satel-
lite, ICE, through the dense part of another comet,
Giacobini-Zinner, suggests that the much-feared dam-
age a probe could suffer by the outpouring of high-
speed dust particles from the comet's nucleus, may
not be so great after all. If this is true of Comet Hal-
ley, then Giotto might send back an extraordinary
amount of information, undiminished by dust impact.
Viewing is going to be best in the Southern
Hemisphere because the comet will pass higher in the
sky there when it is brightest. Unfortunely for view-
ers in that hemisphere, Halley will then be positioned
against the Milky Way, diminishing contrast. Bright
moonlight at this time will also tend to wash out de-
tail of the comet's tail. In the Northern Hemisphere
the comet will appear relatively low in the sky, which
means you have to be out in open country, away
from structures and trees, and definitely away
from lights.
To view the comet it is desirable to have a fairly
strong pair of wide-field binoculars. Such binoculars
are 7x50, 7x35, 8x40 — wide field. A small telescope
with a wide field is also fine; however, many small
telescopes have high magnification and narrow fields
of view. This means that it is difficult to locate the
comet because you see only a tiny bit of the sky at a
time. If you are lucky enough to lock onto it with
such a telescope, the motion of the earth will cause
the comet to move rapidly out of view unless your
telescope is driven by a clockwork mechanism to
synchronize it with the earth's motion. Unless you
have such a telescope and considerable experience,
photographing the comet is difficult.
In the accompanying table are summarized the
best viewing times (Central Standard Time) for
Chicago-area viewers.
Paul P. Sipiera is a research associate in the Department of Geology;
Edward Olsen is curator of mineralogy.
Comet Halley's Positions as Viewed from Chicago's Latitude
Date
Time
Angle
above horizon
Direction
Brightness
Constellation
12/1/85
5:35pm
46°
ESE
Weak
Pisces
12/15/85
5:35pm
51°
ssw
Weak
Pisces
12/30/85
5:43pm
35°
sw
Brighter
Aquarius
1/4/86
6:00pm
29°
wsw
Brighter
Aquarius
1/15/86
6:00pm
16°
wsw
Brighter
Aquarius
1/30/86
Too close to the sun; lost in
the glare
3/5/86
5:15pm
4°
ESE
Bright
Capricorn
3/15/86
5:00am
6°
ESE
Bright
Sagittarius
3/30/86
4:35am
6°
SSE
Bright
Sagittarius
4/2/86
4:35am
5°
SSE
Bright
Scorpio
4/8/86
4:20am
At horizon
SSE
Brightest
Scorpio
To estimate the angle above the horizon you can hold your flattened hand palm sideways at arm's length. The angle it makes
is approximately 7°. Thus, 5 hands edge to edge is about 35°. The brightness is given in relative terms, rather than in
astronomical brightness units, which defy brief explanation. "Weak" means the comet will be about as bright as an average
weak star. "Brightest" means it will be about as bright as a fairly bright star It will never be as bright as such objects as Venus
or the Moon. Constellation refers to the zodiac constellation in the background behind the comet's position.
25
Tours For Members
26
The Precolumbian observatory at Chicken Itza, Yucatan
Yucatan Discovery Cruise
January 10-26, 1986
A team of specialists will take you through the incred-
ible ruins of the Yucatan, built by the highly cultured
Mayan peoples between the 3rd and 13th centuries a.d.
Cruising aboard the Greek-staffed Stella Solaris, we will
visit Playa Del Carmen, Uxmal, Tlilum, the famed cere-
monial city of Chichen Itza, and the newly excavated
Coba. There will be plenty of swimming, snorkeling,
and sunbathing in Xel-Ha, Akumal Beach, and
Cozumel. In addition, we will visit the modern resort
of Cancun, the island of Grand Cayman and Montego
Bay
Egypt
January 29-February 15, 1986
$3,715
Explore Egypt, the land of ancient mysteries. Journey
from bustling Cairo, with its renowned Egyptian
Museum, its mosques, minarets, and markets, into the
ghostly silence of ruined cities, splendrous temples, and
noble tombs. The 5,000-year-old Step Pyramid, the
massive stone ruins of Karnak, and the Colossi of
Memnon all beckon the curious and inspire respect for
a culture as old as Western civilization itself. As you
cruise the Nile, observe age-old scenes along the shore,
for life in the fertile Nile Valley has changed but little.
We encourage early enrollment, since spaces fill quickly
for this breathtaking journey into the past.
Baja California
March 8-23, 1986
Less than 50 miles south of the U.S. -Mexico border
begins a peaceful world of subtropical beauty — the Sea
of Cortez (Gulf of California). Over 600 miles long, this
gulf is a paradise for marine vertebrate and invertebrate
life — and for those of us who enjoy its study. Field
Museum members will have the opportunity to
know this sea of wonders in a voyage that will all but
complete the circumnavigation of the peninsula of
Baja California.
Until 1973 road travel in Baja California required
rugged vehicles and rugged souls. Even now less than 5
percent of the coast is accessible by road. And although
for decades fishermen and scientists have found the
region a treasure house of riches, it has escaped popular
attention. In the 1970s world interest in whales grew.
At the same time there was a dramatic increase in the
numbers of California gray whales, and today each year
from December through April, 15,000 gray whales visit
Baja's Pacific lagoons to breed, give birth, and nurture
their young.
It was our desire to organize a Field Museum tour
to this area. All that was needed was a small, maneu-
verable, comfortable ship. We found it — the Pacific
Northwest Explorer — and in January 1981 our first Field
Museum circumnavigation from San Felipe to San
Diego began. There were pelicans and huiimiingbirds,
strange endemic plants, lovely scenery, and whales and
dolphins beyond expectation. During this and the next
two voyages we encountered not only many gray
whales, but also fin, humpback, sei, and, the largest of
all — blue whales. At San Benitos we walked among
huge "hauled out" colonies of northern elephant seals.
And we saw more than 130 different birds and 120
fish species.
Now is your chance to experience the solemnity
and the life, the aridness and the wealth, the starkness
and the beauty that is Baja California. Now is your
chance to join Field Museum's 1986 tour to Baja Cafi-
fornia, to be led by Dr. Robert K. Johnson, curator of
Fishes at Field Museum. Dr. Johnson is a highly experi-
enced tour leader This will be his fourth trip around
Baja California. Special Expeditions, a division of Lind-
blad TVavel, operators of the ship to be used, will pro-
vide several additional naturalists whose expertise will
further enrich our experience. Our home for the voyage
is the one-class, fully air-conditioned 143.5-foot MV
Tours For Members
Pacific Northwest Explorer, built in 1980. Early expres-
sion of interest and reservations are advisable.
Land and cruise arrangements per person:
Lower deck double cabin $3,250
Upper deck (U201-215) $3,950
Main deck $4,090
Upper & bridge deck name cabins $4,280
Lower deck single cabins $4,890
(Air transportation to and from San Diego not included
in above prices)
The Art and Culture of Indonesia —
A Voyage to the Islands of the Java Sea
March 21- April 8, 1986
Composed of thousands of islands forming a vast
archipelago, Indonesia is an ancient land of gentle peo-
ples, rich and varied cultural traditions, and tropical
landscapes of unsurpassed beauty. With its panoply of
religions, art forms, rituals, and dances found nowhere
else in the world, Indonesia confronts the visitor with a
fascinating past; its history, myth, and legend are often
inseparable. On an itinerary which has been carefully
planned to include well-known sites as well as remote,
verdant isles, we will travel aboard the ship Illiria to
destinations of immense beauty.
The Great Silk Route of China
May21-June 15, 1986
$4,550
Field Museum is offering an exciting new itinerary for
The People's Republic of China, featuring some new
areas of interest to the world traveller and to those who
have visited China previously. Our flight from Chicago
is direct to Tokyo then on to Beijing. After several days
there, viewing such marvels as the Forbidden City and
the 98-acre Tien An Men Square, we go on to Urumqi,
Dunhuang, Lanzhou, Xian, Shanghai, and Guilin. Xian
is of particular interest to archaeology buffs for here we
find the vast life-size terra cotta army discovered as
recently as 1974. We return to the U.S. via Hong Kong.
Alaska
July 2-16, 1986
$4,885
Visit Alaska in summer! Explore magnificent water-
ways and vast parklands abundant with many species
of birds. At Sitka, a marine wildlife rafting trip gets you
started on this spectacular ornithological tour From
Juneau, a trip on the Mendenhall River offers unusual
wetland viewing. From Anchorage one easily reaches
Potter Marsh Bird Refuge and the Eagle River Denali
National Park (formerly called McKinley National
Park) and the Glacier Bay cruise are special highlights.
We conclude our trip with three days on St. George Is-
land. Few people have visited this island, which boasts
spectacular birding. Early enrollment is suggested.
$50 will secure your reservation.
Grand Canyon Adventures
Field Museum Tours is offering two trips to the Grand
Canyon in 1986. The first, August 13-22, is a geology
study trip hiking down the north rim of the canyon,
rafting for four days along the bottom and hiking back
up the south rim. The second, August 22-31, is a rafting
trip along the entire 300-mile length of the canyon by
two motorized rubber rafts. Dr Matthew H. Nitecki,
curator of fossil invertebrates leads both. A deposit of
$50 per person will hold your space.
For further information or to be placed on our mailing list,
call or write Dorothy Roder, Tours Manager, Field Museum,
Roosevelt Rd. at Lake Shore Dr., Chicago, IL 60605. Phone:
322-8862.
27
China's Great Wall
Stanton Cook, courtesy the Chicago Tribune
Field Museum of Natural History
Membership Department
Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive
Chicaso, I L 60605-2499
Tours For Members
Pacific Northwest Explorer, built in 1980. Early expres-
sion of interest and reservations are advisable.
Land and cruise arrangements per person:
Lower deck double cabin $3,250
Upper deck (U201-215) $3,950
Main deck $4,090
Upper & bridge deck name cabins $4,280
Lower deck single cabins $4,890
(Air transportation to and from San Diego not included
in above prices)
The Art and Culture of Indonesia —
A Voyage to the Islands of the Java Sea
Marchll-April 8, 1986
Composed of thousands of islands forming a vast
archipelago, Indonesia is an ancient land of gentle peo-
ples, rich and varied cultural traditions, and tropical
landscapes of unsurpassed beauty. With its panoply of
religions, art forms, rituals, and dances found nowhere
else in the world, Indonesia confronts the visitor with a
fascinating past; its history, myth, and legend are often
inseparable. On an itinerary which has been carefully
planned to include well-known sites as well as remote,
verdant isles, we will travel aboard the ship Illiria to
destinations of immense beauty.
The Great Silk Route of China
May 21- June 15, 1986
$4,550
Field Museum is offering an exciting new itinerary for
The People's Republic of China, featuring some new
areas of interest to the world traveller and to those who
have visited China previously. Our flight from Chicago
is direct to Tokyo then on to Beijing. After several days
there, viewing such marvels as the Forbidden City and
the 98-acre Tien An Men Square, we go on to Urumqi,
Dunhuang, Lanzhou, Xian, Shanghai, and Guilin. Xian
is of particular interest to archaeology buffs for here we
find the vast life-size terra cotta army discovered as
recently as 1974. We return to the U.S. via Hong Kong.
Alaska
July 2-16, 1986
$4,885
Visit Alaska in summer! Explore magnificent water-
ways and vast parklands abundant with many species
of birds. At Sitka, a marine wildlife rafting trip gets you
started on this spectacular ornithological tour From
Juneau, a trip on the Mendenhall River offers unusual
wetland viewing. From Anchorage one easily reaches
Potter Marsh Bird Refuge and the Eagle River Denali
National Park (formerly called McKinley National
Park) and the Glacier Bay cruise are special highlights.
We conclude our trip with three days on St. George Is-
land. Few people have visited this island, which boasts
spectacular birding. Early enrollment is suggested.
$50 will secure your reservation.
Grand Canyon Adventures
Field Museum Tours is offering two trips to the Grand
Canyon in 1986. The first, August 13-22, is a geology
study trip hiking down the north rim of the canyon,
rafting for four days along the bottom and hiking back
up the south rim. The second, August 22-31, is a rafting
trip along the entire 300-mile length of the canyon by
two motorized rubber rafts. Dr. Matthew H. Nitecki,
curator of fossil invertebrates leads both. A deposit of
$50 per person will hold your space.
For further information or to be placed on our mailing list,
call or write Dorothy Roder, Tours Manager, Field Museum,
Roosevelt Rd. at Lake Shore Dr, Chicago, IL 60605. Phone:
322-8862.
27
China's Great Wall
Stanton Cook, courtesy the Chicago Tribune
Field Museum of Natural History
Membership Department
Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive
Chicago, IL 60605-2499
001F288
Edith Fleming
946 Pleasant
Oak Pk , IL 60302
►*v
v*vxv/'
L»^»**i
.»»fi
►V4V^M ;
\V.
V»'<>>
>*♦
v«
Field Museum
of Natural History
Bulletin
I*ublished by
Field Museum of Natural History
Founded 1893
President: Willard L. Boyd
Director: Lorin I. Nevling, Jr.
Editor: David M. Walsten
Production Liaison: Pamela Stearns
Staff Photographer: Ron Testa
CONTENTS
December 1985
Volume 56, Number 11
Typography by Tele/iypography, Inc.
African Waterhole. N771 1 1
Diorama Masterpieces: The 1986 calendar, featuring
selections from Field Museum's famed lifelike exhibits
COVER
African Waterhole (detail). This diorama, possibly Field
Museum 's best known, is in the African Mammals Hall and
was completed in 1932. The Museum 's largest diorama, it is
45 feet wide, 22 feet deep and 22 feet high. Six mammal
species are represented: reticulated giraffe, eland, oryx.
Grant's gazelle, and Grant's zebra, with a total of 23
animals. All were acquired by the Harold A. White- John
Coats Abyssinian Expedition of 1929. Museum taxidermist
C. J. Albrecht designed the diorama and staff artist Charles
A. Corwin painted the background. The diorama was two
years in preparation. Photo by Ron Testa.
Board of Trustees
James J. O'Connor,
Chairman
Mrs. T. Stanlon Armour
George R. Baker
Robert O. Bass
Gordon Bent
Mrs. Philip D. Block III
Willard L. Boyd
Henry T. Chandler
Worley H. Clark
Frank W. Considinc
Stanton R. Cook
William R. Dickinson, Jr.
Thomas E. Donnelley II
Thomas J. Eyerman
Marshall Field
Ronald J. Gidwitz
Clarence E. "Red " Johnson
Richard M. Jones
John James Kinsella
Hugo J. Melvoin
Leo F. Mullin
Earl L. Neal
Lorin I. Nevling, Jr.
Robert A. Pritzker
James H. Ransom
John S. Runnells
Patrick G. Ryan
William L. Searle
Robert H. Slrolz
Mrs. Theodore D. Tieken
E. Leland Webber
Blaine J. Yarrington
Life Trustees
Harry O. Bercher
Bowen Blair
Mrs. Edwin J. DeCosla
Clifford C.Gregg
William V. Kahler
William H. Mitchell
Edward Byron Smith
John W. Sullivan
J. Howard Wood
Ownership, Management and Circulation
Filing dair: S«pt 15. 1985 lii\e Fitld Musrum nf Saiurat HiiUjry BuUtiin Publication no. 898940. Frequency of publitauon:
Monihly cxccpi for combined July/Augusi issue. Number of issues published annually: 1 1. Annual subscripdon pnce: S6 00.
Office: Rooseyeli Rd. at Lake Shore Drive, Chicafto. IL. 60605-2496,
Publisher: Field Museum of Natural History, Editor: David M, Walsten, Known bondholders, mortgages, and other security
holders none. Nonprofit status has not changed dunng the pteceding 1 2 months,
Avtragt number Actual number
cfttypin tach of^^ei
aiutprrtedms iing!e isiuf neamt
12 months to filing date
Toulcopies printed 28.292 27,700
Paid circulation (sales through dealers, vendors, carriers) None None
Paid circulation (mail subscriptions) 25.077 24.741
Toul paid ciiculation 25.077 24.741
Free distribuUon 710 858
Total distribution 25.787 25,599
Office use, left over J.105 2. 101
TiJUl 28,892 27.700
I certify that the statements made by me above are correct and complete Jimmie w. Croft, vice presideni for Finance and
Museum Services,
^ieW.VfMjcfrm.'/.v.r(Mrij/mjfi7rTSir//cti«(USPS898-940llspublishedmonthly.cxceptcombincclJuly/Augustissue. by Field Museum Of Natural History. Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive. Chicago. lL60605-2496,Sub^
$1,00 for schocils Museum membership includes Bulletin subscription Opinions expressed by authors arc their otvn and do not necessarily reflect the polic->' of Field Museum Unsolicited manuscripts are tvelcome. Museum phone: (JI2)
92294 1 0, Ntitification ol address change should include address label and be sent to Membership Depanment, Postmaster: Please send fomi i579 to Field Mtrseum of Natural Histoty. RooseveU Road at Lake Shore Drive. Chicago, IL 60605-2496.
ISSN 0015-0711) Second class postage paid at Chicago, lUiriois
rrr.^A',''*.~,'^\\'i'%''».».*.%.^\'r''tjA.'^s'v-»»'f,gjt,%^\^9*->^
Index to Field Museum of Natural History Bulletin, Volume 56 (1985)
cles
Authors
Field Briefs
kVo
kV4V'
m Art at Field Musuem, by Richard
Powell: May 5
'Cameroon, The, by Tamara
jrthem: March 11
ning of Life, The, by Matthew H.
tecki: Sept. 9
w Serendipity, by Bruce Patterson:
ml 7
go's Lost Marsh, by William J.
;echer: Oct. 8
go's Parakeets, by David M.
alsten: May 11
f Cometh, The, by Edward Olsen:
lie 18
July 31 to August 10, 1962 — The
rst Days in the Field, by Janice K.
id William S. Street: Oct. 12
Museum Founders ' Council Marks
cond Anniversary: Nov. 21
iers ' Council Honors Stephen Jay
mid, by Charles T. Buzek: Feb. 26
iers ' Council Member Honored, by
an Solem: Sept. 24
iers ' Council, The — Serving and
anting, by Charles T. Buzek:
pt.5
est of Starlings, by William J.
;echer: Sept. 16
lese Woodblock Print, The, by David
. Walsten: Feb. 7
J Together, by John Terrell: Jan. 5
?ry Carlson, A Tribute, by William
irger: Oct. 5
room Mania: Is It for You?, by
artyn J. Dibben: Jan. 12
Jewel in Field Museum 's Crown, A,
David M. Walsten And Edward
sen: Nov. 8
'.west Coast Collections at the
iumbian Exposition, The, by
juglas Cole: Nov. 10
mented Coats of the Koryak, by James
. VanStone: June 8
r of Ancient Egypt, A., by Charles T.
izek: March 23
rator. Or Smoke Strainer, A: An
nusual Eskimo Artifact, by James W.
mStone: Feb. 23
Lining of a Very Dark Cloud, A, by
ichael O. Dillon: March 6
ng Opportunities for Halley's Comet,
' Paul Sipiera and Edward J. Olsen:
3v. 25
Is Jade?, by Edward J. Olsen:
pril24
End Giving, by Clifford Buzard:
3v. 22
Beecher, William J.: In Quest of Starlings,
Sept. 16
: Chicago 's Lost Marsh,
Oct. 8
Burger, William: Margery Carlson, A
TYibute, Oct. 5
Buzard, Clifford: Year-End Giving,
Nov. 22
Buzek, Charles T.; Founders' Council
Honors Stephen Jay Gould, Feb. 26
: A Prayer of Ancient Egypt,
March 23
: The Founders ' Council —
Serving and Learning, Sept. 5
Cole, Douglas: The Northwest Coast
Collections at the Columbian Exposition,
Nov. 10
Dibben, Martyn J.: Mushroom Mania: Is
It for You?, Jan. 12
Dillon, Michael O.: The Silver Lining of a
Very Dark Cloud, March 6
Nitecki, Matthew H.: The Beginning of
Life, Sept. 9
Northern, Tamara: The Art of Cameroon,
March 1 1
Olsen, Edward J.: What Is Jade?,
April 24
: The Comet Cometh,
June 18
: A New Jewel in Field
Museum 's Crown, Nov. 8
: Viewing Opportunities for
Halley's Comet, Nov. 25
Patterson, Bruce D.: Chilean Serendipity,
April 7
Powell, Richard J.: African Art at Field
Museum, May 5
Sipiera, Paul: Viewing Opportunities for
Halley's Comet, Nov. 25
Solem, Alan: Founders' Council Member
Honored, Sept. 24
Street, Janice K.: Doab, July 31 to August
10, 1962— The First Days in the Field,
Oct. 12
Street, William S.: Doab, July 31 to
August 10, 1962 — The First Days in the
Field, Oct. 12
Terrell, John E.: Living Together, Jan. 5
VanStone, James W.: A Respirator, Or
Smoke Strainer: An Unusual Eskimo
Artifact, Feb. 23
: Ornamented Coats of the
Koryak, June 8
Walsten, David M.: The Japanese
Woodblock Print, Feb. 7
: Chicago 's Parakeets,
May 11
Art of Cameroon, The: Feb. 5
Ashe, Stephen: Feb. 5
Babarovic, Gretchen: June 5
Blackmon, Carolyn: June 5
Boyd, Willard L.: June 5
Burger, William (author): Oct. 6
Cook, Mrs. Stanton R.: Feb. 5
Crane, Peter: June 7
Cruikshank, Mrs. Robert L.: Feb. 5
Fitzpatrick, John W.: June 7, Oct. 6
Galbreath, Gary: Oct. 6
Gregg, Clifford C: June 6
Jastrzebski, Zbigniew: Oct. 6
Jennings, Peter: June 5
Johnson, Robert K.: Feb. 5, June 7
Kennicott Club: Feb. 5, June 7, Oct. 6
Kethley, John: Feb. 5
Lidgard, Scott: Feb. 5
Marx, Hyman: Feb. 5
Mitchell, William H.: June 6
Mueller, Gregory M.: Oct. 6
Northern, Tamara: Feb. 5, June 5
Shabica, Charles: June 7
Scientific Illustration: Oct. 6
Timm, Robert M.: Oct. 6
Voris, Harold L.: Feb. 5
Washington, Harold: June 5
Women's Board: Feb. 5
^♦.VNV.
»v*v
^\\<^
^♦.v'
: A New Jewel in Field
Museum's Crown, Nov. 8
v*^'
'A'. *» • . ^.'*"« •':•.*•*■• «•.*.• ,
» -*.» * -»"
%«..«.«.
kVv>.«.
.%!9^*.«.
>
t
'■!!■
II !<
f/t
A^
yw "
u
3
•c
3
H
-o
en
<U
C
■a
-o
ce
U
3
(S
■o
c
o
<s
-o
c
3
(Z3
^
ss
25
full moon
3
/asf quarter
10
new moon
17
first quarter
?5
M
Ov
s
f*5
1NEW YEAR'S DAY
Museum closed
00
-g mt Martin Luther
mS^ King's Birthday
«
IX
3
S
00
M
FEBRUARY
S M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28
vO
SS
n
IX
M
DECEMBER 1985
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 31
Hi
©2
£
^^■-i^\
■■*■■• .v--">^'
->-"■?«.
m
^r^
M±
-u^
m
^^
?■■«..
1
'til 1 ^j
«^'-|
^'
-CI
■■^^"^ ..X,
^<(»i».-,.-a
mm
,-ii^Li^-v
53
"2
3
1
last quarter
1
!S
-o
•c
i>i
c
55
s
s
-a
3
H
>o
p2
II
5|
c
in
S2
£
k
^
1
>
^
(1) >>
> (0
ss
^
-a
c
o
c/)^ CO in c\j o>
•.- CM CM
U. r- •* T- 00
■^ C\J <M
_ 1- CD CO o r-
X ^CNJCNJ
£ ^ iO CM en CD
S i_ •<t -^ CO in
•^ -^ 1- CM
^ -^ 1- CM CO
CM O) CD CO O
W T- CM CO
f<5
9
lU
Q
(0
111
OC
D.
^ ©s
3
t/2
CO ^ T- 00 in
1- t- CM
LL CO O t^ -^ 1-
■^ 1- CM CO
>- 1— CM CT) CD CO O
ir -^ CM CO
^ >■■- CO in CM (D
g > ^ CM CM
-J "^ T- CM CM
^ CD CO O 1^
^ ■■- CM CM
,. in CM (35 CD
CO ■.- ^ CM
>.
CO
Q
o
■o
c
3
o
M
OS
^^ CD
f*5
CM
■^jAWSWWOW
'liB^^i'KVSf
v'^ia.'^
A'
K^
*<5
t^^
'-•&
A^^
\^
^ -^ ~y-^
tw^sm
mm''
'. .'irT' H'»''r^»^^
/>?J
*«-,^ ',
2
03
^ 3
C/2
I
I
00
•c
CO
u
3
H
u
c
-a
GB
3
H
03
C
o
73
c
3
(/2
oe
0) CO
w
!>•
s
55
IL.
M
>e
£2
lA
N
£
NO
=
^
18
first quarter
25
full moon
APRIL
S M T W T F 8
12 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30
3
last quarter
10
new moon
^ CO
.yQ
Q-
W
^ \
FEBRUARY
8 M T W T F 8
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13.14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28
M
Os
S
CO \
E? \
CO D \
M \
m
m
^
SM
:^^
'^'^'Wn
ft- 'V'Sl
r,i^.
.^1-;
e
'^'.
^ 9
^::i?^
MK
.-r^^
Is
3
C/2
2
PS
c
ft;
^
00
^
^
-a
■c
03
-a
1/1
u
3
H
C3
C
■O
f2
c
o
03
■a
c
3
72
lA
22
^
^
Qg
^
fC
9
17
first quarter
i
^ 1
M
c:
i
^ 1
s
^
%
1
/as( quarter
oe
!S
MAY
S M T W T F S
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
r^
3
55
oe
MARCH
S M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31
NO
fg
a
^
WSfYI
%*
3
S
s
<3
a.
^
5
03
C/5 J
-a
0)
c
■a
I
OS
•a
u
3
H
c
o
58
-a
fc
9
Jj
f<3
2 Field Museum
opened 1921
(Grant Park)
Ov
16
first quarter
23
full moon
30
last quarter
8 Ascension
(Whitsuntide)
new moon
!S
M
r*
S
S
oe
vO
«s
S
JUNE
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30
S2
£
APRIL
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30
^
CO
Q
s
c
:t=l CO
CO
s
I
a>
b 0)
3
C/3
•c
5
^
3
J3
^
H
s
S
-TS
>-.
C3
QJ
■a
• pH
u
b
-a
3
H
C
O
C
3
t/3
3 ^
1^ ® 1
Ll_
||
28
/asf quarter
JULY
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31
v6
52
n
MAY
S M T W T F S
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
lA
22
gj
^
SS
lA
M
'^
t*5
9
hj
2 Field Museum
opened 1894
(Jackson Park)
a
s
M
S
oe
"t ^ Father's Day
first quarter
0^
M
V.
iw*
■-\"-,t
.?*'
i*.
T'^
s
a
s
3
2
i^
''I
03
"2
3
lA
s
gj
^
zQ
UJ
o
z
UJ
Ol
lU
Q
Z
s
»
03
3
H
fC
9
55
f?
03
u
c
-a
1
M
a
£
f*5
f2
ae
!£
0^
03
C
o
CO C\J 05 (O CO O
•^ C\J CO
LL -1- CO LO CM O)
■^ cvj r^
l_ 1— t^ Tt ■.- CO
55 -^ ovj r\j
3 > CD CO O t^
O > -^ CM CM
2 . IT) CvJ 0> CD
^ •^ T- 00 LO
5 -^ ^ CM
CO O r-~ ■<;}• -r-
03 ■.- -r- CM CO
h*
W e S
00 1
N w 1
>>
03
■o
C
3
72
1— lO CM tS CD
UJ --CM
Z > ij- — CO IT)
3 > — T- cvj
"* . CO o t-- •<ir
•^ T- — CM
^ C\J (J) CD CO O
S — CM CO
,„ T- CO en CM <D
W T- CM CvJ
^ J
52
s
^.^f
^oK
:0& ^i :S
^^<^
■X,
:\ -/-^
, 'J^}^
\
^^■-
p^
u
p
-a
C/5
u
-1
• pH
C3
)^
CT
■a
(3
-a
se
3
03
■a
u
C
-a
•a
U
3
H
c
o
(53
c
3
03
M
a
S
t*i
s§
oe
!£
0^
i>«
3
S
00
>o
SS
n
1^ 1
c
o
1
Hi «i
12
first quarter
19
full moon
^
SEPTEMBER
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30
^
2S
^
JULY
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31
fC
9
53
M \
3
.4-1
e3
03
•c
03
ce
3
cs
-a
U
C
■a
ce
u
3
H
c
o
S3
c
3
>o
«s
s
OCTOBER
S M T W T F S
12 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31
le
£2
£
AUGUST
S M T W T F S
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31
^ ® i
11
first quarter
18
full moon
25
last quarter
fc
9
rj
«?:
M
OS
§CD
CO
T3 C
1 LABOR DAY
oe
l£
CM
M
1^
s
S
oe
m.
^^^'
:j^m
s
3
0)
C/2
I
s
OS
3
Q
^
5
"3
I CD
1 o^
B
o
■s
3
•4-t
(3
t/3
-a
•c
IS
-a
u
3
H
■13
0)
c
73
3
H
C
o
IS
-a
c
3
4R0SH
HASHANA
Qg
25
last quarter
s
o
E
10
D
first quarter
17
full moon
•O <o >>
SiS
?5
M
0^
s
s
oe
!£
V.
IX
S
S
00
NOVEMBER
S M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30
vO
OC CO >^
* o
s o
p2
S
SEPTEMBER
S M T W T F S
12 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30
Hi
N
S
S
^
'#
;>«©=g
C.
/
'^
'H!^-^-
03
V.
3
.4-t
C/2
C3
■o
•c
03
-a
u
3
C3
•a
(/)
a>
C
-a
u
3
H
03
T3
C
O
C3
-o
C
3
y3
-
8
first quarter
Ig
t>>
s
55
00
M
VO
«s
s
27
THANKSGIVING
(Museum closed)
Hi
^
s
4 General
Election
Day
U Veteran's
Day
Qg
»
DECEMBER
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 24 25 26 27
28 29 30 31
f*5
o
gj
24
last quarter
OCTOBER
S M T W T F S
12 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31
c
N » i
Ov
16
full moon
m
I
1«
'^
3
C/5
2
i CD
I 00
l!
<3
S s
i ■«
' <3
a<
a;
IS
3
(S
NO
ss
s
z
<
3
Z
<
Z
JANUARY 1987
S M T W T F S
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
03
-a
lA
£2
&
NO
M
CO -^ 00 IT) CM <J5
^ CM CM
LL t^ ^ .r- 00
^CMCM
m 1— CO CO O t^
3 -^ CM CM
S > CO CM C35 CD
UJ -* T- T- CM
^ . •q- T- CO in
OH ..- ,- CM
— CO o r-- ^
S .^ .r- CM
CM CD CD CO O
CO 1- cvj CO
■o
3
'If
ss
3s
S c
CO o
|i
O tn
lA
M
03
U
C
1
fC
9
55
3
H
M
a
S J
fC J
03
-a
c
o
' 8
E
I.-
CD
ig
0^
03
■o
c
3
1^
s
^4
53
oe
Field Museum of Natural History
Membership Department
Roosevelt Road at Lake Shore Drive
Chicaso, I L 60605-2499
PRISCTLLA TURNBULL
5C BRAE BURN DRIVE
PARK FOREST TL 6C4fc6
TVNews
OpenLibrary